2018 Audi q5 2

Owner's Manual
2018 QS
Audi Vorsprung durch T e chnik

Foreword
Thank you for choosing an Audi - we val ue your trust in us.
Your new Audi wi l l allow you to experience the best in groundbreaking techno lo-
gy and premium quality equipment a vehicle has to offer . We recommend that
you read your Owner's Manual thoroug hly so that you quickly become acquaint-
ed with your Audi and make use of all of its features.
In addition to explaining how the different f eat ures work, we provide many use-
f ul tips and information concerning your safety, how to care for your vehicle and
how to maintai n your vehicle's val ue. We also give you useful tips and informa-
tion on how to drive your veh icle more efficiently and in an environmentally
friendly manner.
We hope you enjoy driving your Audi and we wish you safe and pleasant motor -
ing.
AUDIAG
u
co
.....
N
r---
N
.....
0
<(
0
00
Tabl e of contents
About this Owner's Manual. ..... 6 Start/Stop system .. . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . 78

Electromechanical parking brake .. . . . . . 80
Cockpit ................ ...... .. .. . 8 Start ing to drive . ... . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . 82
Cockpit overview ...... ...... .. .. . 8 0ffroad driving . . . . . . . . ............ .. 82
Controls at a glance . . . . . . . ...... .. .. . 8 Tilt angle display . . . . . . ............ .. 84
Instrument cluster . . . . . . . . ...... .. .. . 10 Automat ic transmission 84
Multif unction steering wheel pl us . .. .. . 12
Multifunction steering wheel ..... .. .. . 15 Trailer towing . . . . . . ............ .. 92
Vehicle functions . . . . . . . . . ...... .. .. . 16 Driving with a tra iler . . . . . . . . .... ..... 92
Head-up display . . . . . . . . . . ...... .. .. . 18
Indicato r l ights . . . . . . . . . . ...... .. .. . 19 Driver assistance . . . ............ .. 95
Assistance systems ............ .. 95
Starting and driving .... .. .. .. .. . 30 Speed warning system . .............. . 95
Opening and closing .... .. .. .. .. . 30 Cruise cont rol system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 95
Cent ral locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. . 30 Camera-based t raff ic sign recogn it ion . .. 97
Luggage com part ment lid . . . . .. .. .. .. . 36 Lap time r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 98
Chil d safety lock . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. . 40 Predictive eff iciency assist . . . . . . . . . . . .. 99
Powe r windows . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. . 40 Audi adaptive cruise contro l . . . . . . . . . .. 102
Panorama glass roof . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. . 42 Audi pre sense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 112
Garage door opener (Homelink) . .. .. .. . 43 Audi active lane assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 117
Audi side assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 120
Lights and Vision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Audi drive select . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 125
Exterio r li ghting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Interior lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Parking aid ....................... 130
V1s1on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49 General information ........... ...... 130
W indshield wipers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Rear parking system ........... ...... 131
Digita l compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Parking system plus . . . ............... 131
Rearview camera . . . ........... .. .. .. 133
Seats and storage . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 56 Periphera l cameras . ........... .. .. .. 135
General information . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 56 Adjus tin g t he parking aid . . . . . . . .. .. .. 138
Front seats . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 56 Error messages . . . . ........... .. .. .. 138
Rear seats . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 57 Traile r hitch . . . . . . . ........... .. .. .. 139
Head restra ints . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 58
Memory fu nction . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 59 Intelligent Technology .......... 140
Power sources . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 60 Electron ic Stab ili zati on Contro l (ESC) . . . . 140
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 60 Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Luggage compartment .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 62 Electromechanical steering, Dynamic
Roof rack . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 67 steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
All -wheel drive (quattro) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Warm and cold . . . . .............. . 69 Energy management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Climate control system .............. . 69 Notice about data recorded by the Event
3 zone del uxe automatic climate control . 70 Data Recorder and veh icle control
Steer ing whee l heating .............. . 72 modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Driving .. . . . . . . . ............ . ... .. . 73 Infotainment system ............ 147

General information . . . . . . . . . . .... .. . 73 Multi Media Interface ............ 147
Steer ing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... .. . 75 Traffic safety info rmat ion . ............ 14 7
Starting and stopping the engi ne .... .. . 76 Intro du ction . . . . . . . . . . . . ............ 14 7
2
Table of content s
MMI On/Off knob with joystick function . . 148 Audi connect vehicle control .... 197
Infotainm ent system display . . . . . .. .. . 148 Introd uction . . ... . . . . . . . . .... . .. .... 197
MMI operat ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . 149 Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .... 197
MMI touc h . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . 151 Additional options . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .... 198
Contro l knob with joystick function .. .. . 153 Remot e locking and un locking . . . .. .... 198
Shortcut keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . 155 Vehicle status report . . . . . . . . . . . .. .... 198
Letter/number speller . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . 155 Parking locat ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .... 198
Free text search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . 157 Geofencing Alert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .... 199
Menus and Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . 158 Speed Ale rt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .... 199
Valet Alert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .... 199
Multifunction steering wheel .. . 160 Stolen Vehicle Locato r . . . . . . . . . . .. .... 199
I ntroduction .. . ........ ........ .... . 160 Online Audi service request . .... . .. .... 199
Radio . . . . . .. . ........ ........ .... . 160
Media . . . . . .. . ........ ........ .... . 160 Emergency call . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. 20 1
Telephone . . .. . ........ ........ .... . 16 1 I ntrod uction . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. 201
Navigation . .. . ........ ........ .... . 162 Emergency cal l . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. 201
Online roads ide assistance .. .. .. .. .. .. 202
Voice recognition system . .. .. .. . 167
Operating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. . 166 Navigation ............ .. .. .. .. .. .. 203
Command overview information . .. .. .. . 167 Opening navigation . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. 203
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. . 168 Entering a destination . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. 204
External voice operat ion 172 Personal route assistance . .. .. .. .. .. .. 209
Alternative routes . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. 210
Telephone ........................ 174 Additional settings . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. 210
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 Map ....... ..... .. ................ . 213
Set up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 Satel lite map . . . . .. . .............. .. 21S
Using the telephone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177 Map upd ate . . . . . .. ................. 2 16
Favorites . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 Traffic informa t ion . . .............. .. 2 17
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 Troub leshooting .. .. . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . 219
List ening t o voicema il . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 Radio .. . . . . . . . . . .............. .. .. 220
Addit ional set t ings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184 Opening the radio ......... .. .. .. .. .. 220
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186 Radio functions . . ......... .. .. .. .. .. 221
Radio menu . . . . . ......... .. .. .. .. .. 223
Audi connect (Infotainment) .... 187 Presets . . . . . . . . . ......... .. .. .. .. .. 223
I ntroduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 187 Additional settings ........ .. .. .. .. .. 223
Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 187 Troub leshoot ing . . ......... .. .. .. .. .. 224
Configuration through myAudi . . . . . . .. . 187
Opening Aud i connect (Infotainment) .. . 188 Media .... . . . . . . . ................ .. 225
Aud i connect Infotainmen t services . . .. . 188 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. 225
W i-Fi hotspot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 193 Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. 22S
Conf igur ing the data connect ion . . . . . .. . 194 Med ia drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. 226
Aud i connect (Infotainment) general Bl uetooth aud io player . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. 228
info rmat ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... 194 Wi-Fi audio player . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. 22 9
Troubleshoot ing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... 196 Online med ia and Interne t radio .. .. .. .. 230
u Mult imed ia connections . . . . . . .. .. .. .. 231
co
.....
N
,..._ Playing media . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. 234
N
..... Additional settings . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. 23 7
0
<(
0
00
3
Tabl e of contents
Supported media and fi le f orma t s 24 0 Maintenance and Care . . . . . . . .. .. 3 10

Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 1 Checking and Filling ......... .. .. 310
Fuel... . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . .... . .. .. 310
Audi smartphone interface . .. ... 243 Refueling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. 311
Setup . . . . ..... . . . . . . .... . . . .. .. . .. 243 Emissions control system . . . . . . . . . .. .. 313
Operating . . . . . . . . . .......... .. .. ... 243 On Board Diagnost ic System (OBD) . .. .. 313
Troubleshoot ing . . . . .......... .. .. ... 244 Engine compartment . . ............... 314
Engine oil .... . . . . . . . ............... 317
System settings . . . . .... . .. .. .. . .. 24 5 Cooling syst em. . . . . . . . ............ .. 319
Sett ing the date and time . . . . .. .. .. ... 245 Brake fl uid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... 32 1
MMI sett ings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. ... 245 Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... 321
Connection manager . . . . . . . . .. .. .. ... 246 Windshie ld washer system . . . . . . . . .... 323
System update . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. ... 248 Service interva l display 324
Sound setti ngs . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. ... 249
Volume sett ings . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. ... 249 Wheels . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . 325
Restart ing the MMI . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. ... 250 Whee ls and Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
Softw are license info rmatio n 250 Tire pressure mo nitoring system 342
Safety first . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 2 .. .. . Care and cleaning .......... .. .. .. 344

Driving safety ............... 252 .. .. . General information . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. 344
Basics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252 .. .. . Car washes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. 344
Correct passenger seating positions 253 .. .. . Cleaning and care info rmation . . . .. .. .. 345
Pedal area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256 .. .. . Placing your vehicle out of service .. .. .. 349
Storing cargo correctly . . . . . . . . . . 257 .. .. .
Report ing Safety Defects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259 Troubleshooting ... .... .. .. .. .. .. 350
Emergency assistance . .. .. .. .. .. 350
Safety belts ....... .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 26 1 General information . . . .... .. .. .. .. .. 350
General information . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 261 Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . .... .. .. .. .. .. 350
W hy use safety belts? . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 262 Tire mobility kit . . . . . . . .... .. .. .. .. .. 350
Safety belts . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 264 Replacing a whee l . . . . . .... .. .. .. .. .. 352
Belt tensioners . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 267 Colla psibl e spare t ire . . . .... .. .. .. .. .. 356
Airbag system ................... . 269 Fuses and bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358

Important information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269 Fuses ..... . . . . . . . . . . . ............ . . 358
Front airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273 Bul bs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362
Mon itor ing t he Advanced Airbag System . 28 1
Side airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285 Emergency situations .. .. .. .. .. .. 363
Side curtain air bags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. 363
Start ing by pushing or tow ing .. .. .. .. .. 363
Child safety ................... .. . 29 1 Starting with ju mper cables . .. .. .. .. .. 363
I mpo rtant inform ation . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 29 1 Using the jump start cable . . .. .. .. .. .. 364
Child safety seat s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 29 7 Towing with a tow truck . . . . .. .. .. .. .. 365
Securing child safety seats . . . . . . . . . .. . 302 Raising the vehicle . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. 367
LATCH system (lower anchorages and
tethers for chi ldren) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305 Accessories and Technical Data . 369
Addit ional information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309 Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 369
Vehicle specificat ions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 369
Notes about technical data . . . . . . . . . . .. 369
4
Table of content s
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
We ights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370
Consumer Information . . . . . . ... . 37 1

Warranty coverages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 1
Operating your veh icle outs ide the U.S.A.
or Canada . . . . . .............. ....... 371
Aud i Service Repair Manuals and
Literature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 71
Maintenance . . ................ ...... 37 1
Accessories and technical changes . . . . . . 373
Declarat ion of compliance for
telecomm unicat ions equipment and
electronic systems 374
Ind e x . . . . . . . . ............ . . . . . . . . . 375
u
co
....
N
r---
....
N
0
<(
0
00
5
About this Owner 's Manual
This Owne r's Manual applies to a ll versions of

this mode l. It contains important information,
(D Tips
tips, suggestions and warn ings for using your ve - Text with this symbo l contains additional use-
hicle. ful info rmation.
Keep this manua l in yo ur vehicle at all times . This

is especially important if you loan your vehicle to
others or sell it.
This owner's manua l descr ibes the equipment

range specified for this mode l at the time of
printing. Individua l equipment options described
may on ly be availab le at a later date or may on ly
be offered in certain countries .
Some sections in this manua l do not apply to all

ve hicles. When this is the case, the beginning of
the sect ion ind icates the validity, for example
"Applies to vehicles : with cruise contro l system".
Optional or vehicle-specific equipment is also
ident ified with an asterisk"*" .
The illustrations in this manual are a guide .

Some of the detai ls in your vehicle may differ
from the illustration .
All directions, suc h as "left", "right", "front" and

"rear", are based on the vehicle's direction of
travel.
* Optiona l or vehicle -specific equipment

.., The section continues on the next page.
~ & Cross
reference to a "WARNING" with in a
section . If a page number is indicated , the
WARNING is located out side of th e section.
_& WARNING -
Text with this symbol contains info rmat ion

about safety and how t o reduce the risk of se-
rious personal injury or death.
(LlJ)Note
Text with this symbol contains info rmat ion
about reducing the risk of damage to your ve-
hicle.
@ For the sake of the environment

Text with this symbol contains info rmat ion on
protecting the enviro nm ent .
6
ua,
....
N
r--
....
N
~a,
7
Cockpit overview
Cockpit overview
Controls at a glance
Fig. 1 Cockpit : left section
Fig. 2 Cockpit: right sect ion
8
Coc k pit o v er v iew
(D side assist displays, warn ing abo ut - Rear fog lights . . . . . . . .... . . . 45
exiting the vehicle . .... ........ 120 @ Switch for luggage compartment
@ Door handle lid ...... . . . . . . . ............ . 36
@ Centr al locking switch ....... ... 34 @ Power exte rior mirror adjustment 49
@ Memory buttons ........... ... S9 @) Power windows . ............. . 40
® Thumbwheel for vent @ Child safety lock . ............ . 40
@ Vent @ Infotainment system display . . . . 148
(J) Leverfor: @ Lockable glove compartment ... . 61
- Turn signals and high beams 46 @ Drives for CD, DVD,SIM cards .. . 226
- High beam assistant ....... .. 46 @ Front passenger's airbag .... . . . 273
- Active lane assist .......... .. 117 @ Switch for cooled glove compart -
- Traffic jam assist ......... ... 109 me nt ... . . . . . . . ............ . 61
@ Multif unct ion steer ing wheel with: @ Climate contro l system . . .... . . . 69
- Horn @ Depend ing on equ ipment, buttons
- Driver's airbag . . .... . . . . . . . . 273 for:
- Driver informa tion system con- - drive select . . . ............. . 125
t rols . . . . . .............. ... 12, 15 - Sta rt/Stop system .......... . 78
- Audio/v ideo, telephone, naviga- - Electronic Stabilization Control
t ion and voice recogn ition con- (ESC) .. . . . . . . . ............ . 141
t rols .. . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . 14, 15 - Parking system . ............ . 130
- ~/ stee ring wheel heat ing button 14 - Hill hold ass ist . . ........... . 142
- Shift paddles ............. .. 88 - Infotainment system display .. 148
® Instrument cluster .... . . . . . . . . 10 @ Audi music inte rface .......... . 232
@) Windshield washer system lever 51 @ Socket . . . . ... . . . . . . . . .... . . . 60
@ Reset tr ip odometer ...... . . . . . 12 @ Infotai nment system on/off
@ Emergency flashe rs .... . . . . . . . . 47 button .. . . . . . . . ............ . 148
@ Steer ing whee l adjustment, de- @ Cent er armrest wit h st orage com-
pending on equipment partmen t. Depending on vehicle
- Mechanica l . . . . . .... ........ 75 equipment, it may have:
- Power . . . . .............. ... 75 - Cup holder . . . . . . . . . . .... ... 60
@ Lever for: - Audi mus ic interface ........ . 232
- Cruise cont rol system 95 @ Start ing t he engine if the re is a
- Adaptive cruise control ..... .. 102 malfunction . . . . . . ........... . 78
@ Butt on for switch ing the hea d-up @ Electromechanical par king brake 80
display on/o ff, adjust ing t he @ Automa tic transmission selector
height .. . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . 18 lever .... . . . . . . . ............ . 84
@) Data link connector for On-Board @ Infotainment system unit ... . . . 147
Diagnostic System (OBDII) ... . . 3 14 @ I START EN GINE STOP I button 76
@ Hood release . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . 315
@ Instrument illumination 49 (D Tips
@) Headlight cont rol switch 45 Some the equipment listed he re is only insta l-
u @ Buttons for : led in certa in models or is available as an op-
co
..... - All-weather lights 45 tion.
N
,..._
N
.....
0
<(
0
00
9
Cockpit overview
Instrument cluster
Instrument cluster overview
The instrument cluster is the central information center for the driver.
Fig. 3 Instrument cluster overview (analog)
Fig. 4 Instrument cluster overview (Audi virtual cockpit )
(D Engine coolant temperature gauge 11 @ Speedometer

@ Tachometer . ................ . 11 ® Left additional display (divided in
- with OFF status ind icator .. . . . 76 two sections in the enhanced view)
- with READYstatus indicator . . . 76, 78 There may be additional indicator lights in the
@ Tab area . . . . ... ... .. ..... .... 12 tachometer @ , the speedometer @ , the status
@ Central area with line ® and, depending on the instrument clus-
- Driver informat ion system .. . . . 12, 15 ter, above or below the central area @ .
- Indicator lights ....... . ... . . 19 The following pages will primarily show illustra-
® Status line (displayed on one or two tions of the multi-color analog instrument clus -
lines) ter*. The display and/or position of the element
@ Speedometer/convenience display shown may vary in monochrome instrument clus-
ters or in the Audi virtual cockpit* .
0 Fuel level 12 lllJ,,
10
Cockpit overview
Certain instrument cluster content can also be Normal range

displayed in the head-up display* ¢ page 18.
The engine has reached its operating tempera-
A WARNING
ture once th e LEDs up to the center of th e gauge
turn on. If the. indicator light in the instru-
Do not assume the roads are free of ice based ment cluster display turns on, the coo lan t tem-
on the outside temperature display . Be aware perature is too high ¢ page 23.
that there may be ice on roads even when the
outside temperature is around 41 °F (+5 °C) @ Note
and that ice can increase the risk of accidents . - Auxiliary headlights and other accessories in
front of the cooling-air intake impair the
(D Tips cooling effect of the coolant. This increases
- Depending on vehicle equipment, the in- the risk of the engine overheating during
strument illumination (needles and gauges) high outside temperatures and heavy en-
may turn on when the lights are off and the gine load .
ignition is switched on . The illumination for - The front spoiler also helps to distribute
the gauges reduces automatically and even- cooling air correctly while driving. If the
tually turns off as brightness outside in- spoiler is damaged, the cooling effect will
creases. This function reminds the driver to be impaired and the risk of the engine over-
turn the low beams on at the appropriate heating will increase. See an authorized
time. Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Fa-
- You can select the units used for tempera- cility for assistance.
ture, speed and other measurements in the
Infotainment system ¢ page 245. Tachometer
- If your vehicle is stationary or if you are driv -
ing at very low speeds, the temperature dis- The tachometer displays the engine speed in rev-
played may be slightly higher than the ac- olutions per minute (RPM).
tual temperature outside due to the heat ra-
The beginning of the red zone in the tachometer
diating from the engine.
indicates the maximum permissible engine speed
- At temperatures below 41 °F (+5 °C), a for all gears once the engine has been broken in
snowflake symbol appears in front of the and when it is warmed up to operating tempera-
temperature display ¢ ,&.. ture. Before reaching this zone, you should shift
into the next highest gear, select the "D/S" selec-
Coolant temperature indicator tor lever position, or remove your foot from the
acce ler ato r pedal.
The coolant temperature display @ ¢ page 10,
fig . 3 or ¢ page 10, fig . 4 only functions when @ Note
the ignition is switched on. To prevent engine
The needle in the tachometer @ ¢ page 10,
damage, please observe the following notes
about the temperature ranges.
fig. 3 or ¢ page 10, fig. 4 may only be in the
red area of the gauge for a short time or there
Cold range is a risk of engine damage . The location where
If only the LEDs at the bottom of the gauge turn the red zone begins varies depending on the
on, the engine has not reached operating tem- engine.
perature yet . Avoid high engine speeds, full ac-
celeration and heavy engine loads.
@) For the sake of the environment
u
co Upshifting early helps you to save fuel and re-
.....
N
,..._
N duces operating noise.
.....
0
<(
0
00
11
Cockpi t overv iew
Fuel level @ Tips

The d isplay (j) ¢ page 10, fig. 3 or ¢ page 10, The units of meas urement can be set in the
fig. 4 only f unctions when the ign ition is swit ch- Infotainment system ¢ page 245.
ed on. When the display has reached the reserve
mark, a red LED turns on and the Hindicator Multifunction steering
light turns on ¢ page 27 . The red LEDwill blink
wheel plus
when the fuel leve l is very low.
Operating
For the tank capacity in you r vehicle, refer to the
Applies to: vehicles with mult ifunct ion steeri ng wheel plus
Technical Data ¢ page 369.
(gJ)Note
Never d rive unt il the tank is comple t ely emp-
ty. The irregular supp ly of fuel that resul t s
from that can cause engine misfires. Uncom -
busted fuel will then ente r the exhaust sys-
tem. This can cause overheating and damage
to the cata lytic converter.
Odometer Fig. 6 Driver info rm at ion system d isplay
Fig. 7 Left s ide of multi fu nction stee ring wheel

Fig. 5 Ins trume nt cluster: odometer and reset button
Requireme nt: t he igni ti on must be switched on.

Trip odometer and odometer
The trip odome t er shows the dist a nce driven The dr iver information system contains multiple
since it was last reset. It can be used to measure tabs (!) ¢ fig. 6 that disp lay var ious information
short distances. @.
The trip odome t er can be rese t to zero by press- The following tabs are available, depending on
ing the ~ reset button. vehicle eq uipment :
The odometer shows the total d istance that the First t ab Vehicle functions ~ page 16
vehicle has been dr iven . Second Messages
taba )
Malfunction indicator
Third tab Radio ~ page 160
If there is a malfunct io n in the instrument clus-
Media ~ page 160
ter, DEFw ill appea r in the trip odometer display .
Have the malfunct ion corrected as soon as possi-
b le.
12
Cockpit overview
Fourth tab Telephone* c:>page 161 @ Ill and [g control buttons

Fifth ta b Navigation* c:>page 162 Open/ close t he se lection me nu or op t ions menu
Map* c:>page 163 c:>page 13.
a) This ta b is onl y visible when t here is at least one ind icat or 0 Left thumbwheel
ligh t or m ess age disp laye d.
- Selecting a function in a menu/ list : t urn the
@ ~ Button left th umbwheel to the des ired function (fo r
- Switching tabs : press the ~ button repeated- examp le, select ing a freque ncy).
ly until the des ired tab is shown (for example, - Confirming a selection: press the left thumb-
Radio) . wheel (?) c:>fig. 7.
- Zooming in/ out on the map: whe n a map is
@ IVIEW! button disp layed , turn the left thumbw heel to zoom in
Switch ing views or reducing the display and out on t he map.
c:>page 14.
@ [2] Button
Return to funct ions at higher leve ls.
Control buttons
Applies to: vehicles with multifunction steering wheel plus
Fig. 8 Select ion m enu and opt ions m enu view
Left control button wheel c:>fig . 8 . You ca n change a ny con t ext-de-

- Opening/ closing the selection menu: press the pe nden t functions and se tt ings using the left
respective left control button on the steer ing t humbwhee l (for examp le, add ition al st at ion
info rm ation).
wh e el c:>fig . 8 . You can select and confirm a
func t ion in the sele ct ion me nu usi ng the left
t hu mbwheel (fo r exa mple , se lecting a fre qu en-
© Tips
cy band ) . The availab ility of a select ion menu or options
me n u depe nds on th e funct io n th at is selec t -
u Right control button ed.
co
.....
N
r-- - Opening/ closing the options menu : press the
N
..... re spectiv e righ t control button o n t he ste e ring
~0
co
13
Cockpi t overv iew
Switching views ~ Select on the multif unction steering whee l: left

App lies to: vehicles with mu ltifunction steering wheel plus control button > Layout > Sport layout or Clas -
sic layout.
Reducing the display

Applies t o: vehicles with analog ins tr umen t cluster
~ Press the IVIEWIbu tt o n t o sw itch from the

class ic to the red uced d isplay . To return to the
classic view, press the !VIEWI button again.
Adjusting the additional display

Applies to: vehicles wit h Aud i virt ua l cockpit
Depend ing on the vehicle equipment, the addi-

tional displays tha t can be selected may vary.
~ Open the first vehicle functions tab using the

~ button on the mu ltifunction steering
wheel.
~ On t he multifunction steering wheel, selec t the
righ t control button > Addition al display.
~ Sele ct the desired additional disp lay.
Applies to : vehicles wit h Audi virt ua l cockpit

(i) Tips
Fig. 9 Default view: classic/sport• Appl ies t o: veh icle s wit h spo rt view
Always set the desired default view before
driving, because the display functions will not
be available fo r several seconds.
Other function buttons

Applies to: vehicles wit h mult ifunct ion steeri ng w hee l pl us
Applies to: vehicles with Audi virt ua l cockpit

Fig. 10 Enhanced view
Change view
Appl ies to: vehicles with Audi virtual cockpit
~ Press the IVIEWI button @ ~ page 12, fig. 7 to

switch from the default view ~ fig. 9 to the en-
hanced view ~ fig. 10. To return to the default
view, press the IVIEW! button aga in. Fig. 11 Right side of the mu lt ifunct ion steer ing wheel
Setting the default view

App lies to: vehicles with spor t view
@ la Button
Depending on the vehicle equ ipment, you can

- Accepting a call: press the 0 button w hen
there is an incoming call.
choose between the classic and the sport view .
- Ending a call: press the 0 button duri ng a
~ Open the first vehicle functions tab us ing the phone call to end t he call .
I<11>Ibutton on the multifunction steering
wheel.
14
Cockpit overview
- Opening the call list : if no phone call is in prog - - Sele ct in t he Infotain ment system: IMENU ! but-
ress and there are no incoming calls, press the ton > Vehicle > left control button > Vehicle
[a button. settings > Steering wheel button assignment.
@ 51 Button @ lq,~,I
Button
- Switching the voice recognition system on: - Repeating the last navigation prompt: press
br iefly press the 51bu tto n. Say t he des ired t he 1~...,Ibu tton when rou t e g uidan ce is active.
comma nd after t he Beep. - Changing the voice guidance volume : when
- Switching the voice recognition system off : rou t e guid an ce is act ive, t ur n t he rig ht t hu mb -
press and hold t he 51but t on . Or: say t he com - wheel upw a rd or downward dur ing a naviga t ion
mand Cancel. prompt.
For more inform at ion abo ut t he voice recog nit io n

sys t em, see ¢ page 16 7, Voice recogni tion sys- Multifunction steering
tem or ¢ page 24 5. wheel
@ Right thumbwheel Operating
Applies to: vehicles with mult ifunctio n steering wheel
You can adjust the volume of a n aud io so urce o r a
sys t em mess age (for exa m ple, from th e voice With the mul tifuncti on st eering wheel, you can
recogni tio n syst em) when t he sound is play ing . opera te the driver inform ation system as well as
the MMI functions and you can also adjus t the
- Increasing or decreasing the volume : tu rn t he
volume.
righ t thumbwhee l up o r down .
- Muting or pausing : turn the right th umbwheel
down. Or: press the right th umbwhee l.
- Unmuting or resuming : tur n the right thumb-
wheel up. Or: press the right thu m bwheel.
@ l1<1<1
I / lt>t>II Button
- Selecting the previous/next track or station :
press the l1<1
<1
I or lt>1>1
I button.
- Fast forwarding/rewinding audio files : press
and hold the l1<1
<1I or 11»1! button until the desired Fig. 12 Left side of multifu nct ion st ee ring whee l
location in the fi le is reached .
@ 0 1 Steering wheel heating button ~
- Steering wheel heating* : yo u can fin d ad d it io n-

al info rmation in ¢ page 72 .
- Programmable steering wheel button - open-
ing a function: press the m bu tt o n on the mul -
tifunctio n steer ing whee l.
- Programmable steering wheel button - re-
questing a function : press and hol d the m but-
Fig. 13 Right side of th e m ultif unct ion stee ring wheel
ton .
- Programmable steering wheel button - chang- Requireme nt: the ignition must be sw itched on . ..,.
ing a function : press and ho ld the m button.
u
~ Se lect and confirm an e ntry . Or
N
r--
N
......
~0
co
15
Cockpi t o v erv ie w
(D Operating the driv e r inform ation system - Muting or pausing: turn the right thumbwhee l
The drive r informat ion system conta ins mult iple down . Or: press the right thumbwhe el.
tabs (D c::>
page 12, fig. 6 that display various in- - Unmuting or resuming : turn t he right thumb-
formation @ c::> page 12, fig. 6. wheel upward. Or: press the right thumbwheel.
The fo llow ing tabs are ava ilable, depend ing on

Vehicle functions
ve hicle equ ipment :
Overview
First tab On-board computer c::>
page 16
Seco nd Messages The t rip computer is displayed in the first tab of
taba l t he d river info rmat ion system . Additional vehicle
Third tab Rad io c::>
page 160 funct ions can be accessed depend ing on t he vehi-
Media c::>page 160 cle equ ipment .
Fourth tab Telephone c::>

page 161 .,. Press the left cont rol button .
al This t ab is only visibl e when t here is at least one indicat or - On-board computer c::>page 16
light or message dis played.
- Lap times c::>page 98
- Switching t abs: press the !MODE ! button - Statistics c:>page 99
fig . 12 on the mult ifunction steer ing wheel
c::> - Layout c::>page 14
repeatedly until the des ired tab is d isp layed .
- Selecting a fun ction in the menu/ list : turn the Trip computer
left thumbwheel on the multifunct ion steer ing
whee l to the desired funct ion.
- Confirming a selection : press the left thumb-
wheel on the multifunction steering wheel to
confi rm your select ion.
- Scrolling w ithin the list s: turn the left thumb-
whee l on t he multifunct ion steer ing whee l
quic kly to scroll within the lists.
@~ Button
- Switching th e voice recognition system on: Fig. 14 I nstr umen t cluste r: fue l consumpt ion display
briefly press the 51 button c::>
fig . 13 . Say the
desired command after the Beep. Resetting values to zero
- Switching th e voice recognition syst em off : Requirement: the Fuel consumption , Short -term
press and hold the 51 button . Or: say the com- memor y or Long-t erm memor y d isp lay must be
mand Cancel. selected.
Fo r more information about the vo ice recog nit ion .,. To reset the values in the respective memory to
system, see c::>
page 16 7, Voice recognition sys- zero, press and ho ld the left thumbwheel on
tem or c::>
page 245 . the mult ifunct ion stee ring w heel for one sec-
ond. Or
@ Right thumbwheel
.,. On the multifunction steering w heel, selec t:
The vo lume of an audio source o r a system mes- the rig ht contro l button > Reset values*.
sage (such as t raffic a nnouncements) can be di-
rect ly adjusted dur ing the aud io output. In t he t rip compu t er, yo u can call up t he fo llow -
ing displays one afte r the other by t ur ning the
- In creasing or decreasing the volume : turn the left thumbwhee l on t he multif unction steering
right thumbwhee l c::>
fig. 13 up o r down. whee l. ..,.
16
Coc k pit o verv iew
- Time and date ¢ page 245 Energy consumers

- Digital speedometer* Applies to: vehicles with energy consumers
- Average consumpt ion
- Rema ining range*
- Short-term memory overview
- Long-term memory overview
- Energy consumers * ~ page 17
- Driver ass istance* ¢ page 102
- Traffic sign recognition* ¢ page 97
The short-term memory collects driving informa-

tion from the t ime the ignition is sw itched on un-
til it is switched off. If you continue driving with- Fig. 1 5 Instrume nt cluster : ene rgy consumers
in two hours after switching the ign ition off, the
new values are included when calculating the cur- In the Energy consumers view, the other equip-
rent trip information . ment that is current ly affecting fuel consumption
is listed in the first tab (on-board computer) . The
Unlike the short-term memory, the long-term display shows up to three energy consumers @
memory is not e rased automat ical ly. You can se- ¢ fig. 15. The equipment using the most power is
lect the time period for evaluating trip informa- listed first. If more than three items using power
tion yourself . are switched on, the equ ipment that is currently
Fuel consumption using the most power is displayed .
The current fue l consumption can be shown us- A gauge @ also shows the current tota l con-
ing a bar g raph ¢ fig. 14. The average cons ump- sumption of all othe r consumers.
tion stored in the short-term memory is also dis-
played . If the bars are green or the gray tone on Engine oil temperature display and boost
the bars changes (depending on the equipment), indicator
your vehicle is sav ing fuel by the following func - Applies to : vehicles with engine oil temperature display/boost
indicator
tion :
- Recuperati on: electrical energy can be stored in Applies to: vehicles with analog instrument cluster
the vehicle battery when the vehicle is coasting The eng ine oi l temperature and boost ind icator
or driving downhill. The bar will move toward are only s hown in the lap t imer d isplay
0 /0. <::>page98.
@ Tips
Engine oil temp erature indicat or
The date, time of day and time and date for-
Applies to: vehicles with Audi virt ual cockp it
mat can be set in the Infotainment system
The engine oi l temperature is on ly shown in the
<::>
page 245 .
enhanced view or in the sport view c:>page 14.
When eng ine oi l temperatures are low, the dis-

play--- °F (--- °C) appears in the instrument clus-
ter .
The eng ine has reached its operat ing tempera-

u
co
..... ture when the engine oil temperature is between
N
r-- 176 °F (80 °() and 248 °F (120 °() unde r normal
N
..... driving cond itions. The engine oil t emperature ..,,.
~0
co
17
Cockpi t overv iew
may be higher if there is heavy eng ine load and Settings in the Infotainment system
high temperatures outside . This is not a cause for .. Select in the Infot ainment system: IMENU ! but-
concern as long as the . ¢ page 24 or II ton > Vehicle > left control button > Driver as-
¢ page 24 indicator lights do not turn on.
sistance > Head-up display .
Boost indicator
Display content
Applies to: vehicles with Audi virtual cockpit
In t he Infotainment system, you can spec ify
The boost indicator is only displayed in the sport which information sho uld be disp layed: For ex-
view ¢ page 14 . ample, t his can include navigation information*,
adaptive cruise contro l* or camera -based tra ff ic
The current eng ine load (meaning the current s ign recognition *.
boost pressure) is indicated by a bar .
The display of ce rt ain informa t ion a nd some of
the red indica t or ligh t s cannot be hidden in t he
Head-up display Infotainment system .
Appl ies to: vehicles with hea d-up d isp lay
Brightness
I You can adjust the display br ightness in the Info-

ta inme nt syst em. The display br igh t ness dec reas -
es autom atically as t he amount of light decreas-
es . The bac kg round br ightness is adjusted with
the instr ument illumination ¢ page 49.
Picture rotation
You can rotate the picture in the Infotainment
Fig. 16 Instrument pane l: knob for the head -up disp lay system cloc kwise or counter clockwise .
The head-up display projects certa in warnings or (D Note

selected information from the ass ist systems * or To p revent sc rat ches on t he glass covering the
navigation* on the windshield. The d isp lay ap- head-up display, do not place any objects in
pears within the driver's fie ld of vision. the project ion opening.
Switching on/ off

(D Tips
.. To switc h the head-up disp lay on, press the~
- Sunglasses with po larization filte rs and un-
knob .
favor a ble light ing cond itions can have a
.. To switch the head-up disp lay off, press the~
negative effect on the disp lay.
knob.
- An opt imum d isp lay depends on the sea t
Adjusting the height posit io n and the height adju stment of th e
head -up disp lay.
The height of the display can be adjusted to t he
- A spec ial windshie ld is needed for the head-
individual driver.
up display funct ion.
.. Make su re you are seated correct ly - For information on cleani ng, see¢ table In-
¢page 253 . terior cleaning on page 346.
.. Turn the knob~ to adjust t he display.
18
Indicator lights Canada models:

bra ke system ./
Description ¢ page 22
The indicato r lights in the inst rument cluste r USA models:
blink or t ur n on. They ind icate funct ions or mal - electromechanica l parking brake
functions. ¢ page 23
Messages may appear with some indicator lights . Canada models:

A wa rning sig nal will so und at the same t ime. ele ctromechan ical pa rking bra ke
The indicato r ligh t s a nd messages in the instr u- ¢ page 23
men t cluster display can be covered by ot her d is- Cooling system
plays. To show t hem again, select the second tab ¢ page 23
with the m ultifunction steering wheel ¢ page 12 . Engine oil pressure
If th ere are seve ral malfunctions, you can display ¢ page 24
them one at a time using the thumbwheel.
Engine oil level (MIN)*
Some ind icator lights in the disp lay can display in ¢ page 24
several colors .
Alternato r
¢ page 24
& Central indicator light
Safety be lt
If the . or u indicator light turns on, check ¢ page 24
the message in the instrument cluster. Elec t rome chanic a l steering ./
¢ pag e 144
Overview Stee ring lock
¢ page 24
Some ind icator lights turn on briefly as a function
check whe n you switch the ignition on . These sys- Engine sta rt system
tems are marked with a ./ in t he following tables . ¢ page 25
If one of these indicato r ligh t s does not turn on, Transmission
the re is a ma lfun ction in t hat system. ¢ page 89
Your ve hicle has either a monochrome display or Hood
a mu lticolored display, depend ing on ve hicle ¢ page 25
eq uipment. Some indicato r lights appear wh it e Adaptive cruise contro l* ./
on a monochrome d isp lay. The . or II
cen t ral ¢ page 104
indicator light tu rns on at the same t ime to indi -
Traffic jam assist*
cate the priority of these indicator lights.
¢ page 109
Red indicator lights Air suspension*
--------------
Cent ral indicato r light ¢ page 25
¢ page 19,
Yellow indicator lights
--------------
Aud i pre sense * Centra l indicator light
¢page 112 ¢ page 19
USA models: Elec t ron ic St a bilizati on Contro l
u brake system ./ (ESC)
co
..... ¢ page22 ¢ page26
N
r---
N
.....
0
<(
0
00
19
Electronic Stabilization Cont rol Battery charge

(ESC) ./ ¢ page24
¢ page 26 Tank system
Electronic Stabilization Control ¢ page 27
(ESC)
Washer fluid level
¢ page 141
¢ page 27
Brake system
Windshie ld wipers
¢ page26
¢ page 27
USA model s:
Remot e control key
anti-lock braking system (ABS) ./
¢ page 76
¢ page26
Driver's doo r
Canada models :
¢ page 27
anti-loc k bra king system (ABS)./
¢ page26 Battery in remote control key
.....
,,.I...
Safety systems./
¢ page26
¢ page 32
Bul b fai l ure indicator
USA models : ¢ page28
brake pads Headlight range control system
¢ page26 ¢ page 28
Canada models : Adaptive light*
brake pads ¢ page28
¢ page26
Light/rain sensor
Electromechan ical parking brake ¢ page 28
¢ page23
Active lane assist*
Tire pressure ¢ page 118
¢ page342
Audi side assist*
Tire pressure ¢ page 12 5
TPMS ¢ page342
Audi pre sense*
Engine control ¢ page 11 6
¢page26
Parking aid*
Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) ¢ page 138
./
Transmission
¢page313
¢ page 89
Eng ine speed li mi t ati on
¢ page26 Steering lock
¢ page 24
Eng ine oil level (MIN)*
¢ page24 Engine start system
¢ page 25
Engine oil level (MAX)
¢ page 317 Electromechanical steering
¢ page 144
Engine oil sensor
¢ page27 Air suspension*
¢ page 25
Engine warm-up request
¢ page27 Air suspension*
¢ page 25
20
Suspens ion cont rol* Predictive eff iciency assist*

c:>page 28 c:>page 100
All wheel dr ive/sport different ial* Predictive eff iciency assist*
c:>page28 c:>page 100
Emergency call function* Predictive efficiency assist*

c:>page202 c:>page 100
Hill descent assist

Other indicato r ligh ts
-------------- c:>page 142
Turn signa ls
c:>page 29
Start/Stop system*
c:>page 78
Trai ler turn signals *
c:>page 29 Start/Stop system*
c:>page 78
USA model s:
cruise control system * Remote control key
c:>page 95 c:>page 78
Canada models : Transmission

cru ise control system* c:>page 89
c:>page 95 Dynam ic steering*
Adapt ive cruise control* c:>page 144
c:>page 104 Air suspension*
Adapt ive cruise control* c:>page 129
c:>page 104 Adaptive cruise contro l*
Adaptive cruise control* c:>page 106,
c:>page 104 Traffic j am assist*
c:>page 110
-
Adapt ive cruise control*
~ c:>page 104 Traffic j am assist*
c:>page 110
Adapt ive cruise cont rol*
c:>page 106, c:>page 101 Audi pre sense*
c:>page 116
Adapt ive cruise control*
c:>page 101 USA models:
electromechan ical par king brake
Traff ic jam assist*
c:>page 23
c:>page 109
Canada models:
Active lane assist*
electromechan ical park ing brake
c:>page 118
c:>page 23
Predictive efficiency assist*
Hill descent assist
c:>page 100
c:>page 142
USA models :
Child saf ety lock
Predictive efficiency assist*
c:>page 40
c:>page 100
USA models :
Canada models :
u Predictive ef ficiency assist*
co
..... speed warning system*
N c:>page 100
r--- c:>page 95
N
.....
0
<(
0
00
21
Canada mod els: - If the indicator light and the message appear
when the vehicle is station ary or afte r switch-
speed war ning system* ing the ignition on, check if you can re lease the
¢ poge95 parking brake. If you cannot release the park-
Active lane ass ist* ing brake, see an authorized Audi dealer or au-
¢ page 118
thorized Audi Service Facility. If you can release
the parki ng brake and the message st ill ap-
Audi side assist* pears , see an author ized Audi dealer or autho r-
¢page 125 ized Audi Service Facility immediately to have
Camera-based traffic sign recogni- the ma lfunction correc t ed.
tion*
- If the indicator light and message appear while
¢poge98
driving, the hill sta rt ass ist or emergency brak-
High beam assistant * ing function may be ma lfunction ing. It may not
¢ poge46 be poss ible to set the park ing brake or release
High beams it once it has been set. Do not park your vehicle
¢ poge46 on hills. See an aut horized Audi dea ler or au -
High beam assistant * thorized Audi Service Facility for assistance .
¢ poge46
Brake booster : limited functionality . You can
continue driving . Please cont act Service
BRAKE/(©)
Brake system
There is a ma lfunction in the brake booster . The
If th is indicator light turns on, there is a malfunc- brake booste r is availab le, but its effective ness is
tion in the brake system . reduced. Braking behavior may be different from
how it normally functions and the brake peda l
1111( USA mod els) / . (Canada models )
may vibrate .
Brakes: stop vehicle and check bra ke fluid level
Drive to an aut hor ized Audi dealer or aut horized
Stop the vehicle and check the brake fluid level.
Audi Service Facility immed iate ly to have t he
See an authorized Audi dea ler or authorized Audi
malfunction corrected.
Service Facility for assistance if necessary.
1111( USA model s) / . (Canada model s) & WARNING
Brakes: malfunction! Stop vehicle safel y - Read and follow the warnings in
If t he indicator light tu rns on and th is message ¢ page 314, Working in the engine com -
appears, there is a malfunc t ion in the brake portment before opening the hood and
booster. checking the brake fluid level.
- If the brake system indicator light does not
If t he ABSindicato r light ~ (USA mode ls) / turn off or it turns on wh ile driving, the
fee) Bl
(Canada mode ls), the ESC indicato r light brake flu id level in the reservo ir is too low,
and the bra ke system indicator light 1111 (USA and this increases the risk of an accident .
models) / . (Canada mode ls) all t urn on and Stop the vehicle and do not continue driv-
this message appears, then t he ABS, ESCand ing. See an autho rized Audi dea ler or au-
braking distribution are malfunctioning ¢ .&.. thor ized Audi Service Facility for assistan ce.
Do not cont inue driving. See an autho rized Audi - If t he brake system indicator light t urns on
dea ler or autho rized Audi Service Facility for as - together wit h the ABSand ESC indicator
sistance ¢ .&. lights, t he ABS/ESC regu lating function may
be ma lfunct ioning. Funct ions t hat st abi lize
1111( USA models)/ . (Canada model s) Park-
the vehicle are no longer available. This
ing brake : malfun ction! Safely stop vehicle. See
could cause the vehicle to swerve, which Ill>
owner 's manual
22
increases the risk that the vehicle will slide. To release the parking brake, press t he brake
Do not continue driving. See an a uthorized peda l and press the ~ button at the same time,
Audi dealer or author ized Audi Service Facili- or start driving w ith hill start assist ¢ page 82,
ty for assistance . Starting to drive .
(D Tips
PARK/{
®)/~ Electromechanical parking
brake For additional informat ion on the parking
bra ke, see ¢ page 80 .
If t he - (USA models) / . (Canada models)
indicator light tu rns on , the pa rking br a ke was
-L Cooling system
set.
• Turn off engine and check coolant level. See
If the - (USA models)/ . (Canada models) in-
owner's manual
d icator light blinks, the bra king fo rce is no t build-
ing up enough or no t building up at all. Selec t the The coo lant level is too low.
"P" selec t or leve r posit ion t o he lp secure the vehi -
Do no t con t inue dr iving and switch t he e ngine
cle. Make sure t he indicato r light is off before yo u
off. Chec k t he coolant leve l ¢ page 319.
start driving.
- If the coo lant level is too low, add coolant
@ Parking brake: malfunction! Please contact
¢ page 320 . Only continue dr iving on ce the in-
Service
d icator ligh t turns off.
There is a malfunction in the park ing brake . Drive
• Coolant temperature: too high . Let engine
to an author ized Audi dealer or author ized Audi
run with vehicle stationary
Serv ice Fac ility immedia t ely to have t he malfunc -
tion co rrected. Let the engine ru n at idle for a few mi nutes to
cool off , until the indicator light turns off .
II (USA models)/ ffc,)(Canada model s) Parking
brake: warning! Vehicle parked too steep - If the ind icator light does not t urn off, do not
cont inue driv ing the ve hicle. See an authori zed
There is not enoug h braking force to hold the ve -
Aud i dea ler or aut horized Audi Service Facility
hicle in place . The brakes have overhea t ed . The
for assistance .
ve hicle could roll away even on a small incli ne .
II (USA models)/ l(C,)J

(Canada models) Parking A WARNING
-
brake: applied - Never open the hood if you can see or hea r
If t his message appears, press the brake pedal st ea m or coo la nt escaping from t he e ngine
first and the n release the parking brake if neces- com part me nt. This increases t he risk of
sary. bu rns. Wait until yo u no lo nger see or hear
st eam or coo lan t es caping .
II (USA models)/ ¢c,)(Canada model s) Parking
- The engine comp art ment in any ve hicle can
brake: emergency braking
be a dange rous ar ea . Stop the engine an d
The eme rgency bra king funct ion was tr iggere d. a llow it to cool be fore wor king in the eng ine
compartment. Always follow the informa -
Please release parking brake
tion fo und in c;,page 314, Working in the
Release the park ing bra ke if this message ap- engine compartment.
pears .
Please press the brake pedal to release the park-

@ Note
u
co
..... ing brake Do not con t inue dr iving if the . indica t or
N
,..._
N light tur ns on as this increases t he risk of en -
.....
0
<(
g ine damage.
0
00
23
Cockpit overview
~ Safety belt If this message turns off aft er a little while, the
vehicle battery charged enoug h while driving.
The. indicator light stays on unt il the driver's
and front passenger's safety belts are fastened. If the message does not turn off and stay off
Above a certain speed, th ere will also be a warn - whe n driving, have an authorized Audi dealer or
ing tone. authorized Audi Service Facility repair the mal -
function .
(D Tips
For additional information on safety belts, ~ Engine oil pressure
see "*page 261. • Turn off engine. Oil pressure too low
Stop the engine and do not continue driving.

0 Generator/vehicle battery
Check the engine oil level ~ page 317.
If the . or (•) indicator light turns on, there is a
- If the eng ine oil level is too low, add engi ne oil
malfunction in the generator or the vehicle elec-
¢ page 317 . Only continue driving once the in-
tr ical system .
dicator light turns off .
• Electrical system: malfunction! Safely stop
- If the engine oil level is correct and the indica-
vehicle
tor light still turns on, turn the engine off and
Do not continue driving and switch the eng ine do not continue driving. See an authorized Audi
off. See an authorized Audi dea ler or aut horized dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility for as-
Audi Service Facility for assistance . sistance.
(•) Electrical system: malfunction! Restart not
(D Tips
possible. Please contact Service
The oil pressure warn ing is not an oil level in-
The vehicle battery was disconnected from the dicator. Always check the oil level regularly.
veh icle elect rical system and will no longer
charge . Drive to an authorized Audi dealer or au-
't'.:7;,Engine oil level (MIN)
thorized Audi Service Facility immed iately.
Appl ies to: vehicles with oil level warning
Do not stop the eng ine, or you will not be able to
• Please add oil immediately.
start it aga in. If you can no longer sta rt the en-
gine, see an authorized Audi dealer or autho rized Add engi ne oil imm ediately ¢ page 317.
Audi Service Facility for ass istanc e.
Ill Please add max. x qt (l) oil. You can contin-
(•) F.lectrical system: malfunction! Please con- ue driving
tact Service
Add the maximum amount of oil indicated in the
Drive to an authorized Audi dea ler or authorized display as soon as possible ¢ page 317 .
Audi Service Facility immediately . Because the ve-
hicle battery is discharg ing, turn off all unneces - ~ - Steering lock
sary electr ical equipment such as the radio . See
an authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi • Steering: malfunction! Please stop vehicle
Service Facility if the battery charge level is too There is a ma lfunction in the electron ic steering
low. lock. You cannot tur n the ignition on.
(•) Electrical system: low battery charge. Bat- Do not tow your vehicle because it cannot be
tery will be charged while driving steered. See an authorized Audi dea ler or author-
The start ing ability may be impaired . ized Audi Service Facility for assistance. ...
24
Cockpit overview
1!11
Steering lock: malfunction! Please contact Due to a system ma lfunction, your vehicle's
Service ground clearance is very low at the front or rear
axle* (in veh icles with all-whee l steering) . Be-
There is a malfunction in the elect ronic stee ring
cause of this, the wheels no longer have enough
lock.
clearance to steer correctly.
Drive to an authorized Audi dea ler or authorized
See an authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi
Audi Service Facility imm ediately to have the
Service Facility for assistance.
• Air suspension: malfunction! You can con-
A WARNING
-
tinue driving slowly. Speed limited to max.
Do not tow your vehicle when there is a mal- 3S mph (60 km/h )
function in the electronic steering lock - this There is a malfunction that can res ult in restrict -
increases the risk of an accident . ed driving stab ility. The speed is limit ed to a
maximum of 35 mph (60 km/h).
~ Engine start system
Drive to an authorized Audi dealer or authorized
• Engine start system: malfunction! Please Audi Service Facility immed iately to have the
contact Service malfunction corrected.
Do not switch t he ignition off because you may • Air suspension: malfunction! You may con-
not be able to switch it on again. tinue driving slowly at max. 35 mph (60 km/h)
Drive to an autho rized Audi dea ler or authorized There is a malfunction that can result in restrict-
Audi Service Facility immedia t ely to have the ed driving stab ility .
malfunction corrected. Drive to an authorized Audi dealer or authorized
l::JEngine start system: malfunction! Please Audi Service Facility immed iate ly at a maximum
contact Service speed of 35 mph (60 km/h) to have the malfunc-
t ion corrected .
There is a malfunction in the engine start ing sys-
tem . • Air suspension: service mode! Vehicle can be
moved but handling may be impaired
Drive to an authori zed Audi dea ler or authori zed
Audi Service Facility immediately to have the Carefully drive to an authorized Audi dea ler or
malfunction corrected . authorized Audi Service Facility immediately to
have the service mode deactivated .
c;:::::,
Hood II Air suspension: malfunction! Please contact
Service
• Warning! Hood is not locked. Stop vehicle
and check the lock There is a system malfunction that can result in
restricted driving stab ility or red uced ground
If the indicator light turns on and the message clearance.
appears, the hood locking mechanism is not en-
gaged correctly. Drive to an authorized Audi dealer or autho rized
Audi Service Facility immed iately to have the
Stop immediately and close the hood malfunction corrected.
c>page 315 .
II Air suspension: vehicle too low. Limited
ground clearance
u
0 /QAir suspension
co
..... Applies to: vehicles with air suspension The ground clearance is very low due to a system
N
r---
N malfunction . Wait until the air suspension sys-
..... • Air suspension: malfunction. Safely stop ve-
0
<( tem has restored normal ground clearance . .,.
0 hicle. Steering and ground clearance limited
00
25
Othe rwise, conditions such as an uneven road Drive to an authori zed Audi dealer or aut horized
surface can lead to vehicle damage. Audi Service Facility immediate ly to have the
B Suspension: malfun ction! You may cont inue
driving
A WARNING
-
There is a suspension control malfunction . Have the safety systems inspected immedi-
Drive to an authorized Audi dea ler or authorized ately. Otherwise, there is a risk that the sys-
Audi Service Facility immediately to have the tems may not activate during a collision,
malfunct ion corrected. which increases t he risk of serious injury or
death.
f;. ! [J Electronic Stabilization Control (ESC)
(CD) Brake system
If the D.1
indicato r light blinks while driving, the
ESC or ASR(Anti-Slip Regulation) is actively reg u- miJ
Brakes overheating . Please shift to D
lating. There was a heavy load on the brakes . Place the
If the Ii) indicato r light turns on, the system has selector lever in the "D/S" posit ion in order to use
switched the ESCoff. In this case, you can switch t he engine brak ing effect and reduce the load on
the ignition off and t hen on to switch t he ESC on t he brakes.
aga in. The indicat or light turns off when the sys-
tem is funct ioning fully. wt:t/{0 ) Brake pads
If the II
indicato r light turns on, ESC was II (USA model s)!£tjJ (Canada models) Brake
switched off using the 1.$,.,1button ~ page 140. pads: wear limit reached. You can continue driv-
Stabilization control (ESC/ ABS): malfun ction! ing. Please contact Service
See owner' s manual The bra ke pads are wor n.
If the Ii) indicator light and the [1] (USAmod- Drive to an authorized Audi dealer or authorized
els)lliJ (Canada models) ABSindicator light turn Audi Service Facility as soon as poss ible t o have
on and the message appears, there is a malfunc - t he malfunct ion corrected.
tion in the ABSor the elect ronic differential lock.
This also causes the ESC to malfunct ion. The
d::, Engine control
brakes still funct ion wit h t heir norma l power , but
ABSis not active. II Drive syst em : malfun ction! Please contact
Drive to an autho rized Audi deale r or aut horized Service
Audi Service Facility immediately to have t he There is an eng ine contro l ma lfunction .
malfunct ion corrected.
Drive slowly to an authorized Audi dea ler or au-
(D Tips thorized Audi Service Facility to have the engine
checked.
For add it ional information on ESCand ABS,
see ~ page 140.
!'?\ Engine speed limitation
!f Safety systems Ill Maximum engine speed: XXXX rpm
The E,Iindicator light monit ors t he safety sys- The eng ine speed is automatically limited to the
tems . speed displayed in the instrument cluster . This
prot ects the engine from overheat ing.
If t he E,Iindicato r light turns on or blinks, there
is a malfunction in a safety syst em . The eng ine speed limitat ion deactivates once the
engine is no longer in the critical temperature IJIJ,
26
range and you have released the accelerator ped- If the indicato r light turns on f or t he f irst time
al once. and the message appears, there are about 2 .1
gallons (8 liters) of fuel left in the tank .
If t he engine speed lim itation was act ivated by
an engine contro l malf unction, the II ind icator fiDPlease refuel immediately
light also turns on. Make sure the engine speed
If the indicato r light turns on the message ap-
does not go above the speed displayed, for exam-
pears, the fuel ta nk is almost empty. Refuel the
ple when downshifting. Drive to an autho rized
vehicle immedia t ely.
Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility im-
mediately to have the malfunction corrected. 1111
Tank system: malfunction! Please contact
Service
-- ... Engine oil sensor There is a ma lfunction in the fuel tank system.
II Oil level system: malfunction! Please con- Drive to an authorized Audi dealer or authorized
tact Service Audi Service Facility immediate ly to have the
The sensor to check the engine oil level has
fa iled. Drive to an authorized Audi dealer or au-
thor ized Audi Service Facility immed iate ly to have
(D Tips
the malfunct ion corrected. For more information on f ueli ng, see
r=;,page 311 .
• Oil level sensor: oil change necessary. Please
contact Service
~ Washer fluid level
Fuel has entered the engine oi l as a result of fre-
quent short dr ives. Avoid high engine speeds, full mPlease add washer fluid
acceleration and heavyengine loads. Drive to an Fill the washer fluid for the windshie ld washer
author ized Audi dealer or author ized Audi Service system and the headlight washer system* when
Facility immediately to have the oil changed. the ignit ion is switched off ¢ page 323 .
• Oil pressure sensor: malfunction! Please
contact Service <it>!Windshield wipers
There is a malfunction in the oil pressure sensor. $ vVindshield w ipers: malfunction! Please con-
Drive to an authorized Audi dealer or authorized tact Service
Audi Service Facility immediately to have the
There is a ma lfunction w ith the windshield wip-
ers.
f Engine warm-up request Drive to an authori zed Audi dealer or authorized

Audi Service Facility immediate ly to have the
0 Please drive to warm up engine malfunction corrected.
Fuel has entered the engine oi l, either from low
outside temperatures or frequent short drives. ~ Driver's door
Drive unt il the engine is warm so that the fue l in
the engine oi l wi ll evaporate. Avoid high engine
II Driver's door : malfunction!Shift to P befo re
leaving vehicle. See owner's manual
speeds, full accelerating and heavy engine loads
when doing this. There is a ma lfunction in the driver's door. Select
the "P" selector lever posit ion to secure the vehi-
u
co
..... BilTank system cle. ~
N
I"-
~ 1111
Please refu el
0
<(
0
00
27
Drive to an authorized Audi dealer or aut horized @.D Light/rain sensor

malfunct ion corrected . II Automa t ic headlight s: malfun ction! See
owner' s manual
·:q'):
· Bulb failure indicator l;I Automat ic wipers: malfunction ! See owner's
manual
If the II indicator light turns on, a bulb has
fa iled. The message ind icates the location of the The light/rain sensor is malfunctioning.
bulb. Replace the bulb immediately . The low beams remain switched on at all times
Vehicle lights: malfunction! Please cont act for safety reasons when the li ght switch is in the
Service AUTOposition. However, you can cont inue to
turn the lig hts on and off using the light switch.
There is a malfunction in the headli ghts or the You can sti ll contro l all functions that are inde-
lig ht switch. Drive to an autho rized Audi dealer or pendent of t he rain sensor t hrough the wind-
author ized Audi Service Facility immed iate ly to
shield wipe r lever.
have the ma lfunction corrected.
A WARNING
-
Audi Service Facility immed iate ly to have the
malfunction corrected .
- l ight bulbs are under pressure and can ex-
plode when bulbs are replaced, which in-
creases the risk of injury. gSuspension control
- With HID headlights (xenon headlights), the Appli es t o: vehicles wit h suspension control
high-voltage componen t must be handled R Suspension : malfunction! You may continue

correctly. Othe rwise, there is a risk of fata l driving
lnJUry.
There is a suspension control malfunction.
i,(DDynamic headlight range control Drive to an authorized Audi dealer or authorized

Audi Service Facility immed iate ly to have the
II Headligh t range control : malfun ction! See malfunction corrected .
owner 's manual
There is a malfunc t ion in the headl ight range ~ : All wheel drive/sport differential
cont rol system, wh ich may cause glare fo r othe r Appli es to: vehicles wit h all wheel drive/s port diffe rent ial
drivers.
Ill All-wheel drive: malfunction! You may con-
Drive to an authorized Audi dealer or aut horized tinue driving. Please contact Service
Audi Service Facility immediately to have t he
Ill Sport differential: malfunct ion! Please con-
tact Service
~O Audi adaptive light There is a ma lf unction.

Applies t o: vehicles with Audi adaptive light Drive t o an aut hor ized Audi dealer or aut hori zed
Ill Audi adaptive light : malfunction! See own- Audi Service Facility immediate ly t o have the
er's manual malfunction corrected.
Adapt ive light is not work ing . The headlights st ill Ill All-wheel drive overheating . Please adapt
f unction. driving style . See owner's manual
Drive to an authorized Audi dealer or authorized Ill Sport differential:

temperature too high .
Audi Service Facility immediately to have the Please adapt driving style
28
The transm ission temperature has increased sig-

nificant ly due to the sporty driving manner. Drive
in a less sporty manner until the temperature re-
turns to the normal range and the indicator light
switches of.
A WARNING
Contact an authorized Audi dealer or author-
ized Audi Service Facility if the all whee l drive/
sport differential is faulty or malfunctioning .
The repair must be performed by trained per-
sonnel using the correct oil in order to ensure
safety .
¢¢Turn signals
If the B II
or indicator light blinks, a t urn sig-
nal is turned on. If both indicator lights are blink-
ing, the eme rgency flashe rs are on .
If an indicat or light blinks t wice as fast as usual,
a tu rn signa l bulb has failed . Carefully drive to an
authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service
Facility immediately to have t he malfunction cor-
rected.
1
¢ 9 Trailer turn signals
Appl ies t o : vehicl es with traile r hitc h
The turn signals are activated in tra iler mode if

the . indicator light blinks .
If a turn signal on the trailer or on the vehicle
fails while in tra iler mode, the indicator light will
not blink tw ice as fast to indicate this .
u
co
.....
N
,..._
N
.....
0
<(
0
00
29
Op e ning and clo s ing
Opening and closing - If the driver's door is open, the vehicle cannot
be locked by pressing the !'.TIbutton on the re-
Central locking mote contro l key or by touching the locking
sensor* on a doo r.
Description
- If the most recently used convenience key* is
You can lock and unlock the veh icle centrally . You detected in the luggage compartment, the lug-
have the following options: gage compartment lid automat ically unlocks
aga in after closing it.
- Remote control key <=> page 33
- If the convenience key* that was last used is de-
- Sensors in the door hand les" <=>
page 33
tected inside the veh icle, then the vehicle can-
- Lock cylinder on the driver's door <=>
page 35,
not be locked from the outside .
or
- Interior central locking switch <=>
page 34 A WARNING
Turn signals - If you leave the vehicle, switch t he ignition
off and t ake the veh icle key wit h you. This
The tu rn signals flas h twice when you un lock the
appl ies particular ly when children remain in
vehicle and flash once when you lock the veh icle.
If t hey do not flash, then one of the doo rs, the the vehicle. Otherwise, children cou ld st art
luggage compartment lid or the hood is not the engine or operate electr ical equipment
(such as power windows), which increases
closed complete ly.
the risk of an accident.
Automatic locking (Auto Lock) - No one, especially children, should stay in
The Auto Lock funct ion locks all doors and t he the vehicle when it is locked from the out-
luggage compartment lid once the speed has ex- side, because the windows can no longer be
opened from the inside <=> page 36. Locked
ceeded approximately 9 mph (15 km/ h).
doors make it more difficult for emergency
The vehicle can be unlo cked if the openi ng func- wo rkers to get into the vehicle, which puts
t ion in the centra l locking syst em switch is used lives at risk.
or one of the door handles is pulled.
In t he event of a crash with airbag deployment, (0 Tips
the doo rs will also aut omat ically unloc k to allow - Do not leave valuables unattended in the ve-
access to t he vehicle. hicle. A locked vehicle is not a safe!
- The LEDin the driver's door rail blinks when
Selective door unlocking
you lock the vehicle. If the LEDlights up for
The doors and luggage compartment lid will lock approximate ly 30 seconds after locking,
when they close . You can set in the Infotainment there is a malfunction in the centra l locking
system whether only the driver's door or the en- system . Have t he problem corrected by an
tire vehicle should be unlocked when unlocking authorized Audi dealer or aut horized Audi
<=>page 35. Service Facility.
Unintentionally locking yourself out
Only lock your vehicle when all of the doors and
the luggage compa rtme nt lid are closed and the
remote control key is not in the vehicle. This
helps to prevent you from locking yourse lf out
accide nta lly.
The follow ing cond itions prevent you from lock-
ing your remote contro l key in the vehicle:
30
Opening and closing
Key set Under certain circumstances, the vehicle may not

be able to start if there is a key from a different
vehicle manufacturer on the key chain.
Data in the master key
When dr iving, service and maintenance-relevant

data is continuously stored in you r remote con-
trol key. Your Audi service advisor can read out
th is data and tell you about the work your vehicle
needs. This applies also to vehicles with a con-
venience key*.
Fig. 17 Your vehicle key set
Personal convenience settings
@ Remote control key or convenience key* If two people use one vehicle, it is recommended
The convenience key* is a remote control key with that each person always uses their own remote
special functions ¢ page 33 and ¢ page 76. control key. When the ignition is turned off or
You can unlock/lock your veh icle w ith the remote when the vehicle is locked, personal convenience
control key. A mechan ical key is integrated in the settings for the following systems are stored and
remote control key ¢ page 32 . assigned to the remote master key.
@ Key fob with vehicle code - Climate control system

Applies to vehicles with Audi connect vehicle control - Steering wheel heating*
- Central locking system
Open the key tag and scratch to reveal the vehicle
code. You can unlock the Audi connect vehicle - Interior lighting*
control services* for your vehicle with this vehicle - Exterior lighting
code. For additional informat ion, see - Rain sensor
¢ page 197 . - Memory function*
- Parking aid*
Replacing a key -Adaptive cruise control*
If a key is lost, see an authori zed Audi dealer or - Active lane assist*
authorized Audi Service Facility. Have this key de- - Side assist*
activated . It is important to bring all keys with - Traff ic jam assist*
you . If a key is lost, you should report it to your - Distance warning*
insurance company . - Audi pre sense*
- Speed warning *
Number of keys
You can check the number of keys assigned to The stored settings are automat icall y recalled
your veh icle in the Infotainment system. To do when you unlock the vehicle, open the doors or
this, select the IMENU Ibutton >Ve hicle > left turn on the ignition.
control button > Service & checks > Vehicle in-
formation . This way, you can make sure that you
(D Note
have all the keys when purchasing a used vehicle . Protect the remote control key against high
temperat ures and direct sunlight.
Electronic immobilizer
The immobilizer prevents unauthorized use of (D Tips
u
co
the vehicle . - The operation of th e remote control key can
.....
N
r-- be temporarily disrupted by interference
N
..... from transmitters near the veh icle work ing ..,_
~0
co
31
Opening and clo s i n g
in the same frequency range (such as a cell

phone or radio equipment). Always check if
your vehicle is locked!
- For an explanation on conformity with the
FCCregulations in the United States and the
Industry Canada regu lations, see
c::>page374.
Removing the mechanical key

Fig. 20 Remote contro l key (rea r side): removing the bat·
tery ho lder
LED on the remote control key

The LED@ informs you of the remote control key
function .
• If you press a button briefly, the LED blinks
once.
• If you press and hold a button (convenience
opening/closing), the LEDblinks several times .
Fig. 18 Remote control master key: removing the mechani -
cal key • If the LEDdoes not blink, the remote contro l
key battery is dead. Them ind icator light turns
• Press the release buttons @ c::>
fig. 18 and re- on and the message Remote control key: re-
move the mechanical key from the remote con- place key batt ery appears in the dr iver infor-
trol key. mation system. Replace the battery in the re-
mote control key.
Using the mecha nical key, you can:
Replacing the rem ote control key batte ry
- Lock/un lock the glove compartment.
- Manually lock/u nlock the vehicle c::>
page 35. • Press the release buttons @ c::> fig. 19 and re·
- Mechanically lock the doors.!> page 35. move the mechan ical key.
• Press the release buttons © c::> fig . 20 on the
battery holder while pull ing the battery holder
LED and battery in the remote control key
out of the remote contro l key in the direction of
the arrow.
"'
M
"'
0 • Insert the new battery with the"+" facing
~a,
down .
• Slide the battery holder carefully into the re-
mote contro l key.
• Insert the mechanical key.

Discharged batter ies m ust be disposed of us-
Fig. 19 Remote cont rol key: removing the battery ho lder ing methods that will not harm the environ-
ment. Do not dispose of them in household
trash.
32
Opening and closing
(D Tips from the inside ¢ page 36. Locked doors

make it more difficult for emergency workers
The replacement battery must meet the same
to get into the vehicle, wh ich puts lives at
specifications as the original battery in the re-
risk.
mote control key.
@ Tips
Unlocking / locking by remote control
- Only use the remote control key when you
are within view of the vehicle.
- The vehicle can only be locked when these -
lector lever is in the "P" position .
I ll
- Do not use the remote control when you are
inside the vehicle. Otherwise, you could un-
intentionally lock the vehicle . If you then try
to open a door, the anti-theft alarm will
trigger . If this happens, press the unlock
button @.
Fig. 21 Rem ot e control key: button progra mmin g - Only use the pan ic function in an emergen-
cy .
.,.To unlock the vehicle, press the ffibutton
¢ fig. 21. Unlocking / locking with the convenience
.,.To lock the vehicle, press the ('f)button one key
time ¢ _& . Applies to: vehicles with convenience key
.,.To unlock the luggage compartment lid, press
The doors and luggage compartment lid can be
the e:5 button briefly .
unlocked/locked without using the remote con-
.,.To open the luggage compa rt ment lid, press
trol key.
and hold the e:5 button for at least one second .
.,.To trigger the alarm, press the red IPANIC I but -
ton. The vehicle horn and emergency flashers
will activate .
.,.To sw itch off the alarm, press the red IPANIC I
button again.
If you unlock the vehicle and do not open any of

the doors, the hood, or the luggage compart-
ment lid within 45 seconds, the vehicle automati-
cally locks again. This feature prevents the vehi-
Fig. 22 Door hand le : locking t he veh icle
cle from being accidentally left unlocked over a
long period of time.
Unlocking the vehicle
The settings in the Infotainment system deter-
.,.Grip the door hand le. The door un locks auto-
mine if the entire vehicle or only the driver's door
matica lly.
is unlocked when unlocking the vehicle
.,. Pull on the door handle to open the door.
¢ page 35.
Locking the vehicle
A WARNING
.,.Select t he "P" position. The veh icle cannot be
u
co
No one, especially ch ildr en , should stay in the locked if "P" is not selected .
.....
N
r--
vehicle when it is locked from the outside, be-
N
..... cause the windows can no longer be opened
~0
co
33
,..To lock the vehicle, close the door and touch Central locking switch
fig. 22. Do
the se nsor in the door hand le once r=>
not hold the door handle while doing th is.
You can unlock/ lock the vehicle at every door.

The remote control key cannot be more than ap-
proximately 4 feet (1.5 m) away from the door
handle. It makes no difference whether the mas-
ter key is in your jacket pocket or in your brief-
case, for example .
If you hold the door handle while locking, this
can impair the locking function. Fig. 23 Driver's door: central locking switch
The door cannot be opened for a brief period di- ,..To lock the vehicle, press the {TIbutton r=>,&..
rectly after locking it. This way you have the op- ,..To unlock the vehicle, press the a3button.
portunity to check if the doors locked correctly .
When locking the vehicle with the central locking
The settings in t he Infotainment system deter- switch, the following applies:
mine if the entire vehicle or only one of the doors
is unlocked when unlocking the vehicle - Opening the doors and the luggage compart-
page 35 .
r=> ment lid from the outs ide is not possib le for se-
curity reasons, such as when stopped at a light.
A WARNING - The LEDin the centra l locking switch t urns on
Read and following all WARNINGSr=>.&.in De- when all doors are closed and locked.
scription on page 30. - You can open the doors individually from the
inside by pulling the door handle.
@ Tips - In the event of a crash with airbag dep loyment,
the doors unlock automatica lly to allow access
If your vehicle is left standing fo r a long peri-
to the vehicle.
od of time, note the following:
- The energy management system grad ually
turns off unnecessary convenience functions
A WARNING
- The central locking switch also works when
to prevent the vehicle battery from draining
the ignition is switched off and automatical-
and to mainta in the vehicle's ab ility to start
ly locks the entire vehicle when t he m but-
for as long as possib le. You may not be able
ton is pressed.
to unlock your vehicle using the convenience
key. - The central locking switch is inoperative
when the vehicle is locked from the outs ide.
(D Tips - Locked doors make it more difficult for
emergency workers to get into the vehicle,
Unlocking with the convenience key (keyless
which puts lives at risk. Do not leave anyone
access) can be deactivated in the Infotain-
behind in the vehicle, especially children.
ment syst em r=>page 35 .
- Read and following all WARNINGSr=>.&.in
Description on page 30.
(D Tips
Your vehicle locks automatically when it
reaches a speed of 9 mph (15 km/h) (Auto
Lock)r=>page 30. You can unlock the vehicle
34
Opening and closing
aga in using the o:lbutton in the cent ral lock- Mechanically locking/unlocking the doors
ing switch.
If the central locking fails, you must unlock/lock
the doors separat ely.
Setting the central locking system
You con set which fun ctions are controlled by t he

central locking system .
.,.Select in the Infot ainme nt syst em: ! MEN UI but -

ton > Vehicle > left cont rol butt on > Vehicle
settings > Central locking.
Door unlocking - you can decide if All doors or

on ly the Driver's door should unlock. The lug-
gage com partment lid also un locks when All is
Fig. 24 Driver's door: door lock cylinder
se lected. If you se lect Driver's door* in a vehicle
with a convenience key, only the driver's door
will unlock when you grasp the driver's door han-
dle. If you grasp another door handle, the entire
vehicle will be unlocked .
If you select Driver's door, all the doors and lug-
gage compartment lid will unlock if you press the
CDbutton on the remote control key twice.
Applies to: vehicles with convenience key: Open
with convenience key- you can deactivate t he Fig. 25 Door: mec hanically locking
function for unlocking via the sensor. The f unc-
tion for locking via the sensor will still be enabled Unlocking/locking the driver's door with the
c:::>
page33 . mechanical key
...Remove the mechanical key c:::> page 32.
Disable rear lid handle - if you se lect On, the lug-
...To unlock the driver's door, t urn the key to the
gage compartment lid hand le is locked. In this
unlock position @ c:::>
fig. 24 .
case, t he luggage compartment lid can be
...To lock the driver's door, select t he "P" position
ope ned with the c:5 button on the remote con-
and tur n the key once to t he closing pos ition @
trol key or wit h the unlock butto n in the driver's
.&_.
c:::>
door. In vehicles wit h a convenience key*, you can
still ope n t he luggage compa rt ment lid using the Locking the front passenger's door/rear
handle if an authori zed remote contr ol key is doors with the mechanical key
near t he proximit y se nsor*.
The mec hanical lock is located on the edge of t he
Fold mirrors* - if you se lect On, the exte rior rea r- front passeng er's door and the rear doors. It is
view mirrors fold in auto mat ically whe n you press only visible when th e door is open.
t he ~ button on t he remo t e contro l key or to uch
.,.Remove the mechanical key c:::> page 32.
t he sensor * in t he handle.
...Remove th e cap from the opening c:::> fig. 25 .
Tone when locking1> - if you select On, a to ne .,.Insert the key in t he inside slot and turn it all
will sound whe n you lock t he vehicle. t he way t o t he right (right door) or left (left
door). .,.
u
co
.....
N
r--
N
.....
~
o
co l) This fun ct ion is not availab le in al l coun tr ies.
35
~ WARNING @ Tips
Read and following all WARNINGS c:>.&.in De- The interior/towing protection monitoring *
scription on page 30 . on ly functions correctly when the windows
and the roof* are closed.
Anti-theft alarm system
Applies to: vehicles with anti-t heft alarm syste m Luggage compartment
If the anti -theft alarm system detects a vehicle
lid
break-in, audio and visual warning signals are Opening/closing the luggage compartment
triggered. The anti-theft alarm system is switch- lid
ed on or off when locking/unlocking your vehicle.
If the alarm is tr iggered, it w ill shut off automat -
ically after a ce rta in amount of time .
Switching the alarm off manually

• To switch the alarm off, press the rrlbutton on
the remote control key or switch the ignition
on.
Depending on the vehicle equipment, the anti -
theft alarm system may have the following fea-
Fig. 26 Driver's doo r: ope ning th e luggage compartmen t
tures: lid
Break-in security feature

Opening the luggage compartment lid
The alarm w ill so und if the re is a break- in at the
• Press and hold the c::J button on the remote
doors, hood, and/or luggage compartment lid.
control key for at least one second . The luggage
Interior / towing protection monitoring compa rtment lid unlocks and opens slightly . Or
button* • Press t he hand le in the luggage compartment
lid . Or
The alarm will be triggered if there are move-
• Move the se lector lever to the "P" posit io n a nd
ments detected in the vehicle interior or if there
pull the c::J button* in the dr iver's door .
is a change in the veh icle ang le .
If you leave persons/an imals in t he vehicle o r Closing the luggage compartment lid
have the vehicle t ransported, sw itch off the inte - • Use the inside grip to pull the luggage com-
rior/towing protection monitoring alarm to pre - pa rtment lid down and allow it to close using a
vent the alarm from being triggered: gentle push ¢ .&,.
• Press the ffi button on the remote cont rol key a
seco nd time within 2 seconds. Or &_ WARNING
• Applies to vehicles with convenience key: touch -After closing the luggage compartment lid,
the sensor on the door handle a second t ime make sure that it is latched . Otherw ise, the
within 2 seconds . Or luggage compartment lid cou ld open sud-
• Turn the mechanical key in the door lock to the denly when driving, which increases the risk
close pos it ion a second time within 2 seconds. of an accident.
• If you lock the veh icle now, then the interior/ - Never drive with the luggage compartment
towing protect ion monitor will stay off until lid ajar or open, because poisono us gases
the next time the vehicle is unlocked. can enter the vehicle interior and create the
risk of asphyx iat ion. ..,_
36
Opening and closing
- Never leave your vehicle unattended when

the luggage compartment lid is open. A
child could climb into the vehicle through
the luggage compartment. If the luggage
compartment lid was then closed, the child
would be trapped in the vehicle and unable
to escape. To reduce the risk of inju ry, do
not allow children to play in or around the
vehicle. Always keep the luggage compart-
ment lid and the doors closed when the ve- Fig. 28 Luggage compa rtment lid: @ clos ing button, @
hicle is not in use. lock button (vehicles with convenience key•)
- Always make sure no one is in the luggage

Opening the luggage compartment lid
compartment lid's range of motion when it
is closing, especially near the hinges. Fin- ... Press and hold the c:s button on the remote
gers or hands could be pinched. control key for at least one second . Or
... Press the hand le in the luggage compartment
(D Tips lid. Or
... Move the selector lever to the "P" posit ion and
- When the vehicle is locked, the luggage
pull the c:s button* in the dr iver's door.
compartment lid can be unlocked separately
by pressing the c:s button on the remote Closing the luggage compartment lid
control key. The luggage compartment lid
...When the ignition is switched on, pull the c:s
locks automatically when it is closed again.
switch in the driver's door until the luggage
- The settings in the Infota inment system de-
compartment lid is closed ¢ &_ . Or
termine if the luggage compartment lid can
... Press the c:s button in the luggage compart-
be opened us ing the handle¢ page 35.
ment lid ¢ fig. 28 . The luggage compartment
lid will automat ically lower and close ¢ &_ . Or
Automatic luggage compartment lid .,.Applies to: vehicles with convenience key: Press
Applies to: veh icles with automatic luggage compartme nt lid
the c:s button on the remote control key until
The luggage compartment lid can be opened and the luggage compartment lid closes ¢ &. -
closed electrically. Make sure there is enough distance between
you and the luggage compartment lid. There
should be a maximum 9 feet (3 m) of distance.
Or
...Applies to: vehicles with convenience key: press
the ~ button in the luggage compartment lid
¢ fig . 28 . The remote control key must not be
more than approx imately 4 feet (1.5 m) away
from the luggage compartment a nd it must not
be inside the vehicle . The luggage compart-
men t lid will automatically lower and close. The
Fig. 27 Driver's door: opening the luggage compartment vehicle locks ¢ &_ . Or
lid
... Lightly pull the luggage compartment lid at the
inner gr ip . The lug gage compartment lid will
automatically lower and close ¢ &. - Or
u
co
..... ... Press the handle in the luggage compartment
N
r-- lid. The luggage compartment lid will automat-
N
..... ically lower and close ¢ &_ . .,.
~0
co
37
Storin g th e luggage compartm ent lid - To reduce the risk of pinching injuries, a l-
opening position ways make sure that no one is in the operat-
~ Bring the luggage compartment lid into the de- ing area of the luggage compartment lid, in-
sired open position. The position must be at a cluding the hinge areas and the upper and
certain height or higher to store. lower edge of the luggage compartment lid .
~ Press and hold the C> button in the luggage - Never drive with the luggage compartment
compartment lid for at least four seconds to lid ajar or open, because poisonous gases
store the new open position . A visual and audio can enter the vehicle inte rior and create the
signal will follow . risk of asphyx iat ion.
~ To set a higher open position, wait at least five - If there is a luggage rack (such as a bicycle
seconds and then caref ully press the luggage rack) on the luggage compartment lid, the
compartment lid upward . luggage compartment lid may not ope n
~ Press and hold the C> button again for at least comp letely under cert ai n circu mstan ces or it
four seconds to store the desired opening posi - could close by itself if open du e to t he extra
tion. weight. There fore, the open luggage com -
partment lid must be given additional sup-
The opening/closing process will stop immedi-
port or the cargo must fi rst be removed
ately if:
from the luggage rack.
- You pull/release the C> switch in the driver's
door, or @ Note
- Applies to: vehicles with convenience key: The luggage compa rtment lid can bump into
press/release the C> button on the remote objects such as the garage ceiling when open-
contro l key, or ing and become damaged .
- Applies to: vehicles with conveniern;e key: press
the C> button or the {n but t on in the luggage (D Tips
compartment lid, or - The settings in the Infotainment system de -
- You push the hand le in the luggage compart - termine if t he luggage compartment lid can
ment lid, or be opened using the hand le ~ page 35.
- When something blocks the luggage compa rt- - There are audible signals when closing the
ment lid or makes it difficu lt fo r the lid to luggage compartment lid with the remote
move . contro l key (vehicles with conven ience key*)
If you press the hand le or one of the C> or {n but- or with the C> button in the driver's door.
tons (veh icles w it h conven ience key*) now, the - When the vehicle is locked, the luggage
luggage compartment lid w ill either open or compartment lid can be unlocked sepa rately
close, depending on its angle . by pressing the C> button on the remote
control key . The luggage compartme nt lid
A WARNING locks automat ically when it is closed again.
- After closing the luggage compartment lid, - Applies to: vehicles with convenience key:
make sure that it is latched. Otherwise, the The luggage compartment lid can be closed
luggage compartment lid could open sud- w ith the conven ience from a distance up to
denly when driving, which increases the risk approximate ly 9 ft (3 m).
of an accident . - The luggage compartment lid can be oper-
- Pay careful attention when closing the lug- ated manua lly if the veh icle battery is low .
gage compartment lid. Otherw ise, you could It is necessa ry to use mo re force when do ing
cause serious injury to yourself or others de - this. Move the lid slow ly t o redu ce the
spite the pinch protection . amou nt of fo rce needed. ..,.
38
Op eni ng a nd cl os ing
- When the trailer socket is being used (for General informat ion
example, for a bicycle rack), the luggage
In some sit uations, the funct ion may be limited
compartment lid can be opened and closed or temporarily unavailable. This may happen if:
using the handle or the foot motion activa-
tion (vehicles with convenience key*). - the luggage compartment lid was closed imme-
d iately before
- you park close to a hedge and the branches
Opening/closing the luggage compartment
lid with foot motion activation (kicking move back and forth under the veh icle for a
movement) long per iod of t ime
Applies to: veh icles with conven ience key and sensor-control- - you clean your veh icle, for example with a pres-
led luggage compartment lid sure washer or in a car wash
- there is heavy rain
- the bumper is very dirty, for example after driv-
ing on salt-covered roads
- there is interference to the radio signal from
the vehicle key, such as from cell phones or re-
mote controls
8,. WARNING
- Pay careful attention when closing the lug-
Fig. 29 Rear of the vehicle : foot movement gage compartment lid . Ot herwise, you could
cause serious injury to yourself or others de-
You can open and close the luggage compart- spite the pinch protection .
ment lid w ith foot motion activat ion . - To reduce the risk of pinching inju ries, al-
ways make sure that no o ne is in the ope rat-
Requirements: you must be carrying your conven-
ing area of the luggage compartment lid, in-
ience key* with you . You must be standing at the
cluding the hinge areas and the upper and
center behind the luggage compartment lid. The
lower edge of the luggage compartment lid.
ignition must be switched off . Make sure you
have firm foot ing. - Never drive with the luggage compartment
lid ajar or open, because poisonous gases
- Move your foot back and forth under the bump- can enter the vehicle interior and create the
er one time q fig. 29. Do not touch the bumper. risk of asphyxiat ion.
The luggage compartment lid will open/close - If there is a luggage rack (such as a bicycle
once the system detects the movement. rack) on the luggage compartment lid, the
The luggage compartment lid will only open/ luggage compartment lid may not open
close if you perform the movement as described. comp letely under certa in circumstances or it
This prevents the luggage compartment lid from could close by itself if open due to the ext ra
open ing or closing due to sim ilar movements, weight. Therefore, the open luggage com-
such as when you walk between the rear of the partment lid must be given additional sup-
vehicle and your garage door. port or the ca rgo must fi rst be removed
from the luggage rack.
The closing of the luggage compartment lid is in-
d icated by a warning signa l and can be cance led
by making the described movement again .
u
The foot movement does not lock the vehicle.
co
.....
N
r--
N
.....
~0
co
39
Opening and closing
Luggage compartment lid emergency .. To deactivate/activate the power window

release switch in the rear doors, press the@ button in
the driver's door ¢ fig. 31. The ind icator light in
the button turns on/blinks .
.. To also deactivate/activate the inner door han-
dle, open the respect ive rear door and turn the
key switch with the mechanical key in the d irec-
tion of the arrow or oppos ite the direction of
the arrow ¢ fig. 32.
Message in the instrument cluster display

(81Childproof catch: malfunction! Please con-
Fig. 30 Inne r luggage compartment lid: access to the tact Service
emergency release
There is a ma lfunction in the chi ld safety lock .
.. Remove the screwdriver from the vehicle tool Press the @ button again .
kit.
If the message stays on, drive immediate ly t o an
.. Use the screwdriver to pry the cover off
authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service
<=>fig. 30.
Facility to have the malfunction repaired .
.. Press the lever in the direct ion of the arrow to
release the luggage compartment lid.
A WARNING
-
- If you leave the vehicle, sw itch the ignition
Child safety lock off and take the veh icle key with you. This
The child safety lock prevents the rear doors applies particularly when children remain in
from being opened from the inside and the rear the vehicle. Otherwise ch ildren could start
power windows from be operated. the engine or operate electrical equipment
(such as power windows), which increases
the risk of an accident.
- A malfunction in the child safety lock could
allow the rear doors to be opened from the
inside, which increases the risk of an acci-
dent.
Power windows
Controls
Fig. 31 Sect ion of driver's door: contro ls
The driver can control all power windows .
Cl)
~
""
0
='>
Cl)
m
Fig. 32 Rear door: child safety lock

Fig. 33 Driver's door: power window cont rols
40
Open ing and cl os ing
All power window switches are equipped with a Convenience opening/closing

two-stage function *: Applies to: vehicles with conveni ence key
Opening and closing the windows All of the windows and the roof* con be opened/
closed at the some time .
.,.To open or close the w indow completely, press
the sw itc h down or pull the sw itc h up br iefly to Convenience opening f eature
the second level. The operation will stop if the
.. Press and hold the @ button on the remote con -
switch is pressed/pu lled again.
trol key until a ll of the windows reach the de -
.. To se lect a position in between opened and
sired position and the roof* is ti lted open .
closed, press/pull the switch to the first leve l
until the desired window position is reached. Convenience closing feature
Power w indow switch es .. Press the t'flbutton on the remote control key
until the roof* is closed ~ ,&., or
(D Left front door
.. Touch the sensor * on the door handle unti l all
@ Right front door of the windows and the roof* are closed. Do not
@ Left rea r door* place your hand in the door handle when doing
© Right rear door* this .
A WARNING Sett ing convenience opening in the

Infotainment system
- If you leave the veh icle, switch the ignition
off and take the vehicle key with you. This .. Select in the Infotainment system: IMENU ! but-
applies particularly when children remain in ton > Vehicle > left control button > Vehicle
the vehicle . Otherw ise children could start setting s > Central locking > Long press to
the engine or operate electrical equipment open windows .
(such as powe r windows), which increases
the risk of an acc ident. The power windows A WARNING
-
contin ue to funct ion until the driver's door - Never close the w indows or the roof* care-
or front passenge r's door has been opened . lessly or in an uncon t rolled manner, be-
- Pay careful attent ion when closing t he win- cause this increases the risk of injury .
dows. Pinching could cause serious injur ies. - For secur ity reasons, t he win dows a nd the
- When locking the veh icle from outside, the roof* ca n only be opened and closed with
vehicle mus t be unoccupied since the win- the remote control key at a maxim um dis-
dows can no longer be opened in an emer- tance of approximately 6.S feet (2 m) away
gency. from the vehicle. Always pay attention when
using the t'flbutton to close the windows
(D Tips and the roof * so that no one is pinched. The
You can still open and close the w indows for clos ing process will stop immediately when
app roxima t ely 10 minutes after tu rning the the t'flbutton is released.
ign it ion off. The power windows do not switch
off until the driver's door or front passenger's (D Tips
door has been opene d. Applies to: vehicles with panorama glass roof:
the power sunshade also opens/closes when
opening/closing the roof .
u
co
.....
N
,..._
N
.....
0
<(
0
00
41
Correcting power window malfunctions .,.To select a partia lly open pos ition, push the~
button forward/back to the first level unti l the
You can reactivate the one-touch up/down func- desired pos ition is reached .
tion if it malfunctions.
© Opening and closing the sunshade
.. Pull the power window sw itch up unt il the win-
dow is completely raised. .,.To open the sunshade completely, slide the ·-P. •·
.. Release the sw itch and pull it up again for at sw itch back briefly to the second level.
least one second. .,.To close the su nshade completely, slide the -'f'~
switch forward briefly to the second level.
.,.To select a partially open position, slide the -:t-;&
Panorama glass roof
switch to the first level until the sunshade
Panorama glass roof, opening/closing the reaches the desired posit ion.
sunshade
Applies to: vehicles with panorama glass roof A WARNING
The front segment can tilt and slide open. To reduce the risk of injury, always pay atten-
tion when clos ing the panorama g lass roof.
Always switch the ignition off when leaving
the vehicle and always take the vehicle with
you.
(D Note
Always close the panorama g lass roof when
leav ing you r vehicle. Rain can cause damage
to the interior equipment of your veh icle, par-
ticular ly the electronic equ ipment.
Fig. 34 Sect ion of the front headline r: pano rama glass roof
button
(I) Tips
@ Tilting and closing th e roof - For information about convenience open-
.. To tilt the sunroof comp letely open, press the ing/closing, see 9 page 41 .
button up briefly to the second leve l.
c::::::, - You can still operate the panorama glass
.,.To close the sunroof comp letely, pull the~ roof for about 10 minutes after the ignit ion
button down briefly to the second level ¢ _& . is switched off. The swit ch is deactiv ated
.. To set a position between opened and closed, once the driver's or front passenger's door is
press/pull the~ button up to the first level opened .
until the roof reaches the desired position . - The pa norama g lass roof will on ly open at
temperatures down to -4°F (-20°).
@ Opening and closing th e roof
.,.To move the roof into the reduced wind noise Panorama glass roof emergency operation
position, push the~ button back briefly to the Applies to: vehicles with pano rama g lass roof
second level.
If an object is detected when closing, the roof
.. To open the sunroof completely, push the~
will open again automatica lly. In this case, you
button back briefly aga in to the second level.
can then close it with the power emergency clos-
.,.To close the sunroof comp letely, push the c::::::,
ing function.
button forward briefly to the second level
¢ ,& . .,.Within five seconds after the sunroof opens au-
tomatically, pull the applicable button unti l the
roof is closed.
42
Opening and closing
Garage door opener Operating

Applies to: vehicles with garage door opener (Home link)
(Homelink)
Requirements : the button in the headl iner must
Description
Applies to: vehicles with garage door opener (Homelink)
be programmed <>page43 and the veh icle
must be within range of the system, such as the
garage door .
., Press the button to open the garage door. The

LED@ <>page 43, fig . 36 blinks or turns on .
.. Press the button again to open the garage
door.
@ Tips
When opening or closing the garage door, do
Fig. 35 Garage door opene r : examp les of usage fo r diffe r· not press and hold the button longer ten sec -
ent syste ms onds or the garage door opener will switch to
programming mode.
With the garag e door opener (Hom elink), you
can activate systems such as the garage doors,
Programming buttons
security systems or house lights from inside your
Applies to: vehicles with garage door opener (Home Link)
vehicle. Three buttons are integrated in the head·
N
liner that can be programmed to up to three re- ~
0
mote controls . ~0:,
m
To be able to oper ate systems using the garage , 1 111 111
door opener, the buttons in the headliner must
first be programmed .
A WARNING
When operating or programming the garage
door opener, make sure that no people or ob·
Fig. 36 He adlin e r: controls
jects are in the area immediately surround ing
the equipment. People can be injured or prop- You can program both fixed code and rolling code
erty can be damaged if struck when closing. systems using this procedure.
Programming/reprogramming buttons
- For security reasons, we recommend that Requirement: the vehicle must be in range of the
you clear the programmed buttons before system , such as the garage door, that you would
selling the vehicle . like to program.
- For additional informat ion about Homelink, ., Switch the ignit ion on .
visit www.homelink.com. ., Press and hold the button in the headliner that
- For an explanation on conformity with the you would like t o program fo r at least two sec·
FCCregulations in the United States and the ends . Or
Industry Canada regulations, see .. Select in the Infotainment system: IMENU ! but -
¢ page 374 . ton > Vehicle > left control button > Vehicle
u
co
..... settings > Garage door opener > Program ga-
N
r--
N
..... rage door opener > Program button I /P rogram ll>
~0
co
43
button II / Program button III (reprogram) . cle > left control button > Vehicle settings >
The yellow LED@ blinks. Garage door opener > Program garage door
~ Follow the instructions in the Infotainment sys - opener > right control button > UR-Mode /
tem. D-Mode .
Synchronizing a button 1>

Requirement: the button must already be pro -
grammed and must be synchronized with the
system that you would like to program.
~ Switc h the ign ition on.

~ Press the button in the head liner that you
would like to synchronize.
~ Follow the instructions in the Infotainment sys -
tem.
Deleting button programming

The programmed buttons cannot be de leted ind i-
vidua lly. They must be deleted all at once . Repro-
gram the buttons if necessary .
~ Switc h the ign ition on.

~ Select in the Infota inment system: I MENU I but -
ton > Vehi cle > left contro l button > Vehicl e
settings > Garage door opener > Delete button
programming > Yes, delete now .
Displaying the version/s tatu s/ country code

~ Select in the Infota inmen t system: IM E NU I but -
ton > Vehi cle > left contro l button >Vehicl e set-
tings > Garage door opener > Version inf orma-
ti on.
(D Tips
- The garage door opener may need to be
synchronized with the system motor after
the programming . Follow the manufactur -
er's instructions for doing t his.
- The programming process can take up to 30
seconds . The hand transmitter may need to
be operated again during the process.
- Make sure the batteries in the hand trans -
mitter are charged before starting the pro-
gramming process.
- In some cases, the system must be pro -
grammed using an alternative mode. Select
in the Infota inment system : IMENU I > Vehi-
1> Only appl ies to rolling code system s
44
Lights and V ision
Lights and Vision Audi adaptive light

Applies to: vehicles wit h adaptive light
Exterior Lighting Adaptive ligh t provides better visibilit y whe n it is
Switching the lights on and off dark by adapting t he lights t o the road conditions
based on speed , such as on expressways, rura l
--- ----~-----'~ roads, at intersections, and in curves. The adap-
i t ive light only functions when the light sw itch is

in the AUTOposition .
A WARNING
- Automatic headlights* are on ly intended to
-
assist the driver. They do not relieve the
driver of responsibil ity t o check the head-
lights and to t urn t hem on manua lly based
Fig. 37 Instrument pa nel: light switc h with buttons on t he curren t light and vis ibility condition s.
For examp le, fog canno t be detec t ed by the
Light switch ·'!:!
· light sensors. So always switch on the low
Turn the light sw itch to the corresponding posi- beams under these weather conditions and
tion when t he ignition is switched on. :oo:and the when driving in the da rk io .
selected pos ition turn on (except pos ition 0). - To prevent glare for traffic behind your vehi -
cle, the rear fog lights should only be turned
0 - The daytime running lights automat ica lly t urn
on in accordance with traff ic regulat ions.
on. In vehicles for certain markets, you can
- Always observe legal regulations when us-
switch the automatic daytime running lights on
ing the lighting systems desc ribed .
and off in the Infotainment system*.
AUTO- The headlights automatically adapt to the (D Tips

surrounding brightness.
- The light sensor for t he automat ic he ad -
:oo:- Parking lights lights * is in the rearview mir ror mount. Do
not p lace any st ickers in this area on the
io - Low beam headlights
windshield.
Buttons - A warning tone will sound if you open the
door when the exte rior lights a re switched
When you turn the light switch to the AUTOor
on .
low beam headlight pos ition io, you can activate
the following functions: - Only t he front headlights turn on when t he
daytime running lights are switched on *. In
~o - All-weather lights. The headlights automati - vehicles in certain markets, the tail lights
cally adjust so that there will be less glare, for w ill also turn on .
examp le when the road surface is wet. - In cool or damp weather, the inside of the
Ot - Rear fog lights head lights, turn signa ls and tail lights can
fog over due to the temperature diffe rence
Automatic headlight range control system between the inside and outside . They will
Your veh icle is equipped with an automatic head - clear shortly afte r swi t ching them on . This
light range contro l system that re du ces g lare fo r does not aff ect the service life of the light-
oncoming traffic if the vehicle load changes. The mg.
~ ..... headlight range adju sts automatica lly .
N
r--
N
.....
~0
co
45
Lights and Vision
Turn signal and high beam lever High beam assistant

Appli es to : vehicles with high beam assistant
The lever operates the turn signals, the high
beams and the headlight flasher . The high beam assistant automatically turns the
high beams on or off depending on the surround-
N
0 ing conditions .
0
>
u..
a,
A camera on the rearview mirror mount can de-
tect light sources from other road users . The high
beams switch on or off automatically depending
on the posit ion of vehicles driving ahead and on-
coming vehicles, the vehicle speed and other en-
vironmen t al and traffic conditions.
Activating high beam assistant

Fig. 38 Turn signal and high beam lever
Requirement: the light sw itch must be set to the
Turn signals¢ Q AUTOposit ion and the high beam assistant must
be switched on in the Infotainment system
The turn signals activate when you move the lev-
¢ page 47 .
er into a turn signal position when the ignition is
switched on. • To act ivate the high beam ass istant, tap the
lever forward @ ~ page 46, fig . 38. The Ii] in-
@ - Right turn signal
dicator light appears in the instrument cluster
@ - Left turn signal display and the high beams are switched on/off
automatically. If the h igh beams were com-
The turn signal blinks three times if you just tap
the lever.
pletely or partially switched on, the SI
indica-
tor light turns on .
High beams and headlight flasher ~D
Switching the high beams on/off manually
Move the lever to the corresponding pos ition:
If the high beams did not switch on/off automat-
@ - High beams on (vehicles with high beam as- ically as expected, you may switch them on or off
sistant* ¢ page 46) manua lly instead :
© - High beams off or headlight flasher • To switch the high beams on manually, tap the
The II indicator light in the instrument cluster lever forward @ ~ page 46, fig. 38. The in- II
turns on . dicator light turns on.
• To switch the high beams off man uall y, pull the
A WARNING lever back © ¢ page 46, fig. 38. The high beam
assistant is deactivated.
High beams can cause glare for other drivers,
wh ich increases the risk of an accident. For Operating the headlight flasher
this reason, only use the high beams or the
• To operate the headlight flasher when the high
headlight flasher when they will not create
beam assistant is activated and high beams are
glare for other drivers.
switched off, pull the lever back © ¢ page 46,
fig. 38. The high beam assistant remains ac-
tive.
Messages in the instrument cluster display

EIJ
Audi adaptive light: malfunction! See own-
er's manual
46
Lights and V ision
~ Headlight assistant : malfun ction! See own- Automatic headlights

er's manual You ca n adju st the following setti ngs in the Au-
Drive to an autho rized Aud i de al e r o r a uthorized tomatic headlights men u :
Audi Service Facility immedia t ely to have the Activation time - you can adjust if t he a utomat ic
mal funct ion corrected. You can still switc h the
he adlig ht s switc h on Early, Medium or Late a c-
high beams on or off manually.
cording t o t he sensi t ivity of t he ligh t se nsor.
i:aHeadlight assistant : currently unavailable. Headlight assistant* - you can switch the h igh
Camera view restricted due to surroundings. beam assis t an t * on and off.
See owner's manual
Entry/exit lighting
The camera view is blocked, fo r example by a
st icker o r debris. When it is dark, the Entry/ exit lighting illumi-
nates the area a round the vehicle when unlocking
The senso r is located betwee n the interior rear-
the ve hicle and afte r swi tching off the ignit io n
view mir ror and the windshield . Do not p lace any
and opening the dr iver's door.
sti ckers in t his area on t he wind shield.
The Entry/ exit lighting only works when it is
,& WARNING dark and the ligh t sw itch is in the AUTO position.
High beam assis tan t is only intended to assist Daytime running lights
th e drive r. The dr iver is still responsib le for
contro lling the headlights and may need to USA models: the daytime running lights can be
switch them on and off manually depend ing switched on/off . Select On or Off.
on light and visib ility conditions. It may be Canada model s: th is function canno t be switche d
necessary to ope rate them manua lly in s itua- off. They act ivate au t omatically eac h time t he ig-
tions such as: nition is switched on.
- In adverse weather cond itions such as fog,
heavy ra in, blow ing snow or sp raying water . Emergency flashers
- On roads where oncoming traffic may be
partially obsc ured, such as expressways .
- When there are road users t hat do not have
s ufficient lighting, s uch as bicyclers o r
vehicles with dirty ta il lamps.
- In tight cu rves and on steep hills .
- In poo rly lit areas .
- Wit h stro ng ref lecto rs, such as s igns.
- If t he area of t he windsh ield near th e se nso r
- --- - -- ----
is fogg ed ove r, dirt y, icy or covere d w ith a ~
sti cker. Fig. 39 Center console: eme rgency flasher butto n
The eme rgen cy fla she rs m akes othe r dr ive rs

Adjusting the exterior lighting aware of your vehi cle in dangerous situa t ions.
The fun ctions are adjust ed in the Infotainment • Press the ~ button to sw itch t he emergency
system. fl as he rs on or off.
• Select in the Info tainment sys t em: ! ME NUI but- You can ind icate a lane change or a turn when the
u
co
ton > Vehicle > left contro l butto n > Vehicle eme rgency flashers are swi tch ed on by using t he
.....
N
r--
settings > Exterior lighting . tu rn signal leve r. The emergen cy flashe rs stop
N
..... tempor ar ily. ""
~0
co
47
Lights and Vision
The emergency flashers also work whe n the igni- Rear interior lighting
t ion is turn ed off .
(D Tips
You s hou ld sw itch t he emergency flashers on
if:
- you are the last car in a traff ic jam so that
a ll other vehicles approaching from behind
can see your vehicle
- your ve hicle has bro ke n down or you are
having an eme rgency
Fig. 4 1 Headliner: reading light s, version 1
- you r vehicle is being t owed or if yo u ar e tow-
ing another vehicle
Interior lighting
Front interior lighting
Fig. 42 Headliner: reading light s, version 2
.. Version 1: to turn a read ing light on or off,

press the ~ button .
.. To acti vate the ma nu al dimming funct ion* ,
t ouch the surface when the light is swi t ched off
Fig. 40 Headlin er : fr ont int erior light ing
~ and keep touching it unt il t he de sired
brigh t ness is reached.
Press the co rresponding button ¢ fig . 40:
.. Version 2 (touch-sensitive reading light s with
-fJ-Door contact swi tc h on/off . The interio r ligh t- manual dimming function* ): to tur n a reading
ing is controlled automatically. light on or off, br iefly touch t he surface @
¢ fig. 42 .
-M-- Int er ior light ing o n/off
.. To activate the manual dimming function,
Applies to: vehicles with touch-sensitive reading to uch the surface @ whe n the light is switched
lights: To turn the respect ive readi ng light on or off and keep touch ing it until the desired
off, t o uch the su rface @ brief ly. To act ivate t he brightness is reached .
manual d imm ing func t ion , touch the surfa ce @
when t he light is switc hed off a nd kee p touching Interior lighting
it unt il t he desired brig htness is reached. Applies to: vehicles wit h interior lighting
.. Sele ct in t he Infotainment system: IMENU ! but -

t on > Vehicle > left cont rol but ton > Vehicle
setting s> Interior lighting.
The inter ior ligh ti ng turns on when yo u sw itch

t he headlights on w hile the ign ition is on.
48
Lights and Vision
Version 1
(D Tips
To adjust the brightness of individual zones, se-
Depending on vehicle equipment, the instru-
lect Front brightness* , Door brightness or Foot-
ment illumination (needles and gauges) may
well brightness. Turn the control knob to th e left
turn on when the lights are off and the igni-
or to th e right. Press the control knob to confirm
tion is switched on. The illumination for the
the brightness.
gauges reduces automatically and eventually
Version 2 turns off as brightness outside increases . This
function reminds the driver to turn the low
Select and confirm one of the displayed profiles
beams on at the appropriate time.
by pressing the control knob.
Individual : you can customize the brightness and Vision

color of individual zones . Press the right control
button. Press the control knob again to confirm Adjusting exterior mirrors
the settings.
Audi drive select: the interior and contour light-

ing color changes depending on the driving mode
selected in drive select* r::?v
page 125.
(0) Tips
The setting is automatically stored and as-
signed to the remote control key that is being
used.
Fig. 44 Dri ver's door: knob fo r t he ext erior mirr ors
Instrument illumination
Turn the knob to the desired position:
The brightness of the illumination for the instru-
0 - all adjustment functions are deactivated .
ments, display and head-up display* can be ad-
justed. q;p - adjusting the left/right exterior mirror.
Move the knob in the desired direction .
-------- ...~ ® - Heats* the mirror glass depending on the
i outside temperature.
8 - Folds the exterior mirrors*. To fold the mir -

rors out, turn the knob to one of the other posi-
tions. In the Infotainment system, you can select
if the mirrors fold in automatically when you lock
the vehicle¢ page 35 .
Fig. 43 Instrument ill umination

Front passenger's exterior mirror tilt
function*
.. Press the knob to release it . To help you see the curb when backing into a
.. Turn the knob toward "-" or" +" to reduce or in- parking space, the surface of the mirror tilts
crease the brightness . slightly. For this to happen, the knob must be in
.. Press the knob again to return it to its original the position for the front passenger's exterior
u
co
position. mirror.
.....
N
r-- You can adjust the tilted mirror surface by turn-
N
.....
~0 ing the knob in the desired direction. When you .,.
co
49
Lights and Vision
move out of reverse and into another gear, the Dimming the mirrors
new mirror position is stored and assigned to the
Your vehicle is equipped with a manual or auto-
key you are using.
matic* dimming rearview mirror .
The mirror goes back into its original position
once you drive forward faster than 9 mph Manual dimming rearview mirror
(15 km/h) or turn t he ignition off. .,. Pull the lever on the bottom of the mirror back.
A WARNING Automatic dimming rearview mirror*

Curved mirror surfaces (for example convex) .,.The interior and exterior mirrors dim automati-
enlarge the field of vision. However, they cally when light shines on them, for example
make objects in the mirror appear smaller from headlights on a vehicle behind you.
and farther away. You may estimate incor-
rectly when you use these mirrors to gauge A WARNING
your distance from the vehicles behind you If the glass on an automatic dimming mirror
when changing lanes, which increases the risk breaks, electrolyte can leak out. This liquid
of an accident. can irritate the skin, eyes and respiratory sys-
tem. If there is contact with the fluid, flush
«1j)Note immediately with plenty of water. Consult a
- Applies to vehicles with power folding exte- physician if necessary .
rior mirrors: if the mirror housing was - Repeated or long-term exposure to electro-
moved by outside forces (such as an impact lyte fluid can lead to irritation of the air-
when maneuvering), you must use the pow- ways, especially in people with asthma or
er folding function to fold the mirror all the other respiratory conditions. Take deep
way out. The mirrors will make a loud noise breaths immediately after leaving the vehi-
when they latch into place. The mirror hous- cle or, if this is not possible, open all of the
ing must not be moved back into place by doors and windows as wide as possible.
hand because this would impair the func- - If electrolyte fluid enters the eyes, flush
tion of the mirror mechanism. them thoroughly with a large amount of
- Applies to vehicles without power folding clean water for at least 15 minutes and then
exterior mirrors : if the mirror housing was seek medical attention.
moved by outside forces (such as an impact - If electrolyte fluid comes into contact with
when maneuvering), you must move it back the skin, flush the affected area with clean
in place by hand. water for at least 15 minutes and then clean
- If you wash the vehicle in an automatic car with soap and water and seek medical at-
wash, you must fold the exterior mirrors in tention. Clean affected clothing and shoes
to reduce the risk of damage to the mirrors. thoroughly before wearing again.
Never fold power folding exterior mirrors* - If the fluid was swallowed and the person is
by hand . Only fold them in and out using conscious, flush the mouth with water for at
the power controls. least 15 minutes . Do not induce vomiting
unless this is recommended by medical pro-
(D Tips fessionals. Seek medical attention immedi-
- If the power adjusting function malfunc- ately .
tions, the glass in both mirrors can be ad-
justed by pressing on the edge of it by hand. @ Note
- The exterior mirror settings are stored with If the glass on an automatic dimming mirror
the memory function*~ page 59. breaks, electrolyte can leak out. This liquid
damages plastic surfaces and paint. Clean
so
Lights and Vision
this liquid as quickly as possible, for example Rear door sunshade

with a wet sponge. .,. Pull the sunshade out and attach it to the re-
tainer on the upper door frame ¢ fig. 46.
@ Tips
- If the li ght reaching the rearview mir ror is Windshield wipers
obstructed, the automatic dimming mirror
will not function correct ly, Switching the wipers on
- The automatic dimming mirrors do not dim
•• ®
co
when the interior lighting is turned on or 0
<?
~
the reverse gear is selected. ;&
@
Sun visors
• @
@
. •® • @
Fig. 47 W indshield wi per lever
(!)
- a,
0
<?
~
;&
Fig. 45 Sun visor .®

Sun visor
The sun visors for the dr iver and front passenger

can be released from their mounts and tu rned to-
ward the doors ¢ fig. 45 (D. Fig. 48 Rear wi ndow wiper operat ion
They can also be moved back and forth length -

Move the windshield wiper lever to the corre-
wise in this posit ion.
sponding position:
Vanity mirror @ - Windshield w ipers off
The -mir ror lighting- switches on when the cover (D - Rain sensor mode . The windshield wipers
over the vanity mirror 2* opens . switch on once the veh icle speed exceeds approx-
imately 2 mph (4 km/h) and it is raining. The
Sunshade higher the sensitivity of the rain sensor that is set
Applies to: vehicles with sunshade (switch ® to the right), the earlier the wind-
shield wipers react to moisture on the wind-
shield. You can deactivate the rain sensor mode
in the Infotainment system, which switches the
intermittent mode on . To do this, select: IM ENU I
button > Vehicle > left control button > Driver
assistance > Rain sensor. I n interm ittent mode,
you can adjust the interval time using the switch
u
co
.....
N
®·
r--
N
..... @ - Slow w ipi ng .,.
~0 Fig. 46 Rear door : sunshade
co
51
Lights and Vision
@ - Fast wiping shield. Switching on the windshield wipers

when the blades are frozen to the wind-
© -Single wipe. If you hold the lever in this posi-
shield can damage the wiper blades.
tion longer, the wipers switch from slow wiping
- The windshield wiper system must be
to fast wiping .
switched off (lever in position 0) before us-
® - Clean the windshield . The wipers wipe one ing a car wash. This prevents the wipers
time after several seconds of driving to remove from switching on unintentionally and caus-
water droplets . You can switch this function off ing damage to the windshield wiper system.
by moving the lever to position ® within 10 sec-
onds of the afterwipe. The afterwipe function is (D Tips
reactivated the next time you switch the ignition - The windshield wipers switch off when the
on. ignition is switched off. You can activate the
Clean the headlights*. The headlight washer sys- windshield wipers after the ignition is
tem* operates only when the low beam head- switched back on by moving the windshield
lights are on. If you move the lever into position wiper lever to any position .
@, the headlights will be cleaned at fixed inter- - Worn or dirty windshield wiper blades result
vals . in streaking. This can affect the rain sensor
function . Check your windshield wiper
@ - Wipe the rear window. The number of wipes
blades regularly.
depends on the windshield wiper movement.
- The washer fluid nozzles for the windshield
The rear wiper automatically switches on when washer system are heated at low tempera-
the reverse gear is selected and the front wind- tures when the ignition is on.
shield wipers are on and running. - When stopping temporarily, such as at a
traffic light, the speed of the windshield
(j) - Cleanthe rear window. The number of wipes
wipers automatically reduces by one level.
depends on how long the lever is held in position
(z). This may also clean the rearview camera, de-
pending on the vehicle equipment. Cleaning the wiper blades
A WARNING
Clean the wiper blades when you see wiper
streaks. Use a soft cloth and a glass cleaner.
- The rain sensor is only intended to assist the
driver. The driver may still be responsible Windshield wiper
for manually switching the wipers on based .,. Place the windshield wiper arms in the service
on visibility conditions. position ~ page 53.
- The windshield may not be treated with wa- .,. Fold the windshield wiper arms away from the
ter-repelling windshield coating agents . Un- windshield.
favorable conditions, such as wetness, dark-
ness or low sun, can result in increased Rear window wiper
glare, which increases the risk of an acci- .,. Fold the wiper arm away from the rear window .
dent. Wiper blade chatter is also possible.
- Properly functioning windshield wiper
blades are required for a clear view and safe
A WARNING
-
Dirty windshield wiper blades can impair vi-

driving ~ page 53, Replacing wiper
sion, which increases the risk of an accident.
blades .
«1j)Note
- If there is frost, make sure the windshield
wiper blades are not frozen to the wind-
52
Lights and Vision
Replacing wiper blades A WARNING

For safety reasons, the windshield wiper
blades should be replaced once or twice each
year .
(D Note
- Only fold the windshield wipers away when
they are in the service pos ition. Otherwise,
you risk damaging the paint on the hood or
the windshield wiper motor .
Fig. 49 Removing wind s hiel d w iper bl ades - You should not move your veh icle or operate
the windsh ield wiper lever when the wiper
Windshield wiper service position /b lade
arms are folded away from the windshield .
replacement position
The windshield wipers would move back in-
"' To bring the windshield wipers into the service to t heir or iginal pos it ion and could damage
pos ition, turn the ignition off and move the the hood and windshie ld.
windshield wiper lever into position @ - To red uce t he risk of damage to the wiper
¢ page 51 , fig. 47.
system, always loosen blades wh ich are fro-
"'To bri ng the windshield wipers back to the nor- zen to the windshield before operating the
mal pos ition, switch the ignition on and hold w ipers.
the windshie ld wiper lever in posit ion @ until - To red uce the risk of damage to the wiper
the windshie ld wipers go back to the normal blades, do not use gasoline, kerosene, pa int
pos ition, or drive faster than 8 mph (12 km/h) . thinner, or other solvents on or near the
You can a lso tu rn the service position on or off in wiper blades.
the Infotainment system : - To reduce the risk of damage to the wiper
"' Switch the windshield wipers off (position @ arms or other components, do not attempt
¢ page 51 , fig. 47) . to move the wipers by hand.
"' Select : the IMENU ! button> Vehicle> left con-
trol button > Service& checks> Wiper change (D Tips
position. - You can also use the service position, for ex-
ample, if you want to protect the windshield
Removing the wiper blade
from icing by using a cover .
"' Fold the windshield wiper arm away from the - You cannot activate the service posit ion
windshield . when the hood is open .
"' Press the locking knob (D ¢ fig. 49 on the wiper
blade . Hold the wiper blade firmly . Replacing rear wiper blade
"' Remove the wiper blade in the direct ion of the
arrow .
Installing the wiper blade

"' I nsert the new wiper blade into the mount on
the wiper arm @ until it clicks into place.
"' Place the wiper arm back on the windshield .
"' Turn the serv ice position off.
u
co
.....
N
r--
N
.....
~0 Fig . SO Rear window wiper : insta lling the wiper blade
co
53
Lights and Vision
Removing th e wiper blade • To t urn the compass on or off , press the button
• Fold the wiper arm away from the rear window . @ unti l the compass in the mi rror appears or
disappears.
• Remove the wiper blade from its ho lder.
Installing the wiper blade The dig ita l compass o nly works when the ignit ion
is turned on . The directions a re indicated with ab-
• Press the wiper blade mount into the retainer. breviations: N (north), NE (northeast), E (east),
• Fold the window wipe r arm bac k onto t he rear SE (so utheast), S (so uth), SW (southwest), W
window. (west), NW (northwest) .
WARNING (D Tips
For safety reasons, the windshie ld wiper To prevent inaccurate compass readings, do
blades sho uld be replaced once or twice each not br ing any remote contro ls, electrical devi-
year . ces or metallic objects near the mirror.
Digital compass
Switching the compass on and off
Applies to: vehicles with digital compass
Fig. 51 Rearview mirror : dig it al compass is switched on
54
Lights and Vision
Adjusting the magnetic zone

Applies to: vehicles with digital compass
The magnetic zone must be adjusted correctly for the compass to read accurately.
Fig. 52 Magnetic zone map
• Press and hold the button @ Q page 54, fig. 51

until the number of the selected magnetic zone
A WARNING
.
appears in the rearview mirror . To reduce the risk to yourself and other driv-
• Press the button @ repeatedly to select the ers, calibrate the compass in an area where
correct magnetic zone . The selection mode there is no traffic.
turns off after a few seconds.
Calibrating the compass

Appl ies to: vehicles with digital compass
If the display is incorrect or inaccurate, the com-

pass must be recalibrated.
• Press and hold the button @ until a C appears

in the interior rearview mirror .
• Drive in a circle at about 6 mph (10 km/h) until
a direction is displayed in the interior rearvi ew
mirror.
u
co
.....
N
r--
N
.....
~0
co
55
S e ats and s tor a ge
Seats and storage © -Switching the massage funct ion* on/off

c>fig. 54 . Select the type of massage with the
General information multifunction button * c>page 56.
A WARNING
CD-Lumbar support* or multif unction button*
c>poge 56. To adj ust the lumbar support, press
See c>page 252, Driving safety for important the button in the applicab le location .
information, tips, suggestions and warnings
that you should read and follow for your own A WARNING
safety and the safety of your passengers .
- The power front seats can also be adjusted
when the ignition is switched off. To reduce
Front seats the risk of injury, children should never be
left unattended in t he vehicle for this rea-
Power seat adjustment
son .
- To reduce the risk of an accident, only adjust
the driver's seat when the vehicle is station-
ary.
- Exercise caution when adjust ing the seat
he igh t . Unsupe rvised or careless seat ad-
justment can pinch finge rs or hands, which
increases the risk of injury.
- The front seat backrests must not be re-
clined too far bac k when d riving, beca use
Fig. 53 Front seat : adjust ing the seat (version A) this impa irs the effect iveness of t he safety
be lts and a irbag syst em, which increases
the risk of injury.
Multifunction button
Applies t o: vehicles with mult ifunc tion butto n
You con adjust the massage function and lumbar

support using the multifunction button.
Fig. 54 Front seat: adjus ting the sea t (vers ion B)
@ - Moving the seat fo rwa rd/back: press the but-

ton forwa rd/back .
@ - Moving the seat up/down: press the button
up/dow n . To adjust the front seat cush ion, press
the front button up/down. To adjus t the rear sea t
cushion, press the rear button up/down.
Fig. 55 Infotainment syste m : seat sett ings
@ - Adjusting the backrest angle : press the but-
ton fo rward/back. Operating
© - Lengthe ning/shortening the upper thigh ...If you t urn the multifunction button CD
support c> fig . 53 . Lift the grip handle . A spring c>page 56, fig. 54 to the left or to the right,
moves the support forward . the poss ible seat settings @ are shown in the
Infotainment system c> fig . 55. ..,
56
Seats and storage
• To se lect a seat setting, turn the multifunction Rear seats

button CD in the corresponding direction until
the desired seat setting is outlined in red. Adjusting the seats
• The arrows @ represent the possible adjust-
ments . For example, to lower the lumbar sup-
port , press the multifunction button CD down .
The corresponding arrow @ lights up .
The following seat sett ings @ are possible:

Massage function* - select the massage type
Wave, Stretch, Knead or Off You can adjust the
intensity of each massage from 1 to 3. You can
switch the selected massage on/off using the
Fig. 57 Adjust ing the ang le of t he backrest*
button @ ¢ fig. 55 .
lumbar support - you can adjust the lumbar sup -
port up/down and to be stronger/weaker.
@ Tips
The massage function switches off automati-
cally after approximately 10 minutes.
Center armrest
Fig. 58 Adjusting forwa rd and backwa rd*
There is a storage compartment under the arm-
rest. Adjusting the angle of the backrest*
• Pull the lever upward and push the backrest

back to the des ired position ¢ fig. 57. Release
the lever and press the backrest farther back
until it locks in place .
• Pull the handle upward so t hat the back rest will
tilt forward. Release the lever and pus h the
backrest back to put t he back rest in its basic
position.
Adjusting forward and backward*

Fig. 56 Comfort cente r armr est between t he driver's sea t
and front passenger 's seat • Pull the handle up and slide the seat forward/
back ¢ fig. 58.
• To adjust the angle, raise the armrest from the • Release the handle and continue sliding the
starting position notch by notch.
seat until it locks in place.
• To bring the armrest back into the starting po-
sit ion, ra ise it out of the top notch and fold it
back down. ~
_& WARNING -
- To reduce the risk of an accident, th e seat
The armrest can slide forward and back. can only be adjusted when the vehicle is sta -
u tionary.
co
..... - Adjusting the seat without paying attention
N
r--
N
..... can pinch fingers or limbs, which increases
~0 the risk of injury.
co
57
Head restraints Rear head restraints

Applies to: vehicles with adjustable head restraints
Front head restraints
Applies to: vehicles with adjustable head res traints
....
m
Fig. 60 Rear seat: adjusting the head rest raint
Fig. 59 Front seat: adjust ing the head rest raint•
Adjust the head restra ints so the uppe r edge is as

even as possible with the top of your head. If that
is not possible, try to adjust as close to this posi-
tion as possible.
Adjusting th e head restraints

"' To move the head rest raint upwa rd/forward,
hold it at the sides wit h both hands and slide it Fig. 61 Rear seat: removing the head restrai nt
upward/forward un t il you fee l it click into
place. If passengers are sitt ing in the outer rear seats,
"' To move the head restraint downward/back- adjust the head restraints so that the upper edge
ward, press the side button and slide the head of the head restraint is as level as possible with
restraint downward/backward. Release the but- the upper part of their head. If that is not possi-
ton and slide the head restra int farther until it ble, try to adjust as close to this position as pos-
locks into place . s ible. If your vehicle has a middle seat, adjust
that head restraint all the way up ¢ .&,
.,&.WARNING
Moving the head restraint s
Always read and fo llow the applicable warn-
ings¢ page 255, Proper adjustment of head "' To move the head restraint upward, hold it at
restraints. the s ides with both hands and slide it upward
until it clicks into place ¢ fig . 60 .
"' To move the head restra int down, press the
button -arrow- ¢ fig . 60 and slide the head re-
st raint downward.
Removing the head restraint s

"' Move the head restra int upward as far as it can
go .
"' Press the release point ¢ fig . 61 using the me-
chanical key ¢ page 31, Key set and press the
button -arrow- ¢ fig . 60. Pull the head restra int
out of the bac krest at the same time ¢ .&, . Ill>
58
S e ats and s torag e
Installing the head rest raints Remote con- Memory but-

.,.Slide the posts on the head restraint dow n into trol key ton
the gu ides unt il the posts click into place . Driver Driver
...Press the button -arrow- c::>fig. 60 and slide the Seat X X
head restraint all th e way down. You should not
Both exterior
be able to remove the head restraint from the X X
mirrors*
backrest without pressing the button.
A WARNING
Remote control key
Applies to: vehicles with memory function
-Always read and follow the applicable warn -
ings c::>page 255 , Proper adjustment of The driver's seat profile can be assigned to the
head restraints . remote control key when the vehicle is locked .
- Only remove the head restraints from the ...Select in the Infotainment system: IMENU ! but-
rear seats when it is necessary for install ing ton > Vehicle > left control button > Vehicle
page 291, Child safe-
a ch ild safety sea t c::> setting s > Seats > Driver's seat > Store set-
ty. Install the head restra int aga in immedi- ting s on remote control key.
ately once the chi ld safety seat is removed .
Driving with the head restraints removed or
not in the upright position increases the risk
(D Tips
of serious injury. If you do not wish to have the seat prof ile for
anothe r dr iver assigned to the remote control
key, sw itch the memory function off in the In-
Memory function fotainment system.
Description
Applies to: vehicles with memory function Memory buttons
Applies to: vehicles with memory function
Using the memo ry funct ion, you can qu ickly and
eas ily store a pe rsonal seat profile for the dr iver
and recall the setti ngs later. The memory func-
tion is controlled by the remo t e control key and
the memory buttons in the drive r's door.
The drive r's seat profile is stored again and as -

signed to t he remote contro l key each time the
vehicle is locked. When you open the door, the
seat prof ile is automatica lly reca lled . If two peo-
ple use the vehicle, it is recommended that each
Fig. 6 2 Driver's doo r : memory funct ion buttons
person always uses their "own" remote control
key.
Storing a seat profile
Two seat profiles can be stored each using the
... Press the ISET
Ibutton. The LEDin the button
memory buttons . Once they are stored, these
tur ns on .
seat profi les can be se lected at any time.
.,. Press memory button IT] or @.
The fo llow ing settings are stored :
A signal tone will sound when it is successfully
stored.
u
co
..... Accessing a seat profile
N
r--
N
..... ...If the driver's door is open and the ignition is
~0 switched off, press the memory button .
co
59
,.. If the driver's door is closed or the ignition is leave children unattended in the vehicle wit h
switched on, press and ho ld the memory but- the vehicle key.
ton until the seat adjustment is comp lete.
(D Note
A WARNING
- Disconnect the connectors from t he power
- For safety reasons, the seat setting can only sources carefu lly to reduce the risk of dam-
be recalled when the vehicle is stationary to aging them .
reduce the risk of an accident. - To reduce the risk of damage to the vehicle
- In an emergency, seat adjustment operation electrical system, neve r attempt to charge
can be stopped by press ing the ISETI button the vehicle battery by connecting accesso-
or the buttons @ or @ ¢ page 56, fig . 54. ries that provide power, such as solar panels
or battery chargers, to the power sources.
Power sources - To reduce the risk of damage to the power
sou rces, on ly use plugs and connectors that
fit correctly.
Storage
Cup holders
Fig. 63 12 volt socket and USB ports *
When the ignition is switched on, you may be

ab le to use the e lectr ic power sources for exter-
nal devices, depending on the vehicle equipment.
12 volt sockets CD Fig. 64 Rear cente r armrest: cup holders•
The 12-volt sockets can be used for elec t rical ac -

Your vehicle has cup holders in the fron t center
cessories. The power usage must not exceed
console and in the center rear seat*.
120 watts.
The 12 volt socke t s a re in the front center con- Cup holders in the rear center armrest*
sole *, in the rear * and on the luggage compar t - .,. Fold down the ce nte r armrest by pressing on
ment side trim panel* . t he release lever (D ¢ page 63, fig. 70 .
.,. Press the button to open the cup holde r
USB ports @
~ fig. 64 .
You can cha rge mobi le devices and/or connect to .,.Set your beverage in t he holder.
the Audi music interface* us ing the USB ports*. .,.To close t he cup holder, fold t he cover bac k un-
For addit ional info rmation abou t the USB ports, til it clicks into place.
see ¢ page 231, Multimedia connections.
A WARNING
A WARNING - Do not put any hot beverages in the cup
-
Incorrect usage ca n lead to serious injuries or holder while the vehicle is moving. Hot bev-
burns. To reduce the ris k of injur ies, neve r erages could spill, which increases the risk
of injury. 1iJ,,
60
Seats and storage
- Do not use any breakable beverage contain- - Do not use any breakable beverage contain-
ers (for example, made out of glass or por- ers, such as ones made out of glass or por-
celain). You could be injured by them in the celain. You could be injured in the event of
event of an accident . an accident .
(D Note ({I) Note

Beverage containers in the cup holders should You should on ly place sealable beverage con-
always have a lid. If not, beverages could sp ill tainers in the cup holders to avoid damaging
and cause damage to vehicle equipment, such vehicle equipment such as vehicle electronics
electronics or seat covers . or seat cushions .
Climatized cup holder @ Tips

App lies to: veh icles wit h climat ized cup holders Do not cover the ventilation grille -arrow-, or
else the cup holder funct ion may be impaired.
Cooled glove compartment

Applies to: vehicles with coo led glove compartment
The cooled glove compartment only functions

when the AIC system is switched on.
Fig. 65 Center console: clim atized cup holder
Press the button to keep your beverage cold

¢ fig. 65. The LEDturns blue @ .
Press the button again to keep your beverage
warm ¢ fig. 65 . The LEDturns red @ .
To t urn off t he cooling/heating function, press Fig. 66 Glove compartment: switching cooling mode on/
the button repeatedly until the LED(D and @ off
turns off .
.,.Turn the knob @ counter-clockwise to switch
When cooling, th e temperature will reach ap- the cooling on .
proximately 38 °F (3 °C). When heating, the tem- .,.Turn the knob @ clockwise to switch the cool-
perature will reach approximately 128 °F (53 °C). ing off . The symbols on the knob must appear
When the temperature reaches 104 °F (40 °C), as they do in ¢ fig. 66 .
the heat indicator @ a lso turns on to remind you
If the heating is switched on, sw itching the glove
not to touch the plate when it is too hot. The dis-
compartment cool ing mode off is recommended .
play turns off if the temperature falls below this
value.
Additional storage compartments
_&,WARNING You will find a var iety of storage compartments
- To reduce the risk of burns, never touch the and holders at various locat ions in the vehicle .
u beverage holder plate when the heat indica-
co
..... - Glove compartment: the glove compartment
N
r-- tor is on.
N
..... can be locked using the mechan ical key
~0 ¢ page 31, Key set.
co
61
- In the doo r trim pane ls Luggage compartment cover

- Stor age compartment under t he front cente r Applies to: vehicles with luggage compartment cover
armrest
- Garment hooks above the rear doo rs
- Nets* on the left/right luggage compartment
trim pane l
- Tie-downs* on the left/right luggage compart-
ment t rim pa nel
- Bag hooks* in the luggage compartment
A WARNING
-
- Always keep t he g love compartment lid Fig. 67 Luggage compar tme nt : cove r attac hed
closed while driving t o reduce the ris k of in-
Jury.
- Only use the storage compartments in the
doo r trim pa ne ls t o sto re small objects that
will not st ick out of t he compa rt ment and
impa ir the range of t he side a irbags.
- Due to strength reasons, only secure objec t s
up to 11 lbs (5 kg) with the t ie-downs* .
Heavier objects are not adequately sec ured .
There is risk of persona l injury.
Fig. 68 Lugga ge compartme nt: remov ing and ins tall ing
- Make s ure that the view to the rear is not
the luggage com part ment cove r
obstructed by hanging garments.
- Hang on ly lightwe ight cloth ing and be su re Attaching
t hat there a re no heavy or sha rp-edged ob -
.,. Pull the cover out and attach it in the mo unt ing
jects in the pockets.
eyelets in the side t rim panel q fig. 67.
- Do not use coat hangers t o han g the cloth-
ing because t his could impair the effective- Removing
ness of the side cu rtain airbags .
...Pull both levers in the direction of the arrow
q fig. 68 and remove the cover upward.
Luggage compartment
Installing
General information
... Place the left and right sides of the cover into
A WARNING
the moun t s on the s ide trim panel.
... Push the cover downward until it clicks into
Read and follow t he important safety precau- place .
tions in q poge 257 , Storing cargo correctly.
A WARNING
-
The luggage compar t ment cover is not a sur-

fa ce for sto ring objec t s. Objects placed on the
cover could endange r a ll veh icle occup a nts
d uring sudden braking maneuvers or in a
crash .
62
Seats and storage
CDNote " Fold the backrest back up again until it latches

or the red marking @ is no longer visible ¢ _& .
Let the luggage compartment cover roll up
slowly to reduce the risk of damage. Folding the center rear backrest forward and
backward
Increasing the size of the vehicle interior " Pull the upper release lever (D and fold the
Applies to: vehicles with fold ing backrests backrest forward @ ¢ fig. 70 or press the re-
lease button* @ ¢ fig. 70 and the red marking
The rear seat backrests con be folded forward ei-
on the release button* will become visible. Fold
ther separately* or together.
the backrest forward.
" Fold the backrest back up again until it locks in-
to place and the red marking is no longer visi-
b le ¢ _& .
_& WARNING
- The backrest must be securely latched to
ensure the safety belt is protecting the rear
seat positions.
- The backrest must be securely latched so
Fig. 69 Outer backrest: release lever and secu ring knob objects cannot slide forward out of the lug-
gage compartment during sudden braking.
- Be careful when releasing t he backrest and
folding it forward . To reduce the risk of be-
ing pinched, pay attention and check when
folding backrests forward .
CDNote
- If you move the front seat back when the
rear seat backrest is folded forward, you
cou ld damage the head restraints on the
rear seat .
- To reduce the risk of damage, move the rea r
head restraints down before folding the
rear backrests forward ~ page 58.
- Make sure the outer safety be lts are not
pinched or damaged when folding the seat
back.
Fig. 70 Center back rest: release lever and release button •
Folding the outer rear backrests forward and

backward
"Pu ll the release lever @ ¢ fig. 69 in the direc-
u tion of the arrow or pull the lever* ¢page 57,
co
..... fig. 57 upward. The backrest will swing for-
N
r--
N
..... ward . Allow it to lock into the lowest position.
~0
co
63
Increasing the size of the luggage Partition net

compartment Applies to : vehicles with partit ion net
The rear seat backrests can be folded forward ei- The partition net prevents objects from sliding
ther separa tely* or toge ther. from the luggage compartment into the passen-
ger compartment.
Fig. 71 Luggage compartment: release lever (example)

Fig. 72 Folded backrest: attach ing the partit ion net
Folding the backrest forwa rd
.,.Pull the release lever .:!>fig
. 71 in the d irection
of the arrow to fold the backrest forward.
Folding the backrest back into the upright

posit ion
.,.Fold the backrest back up aga in until it latches
or the red mark ing c!>page 63, fig. 69 is no lon-
ger visible ¢ & in Increasing the size of the ve-
hicle interior on page 63.
Fig. 73 Behind the backrest: pos ition ing the partit ion net
A WARNING Attaching
- When releas ing the rear seat backrest, .,.Attach the part ition net to the top mounting
make sure there are no peop le or animals eyelets first and then at the bottom eyelets ®
within its range of motion. The back rest will c!>fig. 72.
fold fo rwa rd automatically after it is re- .,.Tighten and sec ure the straps @ .
leased.
- Be careful when releas ing the backrest and Attaching with the backrests folded down
folding it forward. To reduce the risk of be- .,. Fold the backrests down ¢ page 63.
ing pinched, pay attention and check when .,.Attach the part ition net to the mounting eye -
folding backrests forward. lets @ ¢ fig. 72 .
.,.Tighten and secure the straps @ .
(D Note
Positioning
To reduce the risk of damage, move the rea r
he ad restr aints down before fold ing the rear .,. Posit ion the part ition net at the desired heigh t
backrests forward ¢ page 58. @ ¢ fig. 73 .
Removing
.,.Loosen the straps @ .
.,. Disengage the partit ion net .
64
Seats and storage
The height of the partition net can be adjusted. Removing and installing adjustable tie-
This a llows you to transport long objects using downs*
the cargo pass-through, wh ile keep ing the parti- .. To install the tie-downs, press both buttons at
tion net attached at the same time. the sides and insert the tie-down in the rai l @
r=>
fig. 75 .
(D Tips .. To remove the tie-downs, press both buttons at
- The straps must face tow a rd the rear when the sides and remove the tie -down from the
attaching the part ition net. rail.
- You must disengage the part ition net before .. To secure the luggage compartment net, fold
fo lding the backrest back into the upright the t ie-down retaine r upward .
position. .. Attach the hooks for the luggage compa rt ment
- The partition net can also be attached to the net in the tie-downs.
adjustable tie-downs* ~ page 65.
Sliding the adjustable tie-downs*
Tie-downs and luggage compartment net .. To slide the tie-downs, press both of the side
Applies to: vehicles with tie-dow ns a nd luggage compartment buttons a nd slide the tie-downs to the desired
net position @ r=>fig.75 .
The cargo net prevents small objects from slid-
tng . Fixture set
Applies to: vehicles with a fixture set
The securing attachments prevent objects in the

luggage compartment from sliding back and
for t h.
liil
ell I
Fig. 74 Luggage compartment: cargo net stretched out
Fig. 76 Luggage compartment: secur ing attachments
Make sure the backrests are folded upright and

the partit ion net is installed c>page 64.
Installing the securing strap @

.. Insert the tie -downs c>page 65.
Fig. 75 Luggage compartment : adjusta ble* t ie-downs
.. Press the button @ on the retainers (D and
Fixed tie-downs place them on the tie-downs r::>fig. 76 .
.. Make sure the brackets are locked into place .
.. Attach the hooks for the luggage compartment .. Slide the tie-downs in order to move the secur-
net in the tie-downs c>fig . 74. ing strap to the desired pos ition c>page 65.
u
co
..... .. Press the button @ to tighten the secur ing
N
r-- straps . 1111>
N
.....
~0
co
65
Install ing tel escoping rod @

.,.Inse rt the tie -downs ¢ page 65 .
.. Press the button @ on the retainers (!) and
place them on the tie-downs ¢ fig. 76 .
.. Make sure the brackets are locked into place .
.. Slide the tie-downs in order to move the tele-
scoping rod to the desired posit ion¢ page 65 .
.,.Press the bracket (!) downward @ and, using
you r other hand, slide the lower area to the de-
sired position .
.,. Make su re the brackets a re locked into p lace .
.&, WARNING -
- The backrest must be securely latched so
objects cannot slide forward out of the lug-
gage compartment during sudden braking .
- Loose objects in the passenger compar t-
ment can fly forward during abrupt mane u-
vers or acc idents and can inju re occupants. Fig. 78 Luggage compartment: © crosswise cargo mat/ @
lengthw ise cargo mat
Folding cargo mat

The cargo mat is fo ldable and makes it poss ible
Applies to: vehicles with cargo mat
to partition t he load ing surfaces into separate
The cargo mat pro tects the luggage compart- sections ¢ fig. 78.
ment and bumper from dirt and scratches.
You can extend the cargo mat lengthw ise when
the backrest is fo lded up or down ¢ fig. 77. If you
extend it crossw ise, you can also protect the side
trim panels.
The cargo mat can be used on both sides. After

load ing or unloading, fold up the cargo mat and
close t he luggage compartment lid. Only store
the cargo mat if it is dry.
You can save room by stor ing the cargo mat at

Fig. 77 Luggage compartment: cargo mat sp read out the sides of the luggage compartment.
lengthw ise
Cargo floor
Fig. 79 Luggage compartment: install ing the cargo floor
66
S e ats and s torag e
Removing and installing the cargo floor recommend roof racks and attachme nts from
.,.To remove the cargo floo r, pull the entire cargo the Audi Genu ine Accessories program .
floor toward the back of the veh icle . - Note the permitted axle load, permitted total
...To insert the cargo f loor, slide it toward the weight , and permitted roof load of your veh icle
9 pag e 3 70 . The roof load is the total of the
backr ests until it aud ibly engag es into the tabs
r=>fig. 79 . weight of the roof rack, the attachments and
the cargo you are carrying . However, you must
also not e the permit t ed load of t he carrier sys-
Roof rack tem being used .
Applies to: veh icles with roof rack
Installing the roof rack
-
"'
0
0
>-
Applies to: vehicles with roof racks supplied by the factory
u..
a,
The roof rack set consists of a front and rear roof
rack, the cover profile and a socket wrench . On
the inner side of the roof rail, the re are two holes
for the rear roof rack. To prevent confusing the
front and rear roof rack, there a re three holes on
the left inner side and two holes on the right in-
ner side 9 fig. 80 .
Fig. 80 Roof: mo unt ing poi nt s fo r t he roof rack - Before mount ing the roof rack, open the cap (D
-
;!I;
0
upward 9 fig . Bl .
- Use t he socket wrench @ to loos en the left and
>-
u..
a,
right screw in the d irection of @ unt il res ist -
ance is felt. Make sure the arrow on the socket
wrench and the arrow on the screw line up ex-
actly.
- Clean the rubber washers @ and the roof rai l
around the mounting points .
- Carefully place the roof rack over the holes in
the roof rail '=>fig . 81 . Make sure the sticker is
on the left side of the vehicle and the imprinted
arrow points in the direct ion of travel.
- Place the pins @ into the holes. The claw fas-
tene r ® must engage into the edge of t he roof
rail. Make sure the rubber washers @ lie flat on
the roof rai l.
- Tighten the screw in the directio n of @ using
t he socket wrench. Make sure the arrow on the
socket wrench and the arrow on the screw line
Fig. 81 Roof rail: insta lling a roof rack up exactly. The required tight e ning specifica-
tion is 4 ft lbs (6 Nm) .
If luggage or cargo is to be carried on the roof ,
- Repeat these steps for the other mounting
you must obse rve the following:
po ints for th e roof rack .
- Only a specially designed roof rack may be used
on your veh icle . These roof racks are the basis
Installing the attachments
u
co Applies to: vehicles with roof racks supplied by the factory
..... for a complete roof rack system . Additional at-
N
r--
N tachments/carrie r systems are necessary to - Remove the cap @ to mo unt at t achments on
.....
~0 t ransport luggage a nd sports equipment . We the roof rack . 9 fig. 81 ..,
co
67
S e at s and s t o rage
- Slide the attachment into the T-groove (z). - To red uce the risk of damage, you must re -
- Tighten the att achmen t accord ing to the roof move the roof rack and attachment before
rack insta llation instructions . tak ing your vehicle thro ugh an a utomat ic
- Close the cap @ . car wash.
- Make sure that the luggage compartment
Installing the cover profile lid and the panorama g lass roof* do not
Applies to: vehicles with roof racks supplied by the factory
come into contact with objects on the roof
- After you have mounted the attachments, seal w hen they are open.
the open ings in the T-groove 0 with the cover
profi le @ . @) For the sake of the environment
- If you do not want to use the attachment, seal Your vehicle will use more fue l due to the in-
the whole T-groove 0 w ith the cover profile creased wind resistance. So remove the roof
®· rack after us ing it.
- If necessary, cut the cover prof ile to the neces-
sa ry length . (D Tips
A WARNING
Applies to: vehicles with roof racks supplied
by the factory: when installing the roof rack
- Follow the installat io n instructions provided supplied by the factory on the roof ra il, sensor
with the roof rack sys t em. If you do not se - technology is used to adjust the ESCto any
cure the roof rack sys t em and objec t s on t he possib le change in the vehicle's cen t er of
roof cor rectly, they could come loose from g ravity resulting from the load.
the vehicle and cause an accident .
- The risk of an accident increases when using
a roof rack system, because it changes the
driving characteristics by shifting the center
of gravity and/or the increasing the surface
area exposed to wind. You may need to
adapt your driving style and speed to the
current conditions . We recommend that you
do not dr ive faster tha n 80 mph (130 km/
h).
- Distribute the cargo evenly on the roof rack
and do not exceed the maximum width or
the max imum tota l roof load weight .
- Before every tr ip, a ll bolts and connect ions
on the roof rack must be checked. Tighten
them if necessary and re che ck t hem regular-
ly. If you do not do th is, there is a higher
risk of t he roof rack o r the att achme nts
loosening or fa lling off .
(LlJ)Note
- If you use ot her roof luggage rac k systems
o r do no t inst al l the roof rac ks as s pec ified,
then a ny damage t o t he vehicle is not cov-
ered by the warranty . Caref ully follow t he
assembly and insta llation instructions in-
cluded with the roof rack carrier system.
68
Warm and c o ld
Warm and cold @ For the sake of the environment
Climate control system If you wo uld like to reduce fue l consumption,

switch the air conditioning off. This w ill also
Description reduce em issions.
The climate control system warms , cools and re-
moves humidity from the air in the vehicle inte ri-
(D Tips
or. It is the most effective when the w indows and - To prevent interference with the heating
sunroof* are closed . If there is a bu ild -up of heat and cooling output and to prevent the win -
inside the ve hicle, ventilation can he lp to speed dows from fogging over, the a ir intake in
up the cooling process. fro nt of the windshie ld must be free of ice,
snow or leaves .
In all he ating mode funct ions except for defrost ,
- Condensation from the coo ling system can
the blower on ly switches to a higher speed once
dr ip and form a pudd le of water under the
the engine coolant has reached a sufficient tem -
veh icle . This is norma l and does not mean
perature .
t here is a lea k.
Pollutant filter - The e nergy management system may tem-
pora rily switch off certa in functions, such as
The po llutant filte r removes pollutants such as
the seat heati ng* or rear window defogger .
d ust and pollen from the a ir.
These sys t ems are availa ble aga in as soon
Key recognition as t he e nergy supply has been restore d .
The climate control settings are automatically

sto red and assig ned to the remote control key
that is in use .
u
co
.....
N
r---
N
.....
0
<(
0
00
69
Warm and cold
3 zone deluxe automatic climate control

Operation
Fig. 82 3-zone deluxe automatic climate cont rol: cockpit controls
Fig. 83 3-zone deluxe automatic climate control system: rear controls
Press the knobs, buttons or rocker switches to another button or a knob. Airflow from outside is
turn the functions on or off. When the funct ion is blocked when the climate control system is
sw itched on, the LEDin the respective button or switched off.
knob turns on ¢ fig. 82. The rocker switches are
A/C Cooling mode
sensitive to touch. The driver and front passenger
settings can be adjusted separately. You can switch the cooling mode on or off using
the rocker switch @ . The air is not cooled and hu-
You can adjust the settings for the rear of the ve-
midity is not removed when cooling mode is
hicle using the controls in the rear ¢ fig. 83 .
switched off . This can cause fog on the windows.
On right-hand drive vehicles*, the functions of Cooling mode switches off automatically when
the rocker switched @ and ® are switched . the outside temperature is below zero .
OFF climate control system A/Ceco Cooling mode*

The OFF button switches the climate control sys - You can switch the eco cooling mode on or off us-
tem on or off. It also switches on when you press ing the rocker switch @ . The climate control ..,.
70
Warm and cold
system operates most efficiently in eco cooling to prevent the windows from fogging and to en -
mode. sure a continuous exchange of air inside the vehi-
cle . To have the blower regulated a utomatica lly,
A/C MAXCooling mode* press one of the knobs @ .
You can switch the maximum cooling mode on or
Air distribution
off using the rocker switch @ . The air is not
cooled and humidity is not removed when coo ling You can use the rocker sw itches @ to adjust the
mode is switched off. This can cause fog on the vents where the air will flow out of. Press the
windows . Cooling mode switches off automati- rocker switches @ repeatedly until the desired
cally when the outside temperature is below air distrib ution setting is disp layed in the climate
ze ro. When the cooling mode is switched on, the contro l system controls. To have the air distribu-
vehicle interior is cooled as quickly as possible t ion regulated automat ically, press one of the
and dehumidified. knobs @ .
Recirculation
<::E::> mode .JI~ Seat heating/ventilation*
In recirculation mode, the air inside the vehicle is Pressing the JI~ button switches the seat
circu lated and fi ltered. This prevents the unfil- heating/ventilation on at the highest setting
tered air outside the vehicle from entering the (level 3). The LEDs indicate the temperature lev-
vehicle interior . Switch ing recirculation mode on el. To reduce the temperature, press the button
when dr iving through a tunnel or when sitting in again. To switch the seat heat ing/ventilat ion off,
traffic is recommended ~ ,&.. press the button repeatedly until the LED turns
off.
You can switch the recircu lation mode on or off
using the 6<:> button . You can also sw itch the re- :.f%
Defrosting
circulation mode off by pressing the knob (!) or
The w indshield and side windows are defrosted
the Sfxbutton.
or cleared of condensat ion as quickly as poss ible.
AUTO automatic mode The maximum amount of a ir flows mainly from
the vents below the windsh ield. Recirculat ion
Automatic mode ma inta ins a constant tempera-
mode switches off. The temperatu re should be
ture ins ide the veh icle. Air temperature, airflow
set at +72°F (+22°() or hig her. The temperature
and a ir distribution are controlled automatically .
is controlled automat ically.
You can switch automatic mode on or off by
pressing the knob @ . You can switch the defroster on or off using the
3Rbutton . You can switch the fu nction off by
Temperature
pressing a knob @ .
You can adjust the temperature between 60°F
[ffi) REARRear window defogger
(+16°() and 84°F (+28°() by turn ing the knob
@ . If outs ide of this range , LOor HI will appear You can switch the rear w indow defogger on by
in the climate control system display. In both pressing the !!P. button . It only operates when the
sett ings, the climate control runs constantly at engi ne is run ning . It switches off automatically
the maximum cooling or heating level. The tem- after 10 to 20 minutes , depending on the outside
perature is not regulated. temperature.
The temperature can be adjusted in the rear us- To prevent the rear window defogger from
ing the rea r controls ~ fig. 83 . switching off automat ically, press and hold the
QiPREARbutton for more than t hree seconds.
<%'~
Blower
u
co
This is stored unti l the ign it ion is switched off . .,.
.....
N
,..._ You can adjust the volume of air generated by the
N
..... blower to your preference using the rocker sw itch
0
<(
0 @ . The blower should always run at a low setting
00
71
Warm and c o ld
SYNC Synchronization
@ Note
Use t he rocker sw itc h ® to select the funct ion.
To avoid damaging the seat heating* ele -
When synchronization is switched on, the set-
ments, do not knee l on the seats or place
tings for the driver's side are applied to the front
heavy pressure on one area of the seat.
passenger's side and the rear (except for seat
heating/venti lation*). When the settings on the
front passenger's side or in the rear are changed, Setup
the synchron izat ion is automatically switched off The climate control system basic settings ore ac-
and 3-zone appears in the display . cessed in the Infotainment system .
SETREARfun ction .. Select in the Infotainment system : IMENU ! but -
Use the rocker switch ® to select the function . ton > Vehicle > left control button > Air condi-
When the function is switched on, you can adjust t ioning
all settings for the rear us ing the climate control
Auto recirculation
system controls in the cockpit . The rear climate
control system controls cannot be operated at When sw itched on, a utomat ic rec irculat ion con -
the same time . This function switches off auto- tro ls the recircu lation mode automatically . If the
mat ica lly after a ce rtain per iod of t ime or after windows fog up, press the® MAXbutton .
leav ing the menu.
Automatic auxiliary heater *
Vents The aux ilia ry heater he lps to wa rm the vehicle in-
You can open or close the center and rear vents in te rior more qu ickly.
the cockpit and the vents in the rear center con-
sole us ing the ridged thumbwhee ls . The levers Steering wheel heating
adjust the d irection of the airflow from the vents. Applies to: vehicles with steering wheel heating
Residual heat The steering wheel rim con be heated .
You can activate the residual heat function when .. Press the lg\~ page 14, fig. 11 button on the
the ignition is switched off by pressing the knob mu ltifu nction stee ring wheel to switch the
(!). The res idual heat from the coolant is used to steer ing whee l heating on and off . The mes-
heat the vehicle interior. The residual heat func- sage Steering wheel heat ing: on/ Steering
tion switches off automatically afte r about 15 wheel heating: off appears in the instrument
m inutes. cluster display.
A WARNING
The t empe rat ure is ma inta ined at a constant lev-
el when steering wheel heating is switc hed on .
- You should not use the recirculation mode
for an extended period of time, because no The steer ing whee l heating sett ings are stored
fres h air is drawn in and the windows can automat ica lly and assigned to the remote control
fog when cooling mode is sw itched off. This key t ha t is in use .
increases the risk of an accident.
- Individuals with reduced sensitivity to pain
or temperature cou ld deve lop burns when
using the seat heating* funct ion. To reduce
the risk of injury, these ind ividuals should
not use seat heati ng*.
72
Driving
Driving - Do not drive faster than walking speed.
General information A
=
WARNING
-
Breaking in After driving thro ugh water or m ud, the effec -
tiveness of the brakes may be reduced due to
A new vehicle must be broken in for the first moisture on the brake rotors and brake pads.
1,000 miles (1,500 km). Do not dr ive at speeds A few careful brake applications shou ld dry
that will exceed 2/3 of the maximum permitted off the brakes and restore the fu ll braking ef-
engine speed (RPM) for the first 600 miles fect.
(1,000 km), and avoid full acceleration during
this period . You may gradually start increasing @ Note
the RPM and the speed between 600 miles
- Vehicle components such as the engine,
(1,000 km) and 1,000 miles (1,500 km) .
transmission, suspension or electrical sys-
During the first hours of use, the engine has a tem can be severely damaged by driving
higher internal friction than later on when all through water .
moving parts have settled into place with each - Always switch the Start/Stop system* off
other. when driving through water ¢page 78.
How the vehicle is driven during the first 1,000

miles (1,500 km) also affects the engine quality .
(D Tips
Drive at moderate engine speeds after the initial - Determine the depth before driving through
break-in per iod, part icularly when running a cold water.
engine. This will reduce engine wear and improve - Do not stop the vehicle, drive in reverse or
the m ileage. switch the engine off when driving through
water.
Do not drive at too low of an engine speed (RPM).
- Keep in mind that oncom ing vehicles may
Shift down if the engine stops running "smooth-
create waves that raise the water level and
ly". Extremely high engine speeds are automati-
make it too deep for your vehicle to drive
cally reduced.
through safely.
- Avoid dr iving through salt water, because
Reducing the risk of vehicle damage this can cause corrosion.
@ Note Economical and environmentally-friendly

When driving on poor roads, by curbs and on driving
steep ramps, make sure that low -hang ing
The amount of fuel consumption, th e environ -
components such as the spoiler and exhaust
menta l impact and the wear to the engine,
system do not come into contact with these
brakes and tires depends most ly on your driving
or they could be damaged. This especially ap-
sty le. With an anticipatory and economic driving
plies to vehicles with low ground clearance
style, fuel consumption can be reduced by ap-
and veh icles that are heavily loaded.
prox imately 10-15%. The following t ips will help
you conserve the environment and your money at
Driving through water on roads the same time .
Note the following to reduce the risk of vehicle Anticipatory driving
damage when driv ing through water, for example
u on flooded roads: A vehicle uses the most fuel when accelerating.
co
..... When you drive w ith anticipation, you do not
N
r--- - The water must not be any higher than the bot-
N
..... need to brake as often and so you accelerate less.
0
<( tom of the vehicle body. When possible, let your vehicle coast with a gear .,.
0
00
73
Dr iv i n g
engaged, for examp le when you notice that the Avoid short trip s
next traffic light is red . This produces an engine
The eng ine and exh au st clean ing system mus t
braking effect, which helps to protect the brakes reach their optima l operating temperature to ef-
and tires and reduces the emissions and fuel con- fective ly reduce consumption and emissions.
sumpt ion to zero (fuel shut-off during decelera-
tion) . A cold engine uses a d isp roportionately high
amoun t of fue l. Th e eng ine reaches opera ti ng
Shift effici entl y temperat ure and cons umption norma lizes on ly
Upshifting earlier is an effective way to save fuel. after approximate ly 2.5 mi les (4 km) .
Staying in a gear too long uses fue l unnecessari-
Check the tire pressure
ly.
To save fue l, ma ke sure the t ires are always in-
Press down on the acce lerator peda l slowly and
flated to the correct press ur e~ page 335. The
avoid "kick-down".
fuel consumpt ion can increase by 5% if the pres -
Avoid full acceleration sure is on ly 0 .5 bar too low. Due to t he increased
rolling resistance, low tire pressures wi ll also
You shou ld rare ly t ravel at the maximum vehicle lead to greater tire wear and will affect driving
speed. High speeds cause a d isp ropor t ionately behavior.
high increase in fuel consumption, emissions and
traffic noise . Driving more slowly saves fue l. Do not drive on winter tires year -round, as this
will consume up to 10% more fue l.
Reduce idling time
Eliminat e unnecessary weight
The Start/Stop system* he lps to reduce the idling
time automatically. In vehicles witho ut the Start/ Since eve ry po und of ext ra weight increases fuel
Stop system* , it is efficient to switch the eng ine consump ti on, a quick inspec ti on of the luggage
off when stopped at rai lroad crossings and long compartment may be worth it to avoid unneces -
red lights . Stopping the engine for 30 -40 sec - sary weight .
onds already saves more fu el than the amount of When not be ing used , a roof rack sho uld be re -
extra fuel needed to restart the engine. moved to decrease the w ind resis t ance of the ve-
It t akes a very long time in idle to wa rm t he en - hicle . This will save you approx imately 12% fue l
gine up to operating temperature . Wear and at speeds from 6 2 - 75 mph (100 - 120 km/h) .
emissions are especially high in the warm -up
Save energy
phase. Therefore, you should begin driving im-
mediately after starting the engine. Avoid high The eng ine d rives the generator, which generates
RPMs while do ing th is . electr icity; the fuel consumpt ion also inc reases
wit h the demand for e lec t ricity . The refore, sw itch
Have mainten ance performed regularly electrica l eq uipment off when you no longe r
By having maintenance performed regu lar ly on need it . Examples of eq uipment that uses a lot of
your veh icle, you can he lp to reduc e fuel con- energy are air blowers at a high setting, the rear
sumpt ion before you even start to dr ive. The window defogger and seat heating* .
maintenance condition of your vehicle not only
affects traffic safety and long -term value but al- @ Note
so impacts fuel consumption . A poorly main- Do not leave engine idling unattended after
tained engine can lead to fuel consumpt ion that starting. If warning lights should come on to
is 10% higher tha n normal. indicate improper operation, they would go
unheeded. Extended idling also produces
heat, which could result in overheating or
other damage to the veh icle or othe r proper-
ty .
74
Driving
(D Note
"Bring the steering wheel into the desired posi-
tion.
- Have your vehicle maintained properly and " Push the leve r against the steer ing column un-
in accordance with the service recommenda- til it is secure.
tions in your Warranty & Maintenance book-
A
let. Lack of proper maintenance as well as
improper use of the vehicle will impair the
function of the emission control system and
- WARNING
Incorrect use of the steering wheel adjust-
ment and an incorrect seating position can
-
could lead to damage.

cause serious injuries.
- Do not alter or remove any component of
- Only adjust the steering column when the
the Emission Control System unless ap-
vehicle is stationary so that you do not lose
proved by the manufacturer.
control of the vehicle.
- Do not alter or remove any device, such as
-Adjust the driver's seat or steering wheel so
heat shields, switches, ignition wires,
that there is at least a 10 in (25 cm) dis-
valves, which are designed to protect your
tance between your chest and the steering
vehicle's Emission Control System and other
wheel. If you do not maintain this distance I
important vehicle components.
the airbag system will not be able to provide
(D Tips its full protection.
- If your physical characteristics prevent you
The consumption estimates as published by
from sitting at least 10 in (25 cm) or more
ENVIRONMENTALPROTECTIONAGENCY
away from the steering wheel, see if an au-
(EPA) and Transport Canada may not corre-
thorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi
spond to your actual consumption on the
Service Facility can provide adapters that
road, which will vary depending upon vehicle
will help.
load and speed, road and weather conditions,
- If your face is level with the steering wheel,
trip length, etc.
the airbag does not provide as much protec-
tion during a collision. Always make sure
Steering that the steering wheel is level with your
Manual steering wheel position adjustment chest.
Applies to: vehicles with manua l steering wheel adjustme nt - Always hold the steering wheel with your
hands in the 9 o'clock and 3 o'clock posi-
The steering wheel position is adjustable up and
tions to reduce the risk of injury if the airbag
down and forward and back.
deploys.
- Never hold the steering wheel in the 12
o'clock position or with both hands on the
rim or the center of the steering wheel.
Holding the steering wheel incorrectly sig-
nificantly increases the risk of injury to the
hands, arms and head if the driver airbag
deploys.
Fig. 84 Steeri ng column: lever for adjust ing the steer ing
wheel position
u
co
..... "Pull the lever in the direction of the arrow
N
r--
N
..... ¢ .&.-
~0
co
75
Driv ing
Power steering wheel position adjustment Starting and stopping

App lies to: vehicles with power stee ring whee l adjustme nt
the engine
The steering wheel position can be adjusted elec-
Starting the engine
trically up and down and forward and back.
The ! STAR T ENGINE ST OPI button switches the
ignition on and starts the engine.
Fig. 85 Steer ing colum n: switch for adju st ing the steering
whee l pos it ion
Fig. 86 Cockpit: START ENGINESTOP butto n

.. To adjust the height, press the switch up/down .
The steer ing column w ill cont inue moving as Starting the engine
long as you are pressing the switch .
.. Press the brake pedal.
"T o move the steering whee l forward or back,
.. Press the ISTART ENGINE STOP ! button
press the swi t ch forward/bac k. The steer ing
¢fig. 86 . The eng ine will start.
column will continue moving as long as you a re
pressing the switch . Switching the ignition on/ off
The steering wheel can also be adjusted when the If you would like to sw itch the ignition on w ith -
ign it io n is swit ched off . out starting the engine, follow these steps:
In vehicles with memory function*, the steering " Press the IST AR T ENGINE ST OP ! but to n with-
col umn sett ings a re stored together wit h the out pressing the brake ped al. Vehicles wit ho ut
seat pos it ion. the Start/Stop system* : the need le in the tach -
ometer moves into the READY posit ion .
Easy seat entry .. To switch the ignition off, press the button
Applies to : vehicles with power stee ring wheel adjustme nt aga in. The needle in the tachometer moves into
the OFF position.
Easy seat entry makes it easier to enter and exit
the vehicle by adjusting the steering column au- Equipment that uses a lot of e lectricity is switch -
tomatically. ed off temporarily when you start the engine.
" Select in the Infota inment system: IMENU I but- If the engine does not st art immedia t ely, the
ton > Vehicle > left contro l button > Vehicl e starting procedure stops automatically after a
setting s > Seats > Driver 's seat > Easy entry short time . Repeat the starting procedure .
fun ction .
Start/Stop system*
When easy seat entry is swit ched o n, the stee ring page 78, Start/Stop
See the information in c::;,
col umn goes bac k up into the par k posi t ion whe n sys tem .
the ign ition is switched off. After ente ring the ve-
h icle, the steering column ret urns t o t he stored & WARNING
-
position once t he ignition is switched on. To reduce the risk of poisoning, never allow
the eng ine to run in confined spaces.
76
Driving
@ Note dows could be activated. This can lead to se-

rious injuries.
Avoid high engine speed, full throttle, and
- For safety reasons, always park the vehicle
heavy engine load if the engine has not
with the selector lever in the "P" position.
reached operating temperature yet. You could
Otherwise, there is the risk that the vehicle
damage the engine.
could roll unintentionally.
@) For the sake of the environment @ Note

Do not let the engine run while parked to
If the engine has been under heavy load for
warm up. Begin driving immediately. This re-
an extended period of time, heat builds up in
duces unnecessary emissions.
the engine compartment after the engine is
(D Tips switched off and there is a risk of damaging
the engine . For this reason, let the engine run
- Some noise after starting the engine is nor-
at idle for approximately two minutes before
mal and is no cause for concern.
shutting it off.
- If you leave the vehicle with the ignition
switched on, the ignition will switch off af- (D Tips
ter a certain amount of time. Make sure that
For up to 10 minutes after stopping the en-
electrical equipment such as the exterior
gine, the radiator fan may turn on again auto-
lights are switched off.
matically or it may continue to run (even if
the ignition is switched off) for the following
Starting the engine reasons:
"'Bring the vehicle to a full stop. - The coolant temperature is increasing due
"'Press the ISTART ENGI N E STO PI button to trapped heat.
C?page 76, fig. 86 . - If the engine is warm and the engine com-
partment also heats up from strong sun-
Emergency off function* light.
If it is absolutely necessary, the engine can also
be turned off while driving at speeds starting at Messages
4 mph (7 km/h) . To switch the engine off, press
the ! START ENGINE STOPI button twice in a row Engine running. Warning! Turn off ignition be-
briefly or press and hold for longer than two sec- fore leaving vehicle
onds. This message appears and a warning tone sounds
if you open the driver's door when the engine is
A WARNING running.
- Never turn off the engine before the vehicle
Please press the brake pedal
has come to a complete stop. The full func-
tionality of the brake booster and the power This message appears if you do not press the
steering is not guaranteed. You must use brake pedal when starting the engine .
more force to steer and brake the vehicle. Ill Remote control key: key not detected. Is the
The fact that you cannot steer and brake as key still in the vehicle?
usual can increase the risk of accidents and
serious injuries. This indicator light turns on and this message ap-
- If you leave the vehicle, switch the ignition pears if the ignition key was removed from the
u vehicle when the engine was running. If the igni-
co
..... off and take the vehicle key with you . If you
N
r--- do not, the engine could be started and tion key is no longer in the vehicle, you cannot
N
..... switch on the ignition or start the engine once ..,.
0
<(
electrical equipment such as the power win-
0
00
77
Driving
you stop it . You also cannot lock the vehicle from See owner's manual must display and the I) in-
the outside. dicator light must turn on .
Shift to P, otherwise vehicle can roll away. .,. Place the remote control key on the locat ion
Doors do not lock if gearshift is not in P shown in t he illustrat ion y>l)c:>fig. 87.
... Press t he brake pedal.
This message appears for safety reasons if the
... Press the ISTART ENGINE STOPIbutton. The
selecto r lever is in the "N" position when you
eng ine will start.
switch the ignition off. Move the selector lever to
... Drive to an authorized Audi dealer or author-
the "P" posit ion. Otherwise the vehicle is not pro-
ized Audi Service Facility immediately to have
tected from rolling and it cannot be locked.
the malfunction corrected .
I) Remote control key: hold back of key
against the designated area. See owner's man- (!) Tips
ual
You can view the message aga in by pressing
If the indicator light turns on and th is message the lSTART ENGINE STOPI button.
appears, there is a malfunction c:>page 78.
Shift to P before leaving vehicle, otherwise vehi- Start/Stop system

cle can roll away Description
This message appears if the driver's door is Applies to : vehicles with Start/Stop syst em
opened while the ignition is switched on and the
The Start/Stop sys t em can help increase fue l
transmission has not been shifted to the "P" pos i-
economy and reduce CO2 emissions .
tion . Sh ift the t ransm iss ion into the "P" position
and turn off the ignition if you are leaving the ve- In Sta rt /Stop mode, the eng ine sh uts off auto-
h icle. Otherwise the vehicle could roll. Also see matically when stopped, for example at a traffic
page 79.
<=:> light . The ignition and important assist systems
such as power steering and the brake booster will
remain available dur ing the "stop" phase. The en-
Starting the engine when there is a
malfunction gine will restart automatically when needed.
It may not be possible to start the engine under The Start/Stop system is automat ica lly act ivated
certain circumstances, for example, if the bat - as soon as the ignition is sw itched on.
tery in the vehicle key is drained, if interference is Basic requirements
affecting the key or if there is a system malfunc-
tion. - The driver's door and hood must be closed.
- The "P", "N" or "D" selector lever position must
be engaged .
- The steering wheel must not be sharply turned .
- The vehicle must have dr iven faster than 2 mph
(3 km/h) since the last time it stopped.
- A trailer must not be hitched to the vehicle.
(D Note
Always switc h the Start/Stop system off when
driving through water r=;,page 80.
Fig. 87 Center console/remote contro l key: start ing the
eng ine if there is a malfunct ion
Requirement: the message Remote control key:

hold back of key against the designated area.
78
Driving
Along with other conditions, the following fac-

(D Tips
tors influence the automatic engine start or stop:
- Depending on the driving situation, the en-
gine may already stop when coasting before - Environmenta l conditions (slopes, inclines, ele-
the vehicle has come to a complete stop ll. vation, temperature)
- If you select the "D" selector lever position - Battery (charge status, temperature, power us-
after shifting into reverse, the vehicle must age)
be driven faster than 6 mph (10 km/h) in or- - Engine temperature
der for the Start/Stop system to be active - Assistance systems
again. - Driving behavior
If the ridindicator light appears in the instru-

Stopping/starting the engine ment cluster display, the engine will not be stop-
Applies to: vehicles with Start/Stop system ped.
"'Apply the brakes and keep your foot on the
brake pedal until the vehicle has stopped. The Switching the ignition off automatically
rl1 indicator light appears in the instrument Applies to: vehicles with Start/Stop system
cluster once the engine stops automatically . If you leave the vehicle during a "stop" phase, the
"'The engine starts again when you take your engine can be restarted within approximately 30
foot off the brake peda l. The indicator light seconds if the doors are closed, the driver's safe-
turns off. ty belt is fastened and the brake pedal is pressed.
(D Tips If you leave the vehicle longer than 30 seconds,

the ignition will switch off automatically to pre-
-The ignition will turn off if you press the
vent the vehicle battery from draining. If this is
I START ENGINE STOP I button during a stop
the case, the message Start/stop system: igni-
phase .
tion will be switched off in 30s w ill appear in the
- You can determine for yourself if the engine instrument cluster and, if the low beam head-
will stop or not by reducing or increasing lights are switched on, the parking lights will
the amount of force you use to press the switch on instead. The parking lights will switch
brake pedal. For example, if you only lightly off after approximately 30 minutes or when you
press on the brake pedal in stop-and-go lock the vehicle.
traffic or when turning, the engine will not
switch off when the vehicle is stationary. As The ignition also switches off when you lock the
soon as you press the brake down harder , vehicle from the outside during a stop phase.
the engine will switch off. If the Start/Stop system has not turned off the
- Press the brake pedal during a Stop phase engine or if you have switched the Start/Stop sys-
to keep the veh icle from rolling . tem off manually, the ignition will not be auto-
matically switched off and the engine will contin-
Starting/stopping the engine automat- ue to run.
ically
Applies to: vehicles with Start/Stop system A
- WARNING
-
The system checks if certain conditions are met To reduce the risk of poisoning, never allow
before and during the "stop" phase, and deter- the engine to run in confined spaces.
mines if and how long the engine is stopped de-
u pending on the situation. For example, if power
co
..... usage is high, the engine will not be stopped .
N
r---
N
.....
0
<(
0
00
ll Market-specific
79
Dr iv i n g
(D Tips Electromechanical
If you leave t he vehicle with the "D/S" or "R" parking brake
selector lever pos ition engaged, the parking ,-..
,-..
brake is automatically set. 0
1
m
Manually switching the Start/Stop system

off/on
App lies to: vehicles with Sta rt/Stop system
The (A_)
oFFbutton is located in the center conso le .
.. Press (A_)
OfFto switch on or off. The LEDin the
button turns on when the funct ion is switched
Fig. 88 Center console: parking brake
off.
Your vehicle is equipped with an electromechani -
@ Tips cal parking brake (!) ¢ fig . 88 . The parking brake
If you switch the system off dur ing a stop is designed to prevent the vehicle from rolling
phase, the engine will start again automati- unintentionally and replaces the hand brake.
cally.
Setting / manuall y re leasing the parking
brake
Messages
.. Pull the®> switch to set the parking brake. The
App lies to: vehicles with Sta rt/Stop system
LEDin the switch turns on. The - (USAmod-
Start / stop system: deactivated . Please start els)/ . (Canada models) indicator light also
engine manually turns on in the instrument cluster display .
This message appea rs when specific conditions .. To release the parking brake manually, press
are not met during a stop phase. The Sta rt/Stop the brake or accelerator peda l while the igni-
system will not be ab le to restart the engine . The tion is switched on and press the®) switc h at
engine must be started with the the same t ime. The LED in t he button and t he
I ST AR T ENGINE ST OP I button. indicator light in t he disp lay turn off.
Start /s top system: malfunction! Function Releasing the parking brake automatically
unavailable . Please cont act Se rvice Requirement: the doors must be closed and the
There is a malfunction in the Start/Stop system . driver's safety belt must be fastened.
Drivethe vehicle to an authorized Audi dealer or .. To start driving and release the parking brake
author ized Service Facility as soon as poss ible to automatically, press the accelerator pedal as
have the malfunction corrected. usual.
In add ition to releasing the parking brake auto-
matically, other convenience and safety functions
are available when you start driving¢ page 82,
Starting to drive .
Preventing the automatic parking brake

release
The vehicle could beg in rolling unintentionally,
depend ing on the hill or if towing a tra iler. .,.
80
Driving
~ To prevent the parking brake from releasing au- During emergency braking, your vehicle will
tomatica lly, pull and hold the(®) switch and brake similar to heavy braking. ESCand the
press the accelerator pedal. The park ing brake associated components (ABS, ASR, EDL)
remains set and prevents the veh icle from roll - cannot overcome the laws of physics.
ing backward. Around curves and when road or weather
~ You can release the(®) switch again once you conditions are bad, a full brake applicat ion
are sure that you are giving enough dr iving can cause the veh icle to skid or the rear end
force to the whee ls by pressing the accelerator to swerve, which increases the risk of an ac-
pedal. cident.
- If the power supply fails, you cannot set the
Emergency braking function
parking brake if it is released . In t his case,
You can use the emergency brak ing funct ion in an park the veh icle on level ground and secure
emergency situation, or if the standard brake op- it by placing the selector lever in the "P" po-
erat ion malfunct ions or is disabled . sition. See an authorized Audi dealer or au-
~ Pull and hold the(®) switch. thor ized Audi Service Facility for assistance.
~ As soon as you release the (®) switch or acceler- - Always set the parking brake when leaving
ate, the brak ing stops . your veh icle, even if for a short period of
time. Otherwise the vehicle could roll away,
Pulling and holding the(®) switch while driv ing
increasing the risk of an accident .
the vehicle activates the emergency braking func-
- If you leave the vehicle, switch the ignition
tion . The vehicle is braked at all four wheels by
off and take the veh icle key with you. This
activating the hydraulic brake system . The brak-
applies particularly when children remain in
ing effect is similar to heavy braking ~ .,&..
the vehicle . Otherwise, children could start
To reduce the risk of activating the emergency the engine, release the parking brake or op-
braking by mistake, a warn ing tone (buzzer) erate electr ical equipment such as power
sounds when the(®) switch is pulled . Emergency windows, wh ich increases the risk of an acci-
braking stops as soon as the(®) switch is released dent.
or the accelerato r pedal is pressed. - No one, especially children, should remain
in t he vehicle when it is lo cked. Locked
Parking
doors ma ke it more diffic ult for emergency
~ Press the brake pedal to stop the vehicle. workers to get into the vehicle, which puts
~ Pull the(®) switc h to set the parking brake. lives at risk .
~ Select the "P" selector lever posit ion .
~ Turn the engine off ~ .,&.. (D Tips
~ Turn the steer ing whee l w hen parking on in-
When stopp ing at a t raff ic signal or stopp ing
clin es so that the whee ls will roll into the curb in city traffic, you can set the park ing brake
if t he vehicle starts moving. manua l ly. The vehicle does not have to be
held with the brake pedal. The parking brake
A WARNING eliminates the tendency to creep when a se-
- Do not press the accelerator pedal inadver- lector lever position is engaged. As soon as
tent ly if a gear is selected when the vehicle you press the accelerator pedal, the parking
is stationary and the engine is running. Oth- brake releases automatically and your vehicle
erwise, the veh icle w ill start to move imme- starts to move ~page 82 .
diately and th is could result in an accident.
u
co
- Emergency braking should only be used in (D Tips
..... an emergency, when the normal brake pedal
N
r---
- Occasional noises when the parking brake is
N
..... has failed or the brake pedal is obstructed . set and released are normal and are not a
0
<(
0 cause for concern . .,.
00
81
Driving
- The parking brake goes thro ugh a self-test natural physical laws. The increased comfort
cycle at regular intervals when the vehicle is offered by hill hold assist should not cause
stopped . Any noises associated w ith this are you to take safety risks .
normal. - Hill hold assist cannot hold the vehicle in
- If there is a power fai lure, the parking brake place on all hills (for examp le, if the ground
will not set if it is released, and it will not is slip pery or icy).
release if it is set¢ ,& . See an authorized - To reduce the risk of an accident, always
Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Fa- make sure the vehicle is situated safely
cility for assistance. while stationary .
Starting to drive Off road driving

Various convenience and safety functions may be General information
available when the vehicle begins driving , de-
pending on vehicle equipment . The Electronic Stabilization Control (ESC)func -
tions were enhanced for driving offroad. Offroad
Starting on hills with the parking brake set mode can be activated when driving in situations
Requirement: the doors must be closed and the where slippage or a differential lock function is
driver's safety belt must be fastened . necessary ¢ page 141. The hill descent assist is
also available, wh ich automatically brakes the ve-
~ To start driving comfortably when on a hill, set
hicle to maintain a constant speed ¢ page 142 .
the parking brake and begin driving as usual.
In addit ion, your Audi provides cont inuous all
The braking force of the parking brake does not
whee l drive .
release automatically until the wheels build up
enough dr iving force . However, your Audi is not a purely offroad vehi-
cle. Your vehicle was not designed to dr ive under
Starting on hills with hill hold assist extreme operating conditions such as driving in
Hill hold assist makes it easier to start on hills . an expedition style.
Requirement: the driver's door must be closed Only drive on terrain that is suitable for the ve-
and the engine must be running. hicle and your driving ability. Never take any
unnecessaryrisks!
~ To activate hill hold assist, press and hold the
brake pedal for several seconds. The vehicle Before driving offroad
must be in an uph ill direction of travel.
- Check the engine oil level, the tire pressure, the
After releasing the brake pedal, the brak ing pow- coolant level and the fluid level in the washer
er is maintained for a brief moment ¢ .& to pre- fluid reservoir.
vent the vehicle from rolling back when starting. - Store pieces of luggage and other objects in the
During th is time, you can easily begin to move luggage compartment and secure them from
your vehicle. sliding out of place .
A WARNING
-
After driving offroad
- If you do not begin driving immediately or - After driving offroad , remove branches and
the engine stalls after releasing the brake other debris from the radiator grille, under-
pedal, your vehicle may begin to roll back- body, and wheels. Look especially for foreign
ward . Press the brake pedal or set the park- objects (such as st ones) that may be stuck in
ing brake immed iate ly. the t ire tread .
- The intelligent techno logy of hill hold assist - Clean the vehicle body and underbody and in-
cannot overcome the lim itations imposed by spect the vehicle for possible damage . .,,.
82
Driving
- Clean the windows, head lights, tail lights and Ground clearance
the license plate if they are dirty.
The dis t ance be tween the road surface a nd the
- Perfo rm a brake t est (especially aft er dr iving lowest point of the vehicle underbody. Gro und
t hrough water) . clearance : 8 . 1 in (205 mm)
A WARNING A WARNING
- Be espec ia lly caut ious and aware when driv- =
Exceeding the max imum specified va lues can
-
ing under difficult conditions and when off- lead to serious injur ies or vehicle damage.
road. Vehicle damage and injur ies may occ ur - All spec ificat ions were determine d base d on
whe n d riving at excessively high speeds or a level, firm, an d non -slippe ry road surface
w ith incorrect dr iving ma neuvers . in dry weather conditions.
- Always adjust your speed and driv ing style - The ideal cond itions do not apply in offroad
to t he roads, te rra in, traffic and weather d riving. Do not always go a ll the way up to
co nditi ons. Drive espec ially slowly if the re is the maximum val ues . Stay slightly below
low visibility when offroad . them for safety .
- Please note t hat the wheels can spin more
and t he vehicle can swe rve w hen in off road
mode, especially whe n t he road is s lippery Messages
or has loose su rface m ater ial. There is only one motto when driving in difficult
- Driving stab ility is reduced w hen in off road condi tions and off road: drive slowly and with
mode. caution!
@ For the sake of the environment Observe the following when driv ing on unpaved
roads :
Avoid harmi ng the enviro nment and show
considera ti on for nature . .. Only dr ive in ter ra in tha t is sui t able for the ve -
hicle and yo ur dr iving ability . Never take any
(D Tips unnecessa ry risks!
Only dr ive where it is permitted a nd a lways .. Drive slow ly and caref ully.
stay on the provided roads a nd paths. .. Pay attent ion to the ground clearance of your
veh icle .
.. Activa t e the offroad mode as needed
Explanation of technical terms
¢ page 141 .
The follow ing data is based on ideal cond it io ns . .. Use the hill descent assist when d riving down
The val ues may d iffe r depend ing o n the vehicle st eep hills ¢ page 142 .
load, road character ist ics, and th e a rea. The d riv-
Difficult terrain and off-road
e r is t herefo re res ponsible for d ec iding w hethe r a
ve hicle can hand le a spe cific s ituation ¢ .&.. When driving in unfam iliar areas and off road,
dr ive slowly and keep on the watch for unexpect-
Pitch angle ed obstacles (such as pot ho les, rocks, tr ee
The amount of ver ti ca l elevation change (grade) stumps , etc.).
in a dis t ances of 109 yards (100 mete rs) is speci - To preve nt the vehicle from bottom ing out and to
fied as a percentage o r in degrees. Spe cifica t ion reduce the risk of underbody damage, you should
of how st eep of a grade t he ve hicle can dr ive up dr ive across uneven gro und o n only o ne sid e of
usi ng its own power (de pends on the road sur - t he ve hicle so that on ly two of you r whee ls cross
u face and the eng ine power, among other things) . t he uneven a rea, ins t ead of dr iving across t he
co
..... Maxim um permitted pitch ang le : 3 1°.
N
,..._ cente r of the uneven ar ea wit h all four wheels. ..,
N
.....
0
<(
0
00
83
Dr iv ing
Drive quick ly through sandy or marshy off-road Showing the additional display
sections and do not stop , if at all poss ibl e .
To ch a nge the con t en t s shown in the righ t ar ea of
Driving through water t he screen, se lect in the In fot a inment system :
right contro l button > Additional display.
Also read the information found in ¢ page 73.
Angle : th is displays t he cur rent stee ring wheel
Driving on a slope angle and t he max imum a ng le t hat was reached
If you a re ever unable to dr ive up a hill , do not t ry dur ing a drive . These values are reset when the
to turn around . Drive back down in reverse in- ignition is switche d off .
stead. Otherwise you run the risk of t ipping over . Position : di splays the he ig ht, di rect io n a nd geo -
If the vehicle threatens to tip over when driving coor d inat es of t he cur rent veh icle posit io n.
across a slope, you must immediately steer Off : only the air suspe ns io n disp lay remains on .
downhill in the direction of the slope.
Do not park your vehicle on steep hills. A WARNING
To reduce the risk of t ipping over, dr ive on hills in - Do not excee d t he yellow range in the
the direction of the downward s lope (fa ll line) - gau ge. Your ve hicle can t ip, whi ch incre as es
never crosswise. t he risk of an accident.
- Unde r some circu ms t an ce s, the vehicle can
t ip ove r or t ilt sid eways eve n if t he sideways
Tilt angle display
angle is low. The angle display does not re -
Description place the d river's attent io n. To re du ce the
Applies to: vehicles with a tilt angle disp lay risk of an accident, make sure the vehicle
does not tip, especially when yo u are driving
at high speeds.
Automatic transmission
Introduction
The au tom atic transmission is con t rolled ele c-

tronically. The transmission shifts up or down au-
Fig. 89 Infotainme nt syste m: tilt ang le displa y
tomat ica lly depending on which dr ive program is
selected .
You ca n see t he vehicle pos ition in re lation to a
leve l plane us ing the tilt angle d isplay in the In- When a moderate driving style is used, t he
fotainment system . Bot h the sideways angle @ transm iss ion selec t s t he most economica l driv ing
and the lengthwise angle @ of the vehicle are mode. The transmission upshifts at a lower RPM
disp layed. The accuracy depends on the driving and downshifts at a higher RPM to improve fue l
situation and is normally a round 1 °. The side- efficiency.
ways angle of your vehicle should no t exceed the
The tra nsmission switches t o a sporty mode after
ye llow range in the gauge . If it reaches the red
a kick-down or when the driver uses a sporty
range, there is a risk that the ve hicle m ight tip
driving style characterized by quick accelerator
¢ ,&..
pedal movements, heavy acceleration, frequent
Displaying the tilt angle display changes in speed and t raveling at the max imum
speed .
~ Se lect in the Infotainment system : I ME N U I but-
ton > Vehicle > Lift / Offroad or Allroad * . If desired, th e d river can also select the gears
manually (tiptronic mode) ¢ page 88.
84
Driving
S tronic transmission Selector lever lock

The S tronic is a dual-clutch transmiss ion. Power The selector lever lock prevents you from select-
is transferred using two clutches that work inde- ing a position unintentionally, causing the vehicle
pendently from one another. They replace the to roll. When engaging some selector lever posi-
torque converter used in conventional automatic tions, you must press the locking button © on
transmissions and allow the vehicle to accelerate the selector lever and/or press the brake pedal
without a noticeable interruption in traction. ¢ fig . 90.
tiptron ic transmission You must press the brake peda l to engage a se-
lector lever position when the engine is running
In the tiptronic transmission, power is transfer -
and the vehicle is stationary.
red by a torque converter.
You do not have to press the brake pedal if you
Selecting a selector lever position shift from "D" to "R" within one second. This al-
lows you to "rock" the vehicle to free it when it is
,....
0
stuck.
N
0
1
a, P - Park
This selector lever position prevents the vehicle
from rolling . Only shift into pa rk when the vehi -
cle is stationary ¢ .&.. To select the "P" selector
lever position, press the "P" button @ on these-
lector lever¢ fig. 90. P appears next to the selec-
tor lever.
Fig. 90 Center console: selector lever
Applies to vehicles with S t ronic transm ission:
the parking lock can only be re leased when the
The current selector lever pos ition is shown next
ignition is switched on and the brake peda l is
to the selector lever ¢ fig. 90. The current selec-
pressed. To release the parking lock, press the
tor lever position is also shown in the instrument
brake pedal, press the locking button @ on the
cluster display .
selector lever and select the desired posit ion
...You may need to release the selector lever lock ¢ fig . 90. The engine must also be started in or-
depending on which selector lever position is der to engage the "D" or "R" selector leve r pos i-
selected and which one you would like to se- tion.
lect.
Applies to vehicles with tiptronic transmission:
...To do this, press the locking button © on the
the parking lock can only be re leased when the
selector lever¢ fig. 90.
engi ne is ru nning and the brake peda l is pressed .
...To engage the nearest selector lever position,
To release the parking lock, press the brake ped-
move the selector lever forward/back until you
al, press the locking button @ on the selector
feel the first pressure point . The selector lever
lever and select the desired position ¢ fig. 90.
will return to its original posit ion.
..,To skip over one selector lever position, move "P" engages automatically if you switch the en-
the selec t or lever pas t the pressure point into gine off whi le the selector lever is in "D", "E", "S",
the desired position . The selector lever will re- "R" or manua l mode.
turn to its original position.
If you switch the eng ine off when the "N" selector
For example, you can skip over the "N" position if lever position is selected, the transmission re-
u
~ you would like to go directly from "D" into "R". mai ns in "N" for approximately 30 m inutes and
N
...... then "P" is engaged. The vehicle is not secured ..,
N
......
~0
co
85
Dr iv i n g
from rolling in t he "N" selector lever position, so pends on engine load , vehicle speed and driving
you need to set the pa rking brake<®>¢ page 80 . sty le.
You must use the parking lock emergency release Select t he sport mode "S" for sporty dr iving. The
before towing the vehicle ¢ page 90. vehicle makes full use of t he eng ine's power.
Shift ing may become noticeable when accelerat -
R- Reverse
ing .
The reverse gear is engaged in this pos ition . Only
The "S" se lector lever posi t ion engages automati-
select reverse gear when the veh icle is stationary
cally w hen you select t he dynam ic* mode in drive
and the eng ine is running at idle speed ¢ .& . To
select.
engage the "R" se lecto r lever posit ion, press the
brake pedal , press the lock ing button CD
selector lever, and select the "R" position
on the
A WARNING
¢ fig. 90. Read and fo llow all WARNINGS.

- The vehi cle can roll even if the ignit ion is
A confirmation tone w ill sound when t he reve rse switched off .
gear is engaged . - Powe r is st ill t ra nsmi t ted t o t he wheels
N · Neutral (idle ) when t he engine is running at idle . To pre -
vent the vehicle from "creeping", you must
The transm ission is in idle in this pos ition . To en- keep your foot on the brake in a ll selector
gage the "N" selector lever position, press the lever positions (except "P" and "N") when
locking button CD on the se lector lever and sh ift the engine is ru nning.
into t he "N" posit ion ¢ fig. 90.
- Before open ing the hood, select the "P" se-
If you sw itch the engine off when the "N" selector lector lever pos it ion and set the parking
lever position is se lected, the transmission re- brake. This reduces the risk of an acc ident .
mains in "N" for app roximately 30 minutes and Always read and follow the app licab le warn-
t hen "P" is engaged. ings ¢ page 314, Working in the engine
compartment.
You cannot select the "N" pos ition when the ign i-
tion is sw itched off. When d riving through an au-
tomatic ca r wash, first select t he "N" posi ti on and
(D Tips
t hen t urn the engine off. If you accide nta lly select "N" while dr iving,
take your foot off the accelerator pedal and
For safety reasons, the vehicle cannot be locked wait fo r the e ng ine to slow down to idle be-
when the transm ission is in the "N" pos ition . fo re selecti ng "D" or "S".
DIS· Driving forward
Driving tips
When the t ransmission is in the "D/S" pos it ion, it
can be operated e ither in the normal "D" mode or Starting the engine
in the "S" sport mode . Move the selector lever
.,.The "P" or "N" pos it io n m ust be selected.
back to engage the "S" spo rt mode . You can o nly
select the "S" se lector lever position when the "D" Starting from a stop
or "E" pos it io n is selected. To sele ct the "D" or "E"
.,. Press and hold the brake peda l.
position again w hen "S" is engaged, move these-
.,.Start the eng ine ¢ page 76 .
lecto r leve r back ¢ .& . To shift from "N" to "D"
.,. Press the locking button CD on the selector lev-
when traveling at speeds below 1 mph (2 km/h),
er a nd se lect the "D", "E", "S" or "R" pos it ion
press th e brak e pedal and shift into the "D" posi-
¢ page 85.
tion ¢ _&.
.,.Wa it a mome nt until the t ransmiss ion sh ifts.
In t he normal mode "D", the transmission a uto - You will notice a slig ht movement when t he
matica lly selects the suitab le gear ratio . It de - gear engages .
86
Driving
~ Release t he brake pedal and press the acce lera- - To reduce the risk of an accident, neve r se-
tor pedal ~ ,&. . lect the "R" or "P" pos itions wh ile d riving.
Various conven ien ce fun ctions are ava ilable for - Do not inadvertently press the accelerator
st arting on hills ~page 82. pedal when the vehicle is stationa ry. Other-
wise the ris k of an accident increases be-
Stopping temporarily cause the vehicle will start to move immedi-
~ Press the brake pedal to stop the vehicle, for ately, even if the parking brake is set .
example at a t raff ic light . Do not press the ac-
cele rato r peda l w hen do ing th is. Hill descent control
~ To prevent t he vehicle from rolling when you
The hill descent control system assists the driver
sta rt d riving, se t the pa rking brake when stop -
when driving down hills.
ping on steep hills¢ ,&. .
~ The parking bra ke will re lease automatically Hill d escent cont rol activates when the t ransmis -
and your vehicle will begin to move when the s ion is in the "D" or "S" pos ition and you press the
doors a re closed, the driver's safety belt is fas- brake pedal. The transmission automatica lly se-
tened, and you accelerate as usual. lects a gear that is suitable for the hill. Hill de-
Stopping / parking scent cont rol tr ies to maintain the speed ach -
ieved at the t ime of braking, w it hin physical a nd
If the se lector lever is not in the "P" position tec hnical lim itations . If may still be necessary to
when you ope n the driver's door, the vehicle adjus t the speed w it h t he bra ke pedal.
could rol l.
Hill descent con t rol switches off once the hill lev-
~ Press and hold the brake pedal ¢ ,&. . els out or you press t he accelerator pedal.
~ Set the parking brake.
~ To se lect the "P" selector leve r position, press When operat ing the cruise cont rol system*
the "P" button @ on the selector lever ¢ page 95, hill descent contro l is a lso activated
¢page 85, fig. 90. whe n the speed is set .
Under certain conditions, such as driving in the A WARNING

-
mo unta ins or when towing a trailer, it may be Hill descent cont rol cannot ove rcome physical
he lpful to switch to manual mode temporarily limitat ions, so it may not be able to ma intain
and sh ift manually to adapt to the driving condi- a consta nt spee d un d er all conditions. Always
tions ¢ page 88. be ready to app ly t he bra kes.
On hills, set the parking brake first and then shift
into the "P" position ¢ page 80. This prevents too
much stress from being placed on the locking
mechanism .
A WARNING
- The veh icle can roll even when the engine is
switched off .
- Unintended veh icle movement can lead to
serious injur ies .
- To reduce the risk of an accident, do not
press t he acce lera t or pedal when changing
u
co the se lector lever posi t ion while the vehi cle
.....
N
r---
N
is sta t ionary an d the engine is running.
.....
0
<(
0
00
87
Dr iv ing
Shifting manually (tiptronic mode) .. To engage the lowest gear, hold the 0 shift
paddle .
The tiptronic mode allows the driver to shift the .. If you do not press a shift button within a sho rt
gears manually. time while in the "D/S" position , the transmis-
sion will return to automatic mode . To keep
shifting using the shift paddles, move these -
lector leve r to the right out of the "D/S" posi-
tion .
" When you want to shift out of tiptronic mode,
press an d ho ld t he 0 shift padd le for a longer
period of t ime or move t he se lector lever back
and release it.
The transmission a utomatica lly shifts up or dow n

Fig. 9 1 Center console : shifti ng manually with the se lector
before crit ical engi ne speed is reac hed.
lever
The transmission on ly allows manual shifting
whe n the eng ine speed is w ith in the perm itted
range.
(D Tips
- If you shift to the next lowest gear, the
t ransmission will only s hift if the engi ne will
not be over-revved.
- With kick-down, the t ransmiss ion shifts to a
Fig. 9 2 Steer ing wheel: shifting manually
lower gear, depen ding on vehi cle spee d and
eng ine speed.
Shifting with the selector lever - ti ptr onic does not work if the transmission
is runni ng in emergency mode .
You can sh ift into tiptronic mode while stationary
and while driv ing.
Kick-down
" To sh ift into tiptronic mode, push the selector
lever from the "D/S" position to the right . As Kick-down enables maximum acceleration .
soon as the transmission switches over, the "M"
When you press the accelerator pedal down be-
t ransm ission sett ing will appear in t he inst ru-
yond the res istance point, t he automatic trans-
ment cluster d isp lay.
mission downshifts into a lower gear and the en-
"T o sh ift up a gear, tap the se lector lever for-
gine ut ilizes its full power, depending on vehicle
ward 0 ¢ ffg. 91 .
speed and engine RPM. It shifts up int o the next
.. To sh ift down a gear, tap the selector lever
highe r gear once the maximum specified engine
backward 0 -
RPM is reached .
.. To switch tiptronic mode off, push the selector
lever back into the "D/S" pos ition.
A WARNING
Shifting with the shift paddles Please note that the whee ls cou ld spin on
slick or slippery roads when kick-down is ac-
You can operate the shift padd les in the "D/S" or
tive.
"M" se lector lever positions .
"T o s hift up a gear, tap the sh ift paddle 0

9 fig. 92 .
.. To sh ift down a gear, tap the 0 sh ift padd le .
88
Driving
Launch control program not be ava ilab le for a few minutes. It will be
Applies to: vehicles with S tro nic tra nsmission avai lab le agai n after a coo l-down period.
- Whe n accelerati ng usi ng the launch cont rol
The launch control program provides the best
program, all vehicle parts are subject to
possible acceleration when starting from a stop.
heavy loads. This can lead to increased
Requirement: the eng ine must be at operating wear.
temperature and the steer ing whee l must not be
turned . Transmission malfunction
~ Deact ivate the Start/Stop system* c:>page 80. • Transmiss ion: too hot. Please stop vehicle
The LED in the 1 0~·1button turns on.
~ With the engine runn ing, press the ~ ~FF=I but-
l fl- O Do not continue driving. Se lect the "P" selector
ton briefly c>page 141 . The Illindicator light lever posit ion and contact an authorized Audi
tu rns o n a nd the message Stabil ization control dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility for as-
(ESC): offroad . Warning! Reduced stabilit y ap- s istance.
pears in t he inst rumen t cluste r display. • Transmiss ion: malfunction! Please stop ve-
~ Pull the selector lever back out of t he "D/S" po-
hicle and shift to P
sit ion briefly to select the "S" position or se lect
the Dynamic driving mode in drive se - Do not continue dr iving . Se lect t he "P" selec t or
lect* ¢ page 12 7. lever posit ion and contact an authori zed Audi
~ Press the brake pedal firmly with your left foot
dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility for as-
and hold it all the way down for at least one sistance.
second. [O] Selector lever : malfunction ! You can cont in-
~ At the same t ime, press the gas pedal all the ue driving. Please contact Se rvice
way down with your right foot unt il the engine
The re is a system malfu nction in t he transmis-
reaches and stays at a high RPM level.
sion. Drive to an a ut horized Aud i de al e r o r au-
~ Remove yo ur foot from t he brake pedal within
five seconds c:>,&.. tho rized Aud i Serv ice Facility immedia t ely to have
the mal function corrected.
A WARNING [i'JP button : malfun ction! Auto P when engine

- Always adapt yo ur driving to the traffic flow. off . Please conta ct Service
- Only use the Launch contro l prog ram when There is a malfunct ion in the "P" button on the
road and traffic conditions allow it and ot h- selector lever . The transm ission automatically
er drivers wi ll not be endangered or both - engages "P" when you sw itch off t he engine.
ered by your driving and the vehicle's accel - Drive t o an author ized Audi dealer or autho rized
eration. Audi Se rvice Facility immed iate ly t o have t he
- Please note that the drive whee ls can spin malfunction corrected.
and the vehicle can break away when off-
road mode is switched on, espec ia lly when
[i'JSelect o r lever : malfun ction!
Gear change on -
ly pos sible using both paddl e levers. Please con-
the road is slippery.
ta ct Service
- Once the vehicle has started moving, press
the I~ OF F ! button briefly to turn the offroad There is a system malfunction in the transmis-
mode off . sio n. You can con t inue dr iving with restr icted
funct ion. The se lector lever is not wo rking . Gea rs
(D Tips can on ly be selected by t apping bo t h shift pad-
u dles at the same time when the vehicle is station -
co
..... - The transmiss ion temperature may increase
N
,..._ ary c>page 88, fig . 92 . Pay attention to these-
N s ignificantly after using the launc h control
..... lected transmission position in the instrument .,.
0
<( program. If that happens, the program may
0
00
89
Dr iv ing
cluster display. The parking lock engages auto - [il Tran smission: malfunction! You can contin-
matica lly when you turn off the engine. Drive to ue driving with limited fun ction. No reverse
an author ized Audi dealer or authorized Audi gear
Serv ice Facility immediately to have the malfunc-
There is a system malfunction in the t ra nsmis-
tion corrected .
sion . The transmission is switch ing to emergency
[O] Transmi ssion : Please press brake pedal and mode. This mode only shifts into certain gears or
select gear again will no longer shift at a ll. The eng ine may sta ll.
You cannot engage the reverse gear. Drive to an
Press the bra ke pedal and se lect the des ired se-
authori zed Audi dealer or authori zed Audi Service
lector lever position again. You can then continue
Facility immediately to have the ma lfunction cor -
driving.
rected .
[il Transmi ssion: too hot. Please adapt driving
[il Danger of rolling away! P not possible.
style
Please apply park ing brake
The transm ission tempe rature has increased s ig-
- The parking lock was re leased using the emer -
nificant ly. Drive ve ry ca utiously or take a break
page 90 . Or
gency re lease c::>
from dr iving unt il the tempera tu re returns to the
- The parking lock can no longer be engaged .
normal range and the ind icator light turns off .
Drive to an authorized Audi dealer or author-
[O] Transmission : malfunction ! You can contin- ized Aud i Service Facility immed iately to have
ue driving . See owner' s manual the malfunction corrected.
There is a system malfunct ion in the transm is- [il Mo ve selector lever to automatic position
sion . You may continue dr iving . Drive to an au-
There is a ma lfunction in the tiptron ic mode. End
thor ized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service
tiptroni c mode by pus hing the se lec t or lever to
Facility soon to have the malfunction co rrected.
the left into the "D/S " position .
[il Transmission : malfunct ion! You can contin-
ue driving in D until engine is off
Parking lock emergency release
There is a system malfunct ion in the transmis-
The parking lock must be released with the
sion . The transmission is switching to emergency
emergency release when driving through moun -
mode . If you tur n the engine off, you will not be
tains/maneuvering .
able to select any other selector lever pos it ions
after start ing the eng ine again . Drive to a n au-
thor ized Audi dealer or author ized Audi Service
Facility immediately to have the malfunc t ion cor-
rected.
[O] Transmission: malfunction! You can contin-

ue driving with limited function . Please conta ct
Service
There is a system malfunct ion in the transm is-

sion . The t ransmission is switching to emergency Fig. 9 3 Driver's side footwell : relea s ing the parkin g lock
mode. This mode only shifts into certa in gea rs o r using the emergency release
will no longer shift at all. The engine may stall.
Drive to an a utho rized Aud i dea ler or a uthorized The emergen cy release is located under the floor
Audi Serv ice Facility immediately to have the mat on t he dr iver's side . .,.
malfunction corrected .
90
Driving
Releasing the parking lock using th e

emergency release
@ Note
- Read and follow the important instructions
~ To prevent the vehicle from ro lling unintention-
about tow ing ¢ page 365 .
ally, set the parking brake(®} c>page 80 or
- The risk of damage increases if yo u do not
press the brake pedal.
remove the socket wrench caref ully w hen
~ There are two slits on the cover . Position the
resetting the parking lock.
screwdriver from the vehicle tool kit in one of
the slits on the cover and pry the cover off .
~ Insert the socket wrench (from the vehicle tool
kit) into the openi ng c>fig. 93.
~ Turn the soc ket wrench all the way clockw ise (!)
and press it downward @ unti l it locks into
place .
~ Leave the socket wrench inserted i::>.&_.
Resetting the parking lock

~ Press t he brake peda l and sta rt the eng ine.
~ Keep the brake pedal pressed and engage the
following se lector lever positions one afte r the
other : "N", "D" and back to "N".
~ Turn the engine off again .
~ Grasp the socket wrench w ith both hands and
pull it up and out carefully to remove c>(D.
~ Install the cover .
When the parking lock emergency re lease is

used, the [O]ind icator light and the "N" selector
lever position turn on in the instrument cluster.
The message Danger of rolling away! P not pos-
sible. Please apply parking brake also appears .
A WARNING
-
- Only activate the eme rgency re lease while
on a level surface or a s light slope.
- The pa rking lock may only be released us ing
the emergency release if the parking brake
is set. If it is no t funct ion ing, secure the ve -
hicle from rolling using t he brake ped al or
ot her suitab le means, such as blocking a
front and a rear whee l. An unsec ur ed vehicle
may roll away, wh ich increases the risk of an
acc ident.
- To reduce the risk of an accident, you m ust
not drive when the emergency re lease is ac-
t ivated.
u
co
....
N
r---
....
N
0
<(
0
00
91
T r ail e r to w ing
Trailer towing Engine cooling system

Driving with a tra ile r means a higher load on t he
Driving with a trailer engine and the cooling sys t em. The coo ling sys-
General information tem must be designed for additiona l load and
contain enoug h coo lant ~ @ .
Your veh icle is primari ly intended for transport-
ing peop le and luggage. Howeve r, if you dr ive A WARNING
-
with a tra iler , follow the techn ica l requirements ,
- Never mount a "weight -distributing" or
the operation and driving tips, and the lega l reg -
"load-balancing" trailer coupler as the trail-
ulations.
er hitch. The ve hicle was not des igned for
Driving w ith a trailer affects t he vehicle 's fuel these types of tra iler hitches. The tra iler
consumpt ion, performance and wear. It a lso re- hitch can malfunction and t he tra ile r can
quires higher concentration from the driver . break off from the vehicle.
- If t he tra ile r is equ ipped w ith elect ronic
A WARNING brakes, these brakes can not be activated by
Do not transport any people in a trai ler due to a facto ry-installed control system, whi ch in-
the risk of fatal injury . creases the risk of an accide nt.
- To red uce the risk of injury, always remove
the ball hitch mount if no tra ile r is mo unt -
Technical requirements
ed.
Certain requirements must be met when towing
a trailer. @ Note
Trailer hitch Longe r incl ines cannot be dr iven without a

su itab le cooli ng system, especially if the out-
Only use a trailer hitch with a removab le ball
s ide temperatu res a re high. ot herwise, this
hitch mount and ball hitch. The tra ile r hitc h must
inc reases the risk of eng ine da m age.
be pe rm itt ed for the vehicle, the tra iler and the
permitted tota l weight of the trailer being
Operating instructions
pu lled . Above all, it must be secure ly and safe ly
attached to the vehicle trailer. Several things must be noted when towing a
Never mo unt a t rai ler hitch on the bumper. The
trailer.
trai ler hitc h must be mounted in a way that does Towing capacity
not impair the function of the bumper. Do not
The permitted towing capacity must not be ex -
make any changes to the exhaust system and the
ceeded under any circumstances ~ page 370 .
brake system.
You can dr ive up larger inclines if you are not us-
Check regu larly if the trai ler hitc h is securely
ing the maximum towing capacity.
mounted . Always follow the instructions given by
the trai ler hitch manufacturer . The towing capacities given only apply to e leva -
tions up to 3,200 ft (1,000 m) above sea level. As
Trailer brakes
the e levation increases, the engine power de-
If t he tra ile r has its own bra ke system, then fol- creases due to the decreasing air pressures. This
low the manufacturer specifica t ions. Howeve r, reduces the hill climb ing ability and towing ca-
the brake system on the trai ler must never be pac ity . For every additional 3,200 ft (1,000 m),
connected to the vehicle brake system. t he maximum permitted tow ing weight must be
reduced by app roximately 10% . The pe rm itted
tow ing weight is t he comb ined we igh t of the
(loaded) vehicle and the (loaded) trailer .
92
Trailer towing
Tongue weight Exterior lighting
The maximum pe rmitt ed tongue weight of the Follow the legal regu lat ions rega rding the light -
trailer drawbar on the trailer hitch ball head may ing equipment on your trailer. Contact an author-
not be exceeded . ized Audi dea ler or authorized Audi Service Facili-
ty for more information.
If the tongue we ight is too low, th is affects t he
trailer's handling. For dr iving safety, we recom- Before sta rti ng to dr ive , check all lighting eq uip-
mend to always utilize the maximum permitted ment on the hitched trailer.
tongue weight, but not exceed it. You can reach
The headlight range cont rol adjusts automat ica l-
it, for example, by distributing the cargo in the
ly to the light ra nge of the headlights .
trailer correctly.
Safety chains
You can determine the tongue weight, for exam-
ple, with a bathroom scale or a public weigh sta - Make sure the safety chains are correctly applied
tion . when pulling a trailer . The cha ins should hang
enough so that the trailer can drive around
The permitted tongue we ight of your veh icle can
curves . Howeve r, t hey must not touch the
be found in the vehicle documentation or in
ground.
¢ page 370.
Air suspension
Load distribution
Applies to: vehicles with air suspension
Poor cargo load and distribution can negatively
The air suspens ion must be at the standard vehi-
impact ve hicle handl ing .
cle height before you set the tongue we ight on
- Store objects preferably in the vehicle luggage the tra iler and hitch the trailer ¢ @, ¢ page 128,
compartment. The vehicle shou ld always carry Raising/lowering the vehicle.
the heaviest possible load and the trailer
For vehicles with a factory-installed trailer hitch,
shou ld have the lightest possible load.
the a ir suspension trailer mode w ill automatically
- Distribute the load in the tra iler so that the switch on if you connect the trailer cable to the
heavy objects are as close to the ax le as possi- socket.
ble.
- Secure objects from slid ing out of place. For vehicles with a retrofitted trailer hitch, you
- Utilize the maximum permitted tongue we ight must sw itch on the a ir suspension trailer mode
if possible . manua lly. Select in the Infotainment system:
IMENU I button> Vehicle> left cont rol button>
Tires Vehicle settings > Air suspension:trailer . Switch
Set the tire pressure on your vehicle for a "full it off again after towing a t ra iler .
load"; see the t ire pressure sticker¢ page 335 . You can also sw itch off trailer mode manually
If necessary, also adjust the tire pressure on the wh ile dr iving, for example, whe n using a bicycle
trailer according to the manufacturer's recom- rack system.
mendation .
If you have to dr ive through d ifficult road cond i-
W inter tires should be mounted on the vehicle tions, you can ra ise the vehicle again after hitch-
and on the trailer during winter temperatures . ing the tra iler or after adjusting the tongue
we ight.
Outside mirrors
If you cannot see the traffic behind the trailer (UJ}Note
u with the standard exterior mirrors, then you Applies to: vehicles with air suspension
co
..... must attach addit ional exterior m irrors. Adjust
N
r--- - Changes in t emperature or load can affect
N
..... them so you have a sufficient visibility behind
0 the height of the vehicle .
<(
0
you .
00
93
T r ail e r to w ing
- Set the air suspension to the standard vehi- ¢ page 11. Shift to a higher gear in a timely man-
cle height, otherwise the applicab le tongue ner .
weight no longer applies to your vehicle.
A WARNING
(D Tips Constant braking causes the brakes to over-
-
- Use chocks when parking on incl ines if the heat and substantially reduces braking per-
trailer is loaded . formance, increases braking distance or caus-
- We recommend also having the vehicle ines complete failure of the brake system.
spected between the inspection intervals if
you are towing a trai ler frequent ly.
- Avoid driving with a trailer during the vehi-
cle break-in period .
Driving with a trailer
Driving with a trailer requires extra caution .
Speed
Adhere to the legal speed limits. Follow the legal
regulat ions specific to the country.
As the speed increases, the driving stability of

the trailer decreases. Therefore you shou ld not
exceed the maximum legal speed l imit whe n
the re are unfavorable road, weather and/or wind
conditions. This especially appl ies when dr iving
downhill.
You must always reduce you r speed as soon as

you not ice even the sli ghtest swinging motion of
the t railer. Never try to "st raighte n out " t he t rail-
er by accelerati ng.
The weight distribution is very poor if t he vehicle

is empty and the t railer is loaded . However if you
must dr ive under these circumstances, t hen drive
especiall y slowly.
Brakes
Brake in a t imely manner . Downshift before driv-
ing downhill so that the engine can assist w ith
braking ¢ ,&..
When using a tra il er with overrun brakes, first

brake gently then qu ickly . This reduces the risk of
je rking w hil e braking if the tra iler w heels lock up .
Engine coolant temperature

Pay attent ion specif ically to the coolant tempera-
ture disp lay when there are high outside tempe r-
atures, and when dr iving on long inclines
94
A s si s t a nce s ystems
Assistance systems Cruise control system

Speed warning system Switching on
Applies to: vehicles with cruise control system
Description
Applies to: vehicles with speed warning system The cruise control system makes it possible to
drive at a constant speed starting at 15 mph
The speed warning system helps you to stay be- (20 km/h).
low a specified maximum speed that can be set,
changed or deleted in the Infotainment system .
The speed warning system warns you if you are

0
exceeding the maximum speed that you have set .
A warning tone will sound as soon as your speed f
~
exceeds the stored value slightly. The (Ol(USA
models)/ (01 (Canada models) indicato r light
and a message appear in t he ins t rumen t cluster
d isplay at the same time. The (Sl/ (Olindicator
light and the message turn off if the speed falls
0
Fig. 94 Operat ing lever: cruise control system
back below the stored maximum speed .
Sett ing a threshold is recommended if you would .,.To switch t he system on, pull the lever into po-
like to be reminded when you reach a certa in sition (D ¢ fig. 94.
maximum speed . Situations where you may want .,. Drive at the speed to be maintained.
to do so include driving in a country with a gener - .,.To store the speed, press the button @ .
al speed limit or if there is a specified maximum
speed for winter tires.
The stored speed and the @jltJ~i,
(USA models) /
l'I (Canada models) ind icator light appear in the
Setting the warning threshold instrument cluster display. An additional indica-
tor appears in the head-up display*.
Select in the Infotai nment system: IMENU I but-
ton > Vehicle > left control button > Driver assis- The speed is mainta ined by modifyi ng engine
tan ce > Speed warning > Manual. power or through an active brake intervention.
@ Tips A WARNING
Regard less of the speed warning system, you - Always pay attention to the traffic a round
should always monitor your speed using the you when the cruise control system is in op-
speedometer and make sure you are following eration. You are always responsible for you r
the legal speed limit. speed and the distance between your vehi-
cle and othe r vehicles .
- For safety reasons, cru ise control should not
be used in the city, in stop -and-go t raff ic, on
winding roads a nd when road conditions a re
poor (such as ice, fog, g rave l, heavy ra in and
hydr oplani ng), bec a use t his increases the
risk of an acciden t.
- Sw itch the cr uise con t rol off tempor ar ily
when dr iving in turning lanes, highway exits
u
co
..... or in construction zones.
N
r-- - Please not e t hat unconsc iously "rest ing"
N
..... your foot on the accelerator ped al prevents
~0
co
95
A ss is tanc e s y s tem s
the cruise control from braking. This is be - Preselecting a speed

cause pressing the accelerator pedal over- Applies to: vehicles with cruise control system
rides the cruise contro l system . You can pre-select your desired speed when the
- If a brake system ma lfunction such as over- vehicle is stationary .
heating occurs when the cruise control sys-
tem is sw itched on, the braking function in .,.Switch the ignit ion on.
the system may be switched off . The rest of .,. Pull the lever into pos ition (D ¢ page 95,
the cruise control system functions remain fig . 94 .
act ive as long as the@;\l)~ij(USA models) / .,.To increase or decrease the speed, tap the leve r
Bl (Canada models) indicato r light is on. toward 0 10 .
This function makes it possible , for example , to

@ Note
save the speed you want before driving on the
Before driving downhill a long distance on a highway . Once you are on the expressway, acti-
steep hill, decrease you r speed and select a vate the cruise control system by pull ing t he lev-
lower gear. This makes use of the eng ine er int o position (D.
brak ing effect and re lieves t he bra kes.
Switching off
(D Tips
The brake lights turn on w hen the brakes a re
app lied automat ically . Deactivating temporarily
.,. Press t he brake pedal, or
Changing the speed .,. Press the lever towar d @ (not loc ked into
Applies to : vehicles with cruise control system place) ¢ page 95, fig. 94.
.,.To increase/decrease the speed in 1 mph (1 Switching off completely

km/h) increments, br iefly tap the leve r toward .,. Press the lever into position @ (clicked into
0 10 ¢ page 95, fig. 94 to the first leve l. place), or
.,.To increase/decrease the speed in S mph (10 .,.Switch the ignit ion off.
km/ h) increments, br iefly tap the leve r toward
0 10 to the second level. The speed you stored will be ma intained if the
.,.To increase or decre ase the speed quickly, hold cruise contro l has been switched off tempora rily.
the lever toward 0 10 to the first or second To resume the stored speed, re lease t he bra ke
level until the des ired speed is reached . pedal and pull t he lever t o posi t ion (D.
Switc hing the ignit ion off w ill erase the stored
Overriding the speed speed .
You can press t he accelerator pedal to increase

.&_WARNING
your speed, for examp le if you want to pass You sho uld on ly resume the st ored speed if it
someo ne. The speed you se t earlier will res ume is not t oo high fo r existi ng traff ic condi t ions .
as soon as you release the accelerator peda l. Ot herwise you can increase the risk of an acci-
dent .
Howeve r, if you are exceeding the stored speed
by a cons ider a ble amo unt for a long time , the
cr uise con tr ol sys t em will t empo rar ily switch off.
The [ij;\l)~ij
(USA models) tBI (Canada models) in-
dicator light in the instrument cluster turns off
and the stored speed is maintained .
96
Camera-based traffic - when visibility is poor, s uch as in snow, rain,

fog or heavy spray
sign recognition
- when there is glare, for example from oncom-
Description ing traffic or the sun
Applies to: vehicles with camera-based traffic sign recogni- - at high speeds
tion
I
- if t he camera 's visual field c::>fig. 96 is cove red,
for examp le by dirt or st icke rs For informat ion
~ 180 m1 & I f1' I! ' I Pl on cleaning, see c::> page 344 .
IJ'mm ..
- if the t raff ic signs are comp letely or partially
covere d, for examp le by t rees, snow, dirt or
! I~ / .-. other vehicles
I 1:9:11 " '
) ' a!i ,,' i ' - if speed t raffic signs do not conform to the
stand a rds
- if t raffic signs are damage d or ben t
- if traff ic sig ns are d isplayed o n sig n holders
Fig. 95 Instrument cluste r : tr aff ic sign reco gnit ion with elec t ronic s igns
- if the traffic signs or the configu ration of the
road have changed (navigation data is no lon-
ge r up-to-da t e)
_&.WARNING
-
Pay at ten t ion to traffic and t he area around
your vehicle when traffic sign recogn ition is
turned on . The traffic signs insta lled on the
road a lways ta ke precedence over the display.
Fig. 96 Windsh ield: cam era window for t raffic sign recog-
The dr iver is a lways responsible for assessing
nition the traffic situation.
- Under some circ umstances, traffic s ign rec-
Traffic sign recognit io n assis t s you when driving ognition may not detect traff ic signs cor-
by d isp laying detected speed limits or signs pro - rectly or detect them at a ll. As a resu lt, the
hibit ing passing in the instrument cluster d isp lay system may not dis play the correct speed
fig . 95 . Within the limits of the system, the le-
c::> lim it or any speed limit .
gal speed lim its in school zones are detected and - Traffic sign recognit ion does not adapt your
d isp layed. veh icle's speed to match the speed limit!
- The display in the instrument cluster is
General info rmation
based on the units of measurement used for
Traffic sign recognit ion can detect standa rd speed in that country . As a result, the dis-
speed limit sig ns that are within the camera's vis- play 50 in t he inst rument cluste r can mean
ua l field. With assistance from navigation data, eithe r km/h or m ph, depend ing o n t he cou n-
detected speed lim its are evaluated and shown in try.
the disp lay. The traffic sign for the current de-
tected speed limit will blink in the display if you
exceed the war ning th reshold set in the Infotain-
ment system c::>page 98 .
~ The traffic sign recogn ition is subject to certain

.....
~ system limitations and may be unavailab le or on -
~ Lypartia lly available in the followi ng situations:
~0
co
97
A ss is tance s y s tem s
Operating Function currentl y unavailable. Camera view re-

App lies to: vehicles with camera -based traffic sign recogni- stricted due to surroundings
tion
This message appears if the camera's vis ual fie ld
is covered ~ page 97, fig. 96. The system will
switch itself off.
la Traffic sign recognition : currently limit ed.

See owner' s manua l
This message appears if there is a malfunct ion in

the nav igation system, for example . The speed
limit d isplay is limited, wh ich increases the risk
of an incorrect d isp lay.
Fig. 97 Instrument clus te r: addi tiona l display
P!\i
Traffic sign based speed warnin g: current ly
unavailable . See owner's manual
Accessing traffic sign recogn iti on
...Se lect: the first tab> Traffic signs. There is no warning when the set threshold is ex-
ceeded .
Setting a speed warning
No tr affic sign information available
You can set a warn ing th reshold down to 10 mph
There is no valid navigation data and do speed
(15 km/h). The traffic sign for the current detect-
limits were detected. Or there is a recommended
ed speed limit will blink in the disp lay if you ex-
speed but there is not a speed lim it (for examp le
ceed the set t hresho ld.
driving on and off the expr essway) .
... Select in the Infotainment system: IMENUIbut-
Malfun ction! See owner's manu al
ton > Vehicle > left contro l button > Driver as·
sistan ce > Speed war ning > Traffic sign based The system cannot guarantee correct funct ion
warning . and is switched off. See an autho rized Audi dea l-
er or autho rized Audi Serv ice Facility for assis -
Add itional display
tance.
If a view other than the traffic sign recognit ion is
Function not available in this country
selected in the instrument cluster disp lay, the
speed limit w ill be shown in another disp lay The vehicle is in a country where the function is
~ fig. 97 . The cur rent applicable speed limit will not availab le .
be shown there , if possib le with in the limits of
the system. Lap timer
(D Tips Introduction
Applies to: vehicles with lap t imer
- An additional indicator appears in the head-
up d isplay*. You can measure and analyze lap times with the
- Your speed warning settings a re stored au- lap timer in the display.
tomatically and ass igned to the remote con-
Opening the lap timer
tro l key in use .
...Open the first Vehicle tab (trip computer) using
the l<11I>button on the multifunction steering
Messages
Applies to: vehicles with camera-based traff ic sign recogn i-
wheel.
tion ...Sele ct on the multifunction steering wheel : left
cont rol button > Lap time s. Ill-
P!\i
Traffi c sign recognition : current ly unavaila-
ble _Camera view limit ed due to surrounding s
98
A ss istance s ystems
Operating the lap timer Resetting timing

.,. On t he mult ifunct ion st eer ing whee l, tur n t he .,. Using the mul tif un cti on st eer ing whee l, sele ct
left thumbw hee l 0 ~ page 12 unt il t he desired Reset time s in the menu.
menu item is displayed in the instrument clus-
ter . (D Tips
.,. Press the left thumbwhee l to confirm the selec-
- A m axim um of 99 lap t imes ca n be meas -
t ion.
ure d.
- If tim ing is pa used, you can continue it later
A WARNING
- even if yo u swit ch t he ign ition off .
Your focus should always be on driving your - Saved lap ti m es ca nnot be indiv id ua lly de-
veh icle safely . As t he dr ive r, yo u have com- let ed from t he tot al results.
plete responsib ility for safety in traffic. Only - The saved lap t ime r va lues w ill remain after
use t he functions such as t he lap time r in such sw itching the ign ition off.
a way t ha t you alw ays ma int ai n com plete con -
tr ol ove r your vehicle in all tra ff ic situ ations.
Lap statistics
Applies to: vehicles with lap timer
(D Tips
Displaying lap statistics
You ca n ret rieve information from the t rip
computer while t he lap t ime r stopwatch is You can display the nu mbe r of laps dr iven, the
running. fas t est lap" +", the slowes t lap" - ", and t he aver -
age t ime "0" in t he instr ument cluster .
Lap times and timing .,. On the multifunc t ion steering w heel, select the
Applies to: vehicles with lap timer left contro l bu tton > Lap stati stics or Stat is-
Requirement: the lap t imer must be open
tics .
.,. Turn t he thumbwheel down or up to display the
~ page 98 .
individual lap times .
Timing laps .,. To return to t he lap timing that was begun,
press the left thumbwheel.
.,.To start tim ing manually, se lect Start lap 1 in
the menu . Resetting lap statistics
.,.To start tim ing a utomat ica lly as soon as you
.,. On t he mul t ifunc t ion stee ring w heel, selec t :
begin to drive, select Drive off to start lap 1 or
Start by driving off in the men u . the right control button > Reset statistics.
.,.To measure the lap t ime, select New lap in the
menu. This starts timing the next lap at the (D Tips
same t ime. The lap st atis tic s list t he lap t imes fo r t he last
30 laps . The fastest and slowes t lap ti me out
After completing a lap, the difference between
of up to 99 meas ured laps are a lso d isplayed.
the last lap and the previous best lap time w ill be
ind icated with a" - " or" +".
Predictive efficiency
Pausing timing and displaying a split time
assist
.,.To insert a pa use m,se lect Pause in t he menu.
Introduction
.,.To resume timing, se lect Resume in the men u .
.,.To display a split time, se lect Split time in the The predict ive eff iciency assist he lps the d river to
u
co
.... men u. The split t ime [fw] appears for approxi - drive with anticipation and therefore helps to
N
,..._ mately 10 seconds in the instrument cluste r. save fuel. The system accesses predictive t rip da -
N
..... The timing of the current lap continues.
0
<( ta (including speed limits, inclines and the radius Iii"
0
00
99
of curves) from the navigation system* . I nforma- Symbol Meaning

tion from the camera-based traffic sign recogni-
_J!L
--- --- Intersection
tion * is also applied to recognize traffic signs
1!1
¢ page 97.
~
The messages displayed depend on the naviga - ··Of
'i,
Traffic circle
tion data* being up-to-date and the correct iden-
If there are mult iple situations, then these situa-
tification by the traffic sign recognition * .
tions will appear in order in the display .
When adaptive cruise contro l* is switched off,
the predictive efficiency assist only provides noti- A WARNING
-
fications without controlled interventions. See
Pay attention to traffic and the area around
¢ page 100, Predictive messages (efficiency as-
your vehicle when the efficiency assist is
sist).
switched on. The driver is always respons ible
When adaptive cruise contro l* is switched on, the for assessing the traffic situation.
system responds to upcoming situations auto-
mat ically. See ¢ page 100, Predictive control (D Tips
(efficiency assist). - The wo rding of the message may vary de-
pend ing on the dr iving mode set in drive se-
Predictive messages (efficiency assist) lect*¢ page 125 and the current selector
Applies to: vehicles with predictive eff iciency assist lever position. No messages are disp layed
when in the "S" selector lever position or in
Ind icat or in the instrument cluster display
Dynamic mode .
Predictive messages appear in the instrument - When a route is planned using the naviga-
cluster display to show the driver the appropriate tion system*, then the message feed is
time to coast when a situation ahead requires based on this route. Without route guid-
you to dr ive at a lower speed . ance, the system uses an assumed route for
The messages are only shown if the cruise control the message feed.
system* or adaptive cruise control* is switched - There will not be a message for every situa-
off. tion ahead, for example if there is not
enough distance remaining to react to the
An additiona l ind icator appears in the head-up situat ion .
display* .
- No messages are displayed when at speeds
Symbol Meaning under 20 mph (30 km/h) .
Remove your foot from the acceler-

ator pedal to slow down, because Predictive control (efficiency assist)
~ there is a situation ahead that re- Applies to: vehicles with Audi adapt ive cru ise control and pre-
dict ive efficie ncy ass ist
quires a lower speed.
If you see Driver assistance in the instrument

cluster display, the following symbols will indi-
cate which situat ion the system is currently re-
acting to.
Symbol Meaning
USA models:
MPH
Speed lim it
Canada models:
km/h Fig. 98 Inst rument cluster : predictive control
Speed limit
100
Description Symbol Meaning

The pred ictive cont rol 1l uses the map info rma - USA models:
MPH
tion from the navigation system in order to react Speed limit
proactive ly when driving. Information from the Canada models:
cam era-based traffic sign recognition * is a lso ap - km/h
Speed limi t
plied to recognize traffic signs ¢ page 9 7 . When
coming up to areas wit h speed limits or changes
in the course of the road (such as curves, inter-
ll Curve
sections or traffic circles), the system brakes au - _J!L Inters ection

tomatically and then accelerates back up to the ,:r
set speed .
Overriding control
w Traffic circle
A WARNING
The driver can override the predict ive control at
a ny time by press ing the accelerator or brake
-
- Read the wa rnin g s on ¢ .&. in General infor-
pedal. If the system changes the vehicle speed to mation on page 103 and on¢ & in De-
adapt to speed limits, you ca n cha nge the speed scription on page 97.
usi ng the lever ¢ page 106, fig. 105 . - Pay attent ion to traffic and the a rea around
your veh icle when pred ictive cont rol is
Always switch off the predictive control in
sw itched on. The driver is always responsi-
the following situations:
ble for assessing t he traffic situation.
- When increased atte ntion is needed from the - There is an increase in the risk of an acci-
drive r. dent, because the system does not consider
- In poor weat her cond it ions such as snow or "right of way"rules and also does not re-
heavy ra in. spond t o traffic lights .
- When driving on roads in poor condition . - The system only cons iders t raff ic signs that
Indicator in the instrument cluster display g ive a speed lim it .
- The permitted speed can be exceeded if the
W hen switching on the adaptive cru ise cont rol adaptation to a speed lim it is incorrect . The
for the first time, the message ACC: + R B
ac- d river is responsible for adher ing to the pe r-
tive in the instrument cluste r indicates the ava il- mitte d speed .
ab ility of the predictive control.
- The s peed at w hich a curve is dr iven th rough
The '?·;SOmh symbo l appears when the system does not necessarily match your own driving
is reg ulating the speed to match a speed lim it. If style. Brake the vehicle yo ur self whe n need-
this is the case, the system is regulating a speed ed t o redu ce the risk of an accid en t .
of SO mph (80 km/h) . The speed is then taken
over by t he adaptive cru ise control. The speed in 0) Tips
the speedomete r LED ring ad justs to the speed to - If a speed lim it is detected, the stored
be maintained ¢ page 104, fig. 104 . The .. speed is also adjusted in the speedometer
¢ fig. 98 sym bo l appe ar s whe n t here is an adap - LED line when the ada pt ive cru ise control is
ta t ion to t he route ahea d. not active .
If you are in the Driver assistanced isp lay in the - The adaptat ion by t he system d epends on
instr ument cluster, then t he fo llow ing symbols t he driving mode se t in dr ive se lec t *.
will indi cate w hich oc cur ren ce t he sys t em is cu r- - Switching off predict ive con t rol, fo r exam-
u ple whe n d riving in low t raff ic zones, does
co
..... ren t ly responding to:
N
I'
N
.....
0
<(
0
00
ll This is not availa ble in some count ries.
101
not cause the adaptive cruise control to can also be done with at to lerance, if desired . I n
switc h off . this scenario, you may fall below or exceed the
- After switching on t he ignit ion, the system set speed in favor of increased efficiency.
initially adj usts to a speed of 80 mph
Adaptation to route ahead - whe n t his f unct ion
(130 km/h) when driving onto highways
is switched on, the system adapts to the route
without a speed limit. Then the system ad-
ahead, such as reducing the speed when driving
justs to the last speed stored by the driver.
around curves.
- There is no adaptation to speed li mits when
driving thro ugh highway interchanges and
when driving on or off the expressway.
(D Tips
- There is no pred ictive control at speed limits No predictive messages are shown on vehicles
under 20 mph (30 km/h). without a navigation system.
- If a speed li mit is only detected by the cam-
era and the actua l speed is significantly Audi adaptive cruise
higher, then the speed limit will blink in the control
display unt il you have reached the requ ired
speed Q page 98. Description
Applies to: vehicles with Audi adaptive cruise control
- Incorrect values from the camera-based
traffic sign recogn ition* or outdated naviga-
tion system map data can lead to incorrect
or implausible contro l.
- When route guidance is switched on, the
system adapts to the route provided by the
navigation system. Driving w ithout route
guidance or leaving a route can result in im-
plau sible cont rol.
- The system switches off when outside of a
road system th at is recorded in t he naviga- Fig. 99 Detect ion ra nge
tion system map data.
The adaptive cru ise cont rol system is a comb ina-
Settings in the Infotainment system t ion of speed and distance regulation . It assists
Applies to: vehicles with predictive efficiency assist t he driver by bot h regulating t he speed and
maintain ing a distance to the vehicle driv ing
Predict ive messages* ahead, within the limits of the system. If the sys-
~ In t he Infotainment system, select: IMENU ! tem detects a vehicle driving ahead, the adaptive
button > Vehicle > left contro l button > Driver cruise contro l can brake and accelerate your vehi-
assistance > Efficiency assist. cle. This makes driving more comfortable both
on long stretches of highway and in stop -and-go
Predicti ve messages are shown when this f unc-
traffic.
tion is switched on.
What can adapti ve cruise control do?
Setting predictive control*
The adaptive cru ise control system uses video, ra-
~ Select in the Infota inment system: IMENU I but-
dar, ultrasound and navigation data . Vehicles
ton > Vehicle > left contro l button > Driver as-
driv ing ahead can be recognized up to 650 ft
sistan ce > Audi adaptiv e cruise cont rol > Pre-
(200 m) away.
dictive control.
Predictive functions offer the driver additional
Set speed limit - when this function is switched
comfort and contr ibute to the reduct ion in fuel
on, t he system adju sts to the speed li mits. This
consumption and CO2 em issions Q page 100. IJIJ,
102
On open roads with no t raffic, it functions like a ing, see ¢ page 344 . The same applies fo r any
cruise control syst e m. The stored spe e d is main- modifications made in the front area .
tained. When approach ing a veh icle driving
In some dr iving sit uations, t he adaptive cruise
ahead, the adaptive cruise control system auto-
contro l func t ion is restricte d :
mat ica lly brakes to mat ch that vehicle's speed
and then maintains the set distance . As soon as - Veh icles can on ly be de t ected when they are
the system does not detect a vehicle driving with in the sensor detection zones ¢ page 102,
ahead, adaptive cruise contro l accelerates up to fig. 99 .
the stored speed. - The system has a limited ability to detect
ve hicles t hat are a short dis t ance ahead, off to
In stop -and -go traff ic, adaptive cru ise control can
t he side of your ve hicle or movi ng into your
brake unt il the vehicle is stat io nary and then can
lane.
also start driving again automatically under cer-
- Objects that are d ifficult to detect s uch as mo-
tain condi t ions ¢ page 106.
torcycles, veh icles with high gro und clea rance
In traffic jams or stop -and -go traffic, traffic jam or an overhanging load are detec t ed late or not
assist can assist the driver ¢ page 109 . detected at all.
- When driving through curve s ¢ page 104 .
Which function s can be controlled ?
- W he n the veh icle is sta t ionary r=;,page 104 .
When you switch adapt ive cruise control on, you
can s et the current speed as the "control speed" A WARNING
¢ page 104, Switching on/off.
Always pay at t ent ion t o the traffic around you
When driving, you can stop cruise contro l when adaptive cru ise con t rol is switched on .
¢ page 10 7 or change the speed ¢ page 106 at As the driver, you are still responsible for your
any time. own speed and the d istance to other veh icles.
The adaptive cruise cont rol is used to assist
You can a lso set the distance to the vehicle driv-
you. The driver must always take action to
ing ah ead and set the driving mode of the adap-
avoid a collision . The driver is always responsi -
tive cruise control ¢ page 10 7.
ble for braking at the correct t ime.
- For safety reasons, do not use adaptive
General information cruise control when the road surface is in
Applies to: vehicles with Audi adaptive cruise contro l
poor condi t ion and/or in bad weather condi-
tions (such as ice, fog, gravel, heavy rain and
hydroplani ng) . Using t he system under
these co ndit ions increa ses the ris k of an a c-
cide nt.
- Switch adaptive cru ise contr ol off t empora-
rily when dr iving in tu rning lanes, on ex-
pressway exits (except if predictive cont rol
is switched on) or in construct io n zones .
This prevents the vehicle from acce lerating
Fig. 10 0 Front of the vehicle : se ns ors and video cam e ra
to the stored speed when in these situa-
tions.
The areas with the rada r and ultrasonic sensors - The adaptive cruise contro l system will not
and the video camera ¢ fig. 100 must not be cov- brake by itself if you put your foot on the ac-
ered by stickers, deposits or any other objects , celerator pedal. Doing so can over ride the
u
co
..... because this can interfe re with the adapt ive speed and d ista nce regulation . ~
N
r--
N
..... cru ise control funct ion. For information on clean-
~0
co
103
Assistance systems
- When approaching stationary obstacles Stationary vehicles

such as stopped traffic, adaptive cruise con- Applies to: vehicles with Audi adapt ive cruise control
trol will respond with limited function.
- Adaptive cruise control does not respond to
people, anima ls, or crossing or oncoming
objects.
- The function of the radar sensors can be af-
fected by reflective objects such as guard ))
rails, the entrance to a tunnel, heavy rain or
ice.
(D Note
Fig. 102 Example: vehicle changing lanes and stationary
The sensors can be displaced by impacts or vehicle
damage to the bumper, wheel housing and
underbody . This can impair the adaptive Within the limits of the system, adaptive cruise
cruise control. Have an authorized Audi dealer control can react to stationary vehicles
or authorized Audi Service Facility check their ¢ fig. 102, as long as you are driving slower than
function. 30 mph (SO km/h) and the system classifies the
possible passing maneuver as low . For example,
@ Tips if a vehicle that was already detected (D turns or
changes lanes, the adaptive cruise control reacts
For an explanation on conformity with the
to the stationary vehicle ahead of it @ .
FCCregulations in the United States and the
Industry Canada regulations, see
¢page 374. Switching on/off
Appli es to: vehicles with Audi adapt ive cruise control
In curves
Fig. 103 Operat ing l ever: switching on and off
Fig. 101 Example: driving into a curve
When driving into a curve ¢ fig. 101 and out of a

curve, the adaptive cruise control may react to a
vehicle in the neighboring lane and apply the
brakes. You can prevent that by pressing the ac-
celerator pedal briefly.
Fig. 104 Instrument cluster : adapt ive cruise cont rol
104
You can set any speed between 20 mph and 95 © Instrument cluster display
mph (30 km/h and 150 km/h).
If t he Driver assistance displ ay is not shown in
Indicato r lights and messages in t he instr ument the instr ument cluster d isp lay, you can open it
cluste r display inform you abou t the cur ren t s it - using the m ultif unction steering whee l buttons
uation and setting. c:!;>
page 12.
An addit ional ind icator appears in the head- up Base d on t he gr ap hic d isp lay, you can dete rm ine
d isp lay*. if t he system is maintain ing a d istance t o the ve -
hicle driving a head and what t hat distance is .
Switching adaptive cruise control on
No vehicle - no ve hicle was detec t ed dr iving
"' Pull the lever toward you into position @ ahe ad.
fig . 103 .
<=>
Silver vehicle - a vehicle was detected driving
Storing the speed and activating regul ation ahead.
"' To store the current speed, press the !SE TIbut- Red vehicle - reques t for driver interve ntion
ton <=>fig. 103. The stored speed is shown in the page 108 .
<=>
speedometer in the LED line @ and appears
fig . 104 .
briefly in the status line @ <=> The five distan ce bars on the gauge © represent
"'T o activate the regu lation wh ile stat ionary, also page 107for infor-
the set distance (refer to c:!;>
press the brake peda l. ma t ion on how to change t he d istance). If you
fall below the selected d ista nce, the distance
Sw itching adaptive cruise control off bars become red from the bottom upwa rd .
"' Push the lever away from you into position @
unt il it clicks into place . The message ACC:off A WARNING
appears . If yo u press the !SET Ibutto n w hen dr iving at
speed s below 20 mph (30 km/h), t he ve hicle
® Indicator light s accelera t es aut om atic ally up t o 20 mph (30
II- Adaptive cruise control is switched on. No km/h), w hich is the minim um speed t ha t can
ve hicles are detected ahead. The stored speed is be set.
maintained.
•- A vehicle driving ahead was detected . The

(D Tips
adaptiv e cruis e control system regulates the - If you switc h t he ignit io n or th e adaptive
speed and distance to the vehicle dr iving ahead cruise cont rol sys t em off, t he set speed is
and accelerates/brakes automatically. erased fo r safe ty reasons .
- The Elect ro nic St ab iliza t ion Cont rol (ESC)
•- Adaptive cruise control is switched on. Ave -
and t he Ant i-Slip -Reg ula tion (ASR) ar e aut o-
hicle was detect ed ahead. Your vehicle is station -
matically swit ched o n when the adap t ive
ary and will not start driving automatically.
cruise cont rol is switched on .
ti)- Adaptive cru ise con t rol is switched on. No
ve hicles were detected ahead. Your vehicle is sta -
tionary and will not start driving automatically .
•- The a utom atic br akin g is no t e nough to

main t ain a sufficient distance to a veh icle dr iving
ahead. You must intervene c:!;> page 108, Driver
u intervention request .
co
.....
N
,..._
N
.....
0
<(
0
00
105
Assistance systems
Changing the speed Driving in stop-and-go traffic

App lies to: vehicles with Audi adaptive cruise contro l Applies to: vehicles with Audi adaptive cruise control
0
f
'0
Fig. 105 Operat ing lever : changing t he speed Fig. 106 I nstrume nt cluster: safe st art mo nitor
~ To increase/decrease the speed in 1 mph (1 The adaptive cru ise con tro l system also assists
km/h) increments, br iefly tap the lever toward you in stop-and-go traffic. If a vehicle driving
0 10 ¢ fig. 1 OS to the first level. ahead stops, your vehicle will brake and stay at a
~ To increase/decrease the speed in 5 mph (5 stop within the limits of the system.
km/h or 10 km/h) increments, briefly tap the
Starting to drive with adaptive cruise
lever toward 0 10 up to the second level.
controt 1>
~ To increase or decrease the speed continuously,
hold the lever toward 0 / 0 to the first o r sec- As long as the message ACC:automatic go is dis-
ond level until the red LED@ reaches the de- played, you r vehicle will begin driving when the
s ired speed ¢ page 104 , fig. 104 . vehicle driving ahead starts to move c::>A_.
You can also preselect the speed when adaptive If you are stopped fo r several seconds, your veh i-
cruise control is not active by moving the lever in cle will no lon ger drive autonomously for safety
the desired direction 0 10 . Activate the previ- reasons, and the message will turn off.
ously se lected speed by pulling the lever into po- ~ To reactivate ACC:automatic go temporarily,
sition (D ¢ page 104, fig. 103. pull the lever to position @ ¢ page 107,
After each change, the new stored speed appears fig. 107.
briefly in the status line ¢ page 104, fig. 104 @ . ~ To resume manua l control of the vehicle, tap
When adaptive cruise control is active, the B in- the accelerator pedal.
d icator light turns on and when adaptive cruise Safe start monitor
control is not active, the ll'J
indicator light turns
on . In the Audi virtual cockpit*, the indicator II If an obstacle is detected when you start dr iving,
light turns on instead. you will be alerted to the danger by the. indi-
cator light and the image in the instrument clus-
fig. 106 c::>&.. An audio signa l will
ter display c::>
also sound. Your vehicle will drive more slowly
when starting. This may also happen in some sit-
uations when there is no apparent obstacle .
- Press the brake pedal to slow your vehicle

down .
ll This is not availabl e in som e count ries.
106
A WARNING
"' To resume the stored speed, move the lever to -
ward you into position @ .
If the message ACC: autom atic go 1) appears,
your veh icle will start driving even if there is Canceling cruise control when stopped
an obstacle between your vehicle and the ve- "' Push the lever away from you into position @ .
hicle driv ing ahead . This increases the risk of The message ACC: standby appears,
an accident. "' To resume cruise contro l, press t he brake peda l
and pull the lever toward you into position @ .
@ Tips
- For safety reasons, your veh icle will only A WARNING
start to drive automatical ly if: It is dangerous to activate cruise contro l an d
- t he driver's safety belt is fastened resume the stored speed when the current
- all doors and the hood a re closed road, traffic or weather cond itions do not per-
- your vehicle is not stopped for a long per i- mit this . This increases the risk of an accident .
od.
Setting the distance
Interrupting cruise control Applies to : vehicles with Audi ada ptive cruise control
Applies to: vehicles with Audi adaptive cruise contro l
,
0
Fig. 1 08 Opera t ing lever: setting the distance
Fig. 107 Selecto r lever
...Tap the sw itch to display the current set dis-
Requirement: adaptive cruise contro l must be tance ¢ fig. 108.
sw itched on . "' To increase or reduce the d istance in incre-
ments, tap the switch upward/downward
Overriding crui se control
aga in . The distance between the two veh icles
"' To accelerate manually, pull the lever toward will change in the inst rument cluste r display .
you into pos ition @ and ho ld it there or press
the accelerator pedal. The message ACC: over- When approaching a vehicle driving ahead, the
ride appears . adaptive cruise control system brakes to match
...To resume cruise cont rol, release the leve r or that vehicle's speed a nd then adj usts to the set
ta ke your foot off t he acce le rato r peda l. distance. If the veh icle d riving ahead accelerates,
t hen the adapt ive cruise con t rol will also acce ler-
Canceling cruise control while driving ate up t o t he speed th at you have set.
"' Move the lever into position @ . The message The higher the speed, t he g reater the distance
ACC: standby appears, Or ¢ .&,.The Distance 3 sett ing is recommended .
"' Press the brake peda l. That is eq ual to the ge ne ral recommendation of
u
co
..... "ha lf t he speed shown on t he speedometer ". ..,.
N
r--
N
.....
~0
co l) This is not available in some countries.
107
Assistance systems
The distances provided are specified values . De- Storing the last distance 1)
pending on the driving situation and how the ve-
The last distance that was set will be stored after
hicle ahead is dr iving, the actual d istance may be the ignition is swit ched off . If the distance is not
more or less than these target d istances. stored, Distance 3 is a utomatica lly set eve ry time
If you change the time gaps, the newly set value the ignit ion is switched on.
appears briefly in the instrument cluster disp lay,
Driving program
for example II
for Distance 3. This only occurs if Applies to: vehicles without Audi drive select
the Driver assistance display is not currently
shown in the display r=>page104, fig. 104. Depending on the selected driving program and
distance, driving behavio r when accelerating will
Distance 1: this setting corresponds to a distance vary from dynamic to comfortable.
of 92 ft (28 m) when traveling at 62 mph (100
km/h), or a time d istance of 1 second. Selecting the driving mode
Applies to: vehicles with Audi drive select
Distance 2 : this setting corresponds to a distance
of 118 ft (36 m) when traveling at 62 mph (100 For vehicles with drive select, refer to
km/h), or a time d istance of 1.3 seconds . r=>
page 127.
Distance 3: this setting corresponds to a distance (0 Tips

of 164 ft (SO m) when traveling at 62 mph (100
Your settings are automatically stored and as-
km/h), or a time distance of 1.8 seconds .
signed to the remote contro l key being used.
Distance 4 : t his setting corresponds to a distance
of 219 ft (67 m) when traveling at 62 mph (100 Driver intervention request
km/h), or a time dista nce of 2.4 seconds . Applies to: vehicles with Audi adaptive cruise control
Distance 5 : this setting corresponds to a distance

of 328 ft (100 m) when traveling at 62 mph (100
km/h), or a time distance of 3.6 seco nd s.
A WARNING
-
When setting the distance, the driver is re-
sponsible for adhe ring to any applicab le lega l
regulations.
(D Tips Fig. 10 9 In str umen t cluster: request for driver interve n-

t ion
Depending on the selected driving mode in
drive se lect* and the set distance, the driving
The request for driver intervention instructs you
behavior will vary from dynamic to comforta-
to take over if the adaptive cruise control braking
ble when accelerating 9 page 12 7.
funct ion is not able to maintain a suffic ient dis -
tance to the veh icle dr iving ahead r=>fig . 109 .
Setting Audi adaptive cruise control
.. Se lect in the Infotainment system: IMENU Ibut-

ton > Vehicle > left control button > Driver as-
sistance > Audi adaptive cruise control.
1) In prepa ratio n at the t ime of print ing. This funct ion is not
ava ilable in every vehicle .
108
Traffic jam assist If traffic jam ass ist was deactivated through the
Applies to: vehicles with traff ic jam ass ist Infotainment system, you can continue operating
the active lane ass ist using the ¢ fig . 110 button
Traffic jam assist supports the driver when driv-
¢ page 118. The traffic jam assist functions are
ing in traffic jams or in heavy traffic.
no longer available.
Requirements for using t raffic jam assi st :

- Traffic jam assist must be switched on in the
Infotainment system.
- Adapt ive cruise cont rol must be sw itched on
and active r:::;,
page 104 .
Always switch off traffic jam assist in the

following situations:
- When increased at tent ion is needed from the
Fig. 110 Turn signal lever: traffic ja m ass ist button
driver .
- In poor wea t her condi t ions such as snow o r
heavy rain .
- When d riving on roads in poo r condit ion.
- In construction zones.
- In city driv ing .
Traffic jam as s ist availabil ity :

If you are in the Driver assista nce display in the
Fig. 111 Inst rument d uste r: tra ffic jam assist

instrument cluster, the a indicator light and
the message Traffic jam as sist available appears
if a traffic congestion situat ion was recognized.
In a speed range under 40 mph (65 km/h), traffic
You can open the Driver assi stance display us ing
jam ass ist can help to keep the vehicle within a
the multifunction steering whee l buttons
lane calc ulated by the system . With in the lim its
r:::;,page12. To activa t e traffic jam assist, you
of the system, the system contro ls the steering
fig. 110 button and sw itch on
mus t press the r:::;,
automatically whe n adapt ive cruise control is
the adaptive cruise contro l ¢ page 104 .
switched on . Since traffic jam assist is only an as-
sist system, the dr iver must a lways keep his or Indicator lights
he r hands on the steer ing whee l and be ready to
steer . The driver can override the contro l at any
II and • - Traffic jam assist is switched on .
Vehicles d riving ahead were detected. Your vehi-
time by actively steering.
cle adapts while driving r:::;,
fig . 111 .
The system is designed for driv ing on express -
• - Traffic jam ass ist switches off if the dr iver
ways and highways .
does not take over steer ing after multiple driver
Switching traffic jam assist on and off int erve nt ion requests. The system b rakes the ve-
hicle unti l it is st ationary .
~ Press t he button to switch the system on and
off ¢ fig. 110. _& WARNING
~ To tu rn t he sys t em off comple t ely, selec t in the
Infotai nment system: IMENU ! button > Vehicle Always keep your hands on t he stee ring whee l
u so yo u can be ready to steer at any t ime . The
co
..... > left contro l button > Driver ass istance > Traf-
driver is always respons ible fo r staying in a
N
r-- fic jam assist.
N
..... lane and for assessi ng traffic situations . Read ..,.
~0
co
109
and follow the warni ngs on c::,&. in General .,.In the Infotainment system, select : IMENU I
information on page 103. Never use t raffic button > Vehicle > left control button > Driver
jam assist in the following situat ions or you assistan ce > Distan ce warning .
will increase the risk of an accident .
- Driving offroad or on unpaved roads . Traffic A WARNING
jam assist is only designed for use on paved - Read and follow the warnings on c::,&. in
roads . General information on page 103.
- In city driving or in construction zones. - The driver is always responsible for adhering
- On curving stretches of road. to the regulat ions applicab le in that coun-
- In narrow lanes . try .
- In unclear traffic situations s uch as at inter-
sections or toll stations. (D Tips
You may fa ll below he warning threshold
(D Tips brief ly when passing or when qu ickly ap-
You are not necessarily gu ided to the cente r proaching a slow vehicle. There is no warn ing
of yo ur lane . in this scenar io . A warning is g iven o nly if you
fall be low the warning thresho ld for a n ex-
Distance display and distance warning tended per iod of t ime .
Applies t o: vehicles with Audi adaptive cruise cont rol
This function measures the time between the ve- Messages

Applies to: vehicles with Audi adap tive cru ise control
hicle driving ahead and shows this in the instru-
ment cluster display. ii ACC with traffic jam assist : unavailable . See
owner's manual
The system cannot gua rantee that it will detect

vehicles correc tl y and it has sw itched off. The ra-
dar sensors have shifted or are fa ulty . Drive to an
authorized Aud i dea le r o r a uthorized Aud i Serv ice
Facility immediate ly to have t he ma lfunction cor-
rected.
ii ACC with traffic jam assist : currently un-

available . See owner's manual
Fig. 11 2 In st ru ment clust er : distance indicat or/warn ing
This message appears if the adap t ive cruise con-
Description t rol canno t be activated, for example if the hood
1s open.
At speeds above approximately 40 mph (65 km/
h), this f unction meas ures the d istance to the ve- ii ACC w. traffi c jam assist: currently unavaila-
h icle ahead as ti me. ble. Sensor vision restricted due to surround-
ings. See owner's manual
.,. Switch the adaptive cruise control d isplay on in
the instr ume nt cluster d isp lay c::,page 12 . This message appears if the radar sensor view is
obstructed, for examp le by leaves, snow, heavy
The . indicator light turns on if you fall be low
spray or dirt . Clean the sensors c::,page 103,
the set distance.
fig. 100 .
Setting the warn ing threshold
Rm
ACC with traffic jam assist: currently un-
You can set, change or delete the warning available. Grade too steep
thresho ld in the Infotainment system.
110
The road exceeds the maximum possib le grade the steering whee l so you can be ready to steer at
for safe operation. The systems cannot be switch- any time.
ed on.
14§Traffic jam ass ist : currentl y unavailable .
Ill ACC with traffic jam ass ist : only availabl e in Please fasten seat belt
D, Sor M
The system switches off when the drive r's safety
Select the "D/S " or "M" selector leve r pos it ion. belt is unfastened.
Ill ACC w ith traffic jam ass ist: currentl y un- Ill ACC: eff iciency ass ist not available in thi s
available . Parking brake applied countr y
The systems sw itch off if you set the parking The adaptation to speed lim its and routes ahead
brake . The systems are available again after you is not available in this country .
release the parking brake .
IIJACC:predict ive control currentl y unavaila-
llJACCw ith traffic jam ass ist: currentl y un· ble . See owne r's manual
available. Stabili zation cont rol (ESC) input
The ad a ptation to speed lim its and routes ahead
This message appears if the Electronic Stabili za- swit ches off at speed limits under 20 mph
tion Control (ESC) is taking action to stabilize the (30 km/h) .
ve hicle . The systems switch off in this scenario .
The message ca n also appear if t he adaptation to
Ill ACC with traffic jam ass ist : manu al control! speed limi t s and routes a head has a t emporary
failure . Have your vehicle checked by an autho r-
This message appea rs if the veh icle rolls back
ized Audi dea ler or authorized Audi Service Facili-
when sta rting on a slight incl ine, even t hough the
ty if the malfunction is continuous .
systems are active . Press t he brake peda l to pre -
vent the vehicle from rolling or sta rting to move. Distance warning: malfunction! Pleasecontact
Se rvice
IIJACCw ith traffic jam ass ist: currentl y un-
availabl e. Downhill ass ist activated The system cannot gua rantee that it will detect
vehicles correct ly and it has switc hed off. The ra-
You cannot activate the system when hill hold as-
dar sensors have shifted or are fa ulty . Drive t o an
sist is act ive .
authorized Aud i dea ler or a uthorized Audi Serv ice
II!!ACCwith traffic jam assist: manual control! Facility immediate ly to have the ma lfunction cor -
rected .
This message appears if the driver does not take
over steering after mu ltip le driver intervention Distance warning : currentl y unavailable . Sen sor
requests and the system switches off . The vehicle view restricted due to surrounding s. See own-
brakes unt il it is stationary . e r's manual
iiTraffic jam ass ist : unavailable. See ow ner's This message appears if the rada r senso r view is
manual obstructed, for examp le by leaves, snow, heavy
spray or dirt. Clean the sensors ¢ page 103,
The system can no longer ensure that t he ve hicle
fig . 100.
will stay in the lane and sw itches off. Have yo ur
vehicle checked by an a ut horized Audi dea ler or Distance warning : curre ntly unavailable . See
authorized Audi Service Facility if the ma lfunc - owner' s manual
tion is continuous .
This message appears if the system has a tempo-
14§Traffic jam ass ist : Please take over steering! ra ry fa ilur e. If this occurs m ultip le t imes, drive to
u an a ut horized Aud i dea le r o r a ut ho rized Aud i
co This message appea rs as soon as the system
.....
N
r--- Se rvice Facility immed iate ly t o have the ma lfunc -
N stops detecting steer ing activ ity when the system
..... t ion corrected . liJ,,
0
<(
limits are rea ched. Always keep yo ur hands on
0
00
111
ACC: Please fa sten seat belt - Within the limits of the system, pre sense city
uses the camera data and can detect an im-
The system is not comp letely available if t he d riv-
pending collision with vehicles and pedestrians .
er 's seat be lt is unfas t ened .
In this case, the system warns the driver visual-
Station ary obje ct ahead ly, acoustical ly and wit h a jerk on the brakes if
necessary . If needed, it ca n initiate a full dece l-
This message appears if you would like to switch
erat ion to reduce t he coll ision speed or to avoid
the system on and there is a stationary object di-
the collision under certa in circumstances . In
rectly in front of your veh icle .
conjunction with pre sense basi c/rear, the front
Door open safety belts are a lso reve rsibly te nsioned whe n
The system is not ava ila ble when the door is needed.
open .
& WARNING
Audi pre sense Read the genera l information inc::>.&. in Gen-

eral information on page 103, ~ .&.in Gener-
Introduction al information on page 122.
Applies to: vehicles with Audi pre sense
W ith in the limits of the system, the pre sense

(D Tips
functions can init iate measures in particularly - Certa in pre sense fu nct io ns sw itch off when
dangerous situat ions to protect the ve hicle pas - driving in reve rse.
sengers and ot her road users. - The pre sense funct io ns m ay no t be ava ila -
ble if t here is a ma lfunct ion in t he ESC sys -
- Due to the interl ink ing of various vehicle sys-
tem or t he airbag control module .
tems , crit ica l dr iving situat ions can be detected
- Note that the reversible belt tens ioner on
by pre sense basic and measu res fo r preventa-
the front passenger 's side deactivates when
t ive occ upan t protect ion are can be initiated.
the front passenger's airbag is deactivated.
- The pre sense front system uses the data from
- Switch the pre sense off when yo u are not
t he adapt ive cr uise control* radar sensors and
using public streets or when loading the ve-
t he camera to calc ulate the probab ility of a col -
hicle onto a vehicle carrier, train, ship or
lision . Within the limits of the system, an im-
other type of transportat ion. This can pre-
pending collision with vehicles can be detected
vent an undesired intervention from the pre
in both urban and rural speed ranges. In this
sense system.
case, the system warns the driver visually,
acoustically and with a jerk on the brakes if nec-
essary . If needed, it can initiate a partial or fu ll Audi pre sense basic
deceleration to reduce the collision speed or to Appli es to: vehicles wit h Audi pre sense basic
avo id the co llis ion unde r ce rtain circumstances . The pre se nse bas ic functions are activated at a
In conjunct ion with pre sense basi c/rear, the speed of approx imately 20 mp h (30 km/h) or
front safety belts are also revers ibly tensioned highe r.
whe n needed. The pre sense front is also act ive
when adaptive cruise control* is switched off . The following functions ca n be triggered under
- Pre sense rear con t ains pre sense basic func -
certain co nd it ions w it hin the lim its of the sys-
tions. It uses the data from the side assist* ra- tem:
dar sensors and calc ulates within the limits of - Tensioning of the safety belts (for examp le,
the system the probability of a rear end colli - during heavy brak ing) : the front safety belts
sion with the vehicle behind you . Pre sense rear have reversible belt te nsioners . If a collision
is also active when s ide assist* is switched off . does not occur , the safety belts loosen slig htly
and are ready to tr igger aga in. ...
112
- Closing the w indows and sunroof* When t his warning occurs, it may only be possi-
- Activ ati ng the emergency fl ashers l ) . ble to avoid a coll ision by swerving or braking
strongly . The message Audi pre sense.
The message Audi pre sense. ¢ page 113,
¢ fig . 113 and a wa rning tone will warn you
fig . 113 will warn you about the dange r.
about the danger .
Audi drive select*: the trigger t imes are adjusted
If you do not react enough or not at all to a dan-
depend ing on the mode selected .
gerous sit uat ion that was detected by the sys-
tem, pre sense front provides assistance by ap-
Audi pre sense front ply ing the brakes.
Applies to: vehicles with Audi pre sense front
If a collision is imminent, the system will first
provide an acute warning by braking sharply . You
will also warned by an indicato r in the instr ument
cluster disp lay¢ fig. 113 . If you do not react to
the acute warning, pre sense front can brake w ith
increasing fo rce wi t hin t he limits of the
system 1>. Thi s reduces the veh icle speed in the
event of a collision . At low vehicle speeds, pre
sense fron t can init iate a complete decelerat ion
shortl y bef ore a collision wi t h a vehicl e dr iving
Fig. 113 Inst rumen t clu ste r : approac h warn ing ahead l)_ If pre sense front determi nes that you
are not braking strong ly enough when a colli sion
Description is imminent, it can increase t he braking force.
Within the limits of the system, pre sense front
The following fu nctions t rigge r in conjunction
can warn you of impending coll isions and initiate
with pre sense basic/rea r at corresponding vehi-
the corresponding brak ing maneuvers or the sup-
cle speeds:
port ing measures when avoiding a collision .
- Reversible tens ioning of the front safety belt s
If detected in time, the system can rank the dan-
- Closing th e windows and sun roof*
gerous situation as critica l if a vehicle driving
ahead brakes sudden ly, if you r own vehicle is ap- Audi drive select*: depending on the select ed
proaching a significantly slower vehicle at high mode, t he reversible belt tensioner and the clos-
speed or when there is an oncom ing vehicle during of the w indows and sunroof * are not act ive.
ing a tur ning maneuve r.
Evasive steering support
If detection is not possible, then pre sense front
Evasive steering support helps you to steer the
does not react.
vehicle around an obstacle in a crit ical situat ion.
Warnings If you avoid an obstacle after the acute warning,
then the evasive st eering suppo rt assists you by
The system recognizes various dange rous situa -
applying sligh t steering adjustmen t t o correct
tions. The early warning occurs if:
your steering w heel angle as long as you are ac-
- a vehicle driving ahead brakes sudden ly t ively st eering. Evasive st eering support is availa-
- your own vehicle approaches a significant ly ble at speeds bet ween approx imately 20 mp h
slower veh icle or station ary vehicle in t he dire c- (30 km/h) and 90 mph (150 km/h) . ..,.
t ion of t ravel
u
co
.....
N
r---
N
.....
0
<(
0
00
ll This is not availa ble in som e countr ies.
113
Turn assist ing yourse lf, by acce lerating not iceably or

by swerving.
When start ing to dr ive and up to speeds of maxi-
mum 6 mph (10 km/h), the turn assist uses a - Keep in mind t hat pre sense front can brake
braking intervention to prevent your vehicle from unexpectedly . Always secure any cargo or
colliding with an oncoming vehicle when turning objects that you are transporting to reduce
left or right (available in certain countries). The the risk of damage or injury.
braking intervent ion causes your vehicle to stay - Specific pre sense front functions switch off
in its lane. when the ESC is restricted or sw itched off
page 141 or the hill ho ld assist is switch-
c::>
A WARNING ed on c::>
page 142.
- Pre sense front cannot overcome the laws of

physics . It is a system des igned to assist and Audi pre sense rear
it cannot prevent a collision in every circum- Appli es to: vehicles wit h Audi side assist
sta nce. The d river must a lways intervene. If the risk of a collision with a vehicle ahead is de -
The d river is always respons ible for braking tected, the follow ing funct ions can be triggered:
at the correct time. Do not let the increased
safety provided tempt you into taking risks . - Reversible tens ioning of the front safety belts
This cou ld increase your risk of a collision . at the corresponding speeds.
- The system can deploy incorrectly d ue to - Closing the windows and sunroof*
system -specific limits . - Activating the emergency flashers with in-
- Please note that the sensors and the camera creased frequency ll .
do not always detect all objects or lane The message Audi pre sense. page 113,
c::>
markings. This increases the risk of an acci- fig . 113 will warn you about the danger.
dent.
Audi drive select* : t he function is not act ive de-
- Pre sense front does not react to people, an -
pend ing on t he mode selected.
ima ls or objects that are crossing the veh i-
cle's path or that are diff icult to detect c::>&
in General information on page 103.
A WARNING
-
- Reflective objects s uch as guard rails or the - To re du ce the risk of an accident, please
entrance to a tunnel, heavy rain and ice can note that the side assist* radar sensors do
affect the function of the radar sensors and not a lways detect every object.
the system's ability to detect a coll ision risk. - Pre sense rear does not react to people, ani -
mals or objects that are crossing t he vehi -
{UJ)Note cle's path or that are d ifficult to detect.
- Reflective objects such as guard rai ls, heavy
The sensors can be displaced by impacts or
rain and ice can impair the function of the
damage to the bumper, whee l housing and
radar sensors and the ability to detect a col-
underbody . Pre sense fro nt can be impa ired
lision risk.
by this. Have an authorized Audi dealer or au-
thori zed Audi Service Facility check the ir func-
tion.
@ Note
The radar sensors can be disp laced by impacts
(D Tips or damage to the bumper, w heel housing and
underbody. Pre sense rear can be impa ired by ..,.
- You can cancel the brak ing with increasing
fo rce that is init iated by the system by brak-
l) This is not available in some count ries.
114
t his. Have an authorized Audi deale r or au- reduces t he vehicle speed in the event of a colli-
thorized Audi Service Facility check their func- sion. The message Audi pre sense. also ap-
tion. pears.
The following fu nct ions are trigge red in conju nc-

(D Tips
t ion w it h pre sense basic/rear :
- The pre sense rear functions switc h off
when towing a trai ler . - Reversible tens ioning of the front safety belts
- The pre sense rear functions may also - Closing t he windows and sunroof*
switch off if there is a malfunction in the Audi drive select*: the function is not act ive de-
side assist* system. pending on the mode selected.
Audi pre sense city A WARNING

-
Appl ies to: vehicles with Audi pre sense city - Pre sense city cannot overcome the laws of
Desc ription physics. It is a syst em designed to assist and
it cannot preven t a coll ision in every circ um-
Wit hin the limits of the system, pre sense city st ance. The dr iver m ust always int ervene.
can warn you of impending coll isions w ith The driver is always responsible fo r brakin g
vehicles and pedestrians and initiate the applica- at t he correct t ime . Do not let t he increased
ble braking maneuver if needed. Pre sense city is safety prov ided tempt you into taking risks.
active at speeds of approximate ly 6 mph (10 km/ This could increase your risk of a col li sion .
h) and higher .
- The system can dep loy incorrectly due to
A pedestrian warning can occur at speeds up to system -specific limits.
SO mph (85 km/h), and vehicle warn ings can oc- - To redu ce the risk of an accident, please
cur at speeds up to 155 mph (250 km/h) . A pre note that the camera does not always detect
sense city braking maneuver is possible at speeds every object.
up t o SO mph (85 km/h). - Pre sense city does not react to anima ls,
crossing or oncoming vehicles, objects such
Warnings as bars, raili ngs or railcars, and obj ects that
The system recogni zes var ious dangerous situa- are difficult to detect c>A in General infor-
tions . The early warning occurs if: mation on page 103.
- In trailer mode, the bra king behavior of the
- a vehicle driving ahead brakes suddenly
tra iler can be different than usual du ring au-
- your own vehicle approaches a significantly
tomatic braking.
slower vehicle or stationary vehicle in the direc-
t ion of travel
- a pedestrian is standing in the lane or is moving
A
- WARNING
-
into the lane Pre sense city may be restr icted or not availa-
ble in the fo ll ow ing example situations:
When t his wa rning occurs, it may on ly be possi-
- in heavy fog, rain, spray, or snow
ble to avoid a collision by swerv ing or braking
- when there are visual obst ruct ions, such as
strong ly. The message Audi pre sense.
glare, reflections or variations in light
~ page 113, fig . 113 and a warning tone will
- when it is dar k
warn you about the danger .
- if t he camera window or t he windshield is
Addit ionally, a jerk on the brakes may occur as an dirty, iced over, damaged or covered
acute warning when there is an impending colli - - when dr iving on snow, ice or loose groun d
u
co
.... sion. If you do not react to the acut e warning, pre - in curves
N
,..._ sense city can brake to the point of comp lete de- - if t he ESCwas rest ricted or switched off
....
N
0 celerat ion w it hin the lim its of the system. This
<( - when t owing a trailer
0
00
115
Assistance systems
- when the driver's seat belt is unfastene d (D Tips

- up to ten seconds after switchin g on t he ig-
Your settings are automatically store d and as-
nition
signed to t he remote contro l key being used .
(Ud)Note
Messages
Impa cts or damag e t o t he camera mount on Appli es to : vehicles wit h Audi pre sense
t he windshield can displace t he sensor. Pre
sense city can be impaired by t his. Have an au- II]Audi pre sense: malfunction! Please contact
thorized Audi dealer or aut horized Audi Serv- Service
ice Facility check the ir funct ion. This message ap pears when the pre sense func-
tion is affected . For example, th is could be
(D Tips
caused by a faulty sensor. Drive to an autho rized
- You can cancel the system braking inte rven- Audi dealer or author ized Audi Service Facility im-
tion if you accelerate considera bly or swerve med iate ly t o have the ma lfunction corrected .
away.
- Kee p in mind t hat pre sense city can brake
II]Audi pre sense: currently limited . Sensor
view limited due to surroundings. See owner's
unexpecte dly. Always secure any cargo or
manual
obj ects t hat you are t ransport ing t o reduce
the risk of damage or injury. This message appears if t he radar se nsor and
- Specific pre sense city funct ions switch off camera view is obstructed, for example by leaves,
whe n the ESCis limited or switched off snow, heavy sp ray or dirt. If necessary, clean the
c:>page 141 or the hill desce nt ass ist is senso rs and the area around the camera
swit ched on c:>page 142 . c:>page 103, fig . 100 or c:>page121, fig . 121 .
- When t here is a malfunction in the came ra,
II]Audi pre sense: currently limited . Trailer
the pre se nse city functions also switch off.
towing mode
Settings in the Infotainment system

For vehicles with a tra iler hitch installed at the
Applies to: vehicles with Audi pre sense
factory, the pre sense rear functions switch off
whe n the elect rical connector at the socket is
.,.Select in the Infot ainment syst em: IME NUI but - plugged in. There is no guarantee the functions
t on > Vehicle > left contro l but ton > Driver as- will switch off when using a ret rofitted trailer
sistance > Audi pre sense. hitch.
Switch on/ off Audi pre sense - the pre sense II] Audi pre sense: currently restricted
functions can be turned on and off.
This mess age app ears if t he ESCis restr ict ed or
If the system is switched off, it switches on aga in switched off, for example.
automatically once t he ignition is switched on
II] Audi pre sense: currently limited. See own-
again .
er's manual
Prewarning - the early warning can be switched
This message appears when the re is a t em porary
off or the pre sense city/front warning point can
failure in a subsystem, such as the ESC. If t his
be set (Early/ Medium / Late).
mess age appears repeat edly, drive t o an auth or-
Set the warning time for the ea rly warn ing to ized Audi dealer or auth orized Audi Service Facili-
Early at first. If th is causes undesired ea rly warn- ty t o have t he malfunction corrected .
ings to appear, then set the warning time to Me-
II] Audi pre sense: emergency braking system
dium . The Late warning t ime should only be set
off ~
in special circumstances .
116
Assistance systems
A
-
This message appears if the pre sense functions
WARNING
are switched off through the Infotainm ent sys- -
tem or if the system is not ready. - The system warns the driver that the vehicle
is leaving the lane using corrective steering .
The driver is always responsible for keeping
Audi active lane assist
the vehicle within the lane .
Description - The system can help you keep the vehicle in
Applies to: vehicles with Audi active lane assist the lane, but it does not drive by itself. Al-
ways keep your hands on the steering
Active lane assist (lane departure warning) de-
wheel.
tects lane marker lines within the limits of the
- Corrective steering may not occur in certain
system using a camera in the windshield. If you
situations, such as during heavy braking.
are approaching a detected lane marker line and
- There may be cases where the camera does
it appears likely that you will leave the lane, the
not recognize all lane marker lines. Correc-
system will warn you with corrective stee ring .
tive steering can only take place on the side
You can override this steering at any time . If you
of the vehicle where lane marker lines are
pass over a line, the steering wheel will vibrate
detected.
lightly . In order for this warning vibration to oc -
- Other road structures or objects could possi-
cur, it must first be switched on in the Infotain-
bly be identified unintentionally as lane
ment system. Active lane assist is ready for oper-
marker lines. As a result, corrective steering
ation when the lane marker line is detected on at
may be unexpected or may not occur.
least one side of the vehicle.
- The camera view can be restricted, for ex-
The system is designed for driving on express- ample by vehicles driving ahead or by rain,
ways and highways and therefore only activates snow, heavy spray or light shining into the
at speeds above approximately 40 mph (65 km/ camera. This can result in active lane assist
h). not detecting the lane marker lines or de-
Appl ies to: veh icles w ith side assist: if you acti- tecting them incorrectly .
vate a turn signal when active lane assist is ready - In certain situations where visibility is low,
and it classifies a lane change as critical because the vehicle may switch from an "early" to
of vehicles traveling alongside you or approach- "late" steering correction.
ing you, there will be noticeable corrective steer- - Under certain conditions such as ruts in the
ing shortly before you leave the lane. This will at- road, an inclined roadway or crosswinds, the
tempt to keep your vehicle in the lane. corrective steering alone may not be enough
to keep the vehicle in the middle of the lane .
Applies to: veh icles w it hout side ass ist: the ready
- For safety reasons, active lane assist must
system does not warn you if you activate a turn
not be used when there are poor road and/
signal before crossing the lane marker line. In
or weather conditions such as slippery
this case, it assumes that you are changing lanes
roads, fog, gravel, heavy rain, snow and the
intentionally.
potential for hydroplaning. Using active lane
Applies to: vehicles with adaptive cruise control: assist under these conditions may increase
there is no corrective steering or warnings if the the risk of a crash.
syst em recognizes a distinct passing maneuver.
If the conditions are met, traffic jam assist
switches on at speeds under approximately
40 mph (65 km/h) ¢ page 109 .
u
co
.....
N
r---
N
.....
0
<(
0
00
117
Assistance systems
Switching on/ off If the system is switched on but is not ready to

Applies to: vehicles with Audi active lane assist provide warnings, one of the following could be
the cause:
- There is no lane marker line.

- The relevant lane marker lines are not detected
(for examp le, markings in a construction zone
or because they are obstructed by snow, dirt,
water or lighting).
- The vehicle speed is below the activation speed
of approximately 40 mph (65 km/h).
- The lan e is too nar row or too wide.
Fig. 114 Turn signal lever: butto n for act ive lane assist - The curve is too narrow.
- The driver's hands are not on the steering
wheel.
{i) Tips
- Make sure the camera window<=>fig. 115 is
not covered by stickers or other objects. For
information on cleaning, see¢ page 344.
- In certa in markets: if the system is switched
on, it will switch on automatically each time
Fig. 115 W indshield: camera window fo r acti ve lane assist
th e igni t ion is switched on .
• Press the button to switch the system on and Display in the instrument cluster
fig . 114. The indicator light in the instru-
off c:':> Applies to: vehicles with Audi active lane assist
ment cluster turns on or off.
Analog instru- Audi virtual Meaning on

ment cluster cockpit/head- the corre-
up display• sponding side
Green line(s) Green line(s) Active lan e as-
(left/r ig ht) (left/right) sist is act ivat-
-J \ 'I \ ed and ready
to provide
warnings .
Fig. 116 Instr ument cluste r (mult i-color dis play): act ive
- Red line Active lan e as- lane assist is switched on and ready to provide warn ings
(left/ right) sist warns you
-J \: before leaving
a lane . In addi-
tion, the steer-
ing wheel vi-
brates lightly.
Yellow line(s) Yellow line(s) Active lane as-
(left/r ig ht ) (left/right) sist is activat-
'/ \: ed, but is not
ready to give
Fig. 117 Instrument cluster (monochrome d isplay): act ive
warning
lane assist is switched on ...
118
You can open up the Driver assistance disp lay for Drive to an authori zed Audi dealer or authori zed
the active lane assist using the m ultifunction Audi Service Facility immediate ly to have the
steer ing whee l buttons ¢ page 12 . malfunction corrected.
An addit ional ind icator appears in the head- up rl!Audi active lane assist: currently unavaila-
d isp lay*. ble. Camera view restricted due to surround-
ings. See owner's manual
Multi-Color Display
This message appears if the ca mera is unab le to
See ¢fig . 116.
de t ect t he lines. This could happen if:
Driver assistance Meaning on the corre- - The camera fie ld of view c>page 118, fig. 115 is
display in the in- sponding side d irty or covered in ice . Clean t his area on the
strument cluster w indshie ld c>page 344.
Gree n line(s) Active lane ass ist is acti- - The camera fie ld of view is fogged over. Wait
(left or right) vated a nd ready to pro - until the fog has clea red befo re switching the
vide warnings. active la ne ass ist o n aga in .
Red line Active lane assist warns - The system has bee n unab le to detect the la nes
(left or right) you before leav ing a la ne . for an extended per iod of ti me due to roa d con -
In add ition, the steer ing ditions . Switc h ac t ive la ne ass ist back on w hen
whee l vibrates lightly. the lines are more visib le .
Gray line(s) Active lane assist is acti- rl!Audi active lane assist: currently unavaila-
(left or right) vated, but is not ready to ble. See owner's manual
give warning
There is a temporary malfunct ion that may pre-
Monochrome display vent the act ive lane assis t from sw itchi ng on . Try
See c>fig. 117. switching t he active lane assist on again late r.
Driver assistance Meaning on the corre-

rl!Audi active lane assist: Please take over
steering!
display in the in- sponding side
strument cluster This message appears if you are not steering by
Light gray line(s) Active lane assist is acti- yourself . Active lane assist is activated, but is not
(left or right) vated and ready to pro- ready to g ive war ning
vide warnings .
Blinking Line(s) Active lane assist warns
A WARNING
-
(left or right) you before leaving a lane . Not e that messages may be de layed or not
In addition, the steering d isp layed o n ve hicles w ith accesso ries moun t -
whee l vibrates lightly. ed on the stee ring w heel, such as a steer ing
whee l spinne r knob. Always keep yo ur han d s
Dar k gray line(s) Active lane ass ist is acti -
on t he st ee ring wheel.
(le ft or righ t) vated, but is not ready to
give warning
Adjusting the steering time and vibration
Messages in the instrument cluster display warning
Applies to: vehicles w it h Audi act ive lane assist
If t he active lane ass ist swit ches off au tomat ical-
ly, t he indicator lig ht in the display turns off and You can adjus t individual active lane assist set -
one of the following messages appea rs: tings in the Infotainment system.
u
co
.....
N
,..._
rl!Audi activ e lane assist : malfunction! See .,. Select in the Infotai nment system: IMENU ! bu t -
N
..... owner 's manu al t on > Vehicle > left con tr ol button > Driver as-
0
<(
0
sistance > Audi active lane assist. ..,.
00
119
Steering time
Early: in th is sett ing, the correct ive steering hap-
pens continuously to help keep the vehicle in the
center of the lane.
Late: in this setting, the system provides correc-

tive steering just before a w heel goes over a de-
tected lane marker line .
Vibration warning
Fig. 119 Disp lay on the exterior mirror
You can switch the additional vibration warning
in the stee ring wheel on or off . Side ass ist (lane change ass ist) helps you mon itor
you r bl ind spot and traff ic beh ind your vehicle.
,&. WARNING Within the limits of the system, it warns you
-
With the vibration warning switched off, about vehicles that are coming closer or that are
t here will also be no visual warn ing in the in- traveling with you within sensor range (D
strument cluster display when crossing a lane ¢ fig. 118 . If a lane change is class ified as cr iti-
marker line. cal, the display @ in the exterior mirror turns on

¢ fig. 119.
© Tips
The display in the left exterior mirror provides as -
In certain mar kets: you r settings are stored sistance when making a lane change to the left,
automatically and ass igned to the remote while the display in the right exterior m irror pro-
control key in use . vides assistance when making a lane change to
the right.
Audi side assist
Information stage
Description As long as you do not activate the turn signal,
Applies to: vehicles with Audi side ass ist
s ide assist informs you about vehicles that are
detected and classified as critical. The display in
the mirror turns on, but is dim .
The disp lay remains dim in the information stage

so that your view toward the front is not distur-
bed.
Warning stage
If t he display in a m irro r blinks brightly whe n you
activate a turn s ignal, side assist is warning you
Fig. 11 8 Sensor detect ion range about detected vehicles that it has classified as
critica l. If this happens, check traff ic by glancing
in the exterior m irrors and over your shoulder
¢ A in General information on page 122 .
Applies to: vehicles with active lane assist: the

display in the m irror can also blink if you have not
activated a turn signal : if you are approaching a
detected lane marker line and it appears you will
be leaving the lane, side assist will warn you ..,.
120
about detected vehicles that it has classified as the sooner the display in the exterior mirror will
critical. turn on .
@ Tips @ Vehicles traveling with you
You ca n adju st t he brig htness on of the dis- Vehicles traveling with you are indicated in the
play on the rearview mirror ~ page 122. exter ior mirror if they a re classified as critical for
a la ne change. All vehicles dete cted by side assist
are indicated by the time they ente r your "blind
General information
spot", at the latest.
Applies to : vehicles with Audi side assist
© Vehicles you are passing

@ If you s lowly pass a vehicle that s ide assist has
de tected (t he differe nce in speed between the
vehicle and your vehicle is less than app roximate-
ly 9 mph (15 km/h)), the disp lay in the exterior
mirror turns on as soon as the vehicle enters your
blind spot.
@
The display w ill not tur n on if you quickly pass a
vehicle that side assist has detected (the differ-
ence in speed is greater than approximate ly 9
mph (15 km/h)) .
Functional limitations
© The radar sensors are des igned t o detect the left
and right adjacent lanes when the road lanes are
the norma l width . In some situations, the display
in the exte rior mirror may turn on even though
there is no vehicle located in the area that is criti-
cal for a lane change. For example :
Fig. 120 Driving sit uations
- If the lanes are narrow or if you are driving on
the edge of your lane. If t his is the case, the
system may have detected a vehicle in another
lane that is not adjacent to your current lane .
- If you are driving through a curve. Side assist
AUDI may react to a vehicle that is in the same lane
or one lane over from the adjacent lane .
- If s ide assist reacts to other objects (such as
roads ide structures like guard rails).
- In poor weather conditions . The side assist
Fig. 121 Rear of the vehicle: posit ion of the sensors
functions are limited.
Side assist functions at speeds above app roxi- Do not cover the radar sensors Q fig. 121 with
mately 9 mph (15 km/h) . stickers, deposits, bicycle wheels or other ob -
jects, because this will impair the funct ion. Do
@ Vehicles that are app roaching
u
not use s ide ass ist when towing a trai ler. For in-
~ In certain cases, a vehicle will be classified as format io n on cleaning, see ¢ page 344. ..,.
N
:::. critica l for a lane change even if it is still some-
,.....
~ what far away . The faste r a veh icle approaches,
0
co
121
A WARNING
-
If the system is activated , the disp lays in the ex-
terior mirrors will turn on briefly when th e igni-
- Always pay attention to traffic and to the tion is switched on .
area around your vehicle . Side assist cannot
replace a dr iver's attention . The dr iver alone (D Tips
is a lways responsible for lane changes and
When yo u switch side assist on or off, the exit
simi lar d riving maneuvers.
warning system activates or deactivates
- In some situat ions, the system may not
¢ page 123 .
funct ion or its funct io n may be lim ited. For
example :
Setting the display brightness
- If vehicles are approaching or being left
Appli es to : vehicles wit h Audi side assist
behind very quickly. The display may not
turn on in time . The display brightness can be adjusted in the In -
- In poor weather conditions such as heavy fotainment system.
rain, snow or heavy mist.
.,. Select in the Infotainment system: I MENU ! but -
- On very wide lanes, in tight curves, or if
ton > Vehicle > left control button > Driver as-
there is a rise in the road surface. Vehicles
sistanc e > Audi side assist.
in the adjacent lane may not be detected
because they are outs ide of the sensor The disp lay br ightness adjusts automatically to
range . t he brightness of the sur roundings, both in the
information and in the warning stage. In very
@ Note dark or very bright surroundings , the automatic
The sensors can be displaced by impacts or adjustment will set the display to the minimum
damage to the bumper, whee l housing and or max imum level. In such cases, you may notice
underbody . This can impa ir the system . Have no change when adjusting the br ightness, or the
an author ized Audi dealer or authorized Aud i change may only be noticeable once the sur -
Serv ice Facility check their function . round ings change .
Adjust the br ightness to a leve l where the display

@ Tips in the information stage will not disrupt your
- If the window glass in the driver's door or view ahead . If you change the br ightness, the dis-
front passenger 's door has been tinted, the play in the exterior mirror w ill br iefly show the
display in the exterior mirror may be incor- br ightness leve l in t he info rmat ion stage . The
rect. br ightness of t he warn ing stage is linked to the
- For an explanation on conformity with the br ightness in the information stage and is adjust -
FCC regu lations in the United States and the ed along with the information stage .
Industry Canada regu lations, see
¢ page 374. © Tips
- The side assist funct ions are not active dur-
Switching on/off ing the adjustment process.
Applies to: vehicles with Audi side assist - The exit war ning indicato rs turn o n du ring
the adjustment process.
The system can be switched on/off in the Info-
tainment system . - Your sett ings are automat ica lly stored and
assigned to the remote control key be ing
.,. Select in the Infotainment system: IM E NU I but- used .
ton > Vehicle > left contro l button > Driver as-
sist ance > Audi side assist . Off sw itches the
system off.
122
Assistance systems
Exit warning - The exit warning system can be available for

Applies to: vehicles with exit warning system up to approximately three minutes after un-
locking the vehicle and opening the door as
well as after switching off the ignition . Then
the system switches off with a brief flashing
of the displays.
- The exit warning system does not respond
to people and cannot warn you about every
type of approaching objects, such as cy-
clists. Always monitor the traffic as well as
the vehicle's surroundings with direct eye
contact.
Fig. 122 Example dis pla y
A
=
WARNING
-
The exit warning system is subject to limita-
tions and cannot warn you before every im-
pending collision:
- If the vehicle is too wide for the parking
space and covered by the neighboring
vehicles.
- Approaching objects or people such as cy-
clists or skateboarders may not be detected
Fig. 123 Door: warning light
under certain circumstances.
- The system does not react to stationary ob-
When the vehicle is stationary, the exit warning
jects.
system warns the passengers of a possible colli -
- The view of the radar sensors may be im-
sion when opening the door . Within the limits of
paired by leaves, snow, heavy spray or dirt.
the system, the system monitors the areas be-
Clean the area in front of the sensors
hind and next to the vehicle using the radar sen-
sors ¢ page 121, fig. 121 . Moving objects that
¢page 121, fig. 121 .
are approaching from behind, such as cars, are
detected ¢ fig. 122.
(D Note
Also read the information in ¢ (i) in General
If you open the door and a critical situation is de-
information on page 122.
tected, the door handle frame on the affected
door will blink ¢ fig. 123 and the display in the
(D Tips
outside mirror on the same side also appears. If
the door is already open and another road user is - The exit warning system is switched on and
detected and the situation is classified as critical off through the side assist¢ page 122. The
J
then the corresponding displays turn on. exit warning indicators turn on during the
adjustment process.
A WARNING
-
- The display brightness for the exit warning
system cannot be adjusted.
- Always pay attention to traffic and to the
- The system is not available when towing a
area around your vehicle . The exit warning
trailer.
system does not replace the attention of the
u passengers. The vehicle passengers are al-
co
..... ways responsible for opening the doors and
N
r--
N
..... exiting the vehicle .
~0
co
123
Rear cross-traffic assist - Automat ic brake activation : a brief activation

Applies to: vehicles with rear cross-traff ic ass ist of the brakes may also warn you of a potentia l
collision w ith an approaching object .
The audib le warn ing signal and the automatic

brake activation occ ur only when driving in re-
verse.
A WARNING
-
- The rear cross-traffic assist is an assist sys-

tem and cannot prevent a collision by itself.
The driver must always intervene. The driver
Fig. 124 Example display is always respo nsible for braking at the cor-
rect t ime.
- Please note that the rear cross-traff ic assist
may activate the brakes unexpectedly. Se-
cure a ny cargo that you are transpo rting to
reduce the risk of damage or inj ury.
- Automatic braking cannot be triggered
aga in within 20 seconds afte r an a utomat ic
brake activation.
Fig. 125 Infotainment system: rear cross-traffic assist dis- - If the re is a n acoust ic warning signal from
play the rea r cross-traffic assist, then the park-
ing system may not warn you of detected
Activating rear cross-tr affic assist
obstacles under certain circumstances.
The rear cross-traffic assist is act ivated automat i- - The view of the radar sensors may be im-
cally if you turn on the parking aid Qpage 130 or pa ired by leaves, snow, heavy spray or dirt.
shift into reverse gear . Clea n the area in front of t he sensors
Qpage 121, fig . 121.
The rear cross-traffic assist can warn of a poten-
tial collision with approach ing cross-traffic when
driving in reverse at speeds up to approx imately
,&. WARNING
9 mph (15 km/h) . Within its limits, the system - The rear cross-traffic assist will not provide
monitors the areas behind and next to the vehicle a lerts if your vehicle is pulled too far into
using the radar sensors when leav ing a parking the parking space so that it is hidden by ad-
space Qpage 121, fig. 121. Moving objects tha t jacent vehicles.
are appro ach ing, such as ca rs, a re detected - The rear cross-traffic assist will not provide
Q fig . 124. alerts about people and cannot warn you
about every type of approaching objects,
If the sys t em detects critical cross traffic when such as cyclists. Always monitor the traffic
backing ou t of a par king space, it will react as fol- as well as the vehicle's surroundings with di-
lows: rect eye contact.
- Visual indicator : an indicator appea rs in the In- - The rear cross-traffic assist will not provide
fota inment system display with a red arrow alerts if the vehicle is in a parallel parking
symbol. The ar row points in the direction from space or an angled park ing space .
which the object is approach ing Q fig. 125.
- Audib le warning signal : a continuous tone may (D Note
sound as an additional indicator when driving in Also read the information in Q (j) in General
reve rse . information on page 122 .
124
Side ass ist cannot be switched on at this time be-

(D Tips
ca use there is a ma lfunction (for example, the
- You can cancel the automatic brake activa- batte ry charge leve l may be too low).
tion w ith increasing braking fo rce if you ap-
ply the brakes yourse lf or accelerate cons id- etAudi side assist: unavailable in towing mode
erab ly.
- In some situations, rea r cross-traffic assist
e, Audi side assist and exit warning: currently
unavailable . Towing mode
may warn you even if there is no cross traffic
Side ass ist switches off automatically when the
in a cr itical area , for examp le when back ing
electrica l connec t or in t he factory-installed t rail-
into a parking space or maneuver ing .
er hitch is connec t ed . There is no guarantee the
- The rea r cross-traffic ass ist also switches off
syste m will sw itch off w hen us ing a ret rofitted
when you switch off the ESC.
t railer h itch . Do no t use side assist an d t he exit
- The system is not available when towing a
war ning when tow ing a tra ile r.
trailer.
Ill Rear parking aid: obstacle detect ion restrict-
Messages ed
Applies to: vehicles with Audi side assist The rear cross-traffic ass ist is not available . Ei-
A message appears in the inst rumen t cluste r dis- ther t he ESC is sw itched off, or t he rada r senso rs
play if the side ass ist swit ches off automatically . may be cove red by a bike rac k, st icke rs, leaves,
snow o r othe r objects . Swit ch the ESC on, o r
@tAud i side assist: malfunction! Please contact clea n the area in fron t of th e senso rs if necess ar y
Service ¢page 12 1, fig. 121. If t his message con t inues
@jAudi side assist and exit warning: malfunc- to be displayed, dr ive imme d iat ely to an author -
tion! Please contact Service ized Audi dea ler or author ized Audi Service Facili-
ty to have the ma lfunction repaired.
The system cannot guarantee that it will detec t
vehicles correctly a nd it has sw itched off. The
sensors have been mov ed or a re faulty. Have t he
Audi drive select
system checked by an a uthori zed Audi dea ler or Introduction
author ized Audi Service Facility soon. Applies to: vehicles with Audi drive select
@jAudi side assist: currently unavailable. Sen- Drive sele ct ma kes it pos si ble t o exper ien ce dif-
sor vision restricted due to surroundings . See ferent types of vehi cle se tti ngs in one veh icle.
owner 's manual You can select t he d riving modes Offroad* or
e, Audi side assist and exit warning: currently
unavailable. Sensor vision restricted due to sur-
Lift / Offroad *, Allroad* , Comfort , Auto and Dy-
namic in the Infota inme nt system, fo r example
roundings to switch from a spo rty to a comfo rtable d riving

mode. In the Individual mode, the settings can
The rad ar senso r vision is impa ire d . The ar ea in be adjusted to you r persona l preferences. This
fron t of the senso rs must not be covered by bike makes it possible to combine sett ings such as a
rac ks, st ickers, leaves, snow or any othe r objects. spo rt y engine setting wit h light steer ing .
Clea n the area in f ront of th e sensors, if necessa -
ry ¢ page 121, fig. 121.
Description
e, Audi side assist: currentl y unavailable. See Applies to: vehicles with Audi drive select
owner 's manual
The following systems, among ot her th ings, a re
u
co
.....
N
etAudi side assist and exit warning : currently influenced by dr ive se lect: .,.
r--- unavailable. See owner 's manual
N
.....
0
<(
0
00
125
Assistance systems
Engine and automatic transmission order to keep the steering effort as minima l as
possible when the driver is maneuvering the vehi-
Depending on the mode , the engine and auto-
cle. At low and average speeds, dynamic steer -
matic transmission respond more quickly or in a
ing* addit ionally prov ides more respons ive steer-
more balanced manner to accelerator pedal
ing performance.
movements. In the sporty Dynamic mode, the
transmission shifts at higher speed ranges. Sport differential*
Air suspension* As a component of the all whee l drive system
(quattro) r=!>page 144, the sport differentia l dis-
The air suspension* is an electronically-control -
tributes the driving power to the rear axle de-
led air suspension and damping system. The ad-
pending on the situation. The distr ibut ion of
justment depends on the driving mode selected,
steering movements, the driver's braking and ac- power varies depending on the selected mode
celerat ion, and as the road surface, vehicle speed from moderate (Comfort ) to sporty (Dynamic) .
and load. The veh icle ground clearance depends The goal is a high level of agilit y and ability to ac-
on the mode selected and the speed. celer ate on curves. The vehicle is very responsive
to steering.
The ground clearance increases significantly
when the vehicle is in the Allroad mode . At Adaptive cruise control (ACC)*
speeds from approximate ly SO mph (80 km/h) to The behavior whe n accelerating can be adjusted
75 mph (120 km/h), the ground clearance re- from comfortable to sporty, depending on the
duces in stages . When the speed decreases, the drive select mode . Adaptive cruise control also
ground clearance increases again automat ically . responds to the dr iving behavior of the vehicle
The ground clearance is the lowest in Dynamic ahead in a more conservative or sporty manner.
mode.
Enginesound*
Suspension control*
The eng ine sound adapts to the current mode
The suspension control* uses sensors to record and can be subtle to sporty .
information regard ing steering movements ,
braking and acceleration operations by the driv- @ Note
er, road surface, dr iving speed, and load. This Applies to: vehicles with air suspension
makes it possible to adapt damping to the driv-
- Make sure there is enough clearance above
ing situation nearly in real time. With drive se-
and below the vehicle when parkin g. The
lect, you can adjust the suspension contro l to be
height of the vehicle (gro und clearance) can
sporty (Dynamic), comfortab le (Comfort ) or bal-
change once it is parked due to t emperature
anced (Auto).
fluctuations, changes to the load conditions
Steering and changes to the driving modes.
- When transporting the vehicle on a car car-
The power steering adapts. Ind irect steer ing that
rier, train, ship or by other means, on ly tie
moves easily as in Comfort mode is especially
the vehicle down at the running surface of
suited to long drives on highways. The Dynamic
the tires, which is the outer circumference.
mode provides sporty, direct steering.
Securing the vehicle at the axle compo-
The following applies to vehicles with dynamic nents, suspension struts or tow ing eyes is
steering* : the steering ratio changes based on not perm itted because the pressure in the
vehicle speed in order to maintain optimum air suspension struts can change during
steering effort for the driver at all times . This transport. The vehicle may not be secured
sets the steering to be less sensitive at higher sufficiently if this happens .
speeds in order to prov ide improved vehicle con-
trol. At reduced speeds, steering is more direct in
126
Assistance systems
mits, after changing modes, briefly take your

(D Tips
foot off the accelerator pedal so that the recently
The "S" selector lever position automatically selected mode is also activated for the engine.
engages when the Dynamic mode is se lected .
Offroad* or Lift/ Offroad* - act ivates off ro ad
funct ions to support driving on rough terrain.
Selecting the driving mode
The engine, transmission and steering adjust and
Applies to: vehicles with Audi drive select
the Start/Stop system* switches off. Applies to
<D
0
0
air suspension*: the vehicle also lifts for pass ing
0
>'-
LL
over obstacles to mainta in maximum ground
ID
clearance.
Allroad * - on ly for ai r suspension *: the vehicle

lifts to maintain higher ground clearance for dif-
ficult stretches of road.
Comfort - provides a comfort -oriented vehicle

setup and is suited fo r long d rives on highways .
Fig. 126 Center conso le: controls for drive select Auto - provides an overall comfortable yet dy-
namic dr iving feel and is suited for eve ryday use.
~ Press the left or right arrow key ¢ fig. 126 until
the desired mode appears in the instrument Dynamic - gives the dr ive r a sporty driving feel
cluster/Infotainment system display . Or and is suited to a sporty driving style .
~ Se lect in the Infotainment system: ! MENUI but-
Individual - ¢ page 12 7.
ton > Vehicle > Audi drive select.
~ Select and confirmthe desired setting. A WARNING
-
You can change the driving mode when the vehi- Pay attention to traffic when operating the
cle is stationary or wh ile driving. If traffic per- drive sele ct to reduce the risk of an accident.
Adjusting the Individual mode

Applies to: vehicl es with Audi drive select
You can adjust the vehicle settings to your personal preferences .
~ Select in the Inf otainment system: ! MENUI but- The equipment in yo ur vehicle will determine
ton > Vehicle > Audi drive select> Individual > which settings you can adjust . The fo llowing ta-
right contro l button. ble gives an overview of the characteristics .
Afte r you have closed the settings, you wi ll auto-

mat ica lly dr ive in the Individual mode.
Systems comfort auto dynamic

Engine/transmission balanced balanced sporty
Air suspension* comfortable ba lanced sporty
Steering comfortable balanced sporty
Dynamic steering* comfortable/ind ire ct ba lanced/direct sporty/direct
u Suspension control* comfortab le balanced sporty
co
.....
N
r---
Sport differential * Off balanced sporty ...
N
.....
0
<(
0
00
127
Systems comfort auto dynamic

Engine sound* subtle subtle/sporty al sporty
ACC* comfortable ba lanced sporty
al Subtle in the se lector lever posi tion "D" an d sporty in "S".
@ Tips Rear lowering

Applies to: vehicles wit h air suspensio n
Your sett ings are automatical ly saved in Indi -
vidual mode. The rear of the vehicle con be lowered to make
loading and unloading easier.
Raising/lowering the vehicle

Applies to: veh icles with air suspe ns ion
.,..Press the left or right arrow key ¢ page 127,

fig . 126 until the desired mode appears in the
instrument cluster/Infotainment system dis-
play. Or
.,..Select in the Infotainment system: IMENU I but-
ton > Vehicle > Audi drive select .
.,..Select and confirm the desired setting.
Fig. 127 Sect ion of lugg age compa rtment: rear lower ing
CDNote but t on
The Lift / Offroad mode switches to Allroad Requirement: all vehicle doors must be closed.
mode when dr iving above approximately
.,..Open the luggage compar t ment lid.
20 mph (30 km/h) and the vehicle automati-
.,..Press the lower sect ion of the button
cally lowers again . These modes may only be
C) fig. 12 7 @ . The rear of the vehicle lowers .
used on a tempo rary bas is and are not intend-
.,..Press the upper section of the button @ . The
ed for continuo us driving.
rear of the veh icle ra ises again.
(D Tips The rear lowering automat ically deactiva t es
- The filled -in boxes in the Infotainment sys- whe n you select another mode or when the vehi-
tem represent the current vehicle level. If cle speed exceeds approx imately 2 mph (2 km/
the segment is white or blinking, then the h).
vehicle is lifting or lowering. If only the bot -
The LEDin the button t urns on while the veh icle
tom segment is filled in, then the veh icle is
is lowering. When the loading level has been
at the lowest level (lowest ground clear-
reached, the LEDstays on as long as the rear of
ance). If all the segments are filled in, then
the vehicle is lowered. The LEDturns off when
the vehicle is at the highest level (highest
the veh icle returns to the or iginal level.
ground clear a nee) .
- The target level is highlighted with a red
frame while the vehicle is lifting or lower-
CDNote
- Before the rear lowering ends, make sure
ing. The frame is then hidden when the ve-
there is enough clearance above the vehicle
hicle reaches the target level.
and the luggage compartment lid, if it is
- The vehicle lifts up to the highest level
open .
when you select Lift / Offroad. Select an-
- Do not park the vehicle in a lowered load ing
other mode to lower the vehicle again .
level. ..,..
128
(D Tips
- The vehicle will not lower if one of the vehi-
cle doors is open or when the ignit ion is
switched off and the compressed air reser-
voir is empty. The button LED blinks three
times .
- If the compressed air reservoir is empty, it
is refilled while dr iving at speeds above
25 mph (40 km/h) .
Messages
II Air suspension : vehicle currently too high .

Controlling level. ..
II Air suspension : vehicle currently too low .
Controlling level. ..
The message turns off when the level contro l
process is complete.
u
co
.....
N
r---
N
.....
0
<(
0
00
129
Parking aid
Parking aid ized Audi Service Facility check their func-

tion .
General information
Applies to: vehicles with a rear parking syst em/parking sys-
tem pl us/rearv iew camera/peripheral cameras
@ Note
- Some objects are not detected or displayed
Depending on your vehicle's equipment , various
by the system under certain circumstances:
parking aids will help you when parking and ma-
- objects such as barrier chains, trailer draw
neuvering.
bars, vertical poles or fences
The rear parking system is an audible parking aid - objects above the sensors such as wall ex-
that warns you of obstacles behind the vehicle tensions
¢ page 131. - objects with certain surfaces or structures
The parking system plus assists you when park - such as chain link fences or powder snow
ing by audibly and visually indicating objects de- - If you continue driving closer to a low ob-
tected in front of and behind the vehicle ject, it may disappear from the sensor
¢ page 131. range . Note that you will no longer be
warned about this obstacle.
The rearview camera shows the area behind the - Keep enough distance from the curb to re-
vehicle in the Infotainment system display. The duce the risk of damage to the rims .
lines in the rearview camera image help you to
park or maneuver ¢ page 133. (D Tips
The peripheral cameras give various views to - The system may provide a warning even
help you when parking or maneuvering though there are no obstacles in the cover-
¢ page 135 . The parking system plus functions age area in some situations, such as:
are also available ¢ page 131. - certain road surfaces or when there is tall
grass
_& WARNING - - external ultrasonic sources such as from
- Always look for traffic and check the area cleaning vehicles
around your vehicle by looking at it directly - in heavy rain, snow, or thick vehicle ex-
as well. The parking system cannot replace haust
the driver's attention. The driver is always - We recommend that you practice parking in
responsible when entering or leaving a park- a traffic-free location or parking lot to be-
ing space and during similar maneuvers. come familiar with the system. When doing
- Please note that some surfaces, such as this, there should be good light and weath-
clothing, are not detected by the system. er conditions.
- Sensors and cameras have blind spots in - You can change the volume of the signals
which people and objects cannot be detect- and the display ¢ page 138.
ed . Be especially cautious of small children - Please refer to the instructions for towing a
and animals. trailer located in ¢page 139.
- Always keep your eyes on the vehicle's sur- - What appears in the infotainment display is
roundings, using the rearview mirror as somewhat time-delayed.
well. - The sensors must be kept clean and free of
- The sensors can be displaced by impacts or snow and ice for the parking aid to operate.
damage to the radiator grille, bumper, - The rearview camera is cleaned when clean-
wheel housing and the underbody . The park - ing the rear window ¢ page 51.
ing system may be impaired as a result.
Have an authorized Audi dealer or author-
130
P a rk ing a id
Rear parking system Parking system plus

Descript ion Description
Applies to: vehicles with rear parking aid Applies to: vehicles wit h parking system pl us
The rear parking system is an audible parking Parking system plus provides audio and visual
aid . signals when parking.
Description
There is a sensor in the rear bumper cover. If
these detect an obstacle, audible signals warn
you .
Make sure the sensors are not covered by stick-
ers, deposits or any other obstructions as it may
impair the function of the system . For informa-
tion on cleaning, see c::;,page 344 .
The range at which the sensors begin to measure Fig. 128 Illust rat ion:
is approximately:
Sensors are located in the front and rear bump-
side 3 ft (0 .90 m) ers. If these detect an obstacle, audible and visu-
rear
center 5.2 ft (1.60 m) al signals warn you.
The closer you get to the obstacle, the shorter Make sure the sensors are not covered by st ick-
the interval between the audible signals . A con- ers, deposits or any other obstructions as it may
tinuous tone sounds when the obstacle is less impair the function of the system. For informa -
than approximately 1 foot (0.30 meters) away. tion on cleaning, see c::;,page 344.
Do not continue backing up c::;,&. in General infor- The display field begins approximately at:
mation on page 130, c::;,(D in General information
on page 130! ® 4 ft (1.20 m)
If the distance to an obstacle remains constant, ® 3 ft (0.90 m)

the volume of the distance warning gradually © 5.2 ft (1.60 m)
lowers after a few seconds until it is muted (this @ 3 ft (0.90 m)
is not apply in the continuous tone range). If the
The closer you get to the obstacle, the shorter
obstacle becomes closer than it was before the
the interval between the audible signals . A con-
sound was muted, the tone will sound again . If
t inuous tone sounds when the obstacle is less
the obstacle is farther away than it was before
than approximately 1 foot (0.30 meters) away.
the sound was muted, no tone will sound. Pay at-
Do not continue dr iving forward or in reverse
tention to the vehicle 's surroundings when you
c::;,&. in General information on page 130, c::;,
(D in
start to drive.
General information on page 130!
Switching on automatically
If the distance to an obstacle remains constant,
The system switches on automatically when re- the volume of the distance warning gradua lly
verse gear is engaged while the engine is run- lowers after a few seconds until it is muted (this
ning. A brief confirmation tone will sound. is not apply in the continuous tone range). If the
obstacle becomes closer than it was before the
u sound was muted , the tone will sound aga in. If
co
.....
N
r--
the obstacle is farther away than it was before .,.
N
.....
~0
co
131
Parking aid
the sound was muted, no tone will sound . Pay at - switch on automatically . Audible signals wi ll
tention to the vehicle's surroundings when you sound once the obstacle is within the sensor de-
start to dr ive. tection area.
Switching off automatically

Switching on/ off
Applies to: vehicles with pa rking system plus The distance indicator for the parking syst em
plus switches off automatically when driving for-
co
0
0 ward faster than 6 mph (10 km/h).
~LL.
m
Segments in the visual display
The segments in front of and behind the vehicle
¢ fig. 130 help you to determine the distance be-
tween your vehicle and an obstacle . The red
lin es* ma rk the expected direction of travel ac-
cording to the steering angle . A white segment
indicates an identified obstacle that is outside of
Fig. 129 Center console: park ing aid bu tton the veh icle's path. Red segments show identified
obstacles that are in your vehicle's path. As your
vehicle comes closer to the obstacle, the seg-
ments move closer to the vehicle . The collision
area has been reached when the next to last seg-
ment is displayed . Obstacles in the collis ion area,
inclu ding those outside of the vehicle's path, are
shown in red. Do not continue driving forward or
in reverse ¢ .&. in General information on
Fig. 130 Infot ainme nt system: vis ual d ist ance display page 130, ¢ (Din General information on
page 130!
Switching on/ off
Requirement: the vehicle speed must be under (D Tips
approximately 6 mph (10 km/h) . If you press the ?~A button to switch the park-
.. Press the p,,1Abutton in the center console . A ing aid off, it can only be reactivated auto-
short confirmation tone sounds and the LED in matically when one of the following condi-
the button turns on. tions is met:
- The veh icle speed exceeds 6 mph (10 km/
Switching on automatically h) .
The system switches on automatica lly when re- - The ignition is switched off and back on
verse gear is engaged while the engine is run- again .
ning. A brief confirmation tone will sound. - The parking brake is set and then released.
- The "P" selector lever position is engaged
If the vehicle approaches an obstacle at speeds
and released again.
under approximate ly 6 mph (10 km/h), the park-
ing aid will switch on automatically . Audible sig-
nals will sound once the obstacle is within the
sensor detection area.
If Activate automatically is switched on in the

Infotainment system and if the vehicle ap-
proaches an obstacle at speeds under approxi-
mately 6 mph (10 km/h), the parking aid will
132
P a rk ing a id
Rearview camera can impair the function of the rearview camera .

For information on cleaning, see ¢ page 344.
Introduction
App lies to: vehicles wit h rearv iew camera The rearview camera coverage area includes (D
¢fig. 132. Only t his area is s hown in the Info-
tainment display. Objects that are in area @ ,
which is not covered, are not displayed.
-A WARNING
- Always read and follow the applicab le warn-
ings¢ &. in General information on
page 130.
- If the position and the installation angle of
the rearview camera was changed, for ex-
Fig. 131 Diagram: lines to aid in parking
ample after a collision, do not continue to
use the system for safety reasons. Have it
The rearview camera helps you to park or maneu-
checked by an autho rized Aud i dea le r or a u-
ver us ing the or ientation lines .
thor ized Audi Se rvice Facility.
- Only use the rearv iew camera to ass ist you if
General information it shows a good, clea r pictu re . For example,
Applies to: veh icles wit h rearv iew camera
the image may be affected by the sun shin-
ing into the lens, dirt on the lens, or if the re
is a malfunction.
- Use the rearv iew came ra o nly if the luggage
compa rt ment lid is comp letely closed. Make
sure any objects you may have mo unted on
the luggage compartment lid do not block
the rea rview camera .
- The camera lens enlarges and distorts the
field of vision. The object appears both a l-
Fig. 13 2 Area covered (y and area not covered @ by t he tered and inaccurate on the screen.
rearv iew camera . - In ce rtain situations, people o r objects in
the display appear closer or farther away :
- For o bjects tha t do not touch the ground,
such as the bumper of a parked veh icle, a
trailer hitch or the rear of a truck . Do not
use the orie nt ation lines in th is case.
AUDI - If driven from a level surface onto an in-
cline, or a downwar d slope.
- If driven toward protruding objec t s.
- If the vehicle is car rying too much load in
Fig. 13 3 Luggage compartment lid: locat ion of the rear - the rear .
view camera - Applies to: veh icles with air suspens ion: the
accuracy of the or ientat ion lines and blue
The rearview camera is located above the rear li- surfaces dec reases whe n the vehicle is
u cense plate bracket. Make sure that the lens for
co
..... raised/ lowere d ¢ page 125.
N
r-- the rearview camera¢ fig. 133 is not covered by
N
..... depos its or any other obstructions because th is
~0
co
133
Parking aid
(D Note
- Always read and follow the applicable warn-
ings ¢ 0in General information on
page 130.
- The orange-colored orientation lines in the
Infotainment display show the vehicle path
based on the steering wheel angle. The
front of the vehicle swings out more than Fig. 135 Infota inment system: align ing the vehicle
the rear of the vehicle. Maintain plenty of
distance so that an exterior mirror or a cor- • Turn the Infotainment system on and shift into
ner of the veh icle does not collide with any reverse gear.
obstacles. • The orange orientation lines (D show the vehi-
cle's direction of travel. Turn the steering wheel
until the orange orientation lines appear in the
Switching on/off
parking space ¢ fig . 134 . Use the markings @
App lies to: vehicles with rearview ca mera
to he lp you estimate the distance to an obsta-
Switching on/off cle. Each mark ing represents approximately 3
ft (1 m). The blue area represents an extension
Requirement: the vehicle speed must be under
of the vehicle's outline by approximate ly 16 ft
approx imately 6 mph (10 km/h).
(5 meters) to the rear.
• Press the P,11Abutton in the center console • While driving in reverse gear, adjust the steer-
¢ page 132, fig . 129. A short confirmat ion ing wheel angle to fit the parking space using
tone sounds and the LED in the button turns the orange orientat ion lines for assistance
on. ¢ .&. in General information on page 133, i=> (D
in General information on page 134 . @ repre-
sents the rear bumper. At the very latest, stop
The system switches on automat ically when re- the vehicle when the red or ientation line @
verse gear is engaged while the engine is run- borders an object.
n ing. A brief confirmation tone will sound.
Switching off automatically Trailer view

Applies t o: vehicl es with rearv iew camera/peripheral ca mer as
The system switches off automatically when driv- and trailer hitch
ing forward faster than 6 mph (10 km/h) .
This view assists you in positioning the vehicle in
front of a trailer .
Perpendicular parking
App lies to: vehicles with rearview camera
This view may be used when parking in a garage

or in a parking space .
Fig. 136 Infota inment system : trailer view
Requirement: Trailer view must be selected

¢ page 138 .
Fig. 134 Infotainme nt system: aimin g at a parking space
134
P a rk ing a id
~ Now you can position your vehicle in front of - If the position or the installation angle of a
the trailer ¢ A in General information on camera was changed, for example after a
page 135, ¢ (Din General information on coll is ion, do not cont inue to use the system
page 135. The orange orientation line indi- for safety reasons. Have it checked by a n au-
cates the expected path toward the trailer thorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi
hitch . Use the blue lines to help you estimate Serv ice Facility.
the d ista nce to the trailer hitch. - Keep in mind that the image in the display is
incorrect if the exterior mirror housing has
Peripheral cameras been moved out of place.
- Use the Rear mode and the Corner view
Introduction
(rear) mode only when the luggage com-
Applies to: vehicles with peripheral cameras
pa rtment lid is comp letely closed. Other-
With this equipment, the parking system plus* wise the image in the disp lay w ill be inco r-
¢ page 131 is supplemented with various periph - rect .
eral cameras. The four cameras give you the fol- - The area around the veh icle is shown us ing
lowing views : area around the veh icle, front cor- the camera images. The vehi cle image is
ner view and rear corner view, view in front of the shown by the system. Objects and obs t acles
veh icle and beh ind the veh icle . above the camera are not disp layed .
- Ca mera lenses enl arge and distort t he field
General information of vision. The objects appear both a ltered
App lies to: vehicles with peripheral cameras a nd inaccurate on the screen.
- Applies to: ve hicle s with air suspension: the
i accuracy of the orientation lines and blue

surfaces dec reases whe n the vehicle is
raised/lowered <=> page 125.
(D Note
- Always read and fo llow t he applicable wa rn-
ings c::>
(D in General information on
page 130 .
- The Info t ainmen t display shows the direc -
Fig. 137 Location of periphera l cameras
tion in which the rear of the vehicle is travel-
The four per ipheral cameras are located in the ra- ing based on t he steering wheel ang le . The
d iator grille, in the luggage compartment lid and front of the veh icle swings out mo re than
on both exterior mirrors ¢ fig . 13 7 . Make sure the rear of the vehicle. Maintain plenty of
that the lenses are not covered by deposits or any distance so that a n exterior m irror or a cor-
other obstructions as t his may impa ir the system. ner of the vehicle does not coll ide with any
For info rmat io n on cleaning, see c::>page 344. obstacles.
Black corners are shown in the vehicle si lhouette (0 Tips

when in Surroundings mode. Objects in these
If the 8/0";JJ/c:5 symbo l appears in the d is-
a reas a re outside of t he camera 's field of view
play a nd the res pect ive d isplay area is grayed
and a re not detec t ed .
out, then the power exter ior mir rors we re
u
_& WARNING fo lded in or the dr iver's door/front passeng-
co e r's door/luggage comp art me nt lid was
..... - Always read and follow the applicable warn -
N
r-- opened .
N
..... ings ¢ A in General information on
~0 page 130.
co
135
Parking aid
Switching on/off Corner view (front)/corner view (rear)

Applies to: vehicles with per ipheral cameras Applies to : vehicles with peripheral cameras
Fig. 138 Infotainment system: select the mode Fig. 139 Infota inment system: Corner view (front)
Switch ing on/ off

Requirement: the vehicle speed must be under
approx imately 6 mp h (10 km/h).
• Press the P'I/A button in the center console

¢ page 132, fig. 129 . A short confi rmat ion
tone sounds and the LED in the but ton turns

on. Fig. 14 0 Infota inment system : Corner view (rear)
This view can assist you for example, when you
The system switches on automat ically when re- are exiting from an area with poor visib ili ty. The
verse gear is engaged while the engine is run- area at the front and rear sides of the vehicles is
ning . A brief confirma t ion tone wi ll sound. displayed.
Switching off automat ically • To show the side view toward the front, select
The system switches off automatically when dr iv- the symbol @ c;>fig. 139 with the control knob
ing forward faster than 6 mph (10 km/h). and press the contro l knob .
• To show the side view toward the rear, select
Selecting the mode the symbol © c;>fig. 140 with the contr ol knob
• Turn the control knob to the symbol for the de- and press the control knob .
sired mode @ t hrough © ¢ fig. 138 and press
the control knob. Front
Applies t o: vehicles with peripheral cameras
You may select from the following modes:
@ - Corner view (front) c;>page 136
@ - Front¢ page 136
© -Area c;>page 137

@ -Rea r c;>page137
© - Corner view (rear) ¢ page 136

Fig. 141 Info tainment syst em: fron t mode
You can also switch to trailer view c;>page 134 .
This view assists you for example, in using the

full maneuvering range in front of the vehicle.
The area in front of the vehicle is displayed. The
vehicle surround ings are shown in the right area ..,
136
Parking aid
of the display. You can switch between the opti- Perpendicular parking
cal display and camera image ¢page 138. Applies to: vehicles with peripheral cameras
"'Select the symbol @ with the control knob. The This view may be used when parking in a garage
orange-colored orientation lines denote the or in a parking space.
projected direction of travel. Stop the vehicle
when the red orientation line* borders an ob-
ject¢ &. in General information on page 135.
Surroundings
Fig. 144 Infotainment system: aiming at a parking space
Fig. 142 Infotainment system: Surroundings mode
This view is ideal for maneuvering. The area

around the vehicle is shown using the camera im- Fig. 145 Infotainment system: aligning the vehicle
ages. The vehicle image is shown by the system.
"'Turn the Infotainment system on and shift into
"'Sele ct the symbol © with the control knob and
reverse gear.
press the control knob.
"'The orange orientation lines (!) show the vehi-
cle's direction of travel. Turn the steering wheel
Rear until the orange orientation lines appear in the
parking space c:>fig . 144. Use the markings @
to help you estimate the distance to an obsta-
cle. Each marking represents approximately 3
ft (1 m). The blue area represents an extension
of the vehicle's outline by approximately 16 ft
(S meters) to the rear.
"' While driving in reverse gear, adjust the steer-
ing wheel angle to fit the parking space using
the orange orientation lines for assistance
Fig. 143 Infotainment system: rear mode c:>&. in General information on page 135, ¢ (D
in General information on page 135. @ repre-
This view assists you for example, in using the sents the rear bumper. You should stop revers-
full maneuvering range behind the vehicle. The ing at the latest when the red orientation line
area behind the vehicle is displayed. The vehicle @ borders an object c:>.& in General informa-
surroundings are shown in the right area of the tion on page 133.
display. You can switch between the optical dis-
play and camera image <=> page 138.
u
co
..... "'Select the symbol @) with the control knob .
N
r--
N
.....
~0
co
137
Parking aid
Adjusting the parking aid - The set t ings for volume and automa t ic act i-
Applies to: vehicles with a rear parking system/parking sys- vation * are stored automatically and as-
tem plus/rearview camera/peripheral cameras signe d to the remote control key in use.
The fun ctions are adjusted in the Infotainment
system . Error messages
Applies to: vehicles with a rear parking system/parking sys-
.,.Select in the Infota inm ent system: IMENU I but - tem plus/rearview camera/peripheral cameras
t on > Vehicle > left co ntro l bu t ton > Driver as-
sistance > Parking aid. Or
Ill Rear parking aid: malfunction! Obstacl es
cannot be detected
.,.When the par king aid is active, se lect in the In -
fotainment system : rig ht contro l butto n*. Ill Front parking aid: malfunction! Obstacles
cannot be detect ed
End system * - stop t he pa rking aid
Activate automatically * - sw itch automatic acti-

Ill Parking aid: malfunct ion! Obstacles cannot
be detected
vation on/off
When one of these messages appears, there is a
Front volume * - volume for the front area
system malfunction. The LEDin t he Pw, button al-
Rear volume - volume for t he rear area so blinks whe n sw itchi ng it on. The releva nt mes-
sage o nly appears again w hen you manually acti -
Entertainment fader - the vol ume of t he aud io/
vate the par king a id wit h t he button .
video so urce is lowered when t he parking system
is turned on. [ii Rear parking aid: obstacle detection restrict-
ed
The new value is g iven briefly du ring the a djus t-
men t . The rea r cross-traffic ass ist* c:!;>page 124, Rear
cross-trafficassist is not available. Either the ESC
View * - sw itch betwee n a n optical d isplay
is sw itched off, or the radar sensors may be cov-
(Graphic) and camera image (Camera) in the
ered by a bike rack, stickers, leaves, snow or oth-
right section of the disp lay.
er objects . Switch t he ESCon , or clean the area in
Trail er view* - show trailer view front of the sensors if necessary c:!;>page 121,
fig. 121 . If t his message cont inues to be d is-
*Auto. front / rear camera change* - the view be-
played, drive immed iate ly t o an author ized Audi
hind the veh icle (Rear mode) is displayed auto-
de a ler or aut hor ized Aud i Service Facility to have
mat ically w hen you shift into reverse gear. The
t he mal funct ion repai red .
view in front of the vehicle (Front mode) is d is-
played automat ically whe n you sh ift into the for- Parking system plus*
ward gea rs. When first activat ing in a forward
If a senso r or speaker is faulty, the.!¼ symbo l
gea r with t he P,,1~ bu t to n, t he front side view is
will appear in fro nt of/behind the vehicle in the
d isp layed (Corner view (front) mode).
Infotai nment syste m d isp lay. If a rear sensor is
If you do not set the./, t he view behind the vehi- faulty, only obs ta cles th at are in a reas @ and @
cle (Rear mode) is a lways d isp layed and it does page 131, fig . 128 . If a front senso r
a re show n <:!;>
not swit ch to the Front mode whe n a forwar d is fa ulty, o nly obstacles that a re in a reas © and
ge ar is se lect ed . @ are s hown.
(0 Tips Peripheral cameras*
- Seve ral menus can be accessed w ith t he There is a system malfunction if t he % symbo l
right contr ol butt on only w hen the pa rking appe ar s a nd the corresponding a rea of t he dis -
a id is act ive. play is shown in black . The camera is not wo rking
in th is area. ...
138
Parking aid

Trailer hitch
Applies to: vehicles with a rear parking system/parking sys-
tem plus/ rearview camera/peripheral cameras and trailer
hitc h
When the tra iler socket is in use, the parking sys-

tem rear sensors are not activated when you shift
into reverse gear or when you press the Pw~but-
ton. This results in the following restr ict ions.
Rear parking system*

There is no distance warning.
Parking system plus*

There is no distance warning for the rear. The
front sensors remain activated . The visual display
switches to trai ler mode.
Rearview camera* /peripheral cameras*

There is no distance warn ing for the rear. The
front sensors remain activated. The visual display
switches to trai ler mode. The rearview camera
image will not show the orientation lines and the
blue surfaces.
@ Tips
Trailer hitches that are not installed at the
factory may cause the parking system to ma l-
function or they may restrict its function.
u
co
.....
N
,..._
N
.....
0
<(
0
00
139
Intelligent Technology
Intelligent Technology In extreme cases, EDLautomatica lly switches off

to keep the brake on the braked whee l from over -
Electronic Stabilization heating. The veh icle is still working correctly. EDL
Control (ESC) will switch on again automatically when condi-
tions have returned to normal.
Description
Power steering
Electronic Stabilization Control (ESC) supports
driver safety. It reduces the risk of slipping and The ESC can also support vehicle stability
improves driving stability. ESC detects critica l sit- through steering .
uations such as when the vehicle is oversteering Selective wheel torque control
and understeering or the wheels are spinning.
The vehicle is stabilized by applying the brakes or Se lective wheel torque cont rol is used when driv-
reducing eng ine torque. When the ESC engages, ing on curves. Brak ing is targeted toward the
the D.1 ind icator light blinks in the instrument
whee ls on the inside of the curve as needed. This
cluste r. a llows more precise driving in curves.
The follow ing systems are int egrated in the ESC: Automatic post-collision braking system
The "automat ic post-collis ion braking system"
Anti-lock braking system (ABS)
can help to reduce the risk of sl iding and of addi-
ABS prevents the wheels from locking when brak - tional collisions after an accident. If the airbag
ing. The vehicle can still be steered even during contro l modu le detects a collision, the vehicle is
hard braking. Apply steady pressure to the brake braked by the ESC.
pedal. Do not pump the pedal. A pulsing in the
brake pedal indicates that the system is acting to The veh icle does not brake automatically if:
stabilize the vehicle . - the driver presses the accelerator pedal, or
- the ESC, the brake system or the veh icle electri-
Brake assist system
cal system are not functioning .
The brake assist system can decrease braking dis-
tance. It increases braking power when the driver A WARNING
presses the brake pedal quickly in emergency sit-
- The ESC and its integrated systems cannot
uations . You must press and hold the brake pedal
overcome the lim its imposed by natura l
until the dangerous situat ion is over . In veh icles
phys ical laws. Th is is espec ially impo rta nt
with adapt ive cru ise control*, the brake assist
on slippery or wet roads. If the systems be-
system is more sensitive if the distance detected gin acting to stabilize yo ur vehicle, you
t o the vehicle dr iving ahead is too small. should immediately alter your speed to
Anti-Slip Regulation (ASR) match the road and traffic conditions. Do
not let the increased safety provided tempt
ASR reduces eng ine power when the drive wheels
you into taking risks. This could increase
beg in sp inning and adapts the force to the road
your risk of a coll is ion.
conditions . This makes it easie r to start, acceler-
- Please note the risk of a collision increases
ate and dr ive up hills.
when dr iving fast, especially through curves
Electronic Differential Lock (EDL) and on slippery or wet roads, and when dr iv-
ing too close to objects ahead . The ESC and
EDLapplies the brakes to a wheel that starts
its integrated systems cannot always pre-
spinning and transfers the drive power to the
ve nt co llisions - there is st ill a risk of acci-
other driving wheels. This funct ion is not availa-
dents!
ble at higher speeds.
140
- Press t he acce lerato r pedal carefully whe n conditi on. Different t ire sizes can lea d to a
acceleratin g on smooth , slippery sur faces re duction in eng ine power.
s uch as ice and snow. The drive whee ls can - You may hear noises when t he systems de-
spin even when th ese contro l systems are scribed are wor king.
inst alled and th is can affe ct driving st ability - Applies to: vehicles with roof racks supplied
and increase the ris k of a collis ion. by the factory: when inst alling the roof rac k
supplie d by t he factory on t he roof rail, se n-
(D Tips sor tec hnology is used to adjust the ESCto
any poss ible change in t he vehicle's cente r
- The ABSand ASRonly function correctly
of grav ity resu lting from the load.
whe n all four whee ls have a s imilar wear
Switching on and off
ESCturns on automatically when you start the engine.
The following examp les are unusua l situations

whe re it may make se nse to switch off road mode
on to allow the whee ls to spin:
- Rocking t he vehicle t o free it when it is stuck
- Driving in deep snow or on loose ground
- Driving with snow chains
- Driving on rough te rra in when much of the car 's
we ight is lifted off the wheels (axle art icula-
t ion)
Fig. 146 Cente r conso le wit h t he 1',oFFbutto n
- Driving down hill while braking on loose ground
The ESC is designed t o function in levels . Depend- For your safety, switch the offroad mode off in
ing on t he level t hat is sele cted , t he st abilizat ion advance.
function of the ESC is limite d or swit ched off . The
amo unt of sta bilizat ion control will differ de -
pending on t he level.
ESC levels
Offroad mode on ESC/ASRoff Offroad mode off or
ESC/ASRon
Behavior The ESCand ASRstabiliza - The sta bilization function is The full stabilizatio n func-
tion funct ions are limited not available c>& . ESCand tion of the ESCand ASRis
Q _&. ASRare switc hed off . availab le aga in.
Operating Press t he 1.$<>,
I but t on brief- Press a nd hold t he 1.$<>,
I but - Press t he 1.$<>,
I but t on again .
Ly. ton lon ger t han th ree sec-
onds.
Indicator II turns on . JI and lf'lii•)H
turn on. II turns off or II and
lights lf'lii•)~~
tu rn off.
u
co
.....
N
r---
N
.....
Messages Stabilization control (ESC): Stabil .ization control (ESC): Stabilization control (ESC):
offroad . Warning! Reduced off . Warning! Restricted
stability stability
on ..
0
<(
0
00
141
A WARNING
-
However, there must be enough traction . Hill de-
scent assist cannot function as expected , if for
You shou ld only switch offroad mode on or example the hill is icy or if the surface is loose
switch ESC/ASR off if your driving abilities c>,& .
and the traff ic conditions perm it. There is a
risk of slid ing. Active regulation of a speed up to approximate ly
- The stabilization function is limited when 19 mph (30 km/h) is signaled in the instrument
offroad mode is switched on. The driving cluster by an indicator light • . The iiindicator
wheels could spin and the vehicle could light turns on in the ready mode.
swerve, especially on slick or slippery road The system does not work at speeds between ap-
surfaces. proximately 19 and 37 mph (30 and 60 km/h).
- There is no vehicle stab ili zat ion when ESC/ The system is then in ready-mode. This is indicat-
ASR are switched off . ed by the LED in the button turning on. The sys-
tem automat ically switched off when you dr ive
Hill descent assist faster than 37 mph (60 km/h) . The LEDw ill also
turn off in this scenario.
Hill descent assist makes it possible to drive
down a hill at a constant speed. Hill descent assist is automatically activated un-
der the follow ing condit ions:
N
co
0 - the LED in the button turns on
~
ID - the vehicle speed is lower than 19 mph (30 km/
h)
- the hill angle is at least approximate ly 6%
A WARNING
-
- Always adapt your speed to the weathe r,

road and traffic conditions . Do not let the
Fig. 147 Center console: hill desce nt ass ist button
increased safety provided tempt you into
taking risks, because this increases the risk
.,.To switc h hill descent assist on, press the l"l;,
1 of an accident .
button. The LED in the button turns on. - The hill descent assist system cannot over-
.,.Press the button again to switch it off . The LED come the laws of physics. Your driv ing style
in the button turns off . must always be adapted to the current road
and traffic cond itions .
Hill descent assist brakes all fo ur whee ls auto - - Hill descent assist may not be able to hold
mat ically in order to li mit speed when dr iving ei- your veh icle at a constant speed under all
ther forward or reverse on hills with a grade from conditions while dr iving on a hill (fo r exam-
approximately 6 to 60%. The wheels wi ll not lock ple if ground under the vehicle is loose).
up because the ABS remains activated .
When hill descent assist is on, the speed your ve- Brakes
hicle was traveling when it ente red the hill is
maintained . It is on ly possible to switch on the New brake pads
assist when driving slower than 37 mph (60 km/ New brake pads do not achieve their full braking
h). The assist begins shortly after you start driv- effect during the first 250 mi (400 km) . They
ing and continues up to approximate ly 19 mph must be "broken in" first . However, you can com-
(30 km/h) . The driver can increase or decrease pensate for the slightly reduced braking force by
the vehicle speed with in these limits by pressing pressi ng fi rml y on t he brake pedal. Avoid heavy
the accelerator or brake pedal. braking during the break-in period . ..,.
142
Wear problem corrected. On the way there, drive with

Brake pad wear depends largely on the way the reduced speed and keep in mind that you will
vehicle is driven and on operating conditions. need a longer distance to stop and you will need
This is especially true if you are driving frequently to press the brake pedal harder.
in the city and on curves or with a sporty driving Low brake fluid level
style.
When the brake fluid level is low, malfunctions in
Operating noise the brake system may occur. The brake fluid level
Noises may occur when braking depending on the is electronically monitored.
speed, braking force and outside conditions such Brake booster
as temperature and humidity.
The brake booster amplifies the pressure you ap-
Wet conditions or road salt ply to the brake pedal.
In certain situations, for example after driving
through water, in heavy rain or after washing
&
=
WARNING
-
your car, the braking effect may be reduced due - Only apply the brakes for the purpose of
to moisture or ice on the brake rotors and brake cleaning the brake system when road and
pads. The brakes must be "dried" first with a few traffic conditions permit. You must not en-
careful brake applications. danger other road users. This increases the
risk of an accident.
At higher speeds and with the windshield wipers
- Never let the vehicle roll while the engine is
turned on, the brake pads press against the brake
stopped because this increases the risk of an
rotors for a short amount of time. This action,
accident.
which is not felt by the driver, happens at regular
- Never place objects in the driver's footwell.
intervals and ensures a better reaction time for
An object could end up in the area around
the brakes in wet weather.
the pedals and prevent you from using
The braking effect can also be reduced if you are them. You would not be able to use the ped-
driving on salted roads and you do not apply the als if sudden driving or braking maneuvers
brakes for long periods of time. The layer of salt were needed, which increases the risk of an
on the brake rotors and pads must be worn off accident.
first when the brakes are applied. - Only use floor mats that do not obstruct the
area around the pedals and that can be se-
Corrosion
curely fastened in the footwells.
Leaving the vehicle parked for long periods of - To reduce the risk of injury, do not place
time, low mileage and avoiding heavy braking your foot under the brake pedal.
can contribute to corrosion on the brake rotors
and to dirty brake pads. @ Note
If you usually avoid heavy braking or if there is - Never let the brakes "rub" by pressing the
corrosion present, occasional heavy braking at pedal lightly when braking is not actually
high speeds is recommended to clean the brake necessary. This causes the brakes to over-
rotors and pads¢ ,&.. heat and increases braking distance and
causes wear.
Brake system malfunction
- Before driving downhill a long distance on a
If you notice that the brake pedal travel has sud- steep hill, decrease your speed and select a
u denly increased, then a brake circuit in the dual- lower gear. This makes use of the engine
co
..... circuit brake system may have malfunctioned. braking effect and relieves the brakes. If
N
r---
N
..... Drive to an authorized Audi dealer or authorized you need to brake additionally, brake in in-
0
<(
0
Audi Service Facility immediately to have the tervals and not continuously. .,,.
00
143
necessary if the steering wheel was moved while

(D Tips
the engine was switched off. The disp lay turns
- If the brake booster is not working, you off if the initialization was successful.
must press the brake pedal with much more
force than normal. (D Tips
- If you retrofit your vehicle with a front spoil-
er, whee l covers or similar items, make sure
- If the . or Erflindicator light only stays on
for a short time, you may continue driving.
that the air flow to the front wheels is not
- The dynamic steering stability systems
interrupted. Otherw ise the brake system
¢ page 140 are not available in the event of
can become too hot .
a system malfunction .
- For additional information on dynamic
Electromechanical steering, see ¢ page 125.
steering, Dynamic
steering All-wheel drive (quattro)
The electromechanical steering supports the General information
driver's steering movements.
In all wheel drive, the dr iving power is distribut-
Power steering adapts electronically based on ed between all four whee ls when needed. Thi s
the vehicle speed. happens automatically depending on your driving
behavior as we ll as the current road conditions.
Indicator lights and messages
Also see c>page 140 , Electronic Stabilization
• Steering: malfunction! Please stop vehicle Control (ESC).
If th is ind icator light turns on and stays on and The all-whee l drive system distributes the driving
this message appears, the power steer ing may power variably to the front and rear axle. It works
have fa il ed. together with selective wheel torque control,
which activates when driving through curves
Stop the vehicle in a safe location as soon as pos-
c>page 140. With the sport differential*, power
sible . Do not continue driving . See an author ized
distribution to the rear wheels is variable and can
Audi deale r or authorized Audi Service Facility fo r
be adjusted using the drive select c>poge 125 .
assistance .
,~n Steering: malfunction! You can continue

The all wheel drive concept is designed for high
engine power . Your vehicle is except ionally pow-
driving
erful and has excellent driving characteristics
If the indicator light turns on and the message both under normal driving conditions and on
appears, the steering wheel may be more diffi- snow and ice. Always read and follow safety pre-
cult to move or more sensit ive than usual. The cautions ¢ .&..
steer ing wheel may also be at an angle when
driving st raight. Winter tires
By using all wheel dr ive, your veh icle has good
Drive slowly to an aut horized Audi dealer or au-
forward motion w ith standard tires in winter con-
thor ized Audi Service Facility to have the mal-
ditions. However, using w inter or all season t ires
function corrected .
on oil four wheels in the winter is recommended,
I@ Dynamic steering: correcting steering wheel because th is w ill imp rove the braking effect.
position
Snow chains
If the indicator light turns on and this message
appears, the dynamic steering* is reinitializing. If there are snow chain laws, snow chains must
The steering wheel will be easy to move after also be used on veh icles with all wheel drive
starting the engine. Reinit ialization might be c>page 340, Snow chains . .,.
144
Replacing tires Notice about data

For vehicles w it h all whee l dr ive, only wheels w ith recorded by the Event
the same ro lling circumference should be used . Data Recorder and
Avoid using tires with different tread depths
~ page 332, New tires or wheels.
vehicle control modules
Event Data Recorder
A WARNING
This vehicle is equipped with an Event Data Re-
- Also, in vehicles with all wheel drive, adapt corder (EDR). The main purpose of an EDR is to
your dr iving style to the current road and record, in certain crash or near crash-like situa-
traff ic conditions. Do not let the increased tions, such as an airbag deployment or hitting a
safety provided tempt you into tak ing risks, road obstacle, data that will assist in understand-
because th is increases the risk of an acci- ing how a vehicle's systems performed. The EDR
dent . is designed to record data related to vehicle dy -
- The braking ability of your veh icle is limited nam ics and safety systems for a short per iod of
to the tract ion of the wheels. In this way, it t ime, typ ically 30 seconds or less . The EDR in this
is not diffe rent from a two whee l dr ive vehi- vehicle is designed to record such data as:
cle. Do not be tempted to accelerate to a
high speed when the road is slippery, be- - How various systems in your vehicle were oper-
cause this increases the risk of an accident. ating;
- Note that on wet streets, the front wheels - Whether or not the driver and passenger safety
can "hydroplane" if driving at speeds that belts were buckled/fastened;
are too high . Unlike front whee l drive - How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the
vehicles, the engine does not rev higher sud- accelerator and/or brake pedal; and,
denly when the vehicle begins hydroplaning. - How fast the vehicle was traveling.
For this reason, adapt your speed to the These data can help provide a better understand-
road conditions to reduce the risk of an acc i- ing of the circumstances in which crashes and in-
dent . juries occur. NOTE: EDR data are recorded by your
vehicle only if a non-trivial crash situation occurs;
Energy management no data are recorded by the EDR under normal
driv ing cond itions and no personal data (e .g .,
Your vehicle is equipped with an intelligent ener- name, gender, age, and crash location) are re-
gy management system for distributing electrici- corded. However, othe r parties, such as law en-
ty . This significantly improves the starting ab ility forcement, co uld comb ine t he EDR data with the
and increases the veh icle battery life . type of personally identifying data routinely ac-
quired during a crash investigation.
(D Tips
To read data recorded by an EDR, special equip-
- If you drive short distances frequently, the
ment is required, and access to the vehicle or the
vehicle battery may not charge enough
EDR is needed. In addition to t he ve hicle manu-
while dr iving . As a resu lt, convenience func-
facturer, other parties, such as law en forcement,
tions for elect rical equipment may be tem-
that have the special equipment, can read the in-
porarily unavailable.
formation if they have access to the vehicle or the
- The vehicle battery will gradua lly drain if
EDR.
the veh icle is not dr iven fo r long pe riods of
time, or if electrical equipment is used Some state laws restrict the retrieval or down-
u
co
when the engine is not running . To ensure loading of data stored by EDRs installed in a vehi -
.....
N that the vehicle can still be started, the cle for the express purpose of retrieving data af-
r---
N
..... electrica l equipment will be reduced or ter an accident or crash event without the own-
0
<(
0 switched off. er 's consent . II>-
00
145
Audi will not access the EDR and/or similar data

or give it to others -
- unless the vehicle owner (or lessee if the vehi-

cle has been leased) agrees; or
- upon the officia l request by the police; or
- upon the order of a court of law or a govern-
ment agency; or
- for the defense of a lawsu it through the judicial
discovery process .
- Audi may also use the data for research about
vehicle operation and safety performance or
provide the data to a third party for resea rch
purposes without identifying the specific vehi-
cle or information about the identity of its own-
er or lessee and on ly after the recorded vehicle
data has been accessed.
Vehicle control modules

Your veh icle is also equipped with a num ber of
e lectronic control mod ules for various veh icle
systems, such as engine management, emission
control, airbags, and safety belts.
These electro nic cont rol modules record data

du ring normal vehicle operation that may be
needed by trained technicians for diagnostic and
repair purposes. The recording capability of these
modules is limited to data (no sound is record-
ed). Only a small amount of data is actually re-
corded over a very limited period of time, or stor-
ed when a system fault is detected by a control
module . Some of the data stored may relate to
veh icle speed, direct ion, or brak ing, as well as re-
stra int system use and performance in the event
of a crash . Stored data can also only be read and
downloaded with special equipment that is di-
rectly connected to the vehicle.
(D Tips
Your vehicle may be equipped with Audi con-
nect. Your use of certain Audi connect fea-
tures requires wireless services that are pro-
vided by a third party wire less te lecommuni-
cations provider . For detai ls regarding how in-
formation obtained through Audi connect is
collected, processed, transmitted, used, and
shared, please see your contract with the
w ireless telecommunications provider.
146
Multi Media Inte rface
Mult i Media Interface Introduction

Traffic safety The Multi Media Interface, or MMI for short,
combines various sys tems for communication,
information
navigation* and ent ertainment in your Audi. You
Audi recommend s performing certain Infotain- can operate the MMI using the MMI control pan-
ment system fun ctions, such as entering a desti- el, the multifunction steering wheel or the voice
nation, only when the vehicle is stationary . Al- recognition system* .
ways be prepared to stop operating the Infotain-
ment system in the interest of your safety and
the safety of other road users.
_& WARNING
Only use the Infotainment system when traf-
fic conditions permit and always in a way that
allows you to maintain complete control over
your vehicle.
@ Tips
Certain functions are not available while driv-
ing .
Fig. 148 MMI cont rol pane ls · integ rated shortcu t keys
Top : wit ho ut MMI tou ch Bottom : with MMI touch
MMI control panel overview

© Control knob with joystick function 149, 153
@ MMI touch control pad* . . . . . . . . 151
@ Left control button . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
© Right control button ........... 150
® Buttons for opening menus
directly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
@ I MENUI button . . . . . .. .. . . .. . . . 149
0 IBACKI button . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . 149
@ Shortcut keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
u
co
.....
N
r--
N
.....
~0
co
147
Multi Media Interface
MMI On/Off knob with @ Tips

joystick function The MMI switches off automatically if the en-
Operating gine is not running and the vehicle battery is
low.
Infotainment system
display
Switching on/off
.. Press the~ button to switch the Infotainment

system on and off.
When the MMI is switched on and the display is

Fig.149 MMI On/Off knob with joystick fun ctio n switched off, you can operate certain functions
using the On/Off knob with the MMI joyst ick
Switching the MMI on/off: the MMI can be
funct ion c:>page 148 .
switched on/off manually .
- Switching on manually : press the On/Off knob {!) Tips
@ briefly c:>fig. 149. Or:press the I MENUI but-
There may be delays when switching on the
ton @ c:>page 147, fig . 148 or one of the but -
display.
tons to open the menus directly ® ·
- Switching off manually : press and hold the
Information on display images
On/Off knob (D c:>fig. 149 until the MMI
switches off. If the MMI has been switched off The display version depends on vehicle equip-
manually, it does not switch on again automati- ment.
ca lly the next time the ignit ion is switched on.
Additional functions: _8_7_ 6

_ M_H_z ____________ ____ f.;
- Adjusting the volume : turn the On/Off knob (D 88 7 MHz
c:>fig. 149. 900 MHz

J 90.5 MHz
- Muting : press the On/Off knob (D c:>fig. 149
91 5 MHz
briefly. 96 6 MHz
- -------------
- Selecting the previous / next function (for ex-

ample, a radio station/track): press the On/Off
Fig. 150 Disp lay version A
knob (D c:>fig . 149 briefly toward the left l<l<lor
rig ht t>l>I
.
- Fast forwarding/rewinding (for example
songs): press and ho ld the On/Off knob (D
c:>fig. 149 towa rd the left l<l<lor right t>l>I
.
.&_WARNING
Adjust the volume of the audio system so that
signals from outside the vehicle, such as po - Fig. 151 Disp lay vers ion B
lice and fire sirens, can be heard easily at all
times. Additional content (such as album cover and map
mater ial) is shown on display version B, if appli-
cable (D c:>fig . 151. Because the other content Ill-
148
shown on the displays is nearly identical between Opening the main menu/menu
the two versions, this manual will primarily de-
scr ibe display version A.
MMI operation
Selecting and confirming a function
Fig. 153 Diagram: main men u
Opening the main menu

"' Press the lMENUI button @ ¢ page 147,
fig . 148. The MMI menus (such as Radio) are
disp layed ¢ fig. 153. Then you can select and
confirm a function using the contro l knob.
Opening a menu directly

"' Press the applicable button to d irectly open the
menus ® ¢ page 147, fig. 148 in the direct ion
of the desired menu (such as IRADIO b. Then
you can select and confirm a function using the
control knob.
Fig. 152 Operat ing the contro l knob
Selecting and confirming a function in a

menu/l ist
"'Selecting a function : turn the control knob (D
¢ fig. 152 to the desired function (such as se-
lecting a frequency) .
"'Confirming a selection: press the control knob
@ ¢ fig, 152.
Returning to functions at higher levels

"'P ress the IBACK I button 0 ¢ page 147 ,
fig . 148.
u
co
.....
N
r--
N
.....
~0
co
149
Multi Med ia Interfac e
Opening the selection menu/options menu Selection menu: through the se lection menu,
with the control buttons you can open additional functions wit hin a menu
item (such as Radio).
Requirement: the se lection menu symbol must

be displayed in the Infotainment system disp lay
<9fig. 155 .
Opening/ closing the selection menu: press the
left control button ¢ fig. 155. Then you can se-
lect and confirm a function using the control
knob .
Options menu: using the options menu, you can

select and confirm context-dependent funct ions
as well as settings within a menu item (such as
Radio).
Requirement: the options menu symbo l G must

be displayed in the Info t ainment sys t em display
¢ fig. 155 .
Opening/ closing th e options menu: press the
right control but t on ¢ fig. 155. Then you can se-
Applies to: MMI control panel with integrated control but- lect and confirm a function using the control
tons on the MMI to uch control pad knob .
Fig. 154 Control buttons on the MMI control pan e l
Information about menu paths
This guide shows you at a glance the paths for

opening a desired menu and its settings and
functions.
Example of a path
Select: IRADIO Ibutton > left control button >
11>
FM .
Following the path

" Press the IRADIO Ibutton.
" Press the left control button .
" Turn the control knob to the FM menu item to
select it .
" Press t he contro l knob to confirm the selected
FM menu item .
" The se lected and confirmed func t ion is execut -
ed. In this example , the FM frequency band is
set .
Applies to: MMI control pane l with separate control but-
tons on the MMI control panel
Fig. 155 Contro l but t ons on t he MMI control panel
150
MMI touch Requirement: it must be poss ible to enter text or

numbers and the symbol (!) q fig. 157 must ap-
MMI touch control pad pear in the Infotainment system d isplay .
Applies to: vehicles with MMI touch
- Initial entry : wr ite an ind ividual upper case or
You can enter data using handwriting recogni- lower case letter or numbe r/symbol on the
tion on the MMI touch control pad. MMI touch cont rol pad using your finger . A
symbo l that is recogn ized clearly by the system
is displayed in the Infotainment system disp lay
(D q page 151, fig. 156, confirmed with an au-
dib le sig na l if necessary, and transferred to the
input field.
- Entering spaces : move your finger across the
MMI touch control pad from left to right .
- Delet ing characters : move your finger across
the MMI touch contro l pad from right to left .
- Select ing the input suggestion : press the con-
trol knob.
- Switching directly to the results list : turn the
control knob to the rig ht
- Opening the speller : select the right control
button> Open speller . Text or numbers are en-
tered using the speller¢ page 155.
- MMItouch volume : press the right control but-
ton. See ¢ page 250 .
Fig. 1 56 Examp le: enter ing a navigation dest ination using

the MMI touc h
The MMI touch control pad is loca t ed be twee n

the cont rol buttons¢ fig. 156 .
Entering numbers, letters, and symbols

Applies to: vehicles with MMItouch
The MMI touch allows you to enter data on the

MMI touch con trol pad using handwriting recog-
nition.
u
co Fig. 15 7 Display when MMI touch is active
.....
N
r--
N
.....
~0
co
151
Moving the crosshairs Moving the map

Applies to: vehicles with MMI touch Applies to: vehicles with MMI touch
s nou•••• St I mt ··)-
l.. 1
Applies to: vehicles with automatic transmission and MMI Applies to: vehicles w ith automatic transmission and MM[
touch touch
Fig. 158 moving the crosshairs Fig. 159 moving t he map
Requirement: a map must be displayed Requirement: a map must be di splayed

<=>
page 213. <=>
page 213.
- Showing/hiding the crosshairs: press t he con- - Showing/hiding the crosshairs: press t he con-
tro l knob to show t he crosshairs @ <=> fig . 15 8 . trol knob to show the crosshairs (!) c>fig . 159 .
Or: press on the MMI touch cont rol pad. Press Or: press on t he MMI to uch control pad. Press
the I BACKI button (J) <=>page 147 , fig . 148 to the I BACKI button (J) <=>
page 147, fig. 148 to
hide the crosshairs again. hide the crosshairs again.
- Moving the crosshairs on a map : move the
- Moving the standa rd map/satellite map 1l:
crosshairs shown in the desired direct ion using
move the crosshairs show n in the desired direc-
your finger on the MMI touch contro l pad
tion using two fingers on the MMI touch con-
<=>
fig . 158 .
trol pad <=>fig. 159.
- Moving the crosshairs quickly: w hen the cross-
- Moving the map quickly: when the crosshairs
hairs are vis ible @ <=>fig . 158, slide your finge r
are visible, pull two f ingers across the MMI
quic kly across the MMI to uch cont rol pad in the
to uch control pad quickly in t he desired direc-
fig . 158 . The crosshairs will
desired direct ion <=>
tion . The map w ill come to a stop after several
come t o a stop aft er several seconds.
seconds.
l) AUDI AG provi des access to services fr om third party pro -

viders. Perman ent availabili ty cannot be guaran t eed, be-
cause that depends on t he t hird party provider.
152
Zooming in/out on the map (D Tips

The vol ume of the voice gu idance prompts for
the MMI to uch* can be adju sted sepa rately
¢ page 250.
Control knob with

joystick function
Operation
Applies to: vehicles with joys tick function
Applies to: vehicles with automatic transmission and MMI

touch
Fig. 16 0 zooming in/out on the map
Requirement: a map must be disp layed

¢page 213.
- Zooming in/out on the map : press the control
knob to s how the crosshairs. Touch the MMI
touch contro l pad wit h two finge rs and pull
your finge rs apart o r togethe r ¢ fig. 160.
Applies to: vehicles with the joystick function
Press the ! BACKI button (J) to hide the crossha irs Fig. 16 1 operat ional concept fo r control knob w ith j oystick
¢ page 147 , fig. 148. function
You can push the control kno b up or dow n (D

Adjusting the sound focus
¢ fig. 161 or to the rig ht or left @ .
App lies to: vehicles with MMI touch
Requirement: the Balance/fader fu nction must Opening the entertainment sliding menu
be selected ¢ pag e 24 9. Applies to: vehicles with MMI touch
- Moving the crosshairsfor sound focus: move Opening the ente rtainment sliding menu: push
your finge r in the desired direction on the MMI the control knob down to open the enterta in-
touch cont rol pad. ment s liding me nu ® ¢ page 158, fig. 165.
- Storing the crosshairslocation: press the con- The n you can se lect and con firm a func t ion.
trol knob twice. Or: press the I BACK ! bu t ton (J)
Closing the entertainment sliding menu: push
¢ page 147, fig. 148.
t he control knob up to close the entertainment
s liding me nu . Or: press the I BACK I button (J)
Using the DVD main menu
¢ page 147, fig. 148.
Applies to: vehicles with MMI touch
Requi remen t : a DVD mus t be playing Additional functions

¢ page 234. The DVD ma in menu is show n. Applies to: vehicles with joystick function
- Selecting a menu item : mov e your finger up/ Displaying the input field/switching to
down or left /right on t he MMI touch contro l speller input
pad.
Pus h the contr ol knob up¢ page 153, fig. 16 1 to
u
co
reach t he begin ning of a list in t he cent ral ar ea or
.....
N
r--
t he inpu t fie ld. If the input fie ld is already open,
N
..... switch d irectly to the speller in the input field by ..,.
~0
co
153
Multi Med ia Interfac e
pushing the control knob up again i=:>

page 155, Opening the selection/options menu with
Letter/number speller. the control knob
Applies to: vehicles with joystick function
On the map
Requiremen t : a map must be disp layed

i=:>page213 .
- Displaying the input field : push the control

knob up .
- Displaying route guidance: when route guid-
ance is active, you can also display the route
guidance by pushing the contro l knob up
i=:>
page 208, fig . 187.
- Zoomi ng in/o ut on the map (zoom) : tur n the
contro l knob to the right/ left to zoom in/out on
the map .
Applies to : vehicles without MMI touch with joyst ick function
- Showin g/ hiding the crosshairs: press the con-
trol knob . The crosshairs are shown on the
map. Press the I BACK I button to hide the cross-
hairs.
- Moving the crosshairs: when the crosshairs are
visible, turn the control knob in the d irection
Applies to: MMI control panel with control knob and joy-
the crossha irs shou ld move. Press the control
stick function
knob and ho ld it unti l the crossha irs are in the Fig. 162 Openin g t he se lect ion/opt ions menu w it h t he
desired poi nt on the map . contro l knob
- Additional options on t he map : see
i=:>
page 214 Requirement : the se lection menu symbo l 3 must
be displayed in the Infotainment system display
Adjusting the sound focus ¢ fig. 162 .
Applies to: vehicles without MMI touch with joystick function
Opening/ closing the selection menu : push the
Requirement: the balance/fader function must
contro l knob to the left i=:>fig. 162 to open these-
be selected c>page 249.
lection menu . Then you can select and confirm a
- Moving the sound focus using th e crosshairs: function using the control knob.
the crosshairs can be moved hori zontally. Turn
Press the I BACK I button (J)c>page 147, fig . 148
the control knob to the left o r to the right.
to return to the function one leve l up .
Press the control knob to move the crosshairs
vertically . Turn the control knob to the left or Requirement: the options menu symbo l El must
to the right . Press the control knob aga in to be displayed in the Infotainment system display
save the setting . i=:>fig. 162.
Using the DVD main menu Press the I BACK I button 0 c>page 147, fig . 148
to return to the function one leve l up .
Requirement: a DVDmust be playing
i=:>page 234 . The DVDmain menu is shown .
- Selecting a menu item : move the control knob

with joystick funct ion up or down or to the left
or right.
- Confirming a selection : press the control knob.
154
Shortcut keys Displaying a radio station : sw ipe you r finger ove r

t he shortcut keys .
Frequently used radio stations can be stored on
the s hortcut keys. Deleting a stored radio station : reset t he Short -
cut keys to t he fa ctory default se tt ings
The sho rtc ut keys are located on the MMI control ¢ page 246 .
panel ® ¢ page 147, fig. 148 .
Storing radio stations : t ur n t he control kno b to

{l) Tips
the desired rad io station in a list (for example, a It is not pos sible to en t er num bers using t he
radio station in the FM station list). Press and s hor tcut keys . Use th e number spe lle r
ho ld the desired shortcut key for several seconds. ¢ page 155 or MMI touch* ¢ page 151 t o e n-
The active radio station will be stored on t he ter numbe rs.
shortcut key.
Accessing a radio station: press the shortcut key .
Letter/number speller
Fig. 163 Diagram: lette r/ numbe r spe ller
You can enter letters, numbers and symbo ls in - Entering accented characters (such as a,~.n,
the MMI using the letter/number speller. This o) *: t urn the contro l knob with the character
option is ava ilab le when the input f ield @ is ac- fig . 163 to a character. To open
select io n @ c::>
tive ¢ fig . 163. the selected accented characters, press and
hold the con t rol knob. Turn t he control knob
- Opening / closing the letter / number speller :
w it h the character selec t ion @ c::> fig. 163 to an
move the control knob up/down when t he input
ac cen t ed charac t er. Press the cont rol knob to
field is active. Or: select the right contro l but-
inser t the accen ted chara ct er. To close t he ac-
ton > Open speller / Close speller .
cented characters wit hout select ing a charac -
- Entering characters : turn the contro l knob with
ter, press an d hold the contro l knob again. Or:
t he character selection @ ¢ fig . 163 to the de-
select a nd confi rm !aou I0 c::> fig . 163. Se lect
s ired symbo l. Press the control knob to confirm
and confirm an accented cha racter .
t he cha racter . Your input is disp layed in t he in-
put field @ . When you have en t e red all of t he - Deleting characters : sele ct an d confirm <RI@
~ char acters, s ele ct an d confirm t he I L IST I button fig.
<=:> 163. To de lete all cha racters in the input
.....
~
N
© c::>fig. 163 . Or: push t he con tr ol knob dow n. fie ld, press and hold the control knob on <RIun-
..... til all characters in the input f ield a re deleted . ...,
~0
co
155
- Entering special characters: select and config. 163. Select and confirm a suggestion
<=>
firm l!&?I@ q fig. 163 or l123 I@ . Select and from the list .
confirm the desired special character (for ex-
Requireme nt : the input field @ qfig. 163 must
amp le, a hyphen or period) with the number
be active.
speller.
- Switching between speller and MMI touch* :
- Input assistance: in some cases such as in navi-
the handwriting recognit ion for the MMItouch
gation*, there is a word suggestion* @
control pad* is activated automatically . Simply
<=>fig. 163 based on available entr ies while you
start writ ing.
are enter ing data. You can select th is sugges-
tion by pushing the control knob upward . Overview of symbols in the speller
- Results list : in some cases, such as in the direc-
The symbols in the letter/number speller are ex-
tory, the system switches automat ically to the
plained in the following tab le:
results list based on availab le entr ies @
Symbol/Description Description
CD ILISTlorB Switches to the results list.

@ Input field Displays the current input.
Displays a list with suggestions based on the letters already en-
® Results list
tered.
+
Switches from lower case to upper case letters or from upper case
@
to lower case letters.
Opens additional spe ller options, for example Close speller and
® E Clear input field
® !!&?I Character sets and special characters

0 laoul Displays accented characters (such as a,<;, fi, o).
Switches from letter to number input or from number to letter in-
® !123 1/IABCI
put .
® .......... Adds a space in the input field .
@ Character se lection Highlights the se lected character .
@
.. Inserts the suggested word* when you push the control knob up .
~ Deletes the character to the left of the cursor.
(D Tips
Accented characters are not available for ev-
ery letter.
156
Free text search An input suggestion to comp lete the entry* ®

Applies to: vehicles with free text search ¢ fig. 164 is shown depending on the input . Ad-
ditional entries that conta in the entered search
Using the free text search, you can select the or-
terms are listed In the results list @ ¢ fig. 164.
der that the search terms are entered in the in-
put field. If the desired term is still not displayed, enter
additional letters until it is displayed.
It is often enough just to ente r the first letters of
the sea rch term in order for it to display in the re-
sults list. For example, in the Telephone* menu,
write the initials of the contact being searched,
separated by a space.
Selecting the input suggestion to complete

Fig. 164 Example: free text sea rch on telep hone
the entry
Requirement: an input suggestion to comp lete
Free text search is available in the Vehicle*, Ra- the entry* ® ¢ fig. 164 must be displayed.
dio*, Media*, Telephone*, Navigation * and Audi
~ MMI touch input* : press the control knob . Or:
connect* menus .
press on the MMI touch contro l pad*.
Opening free text search ~ Speller input : push t he control knob up.
~ Select : IMENUIbutton> desired menu item Selecting an entry from the results list
(such as Telephone).
~ Keep turning the contro l knob to the left until Requirement: at least one entry must be dis-
th@free text search input field (D c::>fig. 164 played in the res ults list @ ¢ fig. 164.
appears . Or: push the control knob up to open ~ MMI touch input* : turn the control knob to the
the input field (D. right . Select and confirm an entry from the list .
~ Speller input : select and confirm ILIS T ! (D
The handwriting recognit ion for the MMI touch
control pad* is automat ically act ivated. Simply ¢ page 155, fig. 163 . Or: push the control knob
start writing. down. Select and confirm an entry from the
list .
Free text search for an entry
~ Enter one or more search terms in any order in-
to the input field. The individual search terms
must be separated by spaces when enter ing .
u
co
.....
N
r---
N
.....
0
<(
0
00
157
Menus and Symbols
Fig. 165 Diagram: menus and symbols
Symbol / Description Description
CD Selected text Selected function

@ TMC Receiving TMC/on line traffic information c>page 217
Displays informat ion about the media so ur ce that is currently se-
lected or a situat ion (such as an incom ing ca ll). Depending on veh i-
Entertainment sliding
® menu
cle eq uipment, operation might also be possible using the open en-
tertainment slid ing menu (such as select ing a radio station or ac-
cepting a call) <=>page 153 .
Jukebox* import ing proc-
@ Importing aud io/video files to the Jukebox <=>
page 227
ess
® Repeat track The trac k currently playing is repeated c>page 238

All files on the playlist are played in random order c>page 238,
® Shuffle
Shuffle
Access information by pressing the control knob when the selected
0 Arrow
text is active
Telephone signal
® strength bars
Telephone s ignal strength
Exclamation point on the

® telephone
Indicates missed calls
Signal strength for the active data connection, or

Data connection signal
@ PIN: enter the PIN (SIM)
strength bars*
PUK: enter the PUK
Network coverage for the active data connection c>page 194
2G : GSM network
@ 2G/3G/LTE*
3G : UMTS network
LTE*: LTE network
@ Mute The aud io source is muted <=>
page 249
Outside the mobile network for the connected cell phone or the in-
@) Roaming
serted SIM card
158
Symbol / Description Description

(0) Importing process Import/update the contacts in the directory or the call lists
Select and confirm context-dependent functions as we ll as settings
@ Options menu*
w ithin a menu it em
@ Bluetooth* Bluetooth device connected ¢ page 228 or ¢ page 174
Indicates a long list .
@ Scroll bars
Move within lists by turning the control knob.
Informat ion that can be changed using the letter/number speller
@ Input field
¢ page 155 or the MMI touch* ¢ page 151.
@ MMI touch* Possible to operate using the MMI touch control pad*
@ Knob Setting for the selected function by turning the control knob
You can switch certain functions on ~ or offO by pressing the con -
@ Check boxes
trol knob.
Sett ings for the selected funct ion that are accessed by press ing the
@ Selection list
control knob
u
co
.....
N
r---
N
.....
0
<(
0
00
159
Multifunction steering wheel
Multifunction steering - Opening a media source: se lect and confirm

Switch to media.
wheel
Additional settings
Introduction
Applies to: vehicles with multifunction steering wheel - Select: right cont rol button> desired entry.
In the driver information system display, you can See¢ page 223 .
control numerous Infotainment functions using
the multifunction steering wheel plus* Q) Tips
¢ page 12 or the mult ifunct ion steer ing wheel* Pay attention to the Infotainment system dis -
¢pag e 15. play if necessary. Depending on the se lected
funct ion, it may be necessary to use the MMI
You can control additional Infotainment func-
control panel.
tions using the MMI control panel¢ page 147 in
the Infota inment system display.
Media
.&_WARNING -
Applies to: vehicles with multifunction
media
steering wheel and
Direct you r full attention to driving. As the

dr iver, yo u have complete respons ibility for Requirement: a media drive must contain audio/
safety in traffic. Only use the functions in video files¢ page 226.
such a way that you a lways maintain com- Applies to: vehicles with multifunction steering wheel
plete control over your vehicle in a ll traffic sit- "' Press th e IMODE ! button on the mu ltifunction
uations. steering whee l repeatedly unti l the Rad io/ Me-
dia tab is d isp layed.
Radio
Applies to: vehicles with multifunction steering wheel and ra- Applies to: vehicles with multifunction steering wheel plus
dio
"' Press the l<1C>Ibutton on the mu lt ifunction
steer ing whee l repeatedly unt il the Radio/Me-
Applies to: vehicles with multifunction steering wheel
dia tab is d ispla yed.
"' Press t he IMODE I button on the multifunction "' Press the left control button ¢ page 13.
steering wheel repeatedly until the Rad io/Me-
dia tab is displayed. Depend ing on veh icle equipment, the following
funct ions may be available in the dr iver informa -
Applies to: vehicles with multifunction steering wheel plus tion system .
"' Press the l<1t>I button on the multifunction - Selecting a media source: select and confirm a
steering wheel repeatedly until the Radio/Me- source such as the SD card.
dia tab is displayed. - Switching to the radio: select and confirm
"' Press t he left contro l button ¢ page 13. Switch to radio .
Dep ending on vehicle e quipm ent, the following - Playing an audio/video file : se lect and confirm
functions may be available in the dr iver informa- a file .
tion system. - Pausing/resuming playback: press the right
thumbwheel @ ¢ page 14, fig. 11 . To resume
- Selecting the frequency band : select and con- playback, press the right thumbwheel again.
firm a frequency band .
- Opening additional track information : se lect:
- Selecting a station from the station list : select
right control button > Show "Now Playing"
and confirm a radio station.
screen.
- Selecting a station from the presets list : select
and confirm Presets and then a radio station . For additional information, see ¢page 238.
160
Directory contacts *: the driver info rmation sys -

(D Tips
tem on ly disp lays directory contacts that have a
- Always fo llow the information found in phone num ber stored . If several phone numbers
~ page 225 . are stored with a contact, the list of stored num-
- Please note that with in a media sou rce in bers is displayed first when the entry is selected .
t he driver info rmation system, on ly playlists
that we re se lected throug h the MMI contro l Recent calls* : the recent calls list contains all in-
panel can be played~ page 235. com ing, outgoing a nd missed calls.
- Pay attention to t he Infotainment system Caller information* : t he name , phone number or
display if necessary . Dependi ng on these- Unknown a ppe a rs in t he drive r informa t ion sys -
lected function, it may be necessary to use tem dis play d epend ing on whether the calle r has
the MMI cont rol panel. been stored in t he d irecto ry and if the phone
numbe r has been transmitted.
Telephone Functions during an incoming call
Applies to: vehicles with mul tifunction steering wheel and
telepho ne - Accepting a call : press the left t humbwheel
w hen th ere is an incomi ng cal l.
- Declining a call : se lect and conf irm Decline
when t he re is an incom ing ca ll.
- Ending a phone call : se lect and confirm End
call.
Functions during a phone call :
- Making an additional call *: select a nd conf irm

Hold call. Press the left contro l but ton > Direc-
tory or Call list > th e desired entry.
Fig. 166 Exampl e : t elep hone f unct ions in t he driver infor-
mat ion system
- Answering a call while in a call and while
there is another call on hold *: se lect and con-
Requirement: a cell phone must be connected to firm Answer . The active ca ll is replaced with the
the MMI ~ page 174. incom ing ca ll.
Applies to: vehicles with mul tifunction steering wheel Additional funct ions include:
• Press t he IM ODE i butto n o n the multifunction Mute*: if you se lect a nd co nfirm this func t ion,
stee ring wheel repeate dly until the Telephone t he ot her person on t he phone canno t hear you.
tab is displayed . You can hear the ot her perso n.
Holding/resuming a call *: you can place t he ex-

Applies to: ve hicles with m ultifunction steering wheel plus
isting ca ll on hold and res ume it aga in.
• Press the l<J1>I butto n rep eated ly unti l the Te le-
phone t a b is disp laye d . Swap call* : you can alterna t e bet wee n t wo phone
• Press t he left co nt rol but t on ~ p age 13. calls at t he same ti me. One of th e calls will be on
hol d. Sele ct ing End call will end th e acti ve ph one
Depending on vehicle equip men t , the following
ca ll. A call t hat was placed on hold st ays on hold
f unctions may be availab le in th e dr iver informa-
and can be taken off hold wit h Resume.
tio n syste m.
Conference call *: a call o n hold a nd up t o five a c-
- Accessing a contact : se lect and confir m Call
ti ve part ies (d epen ding o n t he cell phone serv ice
u list / Favorite s I Directory . Select and confirm
co provider) can be add ed to a conference call . To
~ a cont act.
r-- ma ke an ad d itional call, pu t all participants in
N
......
t he current conference call on hold us ing Hold ..,
~0
co
161
call* . By press ing the left contro l butto n, you can - Starting route guidance to the stored home
make additional calls from t he directo ry or t he address: select and confirm Cancel route guid·
call list . Resume* takes all parties off hold. ance if necessa ry and then Home address.
If you have not st art ed any rout e guidance, a

@ Tips
com pass (analog instrument cluster) or t he ar -
- The telephone functions can only be con- row view (monoc hrome instrument cluster) is
tro lled wit h the mu ltifunction stee ring displayed depending on t he eq uipme nt . The map
whee l if t he telep hone eq uipment was in- is disp layed in the Audi virtua l cockpit *.
stalled at the factory.
- The telephone functions de pend on the cell Canceling active route guidance
phone and whether they are suppo rted by - Sele ct: right contr ol button> Cancel route
your cell phone se rvice provider or not . guidance
- The Call waiting* function must be activat -
ed in your cell phone and in the MMI in or- Additional settings
der to be alerted when t here is an incoming - Select: right contr ol button> desired entry .
call duri ng an active call. The call options
Depend ing on the function se lected, the follow-
depen d on t he cell phone and service pro-
ing additional settings may be possible :
vider. You can obt ain mor e info rm at ion
fro m your cell phone se rvice provider. - Map disp lay ¢ page 214 .
- Map colo rs ¢ page 214 .
Navigation - Map or ient ation ¢ page 21 4 .
- Aut om at ic zoom ¢ p age 2 15 .
Operation in the driver information system
App lies to: vehicles with multifunction steering wheel and
navigation system Navigation view with route guidance
started
Requ irement: a destination mus t be ente red Applies to: vehicles with navigat ion system a nd Aud i virtual
¢ page 20 4 and the route guidance must be cockp it
started .
.. Pres s t he l<i1>1but to n on t he mult ifunct ion
stee ring wheel repeate dly unt il the Navigation
ta b is displayed .
.. Press t he left contro l but t on ¢ page 13 .
Depending on vehicle eq uipment, t he following

fu nctions may be availab le in t he driver informa-
tion system . Fig. 16 7 Standard map when ro ute gu idance is act ive (Audi
virt ual cockpit)
- Displaying navigation during active route
guidance: selec t and confirm Map* / Street Requireme nt: a dest inat ion must be entered
view* or Arrow view* . ¢ pag e 204, route guidance mu st be sta rt ed and
- Showing the map when route guidance is not the navigat ion tab must be display ed.
active* : se lect and confirm Map* .
Depend ing on the vehicle equipment and these -
- Accessing last destinations : se lect and confirm
lected view cc>page 14, the fo llowing information
Last destinations > the desired destination .
will be displayed in th e driver info rmation sys-
- Accessing favorites *: selec t an d confi rm Favor-
tem :
ites > the desired destina tion.
(D Map content (such as points of interest)
@ Current vehicle pos ition
162
@ A bar graph appears when there is an upcom- Requirement: a destination must be entered
ing tu rn. The fewer bars are shown, the shorter page 204, route guidance must be started and
<=>
the distance is until the turn. If there is not an the navigation tab must be displayed.
upcoming turn, the distance to the dest ination/
Depending on vehicle equipment, the following
stopover and the calculated arrival time is dis-
information may be shown in the driver informa-
played in the right speedometer .
tion system.
© Name of the street where you are currently
(D Distance to the destination or stopo ver
driving
@ Distance to the next maneuver
Map view with route guidance started @ Display of the road that is currently being
Applies to: vehicles with navigation system and map view traveled or the road that you will turn onto dur-
Depending on the vehicle equipment, you con al- ing the next maneuver
so hove the active route guidance display in the © Map cont ent such as points of interest or traf-
mop view* in the driver informa tion system . fic informat ion
Zooming in/out on the map (Zoom): when a

map is displayed, turn the left thumbwhee l
w 1 St
down/up to zoom in/out on the map .
Ill
Ho est
Fig. 168 Diagram : map when rou te g uidan ce has started

(an alog inst rum ent cluster)
Street view with route guidance started

Applies to: veh icles with navigation system and street view
Depending on the vehicle equipment, the active route guidance will be displayed in the street view* in
the driver information system.
u
co Fig. 169 Example: d is play of a turn in t he s treet view (analog instr um e nt clust er)
.....
N
r--
N
.....
~0
co
163
Multifunc t io n ste e ring whe e l
Requirement: a destination must be entered The following functions are also avai lab le when
page 204, route guidance must be started and
r::!> route guidance is act ive :
the navigation tab must be disp layed.
- Changing the voice guidance volume : turn the
Depending on vehicle equipment, the following righ t thumbwheel up or down du ring voice
information may be shown in the driver informa - guidance.
tion system r::!>fig. 169 :
CDDistance to the dest inat ion or stopover

A WARNING
The route calculated by the nav igation system
@ Displaying an expressway, highway or main
is a recommendation for reaching your desti-
road as preparation for an upcoming change
nation. Obey traffic lights, stopp ing restric-
in direction
tions, one-way streets, lane change restric-
@ Lane recommendation
tions, etc .
@ Calculated arrival time
® Distance to the next maneuver @ Tips
@ Disp lay of the expressway, highway or main - Also see the chapter page
r::!> 8, Controls at a
road onto which you will be turning
glance.
(J) Direct ion arrow for the upcoming maneuver - An exclamation point ''!'' in front of the
@ A bar graph appears when a di rect ion arrow street name indicates that the information
is displayed. The fewer bars are shown, the about this street or this sect ion of the route
shorter the d istance is unt il the turn . is not complete in the navigation data con-
® Current vehicle posit ion tained in the MMI. Obey traffic laws in one-
@ Addit ional info rmation (on-board computer) way streets and pedestr ian zones.
Arrow view with route guidance started

Applies to: vehicles with navigat ion system and arrow view
Depending on the vehicle equipment , the active route guidance will be displayed in the arrow view* in
the driver information system.
(3)
Fig. 170 Example : arrow view (monoc hrome inst rument cluster)
Requirement: a destination must be entered Depend ing on veh icle equipment, the following
page 204, route gu idance must be started and
r::!> information may be shown in the driver info rma-
the navigation tab mus t be d isp layed . tion system r::!>fig. 170:
CDDistance to the destination or stopover ...,
164
Multifunction s te e ring w h e el
@ Distance to the next mane uver

® Direct ion arrow for the upcoming maneuver
@ A bar g rap h appears when a d irect ion arrow
is disp layed. The fewe r bars are show n, the
shorter t he distance is unti l the turn .
® Lane recommendat ion
@ Addit ional info rmat ion (on-board computer)
(J) Calculated arrival time
@ Display of the street currently be ing driven
on If a point is d isplayed before the street, it
is ind icating the street you w ill be on with the
next maneuve r.
The follow ing funct ions are also available when

route guidance is act ive:
- Changing the voice guidance volume : turn the

rig ht thumbwhee l up or down dur ing vo ice
guidance.
A WARNING
The route calc ulated by the navigation system
is a recommendation fo r reaching your desti-
nation. Obey t raff ic lights, stopping rest ric-
tions, one-way streets, lane change restr ic-
tions, etc.
(D Tips
- Also see the chapter~ page 8, Controls at a
glance.
- An exclamation point" !" in front of t he
street name indicates that the informat ion
abo ut t his street or t his section of the route
is no t complete in t he navigation da t a con-
tained in the MMI. Obey traffic laws in one -
way streets and pedestrian zones.
u
co
....
N
r---
....
N
0
<(
0
00
165
Voice recognition system
• Telephone • Favorites
• Audi connect • Call (XV)
• Navigation • Enter number
• Directory • Redial
• Radio • Read new text message
• Media • Navigate to (XY)
• Sound • Enter address/destination
• Help • Online destinations
• Help Speech dialog system • Cancel route guidance
• Help Telephone • Map
• Help Audi connect • Line (XY)
• Help Navigation • Next page/ previous page
• Help Map • Cancel
• Help Radio • No. I meant (XV)
• Help Media • Correction
TE~EPflON~
• Enter number • Call list
• Delete number/ correction • Redial
• Directory • Call mailbox
• Call (XV) • Telephone favorites
• business I private/ land tine I mobile
N~~It ~J ION
• Navigate to (XY) • Block route for (XV) miles I Block
• Start/ cancel route guidance the next section
• Directory • Route list
• Last destinations • Calculate alternative routes
• Navigation favorites • Online destinations
• Drive home • Special destination
• Enter address
• Enter country I town I street I state
• Exclude route/ Exclude route for (XV)km/ m
• Map
• Day map/ Night map
• 2D driving position map/ 2D north position map/ 3D map/ Destination map I Overview map
~l!IDI CONNECT
• Audi connect • Flight Informa tion
• Travel Information/ Parking Information • City events
• Fuel prices • Online news
• Weather • Twitter
RADIO MEDIA
• Radio presets • Jukebox
• FM • CD I DVD
• FM /AM/ SIRIUS XM • SD card l / SD card 2
• Station (XV) / Frequency (XV) • Audi music Interface/ IPod/ USB / Bluetooth I
• Traffic announcement on/ off WI-Fl I Medium (XV)
• Media favorites I Artists/ Albums/ Genres I
Tracks I Playllsts / Videos
• Folder up
• Random playback on / off
Fig. 171 Command overview
166
Voice recognition system Do not d irect the vents towa rd the hands -free mi-
crophone, wh ich is in the roof head liner nea r the
Operating front interior lights.
Applies to: vehicles with voice recognitio n system
Only use t he system fr om t he dr iver's sea t be -
You con operate many Infotainment functions ca use the hands -free microphone is di rected to -
conveniently by speaking. ward that seat .
Requirement: the ignition and the MMI must be Additional settings
switched on ¢ page 148, there must not be any
phone call in progress and the park ing system See ¢ page 245 , Speech dialog system .
must not be active .
_&.WARNING
~ Switching on: press the ~ button @
- Direct you r full atte nt ion to dr iving. As t he
¢ page 14, fig. 11 or ¢ page 15, fig. 13 br iefly d river, you have com plet e responsibili ty fo r
on the mu ltifunction stee ring wheel and say
safety in t raff ic. Only use the functions in
the des ired command after the Beep.
such a way t hat you a lways maintai n com -
~ Switching off : press and hold the [2;Jbutton.
plete contro l over your vehicle in all traffic
Or: press the [2] but to n.
situations.
~ Pausing: say t he command Pause. To res ume,
- Do not use t he voice recognition system in
press the [2;Jbutton .
emergencies beca use your voice may change
~ Correcting: say th e com m a nd Correction. Or:
in st ressfu l situations. It may take longe r to
simp ly say a new comm a nd d uring an an -
d ia l the number or t he system may not be
no uncement ¢ page 245.
ab le t o d ia l it at all. Dial the emergency
Input assistance number m anually.
The system gu ides you throug h t he input with

visua l and audio feedbac k.
(D Tips
- The d ialog pauses w hen the re is a n incom-
- Visual input assistance: after switching on ing phone call a nd will con ti nue if you ig-
voice recogn it ion, a display w ith a selection of nore t he ca ll. The d ia log ends if you answer
poss ible commands appea rs . This command t he ca ll.
display can be sw itched on or off. Se lec t : - You can select an item in the list using ei-
IMEN UI butt on> Settings > left cont rol button
t her t he voice recogn it ion sys t em or t he
> MMI settings > Speech dialog system . cont rol knob .
- Audio input assistance: t o have t he poss ible
comm and s read, tu rn th e voice rec ogn ition sys -
Command overview
tem o n and say Help.
information
For the system to understand you: Applies to: vehicles with voice recognition system
Speak clearly and dis ti nct ly at a normal volume . The following overv iews des cr ibe t he comm an ds
Speak lo uder when d riving faste r. t hat can be used to ope rate the MMI using the
Emphasize the words in the commands even ly voice recognit ion system.
a nd do no t leave long pauses . Alte rnative co m m and s ar e separate d using a "/ ",
Close the doors, the windows and the sunroof* to for exa mple say: Telephone / (or) Navigation /
reduce background noise . Make s ur e that passen- (o r) Radio.
u gers a re not speaking when you a re giving a voice Sequences of com m ands used to perfo rm an ac-
co
..... command .
N
r---
t io n a re iden tified w it h a ">", fo r exam ple say:
N
..... Enter address > (t hen) Enter country/state . ..,
0
<(
0
00
167
The major ity shown are main commands. This es . For a Business address, you can a lso say busi-
system also recognizes synonyms in certain cas - ness, work , office or at the office .
Commands
Global commands
Applies to: vehicles wit h voice recognition system
You can a lways use the global commands, re -

ga rdless of the menu selected .
Function Say:
Opening a menu Telephone / Directory / Navigation / Radio / Media / Audi con-
nect* / Car / Tone
Having the possible commands Help / Help speech dialog system / Help Telephone //
read a loud Help Navigation / Help Map / Help Radio / Help Media / Help
Audi connect*
Te lephone functions Call (XV), for example, Call "John Smith" /
Enter number / Redial / Directory / Read out new text mes-
sage I Read out new e-mail
Navigation funct ion s* Drive me to (XV) or Navigate to (XV), fo r example Navigate to
John Smith/
Enter address / Cancel route guidance / Map / Online destina-
tions* / Online destination (XV)*
Access ing favorites Favorites > follow the system prompts
Selecting an entry from a list Line (XV)
Scrolling through a list Next page / Previous page
Correcting the command given Correction
Switching the voice recogn ition sys- Cancel
tern off
Telephone
Applies t o: vehicles with voice recognit ion syst em and telep hone
Req uirement: a cell phone must be connected to Depending on the vehicle equipment and these-
the MMI ~ page 174 and the Telephone menu lected menu item, you can say the following com -
must be open ~ table on page 168. mands:
Function Say:
Calling a contact from the directory Call (XV), for example Call "John Smith"
Selecting a specific contact number Call (XV) business / private / land line / cell phone,
fo r example, Call "John Smith" private
Selecting a phone number w ith an Call/ Call work/ Call private / Call land line / Call cell phone
address card open work
Calling a contact from yo ur favor- Telephone favorites > a~er being prompted, say the desired
ites list contact > Dial
Displaying the call list Call list
168
Function Say:
Calling t he last number dialed Redial
Dialing a phone num ber Enter number > after being prompted, say the telephone num-
ber in group s of individual numbers, fo r example. 888 555
1212 > Dial
Correcti ng the phone number that Correction / Delete number
was entered
Showing contact information Directory > say the desired contact when prompted,
for example John Smith
Listen ing to messages Call voicemail
Entering the PIN (SIM) Enter PIN > when prompted, say the PIN in individual numbers
> Save
Corre ct ing the PIN entry Correction / Delete PIN
Correcting data inp ut No I meant (XV)
Clos ing the full-screen command Close
list
- Ple ase note t hat comm and s can only be giv-

(D Tips
en for t he primary phone * ¢ page 174.
- Cont ac ts in the dire ctory can sele cted using - For more informat io n on suppo rted cell
the fu ll name ("first name las t name" and phone s, visit www.audius a .com/ bluet oo t h
"last name, first name") as well as with only or cont act an a uthorized Audi dea ler or a u-
the f irst or last nam e . This applies to cell thorized Audi Service Fac ility.
phones that t ransmit names separate d into
first and last names .
Audi connect (Infotainment)

App lies to: vehicles with voice recognition system and Audi conn ect (Infotainment)
Req uirement: the requirements fo r Audi co nnect

(Info t ainmen t ) must be met ¢ page 187.
Function Say:
Access ing Audi con nect Infota in- Audi connect > follow the system prompts
me nt serv ices
Audi co nnect Infotainment serv ices Weather / Online news / Fuel prices / Parking information /
Travel infor m ation / Twitter / Online traffic information / City
Events / Flight information
Search areas for Audi connec t Info - Near destination / Nearby / In a new city
t ainment serv ices
Correcting data inp ut No I meant (XV)
(D Tips
u Always read t he cha pte r ¢ page 194, Audi
co
..... connect (Infotainm ent) general information .
N
r---
N
.....
0
<(
0
00
169
Voic e recognition sy stem
Messages (Audi connect (Infotainment))

Applies to: vehicles with voice recognition system and Audi connect (Infotainment)
Requirement : a cell phone w it h an acti ve MAP

(Message Access Profi le) must be connected t o
t he MMI ¢page 180 .
Function Say:
Text editi ng commands Read out I Addi / Delete / Record everything again / Replace
with (XV) / Add recipient / Send
Reading out a new message Read out new te xt message I Read out new e-mail
Reading a message Read out t ext me ssage / Read out e-m ail
Replying to the open text message Reply
Forwarding the open text message Forward > Add recipient / In sert template / Send
Correcti ng data input No I meant (XV)
- Always read the chapter¢ page 194 , Audi

(D Tips
connect (Infotainment) general informa-
- For more information on supported cell tion.
phones, visit www .aud iusa.com/bluetooth
or contact an author ized Audi dealer or au-
thor ized Audi Service Facility.
Navigation
Applies to: vehicles with voice recognition system and navigation system
Requiremen t : the Navigation men u must be Depend ing on the vehicle equipmen t and these-
open ¢ table on page 168 . lected menu item, you can say the following com -
mands to enter a destination:
Function Say:
Opening the list of previous naviga - Last destinati ons
tion destinations
Accessing favo rites Navigation favorit es
Selecting the home add ress Home address or Drive home
Ente ring an add ress wi t h guidance Enter address > follow the system prompts
from the system
Individual commands for entering a Enter country/ state / Enter city/ Enter ZIP code / Enter
destination street / Enter house numb er
Making a correction wh il e entering a Correction
destination
Navigating to a contact Drive me to (XY) or Navigate to contact, for example Drive me
to "John Smith "
Navigating to a specific address for Navigate to conta ct (XV) business/ private ,
a contact for examp le "Navigate to John Smith pr ivate"
Navigating t o favorites Navigation favori t es> Line (XV) / Line contents> Start route
guidance when prompted
170
Function Say:
Start ing route g uidance with an ad- Navigate / Navigate to private address/ Navigate to business
dress card open address
Ente r ing a new desti nat ion/stop - Enter address > enter the desired address when prompted>
over w hen rout e gu idance is act ive confirm the new destination/stopover if prompted
Start ing route guidance after enter- Start route guidance
ing a dest ination
Canceling current route g uidance Cancel route guidance
Calculat ing alternat ive routes Calculate alternative route s
Ente r ing a point of interest by se- Point of intere st > Change search area > category or subcote-
lecting a search area with guidance gory when prompted, for example "restaurant"
from the system
Dest inat ion input cat egor ies Audi Service / Train station / Airport / Hotel / Hospital / Park-
ing / Rest area / Restaurant / Gas station etc.
Search areas for entering points of Nearby / Along route / Near destination / Near stopover / In a
interest new city / In a new country/ state
Entering an online destination* Online desti nation (XV), for examp le "Online destination
"Lakeview Hotel" "
Correct ing data input No I meant (XV)
Closing the full -screen command Close
list
Requirement: you must be in the Navigation or lowing commands for additional settings in navi-
Map men u. Depending on the veh icle equipment gation:
and the selected menu item, you can say t he fol-
Function Say:
General map options Map / Day map / Night map / Automat ically change map color
Map t ype 2D heading up map / 2D north up map / 3D map / Destination
map / Overview map / Standard map */ Google Earth map* al bl
Showing the route li st Route list
Showing the remaini ng d istance/ Destination information
time w hen route guidance is active
Speed limit prompt How fa st can I drive here?
Setting voice guidance for active Voice guidance on / Voice guidance off / Voice guidance short-
route guidance ened / Voice guidance complete / Voice guidan ce traffic
Blocking a certain sect ion on t he Block route for (XV) meter s/ kilometers / yards/ miles / Block
rou t e next route / Avoid next section of route
a) Provider at time of printing.

bl AUDI AG provides accessto services from third part y providers. Permanent availability cannot be guaranteed, because t hat
dependson the third party provider.
in and wh ich menu language you have se-

u
co
.... (D Tips
lected .
N
r--- - Destinations may have to be spelled when
N
.....
0
<(
entered, depending on which region you are
0
00
171
Voic e recognition sy stem
- Always read the chapter ¢ page 194, Audi

tion .
Radio
Applies to: vehicles with voice recognition system
Requirement: the Radio must already be open. Depend ing on the vehicle equipment and these-
lected frequency band, you ca n say the fo llow ing
commands :
Function Say:
Selecting the frequency band FM*/ SiriusXM* / FM / AM
Selecting a station from t he st at ion Channel (XV) / !Frequency (XV)
list
Selecting a stat ion from favorites/ Radio presets > Line (XV)
presets
Setting the frequency Frequency (XV) / Frequency (XV) HO 1
Correct ing data inp ut No I meant (XV)
list
Media
Applies to: vehicles with voice recognition system
Requ irement: you mus t be in the Media menu . Depend ing on the vehicle equipment and the ac-
t ive media, yo u can say the following commands :
Function Say:
Selecting a sou rce directly Jukebox* / CO / DVD / SO card 1 / SO card 2 / Audi music inter-
face*/ iPhone* / USB* / Bluetooth * / Wi - Fi* / Medium (XV), fo r
exa m ple "John's player "
Selecting aud io/video" files in the Media favorites I Artists / Albums / Genres I Tracks / Playlists /
Jukebox* Videos
Selecting aud io fi les on a n iPod Artists / Albu mis/ Genres I Tracks/ Playlists / Composers I
(so ur ce: Audi music interface*) Podcast s / Audio books
Naviga t ing with in a folder st ruc- Folder up / Line (XV)
tu re/l ist
Selecting shuffle Shuffle on / Shuffle off
Corre ct ing data inp ut No I meant (XV)
list
@ Note External voice operation

Applies to: vehicles with voice recognition system and exter·
Always follow the info rmation found in ¢ @)in nal voice operation
Wi-Fi hotspot on page 194.
Requireme nt:
172
The ignition and the MMI must be switched on.
No phone call is in progress.
The parking aid as well as the Audi voice recogni-

tion system must not be active .
A cell phone must be connected to the MMI with

the Handsfree profile ¢page 174.
The cell phone being connected must have voice

control that can be controlled externally .
.. Switching on: press and hold the 5) button on

the multifunction steering wheel* and say the
desired command after the external speech di-
alog begins .
.. Continuing/resuming the dialog: the system
remains ready to use for a short time after end-
ing the dialog. You can start a new external dia-
log during this time. Press the 51 button if
needed, and say a new command . Or: select
and confirm Resume on the MMI control panel.
.,.Switching off: press and hold the 5) button .
Or: select and confirm Cancel on the MMI con-
trol panel.
(D Tips
- There are no voice guidance* prompts when
a dialog is active.
- This function depends on the cell phone
used. You can obtain more information
from your cell phone service provider or
from your cell phone user guide.
- AUDI AG simply provides access to control
your cell phone with voice operation and
does not take any responsibility for the con-
tents and commands within the external
voice control.
u
co
.....
N
,..._
N
.....
0
<(
0
00
173
T e l e phone
Telephone @ Note
Introduction Always follow the information found in Q @ in

Applies to: vehicles with telephone Wi -Fi hotspot on page 194.
To make phone coils in your vehicle using the

/11/111,
connect your cell phone to the /11/111
via
(D Tips
Bluetooth. - The Bluetooth connect ion range is limited

to inside the vehicle. It can also be affected
Hand sf ree by local conditions and interference with
After you have connected your cell phone to the other devices.
MMIvia Bluetooth, you can use the handsfree - To learn which Bluetooth connections and
system and operate telephone functions through which of the funct ions in your cell phone are
your MMI.You can make calls using the antenna supported, check with your cell phone serv-
on your cell phone. ice provider or the database for mobile devi-
ces at www.aud iusa .com/bluetooth.
A WARNING
-
- Medical experts warn that cell phones can Setup
interfere with the funct ion of pacemakers .
Connecting a cell phone using Bluetooth
Always mainta in a minimum distance of
Applies to: vehicles with telephone
about 8 inches (20 cm) between the cell
phone antenna and the pacemaker.
- Do not carry the cell phone in a pocket di-
rectly over the pacemaker when the phone
is switched on.
- Switch the cell phone off immediately if
you suspect it may be interfering with the
pacemaker.
- Do not use the voice recognit ion system* Fig. 172 Disp laying the PIN for enter ing in t he cell phone
<=)page 167 in emergencies because your
voice may change in stressful situations. It Requi rem ent
may take longer to dial the number or the
The vehicle must be stationary and the ignition
system may not be able to dial it at all. Dial
must be switched on.
the emergency numbe r manua lly.
- Switch your cell phone off in areas where The Bluetooth settings must be open on your cell
there is a risk of an explosion . These loca- phone during the connection setup.
tions are not always clearly mar ked. This
The Bluetooth funct ion and visibility of the MMI
may include gas stations, fuel and chemical
Q page 248 and cell phone must be switched on.
storage facilities or transport vehicles, or lo-
cations where fue l vapors (such as propane The cell phone to be connected must not be con-
or gaso line vapor in vehicles or buildings), nected to any other Bluetooth device.
chemicals or large quantities of dust parti - The MMImus t not be connected to a cell phone.
cles (such as flour, sawdust or metal) may
be present in the air. This also applies to all Connecting a cell phon e
other locations where you would normally .. Select: I MENU I button> Telephone > Connect
turn your vehicle engine off. mobile device > Find new devices > Next. The
- The demands of traffic requ ire your full at- availab le Bluetooth devices are shown in the In-
tent ion. Always read the chapter fotainment system display. Or select: ! MENUI 1111-
Q page 147, Traffic safety information.
174
Telephone
button > Settings > left control button > MMI - You only have to pair your device one time.
settings > Connection manager ¢ page 246. Bluetooth devices that are already paired
~ Select and confirm the desired cell phone from automatically connect to the MMIwhen the
the list of displayed Bluetooth devices. Bluetooth function is switched on, they are
~ The MMIgenerates a PIN for the connection within range and the ignition is switched on.
setup ¢fig . 172 . The last connected cell phone is given first
~ Select and confirm Yes. priority.
~ Enter the PIN for connecting on your cell - Authorizing the MMIconnection in your cell
phone. Or: when the PIN is displayed on your phone will make automatic connection pos-
cell phone, confirm the PIN on your cell phone sible .
and in the MMI. The time allowed for entering - Pay attention to any system prompts dis-
the PIN is limited to approximately 30 seconds. played on your cell phone, for example if
~ Pay attention to any additional system prompts the system should connect automatically in
displayed on your cell phone, for example if the the future. Depending on the cell phone,
system should connect automatically in the fu- you may also need to download the directo-
ture. Depending on the cell phone, you may ry and confirm access to your text messages
have to confirm downloading the directory sep- separately.
arately . - When leaving the vehicle, the Bluetooth
connection to the cell phone will automati-
After connecting successfully
cally disconnect. Depending on your cell
After connecting successfully, information about phone, phone calls in progress may be auto-
the connected profiles will appear. You can also matically redirected from the MMIto your
change the profiles later. Select: ! MENUI button> cell phone and you can continue the call on
Settings > left control button > MMI settings > your phone.
Connection manager ¢ page 246 . - You can obtain more information from your
In addition, the cell phone contacts are automat- cell phone service provider or from your cell
ically loaded in the MMI directory. This process phone user guide. For information on using
can take several minutes, depending on the num - the telephone, visit www.audiusa.com/
ber of contacts . bluetooth or contact an authorized Audi
dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility.
You can also make your connected cell phone t he - Applies to: vehicles without secondary
default phone by selecting Set as default telephone: Several cell phones can be paired to
phone in the Connection manager ¢ page 248 . the MMI, but only one cell phone can be ac-
tively connected to the MMI.
@ Note - Applies to: vehicles without seconda ry
Always follow the information found in¢ @)in phone: If a Bluetooth device is already con-
Wi-Fi hotspot on page 194. nected to the MMI, it will be disconnected
when another device connects to the MMI.
(D Tips
- Making phone calls through the MMIis only
possible using the Handsfree Bluetooth pro-
file.
- You can apply additional settings to con-
nected mobile devices using the Connection
u manager ¢ page 246.
co
..... - You can also search for the MMI in your cell
N
r---
N
..... phone using the Bluetooth device search.
0
<(
0
00
175
T e l e phone
Operating two telephones through the Switch primary and second. phone: select
MMI IMENU! button> Telephone > rig ht contro l but-
ton > Swit ch primary and second. phone.
You can connect two cell phones to the MMI, for
example your business cell phone as the primary
phone and your private cell phone as the secon -
(D Tips
dary phone . You can be reached in your vehicle - Please note that on ly the directory from the
through both cell phones. primary phone is always disp layed .
- You can see if a cell phone is connected as
The first connected cell phone is displayed as the the primary phone or secondary phone in
primary phone in the MMI. The second cell phone the Connection manage r¢ page 246 . Or:
is connected as the secondary phone. the device name of the connected pr imary
phone is shown in the Telephone menu
The directory from the connected pr imary pho ne
(such as myPhone).
will always be displayed. If you wou ld like to use
the directory from the seconda ry phone, yo u - If the pr imary phone does not connect auto-
must switch the primary and secondary phone matically to the MMI when the ignit ion is
¢ page 176. switched on, for example because it is out
of the ve hicle range or the Bluetooth func-
Connecting a cell phone as the primary t ion is switched off, then a previously pa ired
phon e se condary p ho ne is automat ically connected
Connect your ce ll phone to the MMI via Blue - as the primar y phone.
tooth . The first connected cell phone is displayed - You can send and rece ive messages on your
as the Primary phone in the MMI. pr imary phone as we ll as o n your secondary
phone ¢page 177, fig. 173 . You do not
See page 17 4, Connecting a cell phone using
~
need t o sw itch your pr imary phone and sec -
8/uetooth . ondary phone for this .
Connecting a cell phone as the secondary - You can also make you r connec t ed cell
phon e phone t he defau lt phone by se lecting Set as
default telephone in the Connection man-
Req uirement: a cell phone must be connected to
ager ¢ page 248.
the MMI as the primary phone.
Select: !MENU ! button> Telephone > right con -

trol button > Connect secondary tel ephone.
See page 17 4, Connecting a cell phone using

~
Bluetooth .
Example : you have connected your business ce ll
phone to the MMI as the primary phone and your
private cell phone as the secondary phone . To be
ab le to call contacts from your private cell phone
d irecto ry, you must switch the pr ima ry and sec-
onda ry phone, since the directory from the pri-
mary phone is a lways displayed.
Switching the primar y and secondary phone

Requ irement: a primary phone and a secondary
phone must be connected .
176
Telephone
Using the telephone Dialing a phone number

Applies to : veh icles wit h te lep hone
Opening the telephone
Applies to: veh icles wit h telephone
Fig. 17S Numb er spelle r
Fig. 173 Exam ple: telep hone funct ions in select ion me nu
Fig. 176 Dialin g a pho ne number from the call list
Fig. 174 Examp le: add it ional telepho ne funct ions in selec- "' Select: ! ME N UI button> Telephone > left con-
t ion m enu
t rol button .
Requi rement: a cell phone must be connec t ed to Call list

t he MMI c:::>page1 74 .
Requirement: the call list must contain a phone
"' Se lect: IMENU Ibut t on > Telephone > left con- number.
t rol button.
Turn the cont rol knob to disp lay t he ca ll list.
The follow ing phone functions are available Select and confirm the de s ired t ele phon e num-
fig
c:::> . 173/ c:::>
fig . 174:
ber from the recen t ca lls list .
CDCall list 177 Call list symbols ¢ fig . 176:
@ Favorit es . ... . .......... ..... 179 CDMissed calls
@ Directory 183 @ Dialed numbers
© Enter number ... . .... ... . .. . . 177 @ Accepte d calls
® Text me ssage (myPhone)*/ t ext
Select: a contact from the list> right control but -
mes sage (seco nd ary phone)* . . . . 180
ton .
® E-ma il (myPhone)*/e-mail (secon-
- Call : call th e se lect ed cont act .
dary phone)* ................ . 181
- Connect secondary telephone */ Switch primary
The device name for your cell phone is disp laye d and second. phone* : see c:::>
page 1 76 .
in the Telephone menu, for example text mes- - Edit phone number before calling : edit a
sage (myPhone) ¢ fig. 17 4. p ho ne number befo re dialing it. Selec t a nd con-
fi rm OK to ed it . Or: pres s t he left con tr ol but -
u t on to ret urn wit hout editing.
co
..... - Send text message : wr it e a t ext mess age t o
N
r--
N
..... t he sele cte d con ta ct .
~0
co
177
Telephone
- Delete call list : se lect and confirm if you would - Muting the active call : se lect and conf irm
like to Delete this entry or Delete all entries. Mute.
- Store as favorite : sto re the selec t ed cont act as - Ending a phone call/cancel dialing : se lect and
a favo rite. confirm End call.
- Show contact details : see ¢ page 183 .
Caller information : t he name, ph one number or
- Connection manager: see ¢ page 246.
Unknown app ea rs in th e Infota inm en t syst em
- Bluetooth settings : see ¢ page 248 . display depen di ng o n if t he calle r has been store d
- Online settings : see ¢ page 248. in the di rectory and if the phone number has
- Wi-Fi settings : see ¢ page 193, Wi-Fi hotspot. been t ransmitted . A pict ure may also be dis -
- Telephone settings : see ¢ page 184. played, depen di ng on whether you have assigned
a pictu re to a contact in your directory and if it
Favorites
was transfe rred to your MMI. You can find out if
Requir e m en t : a phon e numb er o r cont act mu st you r cell phone supports t his fu nction from your
be st ored as a favorit e ¢ page 179. cell phone ne twor k prov ider, your cell pho ne
Selec t a nd conf irm a favor ite in t he favo rit es list . owner 's ma nual or at www.a udiusa .com /
bl uet oot h .
Directory
Requirement: you must have at least one contact (D Tips
sto red in your cell phone . - The radio or me dia playback is m ut ed dur ing
a phone call.
Select an d confirm a phone num ber from the di-
- Missed calls ar e di splayed wit h a symbol in
rectory ¢ page 183.
the sta t us line of t he Info t ai nme nt syst e m
Enter number displ ay @ ¢ pa ge 158, fi g . 165 .
- Entering a phone number as a sequence of

numbers : ente r t he number usi ng the n umber During a phone call
App lies t o: vehicl es with t e lepho ne
speller ¢fig. 175.
- Entering the phone number as a sequence of Require m e nt : th ere must be a call in progre ss.
letters : sele ct an d con f irm !ABC
!above the
num ber spelle r. Ente r a se qu ence of lette rs us- ~ End call: you ca n e nd a phone call.
ing t he letter speller, for examp le AUDISER- ~ Send tone sequence: you can e nt er tone se-
VICE. que nces (DTMF) dire ct ly using t he nu mbe r
speller a nd sen d t o t he oth er pers on on t he
- Dialing a phone number : se lect and confi rm ef1"
.
Or: push the cont rol knob down . Select an d call.
~ Other call options : press the right control but -
confi rm OK.
ton .
- Deleting individual characters : se lect and con -
firm <RI. The followi ng op ti ons ar e poss ible du ring a call
- Deleting all characters entered at once: t urn depen d ing on the cell phone be ing used and t he
t he control knob w it h the character se lection to type of connect ion:
<RIa nd press and ho ld the contro l knob . Or: se-
lect t he right contro l button > Clear input field . - Answer ing a n add iti onal call: if t here is an in-
comin g call while anot her call is a ctive, you can
sele ct Answer t o put t he exist ing call on ho ld
Accepting/ending a call
an d answer t he incomin g call. If you select De-
App lies to: vehicles with tele ph one
cline, the incom ing call w ill be de clined .
- Accepting a call : select an d confirm Answer . - Accepting an incomin g call when t here is an ac -
- Declining a call : select and confirm Decline. tive call and a ca ll on ho ld: sel ect Replace. The
active ca ll is replaced with the incoming call. .,.
178
T e l e ph o n e
- Muting the incoming call: select and confirm visible for a few seconds afte r a ca ll is an -
Mut e. swered/ignored depending on the ce ll
- Additi onal call : se lect: Find contact > Call list/ phone in use.
Directory/ Favorite s > an entry from the list .
Mut e: if you select and co nfirm th is function, the Making an emergency call
other pe rson on the phone cannot hea r yo u. You
can hear the other person . To turn the micro- .,. Select: ! MENUI button> Telephone > left con-
phone back on, se lect and confirm Unmute. trol button > Enter number > Enter emergency
Hold call / Resume held call : you can place the ex- call number (for example, 911) > OK.
isting call on hold and resume it again. To re-
sume the call, select and confirm the ca ll you A WARNING
-
wo uld like to resume. - Because yo ur phone works w ith rad io sig-
Transfer call to mobile device* : se lect and con- na ls, a connection canno t be gua ranteed un -
firm Transf er call t o mobile device t o tra nsfer de r a ll circumsta nces. Do not rely o n only
your phone when it comes to essential com -
the existing call from the MMI to you r ce ll phone.
m unication (such as a medical emergency) .
Swit ch t o hands-fr ee mode*: Requirement: you - Always follow the inst ru ct ions given by t he
must have a phone call in prog ress o n your cell emergency pe rsonne l dur ing an emergency
phone. Select and confi rm Swit ch t o hands-free call and on ly end the ca ll w hen they instruct
mode to t ransfer the call from your ce ll phone you to do so .
back to the MMI.
Swap call : a lternate betwee n two phone ca lls (D Tips

while one of the call s is on hold. Select ing End Emergen cy nu mbe rs a re not the sa me every -
call will end the active phone ca ll. A phone call on where. Find out w hich emergency number is
ho ld can be resumed using the right control but - used in your current location.
ton > Resume.
Connection manager: see ~ page 246. Favorites

Applies to: vehicles with telep ho ne
Telephone settings : see ~ page 184 .
Up to 50 contacts, in addition to the voicemail
(D Tips number, can be stored in any order in the favor-
ites list.
- To be notified of an incoming call during a
phone call, the call waiting function in your .,. Select: ! MENUI button> Telephone > left con -
cell phone must be switched on when us ing trol button .
the Handsfree profile .
- You can obta in more information from your Storing an existing phone number as a
fa vorite :
ce ll phone serv ice prov ider or from your cell
phone use r guide. - Select and confirm Call list / Directory.
- When leaving the vehicle, the Bluetooth - Select a contact or phone numbe r from the list.
connection to the ce ll phone w ill automat i- - Select: right cont rol button > Sto re as favorit e.
ca lly disconnect. Depending on you r ce ll - Enter a name for the favor ite or select a sug-
phone, phone call s in prog ress may be au to- gestion .
matically redirected from t he MMI to your - Select and confirm Save.
u ce ll phone and you can continue t he call on
co
..... your phone . Renaming stored fa vorite s
N
r---
N
..... - The display of an incoming phone call in the - Select: Favorite s > a favorite from the list.
0
<( Infotainment system disp lay may still be
0
00
179
Telephone
- Select t he right contro l button > Rename fa- Outbox

vorite. Displays al l tex t message s to be sent.
Moving stored favorites Drafts
- Select : Favorites > a favorite from the list . Displays all text messages that have no t yet been
- Select t he right contro l button > Move favorite . sen t a nd st ored t ext messages .
- Select and confirm the location of the selected
favorite . (D Tips
Deleting a stored favorite - Please note that you may have to activate
t he receivi ng a nd send ing of t ext m essages
- Se lect : Favorites > a favorit e from the list .
dep e ndi ng on t he SIM ca rd being us ed in
- Se lect the right contro l button > Delete favor-
your cell pho ne (for exampl e, w hen using a
ite > Delete this favorite or Delete all favor-
mult i-SIM). You can obt ain mo re informa-
ites.
tion fr om your cell phone serv ice provider or
from you r ce ll phone use r guide .
Messages - For m ore inform ation on suppo rt ed cell
Text messages pho nes, visit www .a udiu sa .com/ blu eto oth
Applies to : cell phones with Bluetooth Message Access Profile
or contact a n a ut horized Audi dea le r or au -
(MAP) t horized Audi Service Fac ility .
Depending on the cell phone being used and the - You need a cell phon e wit h Mes sage Access
Profi le that al so sup ports the sen din g func-
cell phone ne t work contract, you can receive and
t ion to be a ble to se nd te xt messa g es
send text messages using the MMI.
throug h the MMI.
Requirement
A cell phone m ust be co nn ecte d t o the MMI via Message options

Blue t ooth MAP (Message Access Profile) Applies to: cell phones with Bluetooth Message Access Profile
(MAP)
~ page 174.
.,.Select: ITELIbutton > left contro l butto n > text
.,.Select : IM ENU Ibut to n> Telephone > left con-
message (myPhone)/ text message (secondary
tr ol butt on > text message (myPhone)/ text
phone)* > Inbox/ Sent/ Outbox > right control
message (secondary phone)*.
but ton.
Write new text message The followi ng options may be avai la ble d epend -
Select a nd conf irm Write new text message. ing on the selected menu .
- Using a template : select and confi rm the de- Storing a text message as a template
s ired temp late from the list.
Ten t ext mess age t emp lat es are st ored in t he
- Writing your own text *: select and confi rm Do
MMI. You can save up t o t en ad dition al tem -
not use template . Ente r text us ing the MMI
plates .
touch contro l pad* o r the lette r speller .
- Ente r one o r mo re recip ients. - Create a t ext m essage.
- Se lect and confirm Send. - Select an d confirm Store as template .
Inbox Resume last te xt message
Disp lays all re ceived t ext m essages . The last ed ited text message can be resumed .
Sent Reply*
Displays all sent tex t messages . A reply ca n be sen t for t he se lect ed mess ag e in
t he Inbox.
180
Telephone
Forward .. Sele ct: I ME N UI bu tton> Telephone > left con -

trol button > e-mail (myPhone)/ e-mail (secon-
The se lec t ed t ext mess age can be forwarde d to a
dary phone)* .
d ifferen t rec ipient.
Write new e-mail
Send again*
The se lected t ext message can be rese nt . Se lect a nd co nfirm Write new e-mail.
- Using a template : select and co nfirm the de-

Delete this text message*
sired template from the list .
The se lected text message can be deleted . - Writing your own text* : se lect and confirm Do
not use template . Enter text using the MMI
Read out 1)
t ouch con tr ol pad* or t he let t er spe ller.
You ca n have the MMI read a n open text mes - - Ent er one or more rec ipients.
sage . - Select and confirm Send.
Text messaging settings* Inbox
To d isp lay when a new text message is received, All rece ived e-mails a re displayed .
e nable the Text message notifications. New t ext
messages a re indicated w it h an enve lope 1:0in Sent
the Infota inment system display status line . All sen t e- m ails a re displayed.
Connection manager Outbox
See ¢ page 246 . All e-ma ils that will be sent a re displayed.
Wi-Fi settings Drafts
See ¢ page 193. All saved e-ma ils that have not been sen t yet are
Telephone settings displayed .
See ¢ page 184 . (LlJ)Note

Always follow t he inform at ion foun d in ¢ (!} in
0) Tips
Wi-Fi hotspot on page 194 .
Mess ages th at are de let ed in t he MMI ar e al so
de let ed in t he ce ll phone au t omat ically. (D Tips
- For mo re info rm ation on sup port ed cell
E-mail* p hones, visit www.a udius a .co m/ blu et oo th
Applies to: cell phones with Bluetooth Message Access Profile
or contac t a n a ut hori zed Aud i de al e r or a u-
(MAP)
t horized Audi Serv ice Fac ility.
Depending on the type of cell phone being used, - To ensure t hat you r sent e-m ail s are re -
you can receive and send e-mails through the ceived , co nne ct your cell phone to the W i-Fi
MMI. hots pot* in the vehicle so t hat the e-ma il
app on yo ur ce ll ph one cont inu es to have In -
Requirement: a cell phone must be connected to
ter net access . If you are still not re ceivin g e-
the MMI via Bluetoot h MAP (Message Access Pro-
ma ils even though yo u have a successf ul
file) ¢page 174 . You can find ou t in your cell
co nnec ti on, then co ntact yo ur e-ma il s ervice
phone owner's manua l if yo ur ce ll phone sup-
prov ider or yo ur cell phon e service provider.
ports t his funct io n.
u
co
....
N
,..._
....
N
0
<(
0
00
ll Not avai lab le in all language s.
181
Telephone
Message options Connection manager

Applies to: cell phones with Bluetooth Message Access Profile See ¢ page 246.
(MAP)
Wi-Fi settings
"' Select : IMENUI button> Telephone > left con-
trol button > e-mail (myPhone)/e-mail (secon- See ¢ page 193 .
dary phone)* > Inbox/ Sent/ Outbox > right
Telephone settings
contro l button.
See ¢ page 184.
The follow ing options may be available depend-
ing on the selected menu .
(D Tips
Store as template - Messages that are deleted in the MMI are
Ten e -mail templates are stored in the MMI. You also automatically deleted in the connected
can save up to ten addit ional templates. cell phone .
- You cannot read any messages while driv-
- Create an e-mai l. ing.
- Select and confirm Store as template .
Resume last edited e-mail Listening to voicemail

The last e-mail in progress can be resumed .
"' Select: I MENU I button> Telephone > left con -
Reply*
trol button. Se lect and confirm Call list/ Direc-
A rep ly can be sent for the selected e -mail in the tory/Favorites > Voicemail.
In box.
- Entering the voicemail number: enter the de-
Reply to all* sired number. Se lect and confirm OK.
A reply can be sent for the selected e-m ail in the - Dialing the voicemail number : se lect and con-
Inbox and it will be sent to all of the entered re - firm Voicemail.
cipients.
{D Tips
Forward - This service must be set up and activated in
The se lected e-ma il can be forwarded to a differ- advance by the cell phone service provider.
ent rec ipient. You can obtain more information from your
cell phone service provider .
Delete this message*
- The voicemai l number depends on the cell
The selected e-ma il can be deleted . phone service provider .
Read out 1)
You can have the MMI read an open e-mail.
E-mail settings*
To disp lay when a new e-mail is re ceived, act ivate

t he E-mail notifications . New e-mai ls are ind icat-
ed wit h an enve lope 121in the Inf otainment sys -
tem disp lay status line.
1> Not availa ble in a ll language s.
182
Telephone
Directory - Please note that on ly the directory from the

primary phone* is always displayed.
Opening the directory - The contacts from the cell phone may not
Applies to: veh icles with telephone
be transferred in a lphabetical order. If there
After connecting the cell phone, the contacts in are too many entries, contacts with differ-
it are automatically imported into the MMI. ent first letters may be missing in the MMI.
- The contacts in the local MMI memory are
__________ T_e_,e_p_h_o_n_e_·
_o_,_,e_,_,_o_,_Y
_________ , always visible and can be accessed by other
users.
' \ 41>
E
J • Voicema il Free text search for a contact
• Smith, John
• Muster, Manfred Applies to : vehicles with te lepho ne
• Schm idt, Ralf
...Select: IMENUI button> Telephone> left con-
trol button > Directory.
Fig. 177 Directo ry
.,.To limit the search, enter the initials of the con-
tact being sea rched wit h each initial separated
Requirement: you must have at least one contact
by a space in the input field . Enter additional
stored in your cell phone.
letters if necessary .
...Select : IM ENU Ibutton > Telephone > left con- ...Select and confirm a contact from the directo-
trol button > Directory. ry. The phone numbers for the selected contact
are displayed.
- Calling a contact : select and confirm a contact
...To make the call, select and confirm a phone
from the directory. The phone numbers for the
number.
selected contact are displayed. To make the
call, select and confirm a phone number.
- Free text search for a contact: see c;, page 157.
(D Tips
- You can scroll through long lists quickly by
Contacts are displayed in alphabetical order and turning the control knob quickly. The scroll-
can be sorted by first or last name c:>page 185, ing speed depends on the number of list en-
Sort order. tries.
The directory can be opened through the Tele- - Additional information on free text searches
phone menu as well as through the Navigation * can be found under c:>page 157 .
menu .
Showing contact details*
(D Tips Applies to: vehicles wit h te lepho ne
- Additional information on free text searches You can show contact details depending on the
can be found under r::;,page 157. vehicle equipment.
- Check for a possible request to synchronize
on your cell phone. Requests t o synchronize
the directory must be confirmed so that
your ce ll phone contacts can be loaded into
the MMI.
- The contact display in the MMI depends on
the cell phone used. For more information
u on supported cell phones, visit
co
..... www.audiusa.com/bluetooth or contact an
N
r-- Fig. 178 Showing contact deta ils
N
..... authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi
~0 Service Facility.
co
183
Telephone
~ Select: I M ENUI button> Telephone > left con - ments for Audi connect Infota inme nt serv ices*
tro l button . must be met ¢ page 187.
~ Se lect and confirm Directory > a contact from
~ Sele ct: ! ME NU I butto n> Telephone > left con-
the directory.
t rol butt on > Directory.
~ Select : rig ht contro l butto n > Show contact de·
~ Sele ct: right con tr ol button> Directory set-
tails .
tings.
- Calling: select and confirm the desired tele -
- Importing contacts from a storage device : se -
phone numbe r.
le ct an d con f irm Import contacts > SD card 1/
- Navigating : to sta rt navigation, se lect and con -
SD card 2 or USB device 1/ USB device 2 > de -
firm the desi red address. Select and confirm
sired contacts > Start import.
Start route guidance .
- Exporting contacts to a storage device: selec t
Press the right cont rol button to open additional an d confirm Export contacts > SD card 1/ SD
options fo r t he contact details. card 2 or USB device 1/ USB device 2 > desired
contacts > Start export .
Add destination
- Selecting all contacts at once to import/ex-
To st ar t navigat ion, se le ct and co nfirm the de - port : select and confirm Import contacts / Ex-
sired ad d ress . Select a nd confirm Start route port contacts > SD card 1/ SD card 2 or USB de·
guidance . vice 1/ USB device 2 > All > Start import / Start
export .
Store as favorite
See ¢ page 179, Favorites . (D Tips
Send text message* - Always read the chapter¢ page 194, Audi
connect (Infotainment) gen eral informa-
You can send a text message¢ page 180 to the tion.
selected contact . - For add itiona l information o n the myAudi
Delete contact accou nt , visit www .a udiusa .com/myaud i.
- The imported contacts a re stored in the lo-
The se lected contact can be d elete d.
cal memory of t he dire cto ry.
- A ma ximum of 1,0 00 contacts can be im -
(D Tips
ported. You ca n check t he directory memory
- Contacts e dit ed in th e MMI dire cto ry cannot capaci ty at any t ime ¢pag e 185.
be autom at ically up dat ed in t he connec t ed - Never save important data on memory ca rds
ce ll phone. Audi recommends editing cell or USB storage devices. Audi is not responsi-
ph one contacts dir ect ly in t he cell phone . ble fo r damaged or los t files a nd m edia.
- Only the cont acts in the loca l MMI memory - Contacts t hat were dow nloa d ed from a cell
ca n be edite d or de leted . phon e cannot be expo rted.
- There should be no ot her files or fo lde rs on
Importing and exporting contacts t he st ora g e m ediu m contain ing th e contacts
App lies to: vehicles with telep hone to be im porte d .
Contacts in vCard forma t (.vcf) can be impo rted
into the directory or exported . Additional settings
Requir e m en t : an SD car d m ust be inse rt ed in one Telephone settings
of th e SD ca rd readers * ¢ page 22 6 or a USB Applies to: vehicles wit h telepho ne
st orage dev ice m ust be connecte d to the Audi
~ Select: I ME NU I button> Telephone > righ t con-
m usic interface * ¢ page 231 o r the require -
trol button > Telephone settings. .,,.
184
Telephone
Call options* Connection manager
Call forwarding : you can switc h the forwarding See¢ page 246.
of incoming calls to your voicemail or to anothe r
Bluetooth settings*
phone number on and off . You can check if the
function is activated or deactivated with Check See ¢ page 248 .
status .
Online settings*
Call waiting : you are alerted to an incoming call
See c::>
page 248.
during a phone call when the function is switched
on~ - You can check if th e function is activated Wi-Fi settings*
or deactivated with Check status .
See ¢ page 193, Wi-Fi hotspot.
Send own telephone number: sending your
phone number with an outgoing call can be acti - Directory settings
vated and deactivated . With the Network -de- Applies to: vehicles with telep ho ne
pendent setting, the setting listed in the con-
tract with the cell phone service provider is used. "' Sele ct: ! MENUI button> Telephone > left con -
The settings only apply to the Telephone menu in trol button > Directory > right control button >
the MMI. Please note that the settings on your Directory settings.
cell phone will apply afte r disconnecting the
Memory capacity
Bluetooth connect ion. You ca n check if the func-
tion is activated or deact ivated with Check sta- Shows the Memory capacity fo r the directory.
tus . You can manage up to 17,000 contacts with the
directory. You can load up to 4,000 contacts
Ringtone and volume settings 1)
from your cell phone int o each directory. You can
Using the Mute telephone funct ion, you can also impo rt up to 1,000 contacts from a storage
switch the ringtone playback through the MMI device .
speake r o n a nd off. You can play the ringtones
using the Ringtone funct ion. Select and confirm Sort order
an entry from the list. For t he Ringtone volume/ You can sort the contacts in your directory alpha-
Message volume settings, see ¢ page 250. The bet ically according to Last name or First name .
Microphone input level can be adj usted during a
phone call using the control knob. Import contacts/Export contacts
See ¢ page 184.
(D Tips
Download directory
- Several cell phones can be paired to the
MMI, but only two* cell phones can be ac- To update the contacts in t he MMI, you can man -
tive ly connected. ually download your cell phone contacts . De-
- To delete all paired Bluetooth devices, the pending on the cell phone, the Bluetooth connec-
Bluetooth function can be reset to the fac- tion may need to be disconnected and reconnect-
tory default sett ings c::>page 246. ed to update the contacts.
Hide contacts without phone number

Additional options
When this function is switched on, g rayed -out
"' Select : IMENU Ibutton> Telephone > right con- contacts that have no phone numbers stored for
trol button . them will be hidden in the directory.
u
C0
.....
N
,..._
N
.....
0
<(
~ ll Depends on the conne cted ce ll pho ne.
185
T e l e phone
Troubleshooting
Problem Solution
Pairing the cell phone to the MMI Check if the requirements for connecting a cell phone are met
failed. page 174.
c:::;,
Or: check if you accidentally declined the connection setup PIN on
your cell phone . If necessary, repeat the pairing process
¢ page 174 .
After pairing, not all contact s/ no Avoid using special characters in names .
contacts are loaded in the MMI. Avoid using contact groups on your cell phone .
Certa in te le phone function s are The te lephone funct ions depend o n the cell phone serv ice provider
grayed out or not availab le. a nd the cell pho n e you are using. You ca n obtain more info rma -
tion from your cell phone se rvice provide r, in your cell phone use r
guide or in the database for mobi le devices at www .audiusa.com/
bluetooth .
Some tel ephone funct ions are On corporate phones, some Bluetooth settings may not be com-
switched off or not availab le, even patib le or the ce ll phone Bluetooth funct ion may be deactivated.
tho ugh the cell phone is support- You can obtain more informat ion from yo ur system admi nistrator.
ed .
186
Audi conn e ct ( Inf o tainment )
Audi connect - Read this chapter before operating

~ page 194, Audi connect (Infotainment)
(Infotainment)
general information .
Introduction
Applies to vehicles with Audi connect (Infotainment) Configuration through
With Audi connect Infotainment services, on line myAudi
information is transmit t ed directly to t he vehicle
Audi connect (Infotainment) configuration
and then integrated .
Applies to vehicles with Audi connect (Infotainment)
A WARNING
-
Some Audi connect Infotainment services must
To reduce the risk of an accident, only use be configured through your personal myAudi ac-
Aud i connect Infotainment serv ices when count before using them for the first t ime.
road a nd traffic cond it ions permit. Always - If you do not have a persona l myAudi account
read and fo llow the notes in ~ page 147, yet, you can register on line at
Traffic safety information. www.audiusa.com/myaudi.
- Add your vehicle to your myAudi account.
Setup - Activa t e/config ure the Audi connect (Infotain -
ment) services you would like for your ve hicle in
Requirements for Audi connect your myAudi account.
(Infotainment)
- For some Audi connect Infotainment services,
you may also have to enter your myAudi user
The data connection fo r Audi connect Infota in- data or your myAudi PIN when accessing serv-
ment services is made th rough an embedded SIM ices in the MMI to connect you r vehicle to
card (eS IM card) that is equipped in the ve hicle. myAudi.
The follow ing requ irements must be met to use For detailed information on configuration, visit
the embedded SIM card : www .audiusa .com/myaudi.
- You have already reg istered at

www .aud iusa .com/myaudi and ass igned a vehi- Logging into myAudi in the vehicle
cle . Applies to vehicles with Audi connect (Infotainment)
- You have also already logged in to your myAudi To use some Audi connect Infotainment services
account under Audi connect plan for the em- (such as Twitter*), you must first connect your
bedded SIM card and accepted the terms of use vehicle to myAudi to transfer your personal set-
given there. For add it io nal information, co ntact tings from your myAudi account.
an a utho rized Aud i dea le r o r a ut horized Aud i
Service Facility .
Then your Audi connect Infota inment serv ices are

activated and can be used in your veh icle.
(D Tips
- After the free subscr iption has ended or the
data volume has been used up, data packets
Fig. 17 9 Logg ing int o myAud i
ca n be pu rchased for t he use of Audi co n-
u nect Infota inme nt serv ices. You ca n fi nd ad -
co
..... .,. Sel ect: ! MENU I button> Audi connect > right
N
,..._
dit iona l information about fees and pur-
control button > Log in.
N
..... chasing at www .a udiusa.com/myaudi.
0
<(
0
00
18 7
,.. Enter your myAudi user data. Or : enter your connect Infota inme nt service ¢ page 150. The
eight-digit myAudi PIN. basic functions are in the correspon d ing options
,..Confirm your entry with OK. menu:
Then you can open yo ur persona l se tt ings from ,..Sele ct: ! ME N U I butt on> Audi connect > desired
your myAudi account in you r vehicle . Audi connect Infotainment service> right con -
trol button .
(D Tips
Depend ing o n t he Audi connect Infota inme nt
You ca n re ceive you r myAudi PIN if you have se rvice selected, t he follow ing basic funct ions are
set u p a myAud i account. For addi t ional infor - available :
mation, see www.audi usa .com/mya udi.
Save as preview*
Opening Audi connect You can also see a preview of the selected Audi
(Infotainment) con nect Infotai nment services on the Audi con-
App lies to vehicles with Audi conn ect (Infotainment) nect Infot a inment home page @ ¢ page 188,
fig. 180.
Show on map
You can show selected con t ent s on the map and
use them fo r route gu idan ce .
Log in
See¢ page 187, Logging into myAudi in the vehi-
Fig. 180 Audi conn ect (Infota inm en t ) home page
cle .
Read out 1 >

,..Se lect : the IMENU ! button> Audi connect.
,.. If necessary, confi rm the note disp layed wit h You can allow the MMI to read out the selected
Accept. contents .
A list of all of the ava ilable Audi connect Infotain- Call*

ment services is shown in the Infotai nment sys- If a phone num ber wa s assigne d to a n e ntry, you
tem d isp lay ¢ fig . 180 . can call the number, for examp le t o reserve t ick-
You can a lso filte r the Audi connect Infotainment ets.
services by category:
Start route guidance
,..Select : I MENU I button> Audi connect > left
contro l button> for example, Navigation for If a city was ad ded to an e ntr y, suc h as fo r City
the Audi connect Infotainment se rvices in the Events, you ca n use it as a navig at ion dest ina-
navigation me nu ¢ page 191 . t ion. Rout e g uidance st a rt s immediate ly.
Change search area

Audi connect
The se t sea rch area can be changed at any time.
Infotainment services Additional informat ion on search areas can be
Basic functions fo und under ¢ page 206 .
App lies to veh icles with Audi conn ect (Infota inment)
If available, funct ions specific to certain services

a re in the selec ti on menu of t hat particular Aud i
ll Not availa ble in a ll language s.
188
Closing Audi connect Infotainment services Traffic light information

Applies to: vehicles with t raffic light info rmation
Regard less of the fu nction selected, you can
close a n Audi connect Infotainmen t se rvice at any
time a nd return to the home screen r::!>
page 188,
fig . 180 .
Parking information
Applies to: vehicles with parki ng informa tio n
Information on parking locations and fees in the

selected search area (for example Nearby).
~ Se lect and confirm Parking information. Fig. 18 1 Examp le : dis play of a spee d recom menda tion
You ca n use t he rig ht cont rol butt on t o sort t he

pa rking locations By distance or By availability.
Travel information
Applies to: veh icles with travel info rma t ion
Information on attractions in the selecte d search

area.
~ Se lect and co nfirm Travel information .
~ Select and confirm an attraction to display t he Fig. 182 Example: disp lay of an est imated wa it t ime
details .
The traffic light information l ) gives you a speed
Fuel prices recommendation, at which to dr ive through the
Applies to : veh icles with fuel prices next green traffic light (D r::!> fig . 181 or info rms
you of t he wai t time at th e next red light @ . The
Information on gas stations with the lowest fue l t raff ic ligh t informat ion ca n be displaye d in t he
prices fo r your vehicle in the selected search area. drive r informa t ion syste m , in t he st atus line of
~ Select and confirm Fuel prices. t he Audi virtu al cockpit* o r in the he ad- up d is-
play *.
You can use t he right cont rol button to sort t he
f uel p rices By price or By distance. General information
The traffi c light informa t ion is subject to ce rt ain
system lim itat ions and may be un availa ble or on-
ly part ially availa ble in t he follow ing situations:
- when the pe rmi tted speed lim it is exceede d

- if t he next t raffic light is less than 100 ft (30
m ) away
- if the est imated wait t ime at a red light is less
than four seconds
- if there is no traffic light data avai lab le
- if the data connection was interrupted
u
co
.....
N
r--
N
.....
1l Service in pre para t ion at t he t ime of pr int ing. Can add lat -
~0
co e r or is only ava ilable in certa in reg ions .
189
Aud i conn e ct ( Infotainment)
- when the camera-based traffic sign recogni - .. Select and confirm Weather .
tion* is malfunctioning ¢ page 97
You can also disp lay the current weat her condi-
- when the re are warnings from t he camera-
t ions on the map , fo r example.
based traffic sign recognition*
.,. Select: left control button > on entry .
Switching traffic light information on and
off Flight information
- Se lect: IMENU Ibutton > Audi connect > Traffi c Applies to: vehicles with flight information
light informati on > On (~ ) or Off (0 ). Information on flights and current arrival/depar -
A WARNING
-
ture times in the selected search area .
.,. Select and confirm Flight information .
- When traffic light information is shown, a l-
so always pay attention to the traffic situa -
t ion, the distance to other vehicles and the City events
Applies to: vehicles with City events
area around the ve hicle. The driver is always
respons ible for assessing the traff ic situa- Information on events in various categories in
t ion . the desired search area.
- Always adapt your speed to the current
weather, road and traff ic conditions. The .,. Select City Events > left co nt rol button > cate-
displayed information must never cause you gory.
to ignore lega l traffic regulations and pose a
safety risk. Online news
- Regardless of the traffic light info rmat ion, Applies to: vehicles with on line news
yo u should always monitor yo ur speed using Youcan checkthe current headlines of your fa-
the speedometer and make su re yo u are ad - vorite publications in the MMI.
her ing to the legal speed lim it .
- The traffic light information does not adjust Requirement: yo ur myAud i acco unt must be sub-
yo ur vehicle 's speed to the speed recom - scribed to news feeds and your vehicle must be
mendat ion shown in the display. connected to myAudi ¢ page 187 .
.,. Sele ct: Online news > desired newsfeed > a

(D Tips headline. The entire news a rticle will be dis -
- Traffic light information is not yet ava ilable played .
in all cit ies and is not nationw ide .
- Units of measurement and language set- © Tips
ti ngs a re d isplayed based on how they were If yo u ha ve not subs cribe d to a ny pe rsonal
set in the MMI sys t em set ti ngs newsfeeds in your myAudi account, pre -con -
¢ page 245 . figured newsfeeds will be disp layed .
- Always read the chap t er¢ page 194, Audi
connect (Infotainment) general informa -
Twitter
tion . Applies to: vehicles with Twitter
You can access the most important fun ctions in

Weather
your Twitter account through your MMI.
Applies to: vehicles with weather information
Requirement:
Information on current weather cond itions as
You must have co nnected your myAudi account
well as weathe r fo recasts for the selected sea rch
with Tw itter. You can find additional information
area .
fo r th is on line at www .audiusa .com/myaud i. .,.
190
You must have connected your vehicle with The Audi MMI connect app must be insta lled and
myAudi r=>page187 . open on your mobi le device .
.,. Se lect Twitte r > left co ntrol button > desired You m ust be logged into your myAudi account in
function (for example, Trends). the Audi MMI connect app and you must have se -
lected your vehicle.
The fo llow ing categories can be selected in the
Twitt er menu: The Wi-Fi function on your mob ile dev ice and on
t he MMI m ust be switched on.
- My tw eets: News Feed and the Tweets you have
posted are listed. The MMI must be connected to the network.
- Home: the Tweets for everyone you follow are .,. Press: !MENU ! button> Audi connect > left con-
displayed. trol button > Information category > Travel.
- Trends: topics on Twitter that are currently
After opening the trave l guide, trave l tips in your
popular w ith in a country .
area will be displayed including current ratings as
Different functions are availab le depending on well as the corresponding category.
the Twitter category you have selected: .,. Press the left control button to change the cat-
- New tweet : you can post a new tweet using egory (such as bars nearby).
pre -made templates or using myAudi tem -
plates that you have created yourse lf. A WARNING
-
- Refresh: the selected Twitter function is re- - It is only safe to use tablets, laptops, mo-
freshed. bile dev ices and ot her sim ila r devices when
- Favorite : mark a Tweet as favorite to show you the vehicle is st at ionary because, like all
liked it. loose objec t s, they co uld be t hrown aroun d
- Retweet: you can quote a Tweet to share it with the inside of the ve hicle in a crash and cause
others. serio us inj uries . Store these types of devices
secure ly while driving .
(D Tips - Do not use any wireless devices on the front
- Other se tt ings such as accoun t , la ng uage, seats within range of the airbags whi le driv -
Tweet security and location settings cannot ing. Also read the warnings in the chapter
be changed in the MMI. These changes must r::>
page 2 73, Front airbags.
be made on the Twitter website .
- You can on ly connect one Twitter account @ Note
with your myAudi acco unt . Always follow the information found in¢ (!) in
- Audi con nect (Infotainment) makes it possi - Wi-Fi hotspot on page 194.
ble to access Twitter . Permanent avai lability
ca nnot be guaranteed, because t hat de - (D Tips
pends on Twitter. Units of measurement, la nguage se tt ings a nd
time are shown in the Infotainment system
Travel (travel guide) display based on how they were set in the
Applies to: vehicles with Travel (travel guide) MMI system sett ings r::>
page 245.
You can use the Audi MMI connect opp to store
points of interest on your mobile device (such as Audi connect (Infotainment) in navigation
a smartphone) and then use them for route Applies to: vehicles with a navigation system and Audi con -
nect (Infotainment)
u guidance in the MMI.
co
..... .,. Select: !MENU! button> Audi connect > left
N
,..._ Requirement:
N
..... control button > Navigation.
0
<(
0
00
191
The fo ll owing Audi connect Infotainment services Applies to: vehicles with Wi-Fi audio player
are current ly availab le: - Wi -Fi audio player: you can access the med ia
center through a Wi-Fi connected media player
- Navigat ion with satellit e map 1> ¢ page 215. (such as a smartphone) ¢ page 229.
- Point of I nterest (POI) online search with
voice recognit ion (such as restaurants) : plan & WARNING
route guidance using t he MMI contr ol panel
It is only safe to use tablets, laptops, mobile
¢ pag e 207 and the voice recognition system
devices and other simi lar devices when the ve-
¢ page 167 .
hicle is stationary because, like all loose ob-
- Set up dest inat ions in your MMI using your jects, they could be thrown around the inside
myAudi account or the satellite map view l)
of the vehicle in a crash and cause serious in-
¢ page 215 .
juries . Store these types of devices securely
- Online traffic inform at ion: receive up-to -the - while driv ing .
minute traffic information about accidents,
road construction and other incidents @ Note
¢ page 219.
Always fo ll ow the information fo und in ¢ \@in
- Map updat e: import navigation map updates
directly to your vehicl e using an SD card or as
an on line update ¢ page 216.
(D Tips
(D Tips - Also see the chapter ¢ page 194, Audi con-
nect (Infotainment) general information.
- For the map update Audi connect Infotain -
- For more information on t he Wi -Fi audio
ment service via SD card, check the current
player and supported devices, contact an
software version in your vehicle and then
authori zed Audi dealer or autho rized Audi
check www.aud iusa.com/myaudi to see if a
Service Facility.
newer version is available. You can also have
the new navigation data installed by an Audi
dealer, wh ich can be done for an additional Additional options
charge. Applies to vehicles with Audi connect (Infotainment)
- You can find additiona l information abo ut ~ Select: ! M E NUI button> Audi connect > right
the map update on line at cont rol button .
www.audiusa.com/myaud i.
The following options are available in the Audi
Audi connect (Infotainment) in Media connect I nfota inment services overview :
menu
About Audi connect
Here you wi ll find lega l information for Audi con-
~ Select : IMENUI button> Audi connect > right nect (Infotainment) usage.
cont rol button > Entert ainment .
Log in*
- Online media and Internet radio: offers access
to different online media services as we ll as In- See ¢ page 187, Logging into myAudi in the vehi-
ternet radio and operation through the MM I us- cle.
ing the Audi MMI connect app ¢ page 230. Connection manag er
See¢ page 246 .
ll AUDI AG pr ovides access t o services fro m third party pro-

viders. Perma nent availabil ity cannot be guara nteed , be-
cause that depends on th e th ird party provider.
192
License subscription Wi-Fi hotspot

The validity a nd expirat ion date of yo ur licenses Applies to: vehicles w ith Wi-Fi hotspot
are displayed. When the function is switched on You can use the fvlfv/Ias a Wi-Fi hotspot to con-
10,the message Warning before subscription nec t up t o eigh t Wi-Fi devices to the Interne t.
expires will display to warn you that your license While driving, res tricted use of unsecured , ligh t,
is about to expire. small wireless devices is only possible from the
rear of the vehicle .
Refr esh
The content of the selected Audi connect Info - Requirement: the ignition must be sw itched on .
tainment service o r the entire Audi connect (Info - .. Select: I MENU I button> Telephone > right con-
tainment) list is updated . trol button > Wi-Fi setting s.
Data privacy The following sett ings can be selected:
Requ irement: the ign it ion must be switched on.
Wi - Fi
Location and personal data are transmitted when
The MMI Wi-Fi hotspot is deactivated at the fac-
using Aud i connect services . If you do not want
tory. Switch the W i-Fi hotspot to Hot spot before
this information to be transm itted, act ivate data
establ ish ing a con nection between your ve hicle
privacy .
and yo ur Wi-Fi device.
- Activate privacy: the data conn ection is limit ed
or deactivated. Some Audi connect services will - On: the MMI Wi-Fi hotspot is act ive and visible
not be available. In veh icles w ith Audi connect to other dev ices. You can connect your W i-Fi
emergency call and se rvice¢ page 201, loca- dev ice to the MMI and use the Inte rnet co nnec-
t ion and veh icle data will be transmitted via the t ion if necess ar y.
emergency call in cases of eme rgency . For on- - Off : the MMI Wi-Fi hotspot is deactivated. An
line roadside assistance*, only the voice call is Inte rnet co nnect ion for W i-Fi dev ices is not
made a nd no data is transmitted. possible .
- Deactivate data privacy : if the data connect ion
is limited or deactivated, you ca n sw itch on the =
A WARNING
-
data connection for the use of all Aud i connect - To reduce the risk of an accident, use t he
services . Se lect and confirm Activ at e dat a con- Audi connect Infotainment services with a
nection . W i-Fi hotspot only in the rear seat when the
veh icle is in mot ion, or only when the vehi-
(D Tips cle is stat ionary.
Applies to: vehicles with emergency call function - It is only safe to use tablets, laptops, mo-
In vehicles wit h Audi connect emergency ca ll bile dev ices and other simi lar devices when
and service, a data connection is requi red. It the vehicle is stationary because, like all
cannot be deact ivated. Location data is only loose objects, they could be thrown around
transmitted together with vehicle data when the inside of the vehicle in a crash and cause
emergency calls are made . ser ious injur ies . Store these types of dev ices
secure ly while dr iving.
- Do not use any wireless dev ices on the front
seats within ra nge of the airbags whi le dr iv-
ing. Also read t he warnings in t he chapte r
¢ page 2 73, Front airbags .
u - As t he d river, do not allow usage of the W i-
co
.....
N
,..._ Fi ho t spot t o d ist ract yo u from dr iving, as
N
..... this cou ld increase the risk of an accident .
0
<(
0
00
193
Audi connect ( MMI)

@ Note
With the Audi connect ( MMI) func ti on, you can
- Under some conditions, certain mobile devi-
Allow or Deny the use of Audi connect I nfo t ain-
ces and operat ing systems may automati-
ment services if the connection is set to No re-
cally switch from your vehicle's Wi-Fi hot -
quest or With request.
spot to the device's mobile data connection.
In that event, standard text and data usage Wi-Fi devices*
rates would apply while t he device's mob ile
Using the Wi - Fi devices function, you can Allow
data connection is in use. Please refer to
or Deny a connecti on t o the Inte rnet .
documentat ion provided by your mobi le de-
vice' s man ufactur e and your data carrier for
deta il s, related terms and privacy state -
& WARNING
ment. - As t he driver, do not allow usage of the Wi -
- You are responsible fo r all precaut ions t ak- Fi hotspot to distract you from driving, as
en fo r data protection, ant i-virus pro t ecti on this could increase the risk of an accident.
and protection against loss of data on mo - - It is on ly safe to use tablets, laptops, mo-
bile devices that are used to access the In - bile devices and other simi lar devices when
ternet thro ugh the W i-Fi hotspot. the vehicle is stat ionary because, li ke all
loose objects, they could be thrown around
(D Tips the inside of the vehicle in a crash and cause
serious injuries . Store these types of devices
- In vehicles without Audi connect (I nfotain -
securely wh ile driving .
ment)*, the use of the Wi -Fi hotspot is only
- Do not use any wireless devices on the front
possib le for the Wi-Fi audio player*. A data
seats within range of the airbags while dr iv-
connection to the Internet cannot be estab-
ing . Also read the warnings in t he chapter
lished.
r:!) page 2 73, Front airbags .
- For additional informat ion about the Audi
connect Infotai nment services, visit
www .audiusa .com/myaud i.
@ Note
Always fo ll ow the information found in ¢ (!) in
Configuring the data Wi-Fi hotspot on page 194 .
connection
Audi connect
The data connection for Audi connect Infotain- (Infotainment) general
ment services is pre-configured at the factory. information
However, if o configuration should be necessary,
Audi connect Infotainment services
you con adjust the following settings . Applies to vehicles with Audi connect (Infotainment)
" Select: I M ENUI button> right control button>

Connection manager. (D Tips
" Select : rig ht contro l button > Online settings > - You can only use services suppo rte d by Audi
Data connection settings . connect (In f otainment) if you have the op-
tional MMI Navigation plus equipment with
Using the Data connection setting s men u, you MMI touch* and Audi connect (Infotain -
can set when an Internet connection should be ment).
made. The Int ernet connection disconnects auto -
- Use of the LTE* mobile network standard is
mat ically once the requested Audi connect Info-
not available in every country. Contact an
tainment service no longer requires any data.
authorized Audi dealer or autho rized Audi
The fo ll owing settings can be selected:
194
Service Facility or your cell phone service - AUDIAG collects, processes, shares and
provider for additional information . transmits your personal information in ac-
- Usage of Audi connect Infotainment serv- cordance with legal reg ulations in order to
ices depends on the availability of services ensure proper function and availab ility of
through third party providers . the individua l Audi connect Infotainment
- Audi connect Infotainment services are only serv ices. You can view the complete, current
available within the cell phone network cov- and valid Audi connect (Infotainment) data
erage from your cell phone service provider. protec t ion policy in your MMI. The myAudi
- Audi connect Infotainment services are pla tform is availab le for t o you to act ivate
available in the USA. Audi connect Infotain- add itio nal Audi conne ct Infotainment serv-
ment services are currently not available in ices and to t ransfe r data to your vehicle,
Canada or in Mexico. among other services . A one -time registra -
- Also read the information in the chapter tion is require d to establish a connection to
¢ page 174, Telephone. your vehicle. For th is purpose, AUDIAG col-
- Availability, scope, providers, screen display lects, processes, transm its and uses your re-
and costs of serv ices may vary depend ing on quired persona l information as required for
the country, model, model year, end device you to use the services provided by AUDI
and rates. For additional informat ion, visit AG. Your informat ion is not distrib uted to
www.audiusa.com. third parties. Using your cell phone with
- An init ial registration/activation on the your myAudi platform allows you to trans-
myAudi platform at www.aud iusa.com/ m it dat a fo r your Audi conne ct Infot ain-
myaudi is requ ired to use individual serv- ment serv ices functions to your vehicle and
ices. You can contact an autho rized Audi you can allow specific vehicle data to be
dealer or Audi connect (Infotainment) cus- transmitted from your vehicle.
tomer service at (877) SOS-AUDI(2834) to - Byactivating special information se rvices
receive information on options fo r expand- that are part of your Audi connect (Infotain-
ing your usage and any costs that may rement) portfolio, you can use these functions
sult. directly in your vehicle by ente ring data to
- The Audi connect Infotainment services are confirm your identity (to use social net-
a Wi-Fi/lnternet -based system. If the sys- works , for example). To do this, the ident ifi-
tem does not function correctly even cat ion information you provided is forward-
though all of the requirements are met, ed with t he request to the respec t ive service
please try again later or contact Audi con- provider. Then you can access your person al
nect (Infota inment) customer service at content using a se cure conne ct ion. This con-
(877) SOS-AUDI(2834). t ent is displaye d in t he vehicle for your use .
- For detailed information on Audi connect Your personal conten t is not stored with in
(Infotainment) and the Terms of Use, refer Audi AG. The necessary connection informa-
to www.audiusa.com. tion is processed and used for providing
serv ices and the prope r funct ion of the serv-
ices in accordance with applicable legal
Data protection
guide lines.
- You can find additional information in your
MMI in the options menu for the selected
(1) Tips Audi connect Infotainment service and also
- You can find add itiona l information in your online at www.audiusa.com.
u
co
MMI in the opt ions menu fo r the selec t ed - By providing Audi connect Infotainment
.....
N
r---
Audi connect Infotainment service and also serv ices, Audi of America is aut horized to
N
..... on line at www.audiusa .com . collect , process, t ransmi t and transfer
0
<(
0 - Your privacy is important to us.
00
195
information about you and your vehicle. Ad- found in the applicat ion's privacy policy . For
ditional information can also be found in additional information about the
your MMI in the opt ions menu for these- www.aud iusa.com/myaudi website or other
lected Audi connect Infotainment service. applications, websites or on line services
- Information on our data protection meas- connected to Audi, visit www.aud iusa.com/
ures in conjunction with the mobile Audi pr ivacy.
connect (Infotainment) application can be
Troubleshooting
Problem Solution
Audi connect Infotainment serv- Some Audi connect Infotainment services must be act ivated/con-
ices: individual Audi connect Info - figured through your personal myAudi account before using
tainment services are grayed out or them for the first time . You can find detailed informat ion on line
not available. atwww .audiusa.com/myaudi.
Wi -Fi hotspot : it is not possible to Delete all existing Wi-Fi connections on your mobi le device and
connect through W i-Fi. restart it .
196
Audi connect vehicle control
Audi connect vehicle Setup

control Applies to vehicles with Audi connect vehicle control
To use Audi connect vehicle control services 1>,

Introduction
please note the fo llowing :
Applies to vehicles with Audi connect vehicle control
With the Audi connect vehicle control services l) , Creating and verifying a user account
you can access various information or use individ- "' Create an account at www.aud iusa.com/myaudi
ual functions in the Audi MMI connect app or in and verify it.
myAudi .
Setting a key user in the vehicle
Audi connect vehicle control includes the follow-
Requirements: the ignition must be switched on .
ing services:
Another key user must not be set in the veh icle .
- Remote locking and un locking ¢ page 198 . If necessary, reset the key user ¢ page 198.
- Vehicle status report ¢ page 198.
.. Select in the Infotainment system: IM ENU ! but-
- Parking locat ion ¢ page 198 .
ton > Audi connect > if necessary, Display
- Geofencing Alert ¢ page 199.
available functions > right control button >
- Speed Alert ¢ page 199 .
Audi connect user management > Key user >
- Valet Alert ¢ page 199 .
Set key user.
- Stolen Vehicle Locator ¢ page 199.
"' Enter the user name for your ve rified account
- Online Audi service request ¢ page 199. and enter the IO-digit vehicle code. You can rub
the key tag for your remote control key to re-
(D Tips
veal the vehicle code ¢ page 31.
- Accessing specific data or controlling func- .. Select and confirm Log in.
tions remote ly depends on the charge leve l
You can now use the vehicle control services
of the vehicle battery. Therefore, these
through the Audi MMI connect app or through
functions only have limited availability after
www .audiusa.com/myaudi.
switching off the ignit ion.
- The services are provided through a SIM Using vehicle control services in the Audi
card installed in the vehicle . The cost of the MMI connect app
call and data connections is included in the
Requirement: your mobi le devices must be com-
price for the services . Services are provided
patible.
assuming that the cell phone network re-
quired for the installed SIM card is function- .. Install and sta rt the Audi MMI connect app on
ing and ready to operate. The available serv- your mobi le device .
ices set by Aud i AG are only available within .. Log in to the Audi MMI connect app using your
the cell phone network coverage area for user name and password and se lect your vehi-
the cell phone service provider selected by cle.
Audi AG.
- You can also find more information on Audi (D Tips
connect on line at www.audiusa.com. - Store the vehicle code in a secure place . It
may be necessary to re-enter the vehicle
code.
u
co
.....
N
r---
N l) In pre pa rat ion at t he t ime of prin t ing. The availab ility of
.....
0 the services off ered depends o n th e country a nd may
<(
0
00
chang e ove r tim e .
197
- Pay attention to upper- and lower -case let - - The ignition must be switched off.
ters when entering the vehicle code.
- If you do not have the 10-digit ve hicle code, Vehicle status report
contact an authorized Audi dealer or author- Appli es to vehicles w ith Audi connect vehicle control
ized Audi Service Facility .
The Driver Informat ion System collects data un-
der certain conditions and sends it to a server.
Additional options
Applies to vehicles with Audi connect vehicle control When data is sto red, you can access va lues such
as these using the se rvice :
License subscription
- Remaining range,
The validity and expirat ion date of you r subscrip-
- Fue l tank level,
tions are displayed. When Warning before sub-
- Oil level,
scription expires is activated, a message wi ll be
disp layed warning you that your license is about - If the vehicle doors are open/closed or locked/
to expire. un locked,
- mileage,
Select : !MENU ! button> Audi connect > Display - Next oil change
available functions > right control button> Li-
- Next service,
cense subscription.
- Warning messages,
Resetting the primary user - If the parking lights are on/off .
For examp le, you ca n reset the key user when

selling your vehicle in order to deactivate these
A WARNING
Do not ignore messages and warning or ind i-
services .
cator lights that turn on in the vehicle be-
Requirement: the ignit ion must be switched on. cause of the info rmat ion in the status report.
Select : !MENU ! button> Audi connect > right This could lead to break downs in on the road ,
control button > Audi connect user management accidents and serious injuries .
> Key user > Reset key user.
Parking location
Warning levels
Appli es to vehicles w it h Audi connect vehicle control
Requirement: the primary user must have set one
The veh icle collects data unde r ce rta in cond it ions
or more warning levels. Secondary users can only
and sends it to a server .
see if a warning level is active or not .
When data is stored, you can access values such
Select: !MENU ! button> Audi connect > right
as these using the service :
control button > Alerts.
- Vehicle location display
Remote locking and - Display of one's own location
unlocking - Route to your vehicle
Applies to vehicles with Audi connect vehicle control If your mob ile dev ice also has a navigation func-
You can lock and unlock your veh icle using this tion, you can nav igate to your last known parking
service . location.
Requirement Deactivating and activating parking position
- This requires the 4-dig it PIN that you specified - Select: !MENU!> Audi connect> Car Finder
during the verification on www.audiusa.com/ parking position .
myaud i. If you do not set./, no location information will
- The vehicle must be stationary. be sent to the server .
198
Audi c o nn e ct ve h icl e c o ntr o l
(D Tips Valet Alert

- The new parking location cannot be deter-
mined with this service if the vehicle is If you give your vehicle over to a parking service,
moved after shutt ing the vehicle off and you can set a zone and a speed limit using the
without switching the ignition on and off Audi MMI connect app . If the vehicle leaves the
again, for example when being towed or if zone or the exceeds the speed limit, you will be
the veh icle is stolen . noti fied by a push notification and/or e-mail.
- If the vehicle is moved and shut off again
Requirem ent
using the second key, for example, the new
parking locat ion is transm itted to the server - You must be verified as the primary user of your
afte r switching the ignition off. vehicle on myAudi.
Geofencing Alert (D Tips

Applies to vehicles with Audi connect vehicle control You can set on myAudi if you would like to be
notified via pus h notifications and/or e-mail.
You can set approved and forbidden zones for
your veh icle using this service . If your vehicle
leaves an approved zone or ente rs a forbidden
Stolen Vehicle Locator
zone, you will be notified by a push not ificat ion
and/or an e-mai l. You can set up to five zones This serv ice helps you to track your veh icle if it is
and also assign time limits . stolen.
Requirement Proceed as fo llows if there is a theft:
- You must be ver ified as the pr imary use r of your ""Contact the police . You receive a Case ID.
vehicle on myAudi. ""Call the service hotline and give your Case ID.
The serv ice hotline will forward the estab lished
0) Tips
data to the police .
You can set on myAudi if you would like to be
notified via push not ificat ions and/or e-ma il. {!) Tips
You rece ive the Audi Service hot line number
Speed Alert when you purchase your vehicle .
You can set up to two speed limits for your veh i- Online Audi service
cle using th is serv ice. If your vehicle exceeds a set
request
speed limit, you will be notified by a push not ifi- Applies to vehicles with Audi connect vehicle control
cation and/or e-mail.
Requirement: to be able to use on line Audi serv-
Requirement ice request , you must activate the service at
- You must be ver ified as the pr imary user of your www.aud iusa.com/myaud i and se lect an aut hor-
vehicle on myAudi. ized Audi dea ler or author ized Audi serv ice facili-
ty .
(D Tips
Online Audi serv ice request transmits service- rel-
You can set on myAudi if you would like to be evant data to your se lected autho rized Audi dea l-
u notified via push not ificat ions and/or e-ma il. er or autho rized Audi service fac ility. They will
co
..... contact you before your next service appoint -
N
r---
N
..... ment .
0
<(
0
00
199
(D Tips
You can deactivate t he on line Audi service re-
quest at www .audiusa .com/myaudi.
200
Emergen cy call
Emergency call Making an emergency call

Applies to: vehicles with emergency call function
Introduction
Applies to: vehicles with emergency call fu nction
The emergency call can be made two different
ways.
Depending on the country and the vehicle equip-
ment, the following functions may be available.
With the emergency call, you can call for he lp in
dangerous situat ions as quickly as possible. Use
this function when emergency he lp is needed
~ page 201.
With online roadside assistance, you can request
assistance if there is a breakdown or a minor acci-
dent q page 202.
Fig. 18 3 Front headli ner : cover for the emergency call but-
(D Tips ton
- The services are provided through a SIM Requirement: the LED@ must be green.
card installed in the vehicle. The cost of the
call and data connections is included in the Manual emergency call
price for the services. Services are provided Requirement: the ignition must be switched on.
assuming that the cell phone network re-
quired for the installed SIM card is function- .,.Tap the cover (!) to open it.
ing and ready to operate . The available serv- .,.Press and hold the emergency call button until
ices set by Audi AGare only available within the LED@ blinks green. The emergency call is
the cell phone network coverage area for made.
the cell phone service provider selected by .,.If the emergency call button is pressed by mis-
Audi AG. take, then press it again immediately until the
- You can find what data will be transferred LEDstays green. The emergency call is can-
at www.audiusa.com. celed .
- These serv ices cannot be deactivated using Automatic emergency call
the settings in the Infotainment system .
The vehicle electrical system initiates an auto-
matic emergency call under certain circumstan -
Emergency call ces, for example if an airbag deploys. The LEDin
Description the emergency call button @ blinks green . The
Applies to: vehicles with emergency call function emergency call is made . This cannot be canceled.
An emergency call is a combination of data trans- Note the following LEDconditions :

mission and a phone call. The data transmission
- Green - the emergency call function is availa-
from your vehicle forwards important informa-
ble.
tion, such as the vehicle and position data, to the
- Red - there is an error in the emergency call
emergency call center .
function. Contact an authorized Audi dealer or
authorized Audi Service Facility. No emergency
call can be made.
u
- Off- the emergency call function is not availa-
co
..... ble, perhaps because no network is available. .,..
N
r--
N
.....
~0
co
201
Emergency call
(D Tips Calling online roadside assistance

Applies to: vehicles with on line roadside assistance
If the emergency call is canceled due to a
poor connect ion, then the system a utomat i- ...
0
cally tr ies to connect again.

I
Messages
Applies to: vehicles with emergency call function
II Emergency call function : malfunct ion! Re-

stricted functionality . Plea se conta ct Service
If the indicator light t urns on and the message
appears, yo u can only make an emergency ca ll Fig. 184 Front headlin er : onli ne roadside assistance but-
to n
with restricted funct ion. For examp le, you can not
call the emergency call ce nter, but data may st ill
Calling online roadside assistance
be t ransmi tt ed un der certa in circumstances/
Drive to an a ut ho rized Audi dea le r or a ut ho rized .,. Press t he button @ . The LED in t he but t on
Audi Serv ice Facility im media t ely to have t he tu rns re d . The o n line ro adside assi st anc e ca ll is
mal fun cti on cor recte d . placed .
.,. If you press t he bu t ton @ by mista ke, t hen
Ill Emergency call function : malfunction! Func- press it again . Or
tion unavailable . Please contact Service .,. Select and confirm Cancel or End call in t he In -
If the indicator light tu rns on and the message fotainment system.
appears , yo u cannot make an eme rge ncy call.
Audi incident assistance
Drive to an a utho rized Audi dea le r or a ut horized
Audi Serv ice Facility im media t ely to have t he A minor ac ciden t is detec t ed by t he ve hicle elec -
malfunc ti on co rr ected. trical system . You have the option of select ing
betwee n Call online roadside assistance or Make
Online roadside emergency call .
assistance .,. Sele ct one of the op t ions a nd confi rm it by

pressing the control knob .
Description
Applies to: vehicles with online roadside assistance
(D Tips
An online roa ds ide ass istance ca ll 1) is a co m bina- If th e roadside assistanc e call is ca nc e led due
tion of dat a tr a ns m ission a nd a pho ne ca ll. The to a poor connec t ion, the n t he call m ust be
da t a tra ns m ission fr om yo ur ve h icle forwa rd s im- made aga in.
portant information to t he Audi service cente r,
such as the vehicle and posit ion data .
1 > The avail abili ty of t he services off ered depends on t he
country and may change over t i me.
202
Na v iga tion
Navigation A WARNING
Opening navigation - The demands of traffic require your full at-
Applies to: veh icles with navigation system tention. Always read the chapter
r:::>
page 147, Traffic safety information.
The navigation system directs you to your desti-
- Obey all traff ic laws when driving.
nation, around traffic incidents and on alterna-
- The route calculated by the navigation sys-
tive routes, if desired .
tem is a recommendation for reaching your
destination. Obey traffic lights, stopp ing re-
strictions, one-way streets, lane change re-
strictions, etc.
(D Note
- If the driving directions conflict with traffic
laws, obey the traffic laws .
Fig. 185 Diagram : Ente r dest ina tio n menu - To reduce the risk of an accident, adjust the
volume of the nav igation system so that sig-
.. Press the I NAV/MAPI button. nals from outs ide the veh icle, such as police
and f ire s irens, can be heard easily at all
The Ente r destinatio n menu is displayed after times.
opening navigation. The following information
can be displayed in the Infotainment system dis- Ci) Tips
play:
- Snow and obstruct ions on the GPS antenna
(D Input field for free text search 204 or interference caused by t rees and large
@ Home address ................ 205 buildings can impair satell ite recept ion and
@ Last dest inatio ns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204 affect the system's ability to dete rm ine the
veh icle pos it ion. Several deactivated or mal-
@ Stored favorites . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
functioning satell ites can also interrupt GPS
As soon as yo u select an entry from the list (de- recept ion and affect the system's ability to
pending on the ve hicle equipment), the corre- determine the vehicle position.
spond ing destination displays as a map preview* - Because street names sometimes change,
@ r:::>
fig .1 85. the names stored in the MMI may in rare
If you have connec t ed a cell phone to the MMI, cases d iffer from the actual street name.
your directory contacts will also be listed if they
have navigation data assigned to them.
The Favorites @ r::> fig. 185 menu item as we ll as

the directory/contacts are only shown in the En-
t er destination menu if you have entered one or
more characters using the input field.
Switching betw een destination entr y and th e

map :
- Press the I NAV/MAPI button repeated ly until

the map is d isplayed . Or : se lect the left contro l
~ but ton > Swit ch to map .
.....
N
r--
N
.....
~0
co
203
Na v igat io n
Entering a destination - Up to SO entries can be stored in the last

destinations list.
Free text search for destinations - Additiona l information on free tex t sea rches
Applies to: vehicles with navigat ion system can be fo und under~ page 157.
With the free text search, you can enter the navi-
gation destination data all at once in any order Loading previous destinations
using the MMI touch control pad* or the letter/ Appli es to: vehicles wi th navigat ion system
number speller (for example, 20 Main St., Los
Your last destinations are automatically stored
Angeles). Likewise, you can search for points of
and can be loaded directly as a destination .
interest, contacts, previous destinations or fa-
vorites to navigate to the desired address. Requireme nt: a dest inat ion was a lready navigat -
ed to .
Press the ! NAV/MAP ! button
repeatedly unt il the
Enter destina t ion menu is d isplayed ~ page 203, "' Press the INAV/MAP! button repeatedly until
fig. 185 . the Enter destination me nu is displayed
~ page 203, fig. 185.
"' Push the cont rol knob up . The input field is d is-
played (D ~ page 203, fig. 185. Your last dest ination is listed d irectly in the Enter
destination menu unde r t he home address and
- Enter one or more search terms into the input
identified with the symbo l @ ~ page 203,
field .
fig. 185 .
- If available, confirm the input suggestion* to
complete the entry or a word suggestion* . See - Select and confirm one of the last destinations
~ page 155, Letter/number speller . from t he list.
- Turn the control knob to the rig ht to change - Select and confirm Start route guid ance.
the results list .
Deletin g prev ious destinat ions
- Select and confirm a destination from the re-
sults list . - Select one of the last destinations from the list .
- Select and confirm Start rout e guidance. - Select: right con tr ol button> Delete destina-
tion > Delete this last destination or Delete all
The route displays as an overview in the map .
last destin ations.
Route guidance is a lready active.
The sele cte d dest inat ion or all las t dest inat ions
Nar rowing th e sea rch area is/are de leted and no longer d isp layed in the En-
All countr ies/s t ates are se lected at the fac t ory ter destination menu .
for the free text search .
Entering an address
- Select: the right control button >
Appli es to: vehicles wit h navigat ion system
-Country/state se lection- in the input field 1
~ page 203, fig. 185. As an alternative to free text search, you can al-
- Select t he country or state( . ) t hat shou ld be so enter an address in stages.
searched for in the free text searc h in orde r to
"' Press the INAV/MAP! butt on repeatedly unti l
nar row the nu mbe r of res ults and increase t he
the Ent er destination me nu is displayed
search speed. The se lected entry in the coun -
~ page 203, fig. 185.
try/state se lection is stored . Or: select All
"' Select: left control button > Enter address.
countries/ state s.
- Entering a destin ation using a country/st ate :
(D Tips select and confi rm Country/state . Select and
- The MMI input suggestions depend on the confirm a country/state direct ly from the list . ..,_
last navigated destinations.
204
Na vi gation
Or: search for a country/state using the input Setting a home address/favorite as the
field. destination
- Entering a destination using th e City/ ZIP Appli es to : vehicles wi th navigat ion system
code: se lect and confirm City/ ZIP code. Enter a You can quickly and easily start route guidance
city or a ZIP code . Or: select and confirm a city to your home address using the home address
from the list. function. Favorites allow easier access to fre-
- Se lect and confirm additional detai ls about the quently used destinations.
destination such as Street , House number or
Downtow n. "' Press the I NAV/MAPI button repeatedly unti l
- Destination ent ry using a st reet inter section* : t he Ente r dest ination men u is displayed
Requirement: you must enter a street. Se lect c>page 203, fig. 185 .
and confirm Inte rsection. Select and confirm a
Setting a home address as the destination
street d irectly from the list. Or : search for a
street using the input field . Requirement: a home address must be stored
- Select and confirm Start route guidance. c>page 210.
Your Home address is shown directly in the Enter
Selecting a destination on the map destination menu @ c>page 203 , fig. 185 .
Applies to: vehicles with navigation system and MMI touch
- Select: Home address > Sta rt route guidance.
A point on the map can be used as the destina-
tion. Setting a favorit e as the destination
Requirement: a favo rite must be st ored as a des -

- Adjusting th e scale: turn the contro l knob to
tination c>page211.
the left or rig ht .
- Activating crosshairs: press the control knob. - Enter at least the first three letters of the de-
The crosshairs are shown on the map . sired favo rite in the free text sea rch inpu t field.
- Moving the crosshairs: move the crosshairs to The favo rites fo und a re shown in the Infotain -
the destination using the MMI touch contro l ment system disp lay @ ¢ page 203, fig. 185 .
pad* ¢ page 152. - Select and confirm the des ired entry.
- Setting as destination : press the control knob - Select and confirm Start route guidance.
when the crosshairs are s hown. If necessary,
select and confirm Add as stopover and then (D Tips
Start route guidance. - Add itiona l settings for the home address
- Hiding the crosshairs: press the I BACK I button . can be fo und under ¢ page210 .
- Add itiona l setti ngs for the favorites can be
Additional information about th e location of
the crosshairs: when you select map con t ent us - found unde r ¢ page 211 .
ing the crosshairs, a display of avai lable informa-
tion appears (such as street name , address or
points of interest) @ c>page 213, fig. 193.
u
co
.....
N
r---
N
.....
0
<(
0
00
205
Na v igat io n
Transferring a destination from the - If a contact is g rayed out in the directory,

directory this contact has neither a destination nor an
Applies to: vehicles with navigat ion system address assigned to them.
You can navigat e directly to destinations in the
directory. Point of interest search
Appli es to : vehicles wit h navigat ion system
Option•, • ~.,how co11t.Ht dl't.1il•,
~ Press the INAV/MAPI button repeatedly until
~
i.
,;== Jo
;ihn Smith
~
0 :- Audi Beverly Hills (,
the Enter dest inat ion me nu is displayed
¢page 203, fig. 185 .
~ ,. Hawthorn Ave, Los Angeles, CA
.. Select: left control button > Points of intere st.
&=9 t<;'l
, Wilshire Bl vd, Beverly Hills, CA
t<A 34°03'12.l"'N, 118°14'43.2"W - Changing the search area : select and confirm
9,~ Search area > a search area from the list .
Fig. 186 Possible directory/contacts The following search categor ies are available:
Requ irement: an address with navigat ion data or Nearby : po int s of int eres t can be se lect ed from
a nav igat io n destination must a lready be as - diffe rent categories. The points of interest are
signed to a conta ct ¢ page 211 . listed starting from the immediate vicinity of the
vehicle up to a radius of approximately 124
i. Press the INAV/MAPI button repeatedly until
miles (200 km).
t he Enter destination menu is displayed
¢ page 203, fig. 185. Along the route : points of interest a long the
i. Select: left con tr ol button > Directory > a con- route can only be se lected during active route
tact. guidance. The points of interest are located di-
rectly along or in the immediate vicinity of the
The d irectory/contacts a re shown in alphabetical calculated route. The points of interest can like-
order and are marked w it h symbo ls to ind icate wise be selected from various categories . For ex-
the storage location: ample, you can searc h for a hotel or parking lot
(D Business address at the dest inat ion .
@ Private address Near destination / Near stopover: points of inter-

@ Business dest ination est near a destination or a stopover can only be
© Private dest inat ion selected dur ing act ive route guidance. The po ints
of interest can likewise be selected from var ious
- Select and confirm a n address or a destination. catego ries. For example, you can sea rch fo r a ho-
When you have se lected a dest inat ion, the te l or par king lot at the dest inat ion.
route g uidance can be started d irect ly.
- Check the address input aga in whe n select ing In a new city: select a country/state or sea rch in
an address. a new city. Enter the name of the des ired city .
- The n select and confirm Start rout e guidance. Points of inte rest ca n be selected from va rious
catego ries. This funct ion a llows you to se ar ch fo r
Addit iona l directory functions in the navigation po ints of int erest in any city rega rd less of the ac-
system can be found under¢ page 211. tive route guidance or the vehicle position.
(D Tips - Search for a point of intere st name in the se-

lected search area: ente r the name of t he poin t
- Addresses that have been imported from
of int erest.
your cell phone into the MMI can a lso be
- Searching for a point of interest in a specific
used as a dest ination.
category : se lect Select category . Selec t a nd
confirm a category such as Restaurant s. .,.
206
Na vi gation
(D Tips (D Tips
- Distances to points of interest are displayed Always read the chapter r=>
page 194, Audi
as a straight -line distance from your current connect (Infotainment) general information.
location. The actua l distance from your cur-
rent location to the point of interest is up- Accessing destinations from myAudi
dated automat ica lly. The list of found account
po ints of interest is not resorted when th is Applies to: vehicles with a navigation system and Audi con-
happens . nect (Infotainment)
- There may be entries in the list that cannot Import individual destinations from your myAudi
be displayed completely due to the ir length . account into the MMI.
Se lect the co rresponding e ntry from the
list . Se lect : righ t co ntro l butto n > Show des- Requirement:
t inati on detai ls . Det ail ed informat ion for The requirements for Audi connect (Infota in-
t he selec t ed en t ry in t he list is t hen dis- ment) must be met ¢ page 187 .
played.
You must have a reg istered myAud i account at
www .audiusa .com/myaudi . You must have ave -
Online point of interest search (online
hicle assigned to your myAud i account and you
search)
must have stored one or more destinations .
Applies to: vehicles with a navigatio n system and Audi con-
nect (Infotainment)
.. Press t he I NAV/MAPI button repeatedly until
You con sear ch for points of interest on the In - the Enter destination menu is displayed
tern et. r=>
page 203, fig . 185 .
.. Select: left control button > myAudi contact s.
Req uirement: the requirements fo r Audi co nnect .,.If necessa ry, enter yo ur myAud i use r data or
(Info t ainment) m ust be met r=>
poge 187. your myAudi PI N ¢ page 187. The con t acts
.,. Press the I NAV/MAPI button repeatedly until stored in myAud i a re displayed .
the Enter destination menu is displayed
- Select and confirm a contact.
r=>
poge 203, fig . 185.
- Select and confirm a private or business dest i-
.,. Se lect : left cont rol button > Online search. The
nation .
search area last set is d isplayed in the inp ut
- Select and confirm Start route guidance.
field.
- Changing the search area : select: right control (D Tips

bu t ton > Select search area . - You on ly need to enter the myAudi user data
- Searching for online destination s in the se- one time .
lect ed search area: enter a new city/state if - You can rece ive your myAudi PIN if yo u have
necessary. Ente r the sea rch term, such as ho t el. set up a myAud i account.
Press the control knob . Select and confirm an - For add itiona l information, visit
on line destination from th e list. www.aud iusa.com.
- Searching fo r online destination s in a specific
category: select and confirm Select category .
Entering a destination using geo
Se lect and confirm a category such as Restau- coordinates
rants . Applies to: vehicles with navigat ion system
Find which search areas a re available under .,. Press the I NAV/MAPI button repeatedly unti l
u
co
..... ¢ page 206, Point of interest search.
N
the Ent er dest ination men u is disp layed
r---
N You can sea rch fo r onl ine dest inat ions using t he ¢ page 203, fig. 185 .
.....
0
<(
0
voice recognition system ¢ table on page 170 .
00
207
Navigation
.,.Select: left control button > Geographical coor- Cancel route guidance
dinates . Applies to: vehicles with navigation system
- Select Latitude / Longitude. Requirement: route gu idance must be active.

- Press the control knob to set t he individua l val-
.,. Press the I NAV/MAPI button repeatedly until
ues.
- Turn the cont rol knob to the left/r ight to ¢ page 203, fig. 185 .
change the se lected value . .,.Turn the control knob to the left until the active
- Select and confirm Start route guidance. route guidance is shown¢ page 208, fig. 187 .
.,.Select and confirm Cancel route guidance (D
Adding a stopover ¢ page 208, fig. 187. The destination is de let -
Applies to: vehicles with navigation system ed. Or: select the right contro l button > Cancel
You can enter an additional destination when route guidance.
route guidance is active .
Additional options when entering a
_________ N_a_v_,_g_a_t _,o_n_ . _F_n_t _e _, _d_e_,_1_,n_ a _
t,_o_n________ ~ destination
jl1 Bear Vall ey Rd 79 9 m; Applies to: vehicles with navigation system
::0 -·-·-·-
' HC'spcria. CA, 92345 1:22 AM
J Cance l route g~1dance .,. Press the right control button .

.JI' Elias Thomas Snack Bar 250yd
' 111 N Hill St, Los Angeles, CA 6:05 AM Depend ing on the selected function, the follow-
Delete stopover ====~lfJ ing opt ions may be avai lable when entering a
dest ination:
Fig. 187 Example: active route guidance w ith stopover Cancel route guidance: Requ irement: route guid-
ance must be active. Route guidance is canceled.
Requirement: route guidance must already be ac- For additional information, see ¢ page 208 .
tive .
Country information : you can display the app li-
.,.Press the I NAV/MAPI button repeatedly until cab le urban and rural speed limits for any coun -
the Enter destination menu is displayed try/state. If this function is activated, the infor-
¢ page 203, fig . 185 .
mation will be automatically shown to you in the
Entering a destination as a stopover route informat ion (J) ¢ page 213 , fig . 192 when
the speed limit is exceeded ¢ page 215.
- Enter a destination in the input line
¢ page 204. Country/state selection: see¢ page 204, Nar-
- Se lect and confirm a destination from the re - rowing the search area .
sults list . Route criteria: see ¢ page 212, Route criteria .
- Select and confirm Add as stopover.
Show location on map : Requirement: you m ust
Deleting a stopover have se lected a destination from the results list.
The destination entered is displayed on the map .
- Push the cont rol knob up . Free text search and
active route guidance are displayed. Or: turn Parking at this location* : Requirement: you
the control knob to t he left until the active must have se lected a destination from th e re-
route guidance is shown. su lts list . All parking options near the selected
- Select and confirm Delete stopover @ location are displayed in the Infotainment sys-
¢ fig. 187. tem.
- The stopove r is deleted.
Delete: t he selected entry is deleted. You can de-
lete individual entries or a ll entries (for examp le,
favorites or last destinations) . ...
208
Navigation
Audi connect at this location *: Requirement: you " Press the ! NAV/MAPI button repeatedly until
must have selected a destination from the re- the Enter destination menu is displayed
sults list . Allows you to search for items in the vi- r::;,
page 203, fig . 185.
cinity of the selected location, such as Travel in- " Select: right control button > Navigation set-
formation. tings > Personal route assistance.
Online traffic data* : the on line traffic informa- When the function is switched on~. the MMI re-
tion r::;,
page 219 can be switched on or off . cords the frequently-driven routes regardless of
Add destination to contact : see r::;,
page 211. whether a destination was entered and reached
or not.
Store as favorite : see r::;,
page 211 .
As long as route guidance is not active, your per-
Voice guidance: see r::;,page212. sonal routes are listed in the Enter destination
Navigation settings: seer::;,page 211 . menu under the home address and indicated with
the symbol (D r::;,fig. 188. When personal route
(D Tips ass istance is switched on, this symbol is dis-
played in the Navigation menu and in the Info-
Information on online traffic data* can also
tainment system display status line at the same
be found online at www.audiusa.com.
time .
Personal route The distance to the destination and the calculat-

ed arrival time are also displayed for your person-
assistance
Applies to: vehicles with navigation system and personal
al routes. Without starting route guidance, your
route assistance MMI monitors the traffic conditions for your per-
sonal routes and shows possible traffic incidents
Your MMI con learn the routes thotyou drive fre-
for the possible routes to be driven in the Info-
quently and, depending on the current vehicle
tainment system display @ r::;,fig. 188.
position, suggest route guidance (for example,
your doily commute to work and back). A message will be displayed if there is a large
traffic incident (more than 12 minute delay) re-
gardless of which men u is selected r::;,
fig . 189.
Select and confirm one of the following options:
- Start route guidance: the MMI starts the route

guidance for the personal rout e displayed and
searches for a faster route if available.
- Ignore this route and this message: the dis-
played destination w ith all applicable personal
Fig. 188 Example : display of personal routes in the "Enter
routes is no longer factored into the cur rent
desti natio n" me nu
trip . No more messages are shown for the dis-
played destination. The disp layed destination
with all applicable personal routes will be fac-
tored into the trip aga in only after stopping the
veh icle and switching the ign ition on again .
- Ignore all messages: all personal routes are no
longer factored into the current trip. No more
messages are displayed. Messages for personal
u routes when there is increased traff ic w ill ap-
co Fig. 189 Info rmation on perso nal route
..... pea r again after the vehicle is stopped and the
N
r--
N
..... ign it ion is switched on again . .,.
~0
co
209
Navigation
As soon as you switch off personal route assis- .,. Press t he INAV/MAP I button repeatedly unti l
tance, the symbol in the status line turns off and the Enter destination menu is displayed
your trips are no longer recorded. Trips that were ¢ page 203, fig. 185.
already stored remain stored. .,.Select: right control button> Navigation set-
tings > Show alternative routes .
Deleting personal routes:
Three rout e s are displayed in the overview map
- Select the desired personal route in the Enter
after you enter a destination.
destination menu ¢ fig. 188.
- Select : right control button > Delete destina· Up to three route suggestions and their proper-
tion. ties are displayed on the overview map when the
Deleting all personal routes: funct ion is switched on~ ¢ fig. 190.
- Se lect : IMENU Ibutton > Settings > left control If available, the following information will ap-
button > MMI settings> Factory settings. pear on the rout e suggestions :
- Select : Navigation and on line memory > Re· - Route type (fast (D, fast alternative @ , eco-
store factory settings r:>page 246 . nom ic route @ )
- Distance to the destination and the calculated
@ Tips arriva l t ime
- Personal routes are learned based on the ve- - Traffic congestion along the route includ ing
hicle position. The route is prioritized ac- time delays
cording to how frequently you drive to a
The route that was calculated accord ing to the
destination.
route criteria you selected is shown on the over -
- A maximum of three personal routes are
view map . The specia l prope rt ies of the route are
displayed in the Enter destination menu.
also displayed @ ¢ fig. 190 and given as a spo-
Based on the current vehicle pos ition, the
ken message.
traffic situation for the route that is most
likely to be dr iven out of the three routes Using the control knob, you can select the possi -
will a lways be monitored . ble rout ing for the alternat ive routes and show
- Please note that personal routes that have them on map Se lect and confirm the desired
a lre ady been stored will remain stored after route that you wou ld like to use for route gu id-
the ignition is switched off and they must ance.
be deleted manually.
Additional settings
Alternative routes Home address
Applies to: vehicles with navigation system
Applies to : vehicles wit h navigat ion syste m
.,. Press the INAV/MAPI button repeatedly until

¢ page 203, fig. 185 .
Storing a home address
- Select and confirm Home address @

¢ page 203, fig. 185 . After opening the home
Fig. 190 Diag ram: display of alt ern at ive rou t es in t he over - address for the first time, you will be asked to
view map create a home address .
- Select and confirm Create now.
Requirement: a destination mus t be entered and - Enter a dest ination or select a destination from
the rou t e guidance must be started. the list . Or : ll-
210
Na vi gation
- Select and confirm a destination > right control Storing a destination as a contact in the
button > Store as home address. dir ectory
Requirement: a cell phone must be connected to

Editing the home address
the MMI ¢ page 174 .
- Select the Home address@ ~ page 203,
fig. 185. - Select: a destination > right contro l button >
- Select: right contro l button > Edit home ad- Add destination to contact .
dress. - Enter the first letters of t he des ired contact in
the free text search inp ut fie ld ¢ page 203,
- Select and confirm a new dest inat ion as the
home address.
fig. 185 and then select a contact from the list .
- Select and confirm Add business destination or
The selected destination is stored as the new Add private destina t ion.
home address .
Navigation settings
Favorites Applies to: vehicles with navigation system
"' Press the ! NAV/MAP I button repeatedly unti l
"' Press the INAV/MAPI button repeated ly until the Enter destination menu is displayed
the Enter destinati on menu is displayed ¢page 203, fig.185 .
¢page 203, fig. 185. "' Select: right control button > Navigat ion set-
ting s.
- Storing a destin ati on as a f avorite : searc h for
the des ired destination us ing the input fie ld. Depending on the selected function, the follow-
Or: select a dest inat ion from the list. Se lect: ing settings can be selected:
right control button > Store as favorite.
- Renaming a favorite : select the left cont rol
Show alternative routes
bu tton > Favorites > a favorite from the list > Up to three suggested routes are shown on the
right cont rol button > Rename favorite . map when this function is switched on ~
- Move favorite : se lect a favorite from the list> ¢ page 210 .
right cont rol but t on > Move favorite . Select
Low fuel warning
and confirm the location of t he se lected favor-
ite . A message is d isplayed if the fue l gauge goes be -
- Deleting a favorite : se lect a favorite from the low the reserve marking w hen this function is
list> right contro l button > Delete favorite > switched on~- Confirming this message disp lays
Delete this favorite or Delete all favorites. a list of gas stations in the area. When a gas sta-
tion is selected, route guidance from the current
vehicle position is calculated.
Directory contacts
Trail er mode*
Two addresses (private/business) can be as- Trailer mode is switched off at t he factory .
signed as destinations for each contact in the di-
rectory. When the funct ion is switched on~, the max i-
mum pe rmitted speed for ve hicles w ith t railers is
"' Press the INAV/MAPI button repeated ly until inco rporated into t he route guidance an d the cal -
the Enter destinati on menu is displayed culated arriva l t ime is adjusted accord ingly. Trail-
¢ page 203, fig. 185 . er mode is displayed using symbols- ':! in the side
menu on the map . ..,.
u
co
.....
N
,..._
N
.....
0
<(
0
00
211
Navigation
Personal route assistance* .. Select: right con tr ol bu tton > Route criteria .
Pe rsonal route assis t an ce is sw itc hed off at t he @ HOV/ carpool lanes 1l: wit h th e Avoid fu nc-
factory . t ion, HOV la ne s a re ex clud ed whe n ca lculat ing
Your t rips are reco rde d a nd d esti nat ions are sug- rou t es . With Allow , the MMI will route yo u
gested by t he MMI when t his funct io n is switch ed t hr ough HOV lanes and show them .
on ~ ¢ page 209 . @ Highways / @ Toll roads/ @ Ferries: if t he na v-
The persona l rou t e ass istance is indica t ed by the igati on sys t em should not include hig hways, toll
~ symbol in t he stat us line of t he Info t ainmen t roads or fer ries - if poss ible - w hen cal cula ti ng
sys t em disp lay. routes, you can se lect the Avoid function .
Notification when nearby*

Voice guidance
The notif ication w hen nearby is switched off at Appli es to: vehicles wi th navigat ion system
the fac t ory .
.. Press the I NAV/ M API bu tton repeate dly unti l
The MMI notifies you when you are app roaching the Enter destination me nu is displayed
selected po ints of interest whe n this function is ¢page 203, fig. 185 .
sw itched on~- You can a lso have a Notification .. Select: right cont rol bu tton> Voice guidance.
tone .
Voice guidance: vo ice guidance can be Complete
Presentation mode or Shortened. With the Traffic function, vo ice
The Presentation mode helps yo u to effect ively guidance prompts are only given when there are
plan a t rip and follow t he pla nned ro ute witho ut traffic incide nts on your ro ute . W he n Off is se-
mov ing the ve hicle. You can use Select starting lected, no vo ice gui dance is give n.
point when you would like to calculate a route Voice guidance during phone call : vo ice guid-
st arting from a loca ti on ot her than t he vehicle ance d ur ing a phone call can be switched on or
position, fo r example . St art Presentation mode off .
t o si mu late ro ute guid an ce .
Entertainment fader : see¢ page 250 .
Route criteria Voice guidance volume : yo u can adjus t the vol -

Applies t o: vehicles with navigat ion syst em ume dur ing vo ice gui dance usin g the On/ Off knob
¢ page 148 You can a lso find additiona l informa -
tion unde r ¢ page 250 .
J(
Fig. 191 Possibl e route cri teria
.. Press t he I N AV/MAPI button repeated ly until

t he Enter destination menu is displayed
¢ page 203 , fig . 185 .
1> High occupancy vehicle
212
Navigation
Map @ When the trailer mode function is switched

on~, the corresponding symbol is displayed
Map operation next to the arrival time.
Applies to: veh icles with navigation system
@ Scale: turn the control knob to the left or
right to decrease or increase the scale. When
the Automatic zoom function is sw itched on
~, an "A" for "Automat ic" is displayed in the
magnifying g lass.
® Altitude
@ Vehicle position
0 Route information: various information will
Fig. 192 Example: 30 m ap with the cross hairs switched off
be displayed during active route guidance
-@
(for example, the upcoming maneuver in-
-,- cluding calculated distance and street

names) . The display also provides traffic in-
formation or points of interest on the current
route .
® Road currently being driven on
When the crosshairs are switched on ¢ fig. 193 :
Fig. 193 Examp le: st anda rd map with t he crosshai rs

® The crosshairs: move the crosshairs in the de -
switched on s ired direction and set a po int on the map us-
ing the MMI touch control pad* or the con-
~ Press the INAV / MAPI button repeatedly until t rol knob . When the crosshairs are turned
the map is displayed c;,fig. 192. off, the road being currently driven on is
shown.
Zooming in/out on the map
@ Speed limit display 1>:display of the maxi-
- Turn the control knob to the left or to the right. mum perm itted speed on the expressways
Alternatively, you can also zoom in/out on the and highways .
map using the MMI touch control pad* @ Entertainment sliding menu*: see
¢ page 153, if the crosshairs are switched on.
¢ page 153 .
Or: turn the left thumbwheel on the mu ltifunc-
@ Additional information on the crosshairs po-
tion steering wheel* ¢ page 13 .
sit ion: if you move the crosshairs to a loca-
Turning the crosshairs on/off t ion on the map, available information for
the current posit ion is displayed . Tap briefly
- Switching the crosshairs on: press the control
on the MMI touch control pad. Or: press the
knob in the map view ¢ fig. 192.
control knob . In the destination details, you
- Switching the crosshairs off: press the IBACKI
can start route guidance to the displayed lo-
button .
cation. Select and confirm Start route guid-
When the crosshairs are switched off ¢ fig. 192 : ance.
(D Direction. For additional information, see @ Map contents (points of interest, favorites) .
When there are multiple points of interest in
¢ page 215.
the immediate vicin ity, the symbols are
@ The distance to the destination includes the
shown stacked on the map.
u calculated arrival time.
co
.....
N
r--
N
.....
1l Only appl ies to vehicles withou t camer a-bas ed speed lim it
~0
co d isplay.
213
Navigation
~ Better route~ : if a better route is avai lab le Map settings : see¢ page 214.
for the current route guidance, it will be indi-
Route criteria: see ¢page 212.
cated on the map includ ing the time that
wou ld be saved. More information can be Voice guidance: see¢ page 212.
found under ¢page 218.
Navigation settings : see ¢ page 211 .
Show alternative routes : see¢ page 210.
Map functions
Applies to: vehicles with navigation system Parking along the route* : parking options ne ar
t he vehicle are displayed .
.,.Press the INAV/MAPI button repeatedly until
the map is displayed ¢pag e 213, fig. 192. Save current position : you can save your current
.,.Press the left control button. vehicle position as a favor it e¢ page 211 or save
it as a contact in the directory ¢page 211 .
The follow ing map functions can be selected:
Audi connect at this location *: allows you to
Switch to destination input search for Travel information at the entered lo-
The free text search in the Enter destination cation (events, weather at the destinat ion, etc.) .
menu is disp layed ¢page 203, fig. 185. Online traffic data* : you can switch the online
Traffic messages traffic data on or off(~).
Curre nt traffic info rma tion is displayed in the In- Country information : see¢ page 208.
fotainment system disp lay. You can a lso find ad- Avoid route *: when route guidance is active, the
ditiona l information under ¢pa ge 217. calculated route will avoid the area you have
specified (maximum: 12 mi (20 km)), if possible.
Route list
The navigation system calculates an alternative
The route list ca n only be displayed when route rout e . The rout e to be avoided that you hav e en -
gu ida nce is active and contains information re- tered applies only to the current route and must
ga rding the route, the names of t he st reets and be set again, if needed. The areas you have se-
the length of the route sections. When traveling lected to avoid w ill appear with red and white
on highways, possib le parking lots and rest areas shading on the map .
are shown, which you can select as a stopover.
Move route *: move your finger over the MMI
POis along the route touch contro l pad* or use the contro l knob to ad-
Requirement: route gu idance must be active . just the route on the overview map .
Search ing for points of interest along your cur-

Map settings
rent route For addit iona l information, see
¢page 206.
.. Press the INAV/MAPI button repeatedly until
Additional options on the map the map is displayed .
Applies to: vehicles with navigation system .,.Sele ct : right cont rol button> Map settings.
.,.Press the INAV /MAP I button repeatedly until Depend ing on the selected function, the follow-
the map is displayed ¢p age 213, fig. 192 . ing settings can be selected :
.. Press the right contro l button .
Map colors
Depending on the function selected, the follow-
Day/ Night : the map is displayed with a light/
ing op t ions can also be selected under the Map
dark background.
menu:
Cancel route guidance: see¢ page 208.
214
Navigation
Automatic : the map display adapts to the light- when there are upcoming maneuvers so that you
ing conditions (for example, changing from Day can see the street or turn better.
to Night when driving through a tunne l).
Off : the map scale you have chosen is ma in-
Map display ta ined .
Standard : see ¢ page 213, fig. 193 . MMI map contents

Satellite map 1>:see ¢ page 215, fig . 194 . You can switch the d isplay of additional informa-
tion on the map in the Infotainment system dis-
Map orientation
play on or off .
Destination : the map indicates the dest ination
The weather forecast is displayed on a 3 m i (5
and is oriented to the north.
km) scale on the map .
2D heading up map/ 2D north up map : the cur-
Instrument cluster map contents
rent vehicle position is disp layed . The map is ori-
ented in the direction of travel or to the north. You can also set which map content disp lays in
the instrument cluster ¢ page 163.
3D map* : the current vehicle pos it ion is shown
on a three -dimensional map and is aligned to the
direction of trave l. At a scale of 62 mi (100 km) Satellite map
and larger, the map orientation is to the north. Applies to: vehicles with a navigat ion system and Audi con·
nect (Infotainment)
Overview map: the ent ire route from the vehicle You can display the navigation map with satel -
position to the destination or the next stopover is lite images.
disp layed on the map . The map sca le depends on
the length of the route and adapts automatically.
The map is oriented to the north.
Route information
The display of route information, such as the cur-
rent street being driven on or points of interest
a long the current route ¢ page 213, fig. 192, can
be switched on/off or can be minimized on the
Fig. 194 Example : satelli te map
display of upcoming maneuvers.
Automatic zoom Requirement: the requirements for Audi connect

services must be met ¢ page 187.
On: the map scale is adapted automat ica lly de-
pending on the type of road being trave led (ex- .. Press the ! NAV / MAP I butt on repeatedly until
pressway, highway, other roads) so that you al- the map is displayed.
ways have an optimal overview of the road ahead . .. Select: right control button > Map settings >
The scale is also automatically adapted when Map display > Google Earth2 >1>.
there are upcoming maneuvers to provide a bet-
The map display is based on data received from
ter deta iled view .
the Internet in the form of sate llite images,
Intersection : when route gu idance is active, the which are then combined with the roadways from
map temporarily zooms in to a detailed scale the Standard map view. There are two gigabytes ..,_
u
co
..... 1> AUDI AG pr ovides access to se rvices fro m th ird party pro -
N
r-- vide rs. Perman ent ava ilab ility can not be g uaranteed , be·
N
..... cau se that de pends on th e th ird party provider .
~0 2> Provide r at tim e of pr inting .
co
215
N av ig a t io n
of memory space in the MMI memory that can be Online map update
used to temporarily store the map or navigation Applies to: vehicles with a navigation system and Audi con-
data that was received. This is roughly the nect (Infotainment)
amount required for the ma p/navigation data for Using th e online mop update, you con update
a 2,48S mile (4,000 km) route . As long as t he the mop material in your navigation system di-
satellite images loaded for route guidance are rect ly from your vehicle.
stored, you can use them w ithout having an ac-
tive data connection .
(D Tips
- The stored satellite map 1> data can be de -
leted in Fact ory sett ings > Navigati on and
page 246 .
online memory c::>
- The satellite map 1> is updated regularly
whenever the funct ion is opened . The proc- Fig. 195 Example: display of a new on line map update
ess may take severa l seconds.
- When the satellite map display is switched
on l ) with the 30 pos it ion map type, the
MMI display automatically switches to the
20 map type when driving through tunnels.
- Also read the information in the chapter
c:>page 194, Audi connect (Info tainment)
general information .
- For additional informat ion, visit Fig. 196 Example: se lect ion of a coun try package
www.audiusa.com .
Requirement: the requi rements for Audi connect
Map update page 187 .
Infotainment se rvices must be met c::>
You must have a myAudi acco unt and have as-

Introduction
s igned your vehicle to it.
Applies to: veh icles with navigat ion system
Using your vehicle position, the MMI identifies
There are mult iple options available for upda t ing
reg ions which you are frequently in . Based on
your map material:
th is, the MMI suggests update packages for
- Map updates through the online map update * these regions, if they are available .
c:>
page 216.
"' Select and confirm (D Start download
- Import map updates from the SD card* to your
¢ fig. 195 if the message for a new map update
MMI. You can find additional information on -
appears in the Infotainment system display .
line at www.aud iusa.com/myaudi .
Or:
- Map update at an authori zed Audi dealer or au-
"' Sele ct !MENUI button> Settin gs > left control
thori zed Audi Serv ice Facility. This can result in
but t on > System maint enance > System up-
addi t ional costs.
date > Online update.
l) AUDI AG provides access to s ervices fro m third pa rty pro -

vider s. Perma ne nt ava ila bility can not be guaran teed , be-
ca use that depen ds on th e th ird party provide r .
216
Na v iga tion
A selection with the available update packages Traffic information

appears in the Infotainment system disp lay
¢ fig . 196. Introduction
Applies to: veh icles with navigation system
Selecting th e onlin e map upda t e
- Se lect an update package from the list(~) @
<=>fig.
196 .
- Confirm you r se lection with the IBACKIbutton
and go back to the selection.
- The number and amount of data fo r t he select-
ed update package are now disp layed in t he In-
fotainment system.
Fig. 197 Example: traffic informat ion overv iew
Starting the download
- Select and confirm Start downlo ad. .,. Press the INAV/MAPIbutton repea t edly unti l
the map is displayed ~ page 213, fig. 192.
- Confirm the secur ity prompt by selecting Start
.,.Select: left control button > Traffic message s .
download again .
The update packages begin to down load and the Depending on veh icle equipment, the following
status of the download progress is shown in the informa t ion may be shown in the traffic informa -
Infotainment system display. tion overview ¢ fig. 197:
Install ation of onlin e map update s CDA message CD

¢ fig. 197wi ll appea r if the
MMI ca lculates a better route for the cu rrent
The down loaded map mater ia l installs after you rou t e g uidance. More information can be
stop your vehicle . The new update packages in- found under ¢ page 218.
stall only after you switch off the ignition . After
@ When route guidance is active, traffic inci-
restarting the MMI, the Infota inment system dis-
dents along your route are d isplayed in the
play ind icates if the updates installed successful-
upper section of the list and are sorted by
ly.
distance.
- Confirm the successful update with OK. @ The traffic messages are sorted by street
The new map materia l can now be used for navi- name . If there are mu ltip le traffic messages
gation. for the same street, an arrow is displayed in
front of the st reet name (~). Select and con-
(D Tips firm the corresponding line to disp lay all of
t he traffic information .
- Always read t he chap t er ~ page 18 7.
@ The cur rent se lected t raffi c message is also
- The amou nt of available on line map up-
shown as a map preview* in the Infotainment
dates in the vehicle is lim ited. To update
system display .
more regions, use the map update via SD
card at www .audiusa.com/myaudi. ® The status line in t he Infotainment d isplay
- Always read t he chap t er ¢ page 194, Audi also always ind icates the reception of traffic
information (ITMC!orlO NLINEI).
tion . Show ing t raffic messages on t he map: select:
one traffic message > right control button >
Show on map .
u
co Displaying the next t raffic message on the map:
.....
N
r-- press the control knob. ..,.
N
.....
~0
co
217
Navigation
Traffic information display on the map / Map

preview*
(D Tips
- TMCtraffic reports are not available in Can-
Color-coded markings along the route indicate
ada . For more informat ion, please contact
the t raffic flow:
Sirius Canada.
Green: t raffic is flowing free ly. - Critica l t raffic information, such as warn-
Yellow: stop-and-go traffic.
ings about wrong-way dr ivers, is automati-
cally disp layed. To hide the t raffic informa-
Red: congest ion. t ion, press th e IBACK I button or t he control
Shaded mar kings indicate the length of the area knob.
with congestion .
Better route
Colored warning symbols: an impendi ng tr aff ic
Appli es to: vehicles wit h navigat ion system and better route
incident direct ly ahead on your route .
By receiving traffic information through TMC,
All t raffic incidents will display in color whe n your MMI calculates a better route - if available -
route guidance is inact ive. and the possible tim e saved for the current rout e
Grayed out warning symbols: traffic inciden t s guidance . You can decide yourself which route
t hat are not on your rout e. you would like to use.
Warning symbols with~ : avoided traffic inci- .. Press t he I NAV/M A PI button repeatedly unti l
dents . t he map is displayed .
The display of colored markings, warning sym- Requirement: route guidance must be active.
bols, etc . can be set in the Map content menu
,=;,page215. If your MMI has calculated a better route than
t he current route guidance, t he message A better
(D Tips route is available. appears for severa l seconds
alo ng with the time that may be saved. A better
Part icularly crit ical t raffic information, such
rout e is indicated in t he map view by the symbol
as warnings about wrong-way dr ivers, is auto-
tS ,=;,
page 213, fig . 193 .
mat ically displayed. To hide the traffic infor-
mat ion, press the IBACK I button or the con- A message also appea rs in the traffic informat ion
t rol knob. overview(i) c;,page217, fig.197.
Apply better route

Traffic information (TMC)
App lies to: vehicles with navigat ion system - Press t he right contr ol but t on.
- Select and confirm t he bett er route. Or: select
Receiving t raffic informa t ion th rough TMCis and confirm Details t o display det ails about t he
switche d on at the fact ory. optimized route . You can zoom in or out on t he
.,.Press t he I N AV/MAP I button repeated ly unt il map using the MMI touch cont rol pad. Require-
t he map is displayed . ment : there must be more than one opt imized
.,.Select : left contr ol button > Traffic messages. route calculated. Press the contro l knob to
switch to t he next rout e in the detailed view.
An overview of all the traffic messages is dis- Closing the detailed view: press th e I BACK I
played in t he Infota inme nt system . butt on.
- Opening a detailed view of traffic information : - After you have selected a better route, t he
select and confirm the traffic informat ion from route will be recalculated .
the list .
218
Navigation
Online traffic information (D Tips

Applies to: vehicles with a navigat ion system and Audi con-
nect (Infotainment) - Online traffic information is not available in
Canada.
The MMI con receive real-time online traffic in-
- Always read the chapter¢ page 194, Audi
formation about congestion, accidents, road
construction and other incidents.
tion.
Requirement: the requirements for Audi connect - Having the Online traffic data function
(Infotainment) must be met ¢ page 187. switched on provides the most accurate re-
ports of traffic situations as well as traffic
~ Switching online traffic information on and
forecasting. Your vehicle transmits and
off: select INAV/MAPIbutton > rig ht control
processes its anonymo us, encrypted posi-
button > Online traffic data on(@°) or off (0 ).
tion informat ion at regular intervals to the
~ Press the INAV/MAPIbutton repeated ly until
traffic data provider. If you do not want to
the map is displayed .
use this, you can switch off the online traf-
~ Select : left control button > Traffic messages .
fic information function at any time .
The on line traffic information will also be dis- - The online traffic information network is
played on the sate llite map l) ¢ page 215 or on currently not available in all countries, and
the standard map ¢ page 213, fig. 192. the coverage is not nationwide. For addi-
tional information, visit www.audiusa.com .
IflONLINEltraffic information cannot be re-
ceived, then traffic information will automatica l-
ly be received through ITMCI¢ page 218.
Troubleshooting
Problem Solution
Free text search : the desired des- The dest ination might not be entered in the navigation database.
ti nation cannot be found . Or: check the spe lling of the term that was searched . Check if the
desired country/state was selected for the free text search using
the Country/state selection ¢ page 204 or the option All coun-
tries/states .
u
co
.....
N
r---
N l) AUDI AG provides access to services from t hi rd party pro -
.....
0 viders. Permanent availabil ity cannot be g uaranteed , be-
<(
0
00
cause that depends on the th ird party provider.
219
Radio
Radio (D Presets
The stat ion is stored as a preset. The symbo l
Opening the radio
shows the st ored location in the prese t s list (fo r
The radio supports the FM, AM and SiriusXM* example, 21).
(satellite radio) bonds. Using the HO Radio re-
ceiver also allows you to receive radio stations
@ Radio te xt (shortened dis play)
on the FM and AM bonds in digital format. If availab le, program information about the set
station is d isplayed in al l of the stat io n lists .
® Frequency
@ Stati o n name
® Stat ion w ith HD Radio technolog y ava ilable
1-W
@ Channel number
Fig. 19 8 FM stat ion list (HD Radio technology FM) If there is a loss of radio signal (SiriusXM*), the
fo llow ing system information is displayed in the
~
' 'JI
000
001
Rad,olD
Preview
R,1d10 : 5ir ius.XM
e NoS19n,1l
NoS,gnal
I
.
station list:
NoSignal : the t uner is cu rrent ly not receiving a

J 002 Hit s 1
~ sate llite s ignal (J).
6 003 20 on 20 · NoS19nal The system informa t ion turns off when the radio
004 40s on 4 NoS19nal stations are received again.
Fig. 19 9 SiriusXM stat ion list (I} Tips

- Cont act t he SiriusXM" provide r if you would
...,Press t he IRADIO Ibutton .
like to receive satel lite prog ramming .
After opening the radio, t he last opened station - Buildings, tu nnels, bridges, open areas, oth-
list is displayed. er veh icles or obje cts on the veh icle roof can
Selecting a station : se lect and conf irm a stat ion affect reception.
from the station list . FM/AM stations that can be - Sate llite rad io is not availab le in Alaska and
received by digital radio are ma rked with the HD Hawaii.
Radio technology symbol ~ ® ¢ fig. 198. If re-
ception quality de clines, the rad io automatically
sw itches t o t he analog FM/ AM station depending
on availab ility. Digital HD Radio sta ti ons * may
contain multiple additional stations *. The ava ila-
b le add itiona l stations* are listed under the radio
station. If yo u lose reception, the add itiona l sta-
tions* are muted since they can no longer be re-
ceived .
Setting the frequency band : press the IRADIO I

button repeated ly until the desired frequency
band is set.
The fo llow ing information is displayed in the sta-

tion list ¢ fig. 198/ ¢ fig . 199:
220
Radio
Radio functions - Scan: all stat ions a re played for severa l seconds
each.
Free text search - Radio settings: see ¢ page 223.
App lies to: vehicles with free text search
Using the free text search, you can select the or- Radio text
der that the search terms are entered in the in-
put field . Search in all frequency bands for a sta- "' Select: IRADIO Ibutton > left control button > a
tion name or program type, such as News. frequency band (such as FM) > a station.
"' Select: right control button > Radio text .
Info rmation t ha t accompanies the program (such
as art ist, composer, track) is disp layed .
Browsing through radio text entrie s: tu rn the

contro l kno b to t he left or right.
Requirement: a rad io tex t ent ry must be d is-

played and the sta t ion mus t be broad castin g a
Fig. 20 0 Input field and results list for free text search phone nu mb er, a navig at ion desti na ti on or a t ext
message number as Radio Text Plus informat io n.
- Opening the free text search: when in a st at ion
list, keep tu rning t he contro l knob to t he left If a location, a phone nu mbe r or a t ext message
unti l t he free text search input fie ld is dis - numbe r is incl uded wit h a radio text entry, t he
played. ra d io t ext will be shown wit h a colo red bor d er.
You have the following opt ions :
- Using th e free text search: see ¢ page 157,
Free text search. Call* / Start route guidance* / Write text mes-
sage* :
You can a lso search for frequencies .
- Select a rad io text ent ry with Radio Text Plus in-
Stat ions from the presets ® are disp layed in the formation and press the control knob.
results list (D ¢ fig. 200. The symbo l @ indicates
- Select and confirm Call* /Start route guid-
which station list you switched to based o n the ance*/ W rite text message* . Or: press the
st at ion se lection . IBACK ! button to cancel.
Additional options (D Tips
"' Select: IRADIO ! button > right contro l butto n. The availability of radio text a nd Rad io Text
Plus depends on the rad io station.
The fo llow ing options are ava ilable depend ing on
the frequency band:
- Sound settings : see ¢ page 249.

- Store as favorite : see ¢ page 223, Presets .
- Manage SiriusXM alerts : see¢ page 222, Sir-

iusXM alerts.
- Store arti st as favorite / Store track as favorite :
see ¢ page 222, SiriusXM alerts.
- Manual tuning : the frequency ba rs a re dis-
u
co
played. Select and co nfirm t he desi red frequen -
.....
N
I"-
Cy.
~ - Seek: t he radio tunes t o t he previo us or next re -
o
~ ceivable station .
00
221
Radio
SiriusXM alerts Playing tracks/artists from Sirius XM alerts

App lies to: vehicles with SiriusXM
Requireme nt : a SiriusXM alert must be stored for
You can display an overview of your favorite ar- a track/artis t and it must be currently playing on
tists or tracks that are currently being played on a SiriusXM channe l.
a SiriusXM channel. - Select: left control button > SiriusXM alerts >
an entry from the list . The selected track/artist
Y.@Miiiil& is played .
Playing tracks/artists from the

entertainment sliding menu
Requirement: the SiriusXM alert notifications
funct ion must be switched on. You must be in the
Radio and Navigation menu. A SiriusXM alert no-
Fig. 201 SiriusXM ale rt notificat ion
tification is displayed in the enterta inm e nt slid-
ing menu (D ¢ fig. 201.
~ Se lect: IRADIO I button > left control button > - Push the control knob down.
SiriusXM. - Select and confirm the desired track/artist .
After you have stored a SiriusXM alert for your fa- Managing SiriusXM alerts
vor ite tracks or artists, you can display an over- - Select: right control button> Manage SiriusXM
view of your favorite tracks or artists currently alerts .
be ing re ceived in the SiriusXM alerts menu a nd - Switching SiriusXM alerts on/off : when the
p lay t hem immed iat e ly. You can also receive a function is sw itched on~. you are notified
SiriusXM alert notifi cat ion @ fo r these tracks or when this t rack or ar t ist is being p layed on a
artists in the entertainment sliding menu
SiriusXM channel.
¢ fig . 201.
- Deleting Sirius XM alerts : select an entry from
Storing a SiriusXM alert the list> right control button > Delete from
alerts > Delete this entry or Delete all entries.
Requirement: your favo rite track or artist must
be play ing on a SiriusXM channel.
View: additional station information
- Se lect : right contro l button > Store track as fa-
vorite or Store artist as favorite .
Switching SiriusXM alert notifications on

and off
- Se lect: right contro l button > SiriusXM alert
notifications .
When the function is switched on ~ . a SiriusXM

Alert notification @ ¢ fig. 201 is displayed for
Fig. 202 Radio view: additional stat ion informat ion
several seconds in the entertainment sliding
menu for the Radio and Navigation menus. Requirement: you must be tuned to a radio sta -
tion . The Show "Now Playing" screen option
must be switched on q page 224.
Symbols in the "Now Playing" screen ¢ fig. 202:
(D Radio text availability
222
Radio
Radio text is availab le for the selected station . Presets

See ¢ page 221.
You can store your favorite stations from every
@ Screen view frequency band in the presets list.
Display Cover art or Station logo. See ~ Select: the IRADIO Ibutton > left control button
¢ page 224, Preferred picture view *. > Presets.
Displaying the station list:
Requirement: the presets list must be displayed.
Turn the control knob. Or: press the IBACK ! but-
ton . - Storing presets: se lect and confirm a free pre-
set space. Follow the system instr uctions.
- Select and confirm a station from the list if
Radio menu necessary.
Requirement: a station list must be d isplayed .

- Storing presets: se lect: an entry from the list>
right control button > Store as preset. Or:
press and hold the contro l knob for several sec-
onds .
The shortcut keys are automatically assigned to

the presets 1 to 8. You can select the stations di-
Fig. 203 Example: Radio menu rectly using the preset buttons <!>page 155.
~ Se lect : IRADIO ! button > left control button. - Displaying the presets list : se lect: IRADIO I but-
ton > Presets.
Setting the frequency band: select and confirm
the desired frequency band in the radio menu Requirement: the presets list must be d isplayed .
¢ fig. 203 . Or: press the IRADIO Ibutton repeat- - Listening to presets: select and confirm a pre-
edly until the desired frequency band is set . The set from the list.
station list is d isplayed. - Move favorite : select a favorite from the list >
right control button > Move favorite. Or: press
@ Presets and hold the control knob for several seconds.
The presets list is displayed q page 223, Pre- Select and confirm the location of the selected
sets . preset.
- Deleting presets: select a preset from the list >
@ SiriusXM alerts right control button > Delete preset > Delete
Applies to: vehicles with SiriusXMalerts
this preset or Delete all presets.
Afte r you have sto red a SiriusXM alert for your fa-
page 222, an overview
vorite tracks or artists <!> Additional settings
of your favorite tracks or artists currently being
received on SiriusXM is displayed . Radio settings
@ SiriusXM ~ Select: IRADIO Ibutton > rig ht control button >

Applies to: vehicles with SiriusXMalerts Radio settings.
The SiriusXM* station list is disp layed. The following se ttings can be selected , depend-
ing on the band that is selected : ..,.
Additional frequency bands
u
co
~ Depending on the veh icle equ ipme nt, you may al-
:::.
......
so be able to se lect additional frequency bands
~
0
@/@ ¢ fig. 203 in the selection menu .
co
223
Radio
Station names (FM) Show "Now Playing" screen
Variable : scrolling text transmitted by th e FM When the function is swit ch ed on~ and the sta-
stations is shown in the In fotainment system tions or presets list is open, the disp lay wi ll
display. switch to the Show "Now Playing" screen view
after approximate ly five seconds ¢ page 222. De-
Fixed: scrolling text transmitted by the FM sta -
pending on availability, information about the
tions is not shown in the Infotainment system
set stat ion (such as stat ion name, artist and sta-
disp lay. Only the current section of the scro lling
tion logo) may be d isplayed in this view.
text is displayed.
Preferred picture view*
FM/AM HD Radio*
You can set your preferred screen view for the
You can sw itch HD Rad io recept io n on or off.
Show "Now Playing" screen¢ page 222 .
Channel sorting (SiriusXM*)
- Station logo: the station logo is displayed, de-
You can set the station sorting for SiriusXM sta- pending on availability .
tion lists* by: - Cover art: the album cover is displayed if availa-
ble.
- Channel number: the channels are sorted in as-
cending order according to their channel num- Gracenote online database*
ber.
Requirement: the MMI must be connected to the
- Channel name: the channels are listed in alpha-
Internet. The Cover art opt ion must be selected
betical order.
¢ page 224, Preferred picture view*.
- First category, then channel number : t he
channels are sorted by the ir category and then When the funct ion is switched on~. the album
by the ir channel numbers. cover or genre cover for the song that is play ing
- First category, then channel name : the chan- is loaded from t he Gracenote online database,
nels are sorted by their category and then by depend ing on availability.
their channel names.
Subscription status (SiriusXM)*
Category filter (SiriusXM*) This opt ion is available when your subscr ipt ion is
The stations shown in the station list can be fi l- about to expire or has already expired . The expi-
tered by your personal preferences and by pro- ration date for your license is displayed .
gram type. The program categories that you can
Call to SiriusXM*: the contact information for
select depend on what is offered by your provid-
your satellite radio provider is displayed . To call
er. Select the All categories option to deactivate
your satellite radio provider using the MMI, press
all filter options and display all ava ilable stations
Call to SiriusXM*.
in the satellite station list.
Troubleshooting
Problem Solution
A station with poo r reception is no longer Store the stat ion as a preset in advance. Access the pre-
displayed in the station list once you sets using the presets list¢ page 223 .
switc h to a different station.
224
Media
Media However, in some cases, the additional informa -

tion may not be displayed.
Introduction
Restri cted functionality : rese t t he Media set-
There are various media drives and connections tings t o t he fact ory defau lt settings if funct ional -
availab le in the MMI. For example, you can play ity is restr icted ¢ page 246.
audio/video* files from t he Jukebox* or connect
If fu nctionali ty is rest ricted, reset t he Jukebox*
your mobi le device to the Audi mus ic interface*
to t he fa ctory default se tt ings ¢ page 24 6.
and operate it through the MMI.
For information about the propert ies of support-
Notes ed med ia and file formats , see ¢ page 240 .
General @ Note
Media and format restrictions : t he MMI (includ -

Always fo llow the information fo und in ¢ @ in
Wi-Fi hotspot on page 194 .
ing the SD card reader and the USBstorage de -
vice connection *) was tested wit h a variety of
products and media on the market. However, CD/DVD operation
there may be cases where individual devices or
CD/ DVD and format restrictions : the funct iona li-
media and audio/video files* may not be recog-
ty of individual st orage media may be limited due
nized, may play on ly with restrictions, or may not
to t he var iety of blank CDs/DVDsavailab le and
play at all.
t he various capacities. Audio CDs or video DVDs
Digital Rights Management : please note that with copy protection, CDs/DVDsthat do not con-
the audio/video* files are subjec t to copyright fo rm to the standard and multi session CDs may
protection. have limited playbackor may not play at all. Audi
recommends finaliz ing the recording process
The med ia drives do not play files that are pro-
whe n creat ing mult isess ion CDs. Multisess ion is
tected by ORMand that are ident ified with the
not supported for DVDs.
symbol rfl.
Using CDs/ DVDs, the CD drive or the DVD drive :
Data security : never store important data on SD
to ensure correct, hig h-quality playback and to
cards, the Jukebox*, CDs/DVDsor mobile devices .
prevent damage to the dr ive or disc read ing er-
Audi AG is not responsib le for damaged or lost
rors, always store CDs/DVDsin a protective
files and media .
sleeve and do not expose t hem to direct sunlight .
Loading times : t he more files/fo lders/p laylists Do not use:
that are on a storage medium, the longer it will
- Damaged, dirty or scratched CDs/DVDs
take to load the audio/v ideo* files . Audi recom-
- Single CDs/DVDswith 3 in (8 cm) diameter
mends using storage med ia tha t on ly conta in au-
dio/video files*. To decrease the t ime it takes to - CD/DVDsthat are not round
load audio/v ideo files*, create subfolders (for ex- - CDs/DVDswit h labe ls
ample, fo r t he art ist or album). The loading time - Protec t ive rings
will also increase when importing files. - Cleaning CDs
Additional information : when playing, aud io Thermal protection switch : CD/DVDplayback

files are automatically displayed with any add i- may be temporarily unavailab le if outs ide tem -
tional informat ion that is sto red (such as the ar- peratures are extremely hot or cold. A thermal
tis t , t rac k and albu m cover). If this informa t ion is prot ect ion switch is insta lled t o protect the CD/
u DVD and the laser.
co
..... not availa ble on t he sto rage med ium, t he MMI
N
r---
N
will check the Grace note metadata database . Laser devices: lase r devices are divided into safe -
.....
0
<( ty classes 1 to 4 in accordance with DIN IEC 76 .,.
0
00
225
Medi a
(CO) 6/VDE 0837. The optical readers that are in- DVD drive
stalled conform to safety class 1. Lasers in this Applies to : vehicles with a DVDdrive
class are very weak and well shielded, so there is
no danger if used correctly.
Media drives
SO card reader
Fig. 205 Glove compart ment : DVDdrive
- Loading a CD/ DVD : the CD/DVD is pu lled in au-

tomatically . Slide the CD/DVD straight into the
DVDs lot @ w ith the label fac ing up 9 fig. 205 .
- Automa ti c playback: playback w ill start auto-
Fig. 204 Glove compa rtment : SD card reader matically if the inserted CD/DVD conta ins sup-
ported aud io/video* f iles r:::.>page 240 .
- I nsert ing th e SD card: the angled corner of the - Ejecting a CD/ DVD : press the button @
SD card must face toward the right front . Slide fig
r:::.> . 205 .
the SD card into the card reader slot @
9 fig. 204 until the SD ca rd clicks into place . The CD/DVD is pulled in again automat ically if it
- Automatic playback: playback will start auto- is not removed from the DVDslot w ith in approx i-
matically if the inserted SD ca rd contains sup- mately ten seconds after ejecting it.
po rt ed audio/v ideo files* r:::.>
page 240. The DVDdrive is accessed and operated through
- Removing the SD card: press briefly on the SD the MMI @ r:::.>
page234 , fig . 210.
card.
The SD card reader is accessed and operated

(D Note
through the MMI @ 9 page 234, fig . 210 . - Never force a CD/DVD into the drive. The
CD/DVD is pulled in automatically .
(D Note - Do not insert CDs/DVDs with labels into the
Only use one-piece SD cards. If adapter cards drive. Labe ls can come loose from the CD/
(SD cards with more than one piece) are used, DVDand damage the drive.
the card cou ld fa ll out of the adapter when
driving because of vibrations . Ind ividual
(D Tips
pieces cou ld then become stuck in the d rive - The CD/DVD playback is not ensured with
and impair the func t ionality. audio files that have a high data rate.
- The SIM card reader then does not function .
(D Tips
The SIM card reader then does not function.
226
Media
CD drive Jukebox
App lies to: vehicles wit h a CD drive App li es to : vehicles w it h Jukebox
After you have filled the Jukebox with music and/

or videos, for example from your SD card, you
can play these files directly from the Jukebox .
The Jukebox memory capacity is approximately
10 GB.
.,.Press the IMEDIA ! button . Press the left cont rol

button unt il the sources overview <=:>
page 234
is displayed. Select and confirm Jukebox.
Fig. 20 6 Glove compa rtment : CD d rive Adding files to the Jukebox
- Press the IMEDIA ! button . Press the left control

- Loading a CD: the CD is pulled in automatically .
button unti l the sources overview <=:>page 234
Slide the CDstraight into the CDslot @
is displayed . Select one of the following sources
fig . 206 with the label facing up .
<=:>
t o copy to the Jukebox: SD card*, CD-ROM *,
- Automatic playback : playback will start auto-
DVD-ROM*, USB storage device*.
matically if the inserted CDconta ins supported
audio files ca:>page 241, CDdrive. Requirement: the media center (for examp le,
- Ejecting a CD: press the button (D <=:> fig. 206 . tracks, albums) must be open .
- Selecting an ent ry: se lect an entry from the
The CDis pulled in again automatically if it is not
media cente r. Select : right contro l button >
removed from the slot with in ten seconds of
Copy to Jukebox > This entry or Entire list.
ejecting it.
Requirement: the playlist mus t be open. See
The CDdrive is accessed and operated thro ugh
<=:>
page 23 7.
the MMI <=:>
page 234.
- Select ing a track : select the track that is cur-
{Ll) Note rently playing . Select : right control button >
Copy to jukebo x> This track or Entire album
- Never force a CD into t he drive. The CDis
or This artist .
pulled in automatically.
- Do not insert CDs with labe ls into t he drive. Requirement: a video file must be playing.
Labels can come loose from the CDand - Select: right contr ol button > Copy to Jukebox.
damage the drive.
The copying process begins . The status of the
copying process is shown in t he MMI.
(D Tips
- Hiding the importing process: select and con-
CD playback cannot be guaranteed with audio
firm Continue copying in background . Theim -
files that have a high data rate .
porting process is hidden .
- Canceling the importing process: select and
confirm Cancel copying : Or: remove the source
that is being imported . Files already copied re-
main.
Requirement: the copying process must be active
in the backgro und.
u
co
..... - Showing the copying process: se lect: right
N
r--- cont rol button > Copying in progre ss.
N
.....
0
<(
0
00
227
Media
When importing, the audio files a re au t omatica l- - The Juk ebox does not provide a n ex port
ly sorted into the media center categories based function du e to legal reasons .
on the stored addit iona l info rmation - Files o r tra cks w ithou t a ddit ional store d in-
¢ page 235. The copied video files a re stored in formation a re listed as Unknown. Aud i rec -
the media center under the Videos category. ommends adding add it iona l info rmation
(such as ID3 tags) to a udio files.
Playing the Jukebox
- Reset the Jukebox to the facto ry defa ult
Req uiremen t : the Jukebox must con t ain audio/ settings when sel ling yo ur ve hicle
video fi les ¢ page 22 7, Adding files to the Juke- ¢ page 246.
box.
The Jukebox is accessed an d ope rat ed t hrough Bluetooth audio player

the MMI (D ¢ page 234, fig . 210. Appl ies to: vehicles with Bluetooth audio player
With the Bluetooth audio player, you can play

Displaying Jukebox memory capacity
music wirelessly from your Bluetooth-capable
Select : righ t control button > Jukebox memory device (such as a cell phone) through the MMI.
capacity. Info rmation abou t the Jukebo x memo ry
ca pacity and the nu mbe r of st ored tra cks is dis - Requirement: the vehicle must be stationary and
played . the ignit ion m ust be switched on. The Bluetooth
settings w ill open on your mob ile dev ice d uring
Deleting tracks from the Jukebox 1) t he connection setup . The Blue t ooth function
Req uiremen t : the Jukebox must contain audio/ and visibility of t he MMI ¢ pag e 248 and mob ile
video fi les. device must be sw itched on. The Bluetooth audio
player ¢ page 248 m ust be switched on in t he
- Delet ing an ent ry: se lect an e ntry from the
MM I.
Jukebox media center . Se lect: rig ht contro l but-
ton > Delete from jukebox > This entry or En- - Connecting a Bluetooth player: press t he
tire list . !MEDIA ! but to n. Press t he left con tr ol button
- The status of t he de leti ng process is shown in un t il the sources ove rview is d isp layed. Selec t
the MMI. Jukebox playback st ops d ur ing t he de- and confirm Bluetooth audio player ®
let ing process a nd st arts again au t oma t ically ¢page 234 , fig . 211 .
o nce t he dele t ion is comp lete . - If necess ar y, se lect and co nf irm , Not connected
> Connect Bluetooth audio player. The Blue-
(D) Note tooth device search starts. Follow the instruc -
tions in the MMI.
Do not import aud io/video files when t he en-
- Select and confirm t he des ired Bluetooth de -
gi ne is t ur ne d off because th is will dr ain th e
vice from the list . The MMI generates a PIN fo r
veh icle batt ery.
the connection.
(D Tips - Select and confirm Yes.
- Ent er t he PI N for conne ct ing on your Bluetoo t h
- Tracks fro m au di o CDs cannot be im port ed
dev ice . Or : if the PIN is already dis played on
t o t he Ju ke box for legal reasons .
your Bluetooth device, confi rm it in the Blue-
- Files t hat have already been importe d are
tooth device and in the MMI. The time a llowed
a utomat ica lly recogn ized and cannot be
for entering the PI N is lim ited to approx imately
cop ied to t he Juke bo x again.
30 seconds . IJIJ,
- It is no t possib le t o play audio/v ideo* files
in the CD/DVD* dr ive while importi ng the m .
1> Not in t he Playback view.
228
Media
The media is started and operated through the - If necessary, select and confirm Wi-Fi turned
mobile device or the MMI, depending on the de- off> Turn on Wi-Fi to activate Wi-Fi in the
vice being used. MMI. Select Wi-Fi settings, if necessary. Select
the same settings on the wireless media player
(D Tips that are used for the Wi-Fi hotspot.
- Check for any connection requests on your - Starting the Wi-Fi audio player: start the Audi
Bluetooth device. MMI connect app or a UPnP server app, or set
- Multiple Bluetooth audio players can be media permissions on your media player.
connected to the MMI,but only one mobile Operating the media player: the media player is
device can be active. operated through the MMI.
- Bluetooth protocols AVRCP (1.0/1.3/1.4)
- Press the left control button repeatedly until
and A2DP are supported.
the Folders menu item appears. Select and con-
- Note the volume setting on your Bluetooth firm Folders.
device. Audi recommends setting your mo-
- Playing music from the media player: select
bile device to the maximum volume when
and confirm Media center .
using it as a Bluetooth audio player.
- The supported media functions (such as Web radio: see c::;,
page 230 .
shuffle) depend on the Bluetooth device be-
ing used. A WARNING
-
- For more information on the supported de- -As the driver, do not allow usage of the Wi-
vices, visit www.audiusa.com/bluetooth or Fi hotspot to distract you from driving, as
contact an authorized Audi dealer or author- this could increase the risk of an accident.
ized Audi Service Facility. - It is only safe to use tablets, laptops, mo-
bile devices and other similar devices when
Wi-Fi audio player the vehicle is stationary because, like all
Appl ies to: vehicles with Wi-F i audio player loose objects, they could be thrown around
the inside of the vehicle in a crash and cause
Using the Wi-Fi audio player media source on the
serious injuries. Store these types of devices
MMI,you can connect and operate your Wi-Fi-ca-
securely while driving.
pable media player (such as a smartphone) to
wirelessly play music from your media player li-
seats within range of the airbags while driv-
brary. The media player is connected through the
ing. Also read and follow the warnings in
vehicle's Wi-Fi hotspot. A UPnP Server opp or an
c::;,
page 2 73, Front airbags.
integrated UPnPIDLNA server on your media
player is required to accessyour media player li-
brary.
@ Note
Always follow the information found in ¢ @ in
Requirement: the Wi-Fi function on your media Wi-Fi hotspot on page 194.
player must be switched on. The Audi MMI con-
nect app or a UPnP server app must be installed (D Tips
on your media player . Or: you must be using a
- Always read the chapter c::;,
page 194, Audi
media player with an integrated UPnP/DLNA
server.
tion.
- Connecting a media player: press the IMEDIA ! - Please note that a Wi-Fi connection does
button. Press the left control button until the not automatically make it possible to use
u page 234 is displayed. Se-
sources overview c::;, the Internet. For additional information,
co
.....
N
r--- lect and confirm Wi-Fi audio player 0 see c::;,
page 187.
N
..... c::;,
page 234, fig . 211 .
0
<(
0
00
229
Media
- To avoid interruptions during playback, de- - The MMI must be connected to the network.
activate the power saving function on the - The symbol for the Online media source @
media player or connect it to a charger. c> fig. 207 is shown in the MMI.
- The loading times for the audio data depend Applies to: using online media
on the media player used and the number of Additional requirement:
files that it contains. - A supported online media service must be avail-
- A maximum of 2,000 entries per directory able in your country.
are displayed in the MMI. - You must have an account with a supported on-
- Songs downloaded for offline use using mu- line media service.
sic streaming services are stored on your - Depending on the online media service, you
mobile device (such as a smartphone) and must install and open an app on your mobile
may be DRMprotected. The Wi-Fi audio device.
player will not play ORMprotected files. Starting Online media
- Contact an authorized Audi dealer or au- - Press the IM EDIA I button . Press the left control
thorized Audi Service Facility for additional
button until the sources overview <=> page 234
information on the Wi-Fi audio player .
is displayed .
- Select and confirm an online media service.
Online media and
Start ing Internet radio
Internet radio
Applies to: vehicles with Audi connect
- Press the IM EDIA I button . Press the left control
button until the sources overview <=> page 234
You con playback and operate various online me - is displayed .
dia services and Internet radio using the MMI.
- Select and confirm Internet radio. The Internet
radio browser or the last station that was play-
ing is shown .
- Selecting the station : if necessary, select and
confirm a category in the Internet radio Brows-
er> a station.
Online media and Internet radio: additional op-

tions
Fig. 207 Online media - Press the right control button.

The following options may be available , depend-
.,.Press the IMEDIAi button. Press the left control
ing on the information shown (such as the sta-
button until the sources overview c>fig. 207 is
tion/t rack that is currently playing):
displayed.
- Sound settings: see c>page 249 .
Applies to: using online media and Internet radio - Wi-Fi settings: see c>page 193, Wi-Fi hotspot.
Requirement: - Connection manage r: see <=> page 246.
- The Audi MMI connect app must be installed - Additional options may be available, depending
and open on your mobile device. on the active online media service or Internet
- You must be logged into your myAudi account radio .
in the Audi MMI connect app and you must
have selected your vehicle. ,&. WARNING -
- The Wi-Fi function on the mobile device and on - It is on ly safe to use tablets, laptops, mo-
the MMI must be switched on.
bile devices and other similar devices when
- If necessary, check in the connection manager the vehicle is stationary because, like all
<=>page 246 if the mobile device you connected loose objects, they could be thrown around
is selected under the MMI connect app (~).
230
Media
the inside of the vehicle in a crash and cause Multimedia connections

serious injuries. Store these types of devices
USB adapter for Audi music interface or
securely while driving.
USB charging port
seats within range of the airbags while driv- Depending on the vehicle equipment, you can
ing. Also read and follow the warnings in connect your mobile devices (such as a smart -
page 2 73, Front airbags .
c::> phone or MP3 player) to the Audi music interface
or a USB charging port using a special USB
CDNote adapter.
- Always follow the information found in c:>@
in Wi-Fi hotspot on page 194 .
- Please note that there generally are addi-
I
tional costs when using an online media
service account, especially when it is used
internationally .
(D Tips
- Depending on the Internet connection and
@-
network traffic, a connection loss can occur Fig. 208 Audi Genuin e Accessories: USB adapter
during playback of on line media services.
- Online media and Internet radio usage de- You can purchase the USB adapter c::>fig. 208
pends on the service availability of the third from an authorized Audi dealer or at specialty
party provider . stores:
- Audi AG simply makes the access to online (D USBadapter for devices with a micro USBcon-
media services possible through the MMI nection
and does not take any respons ibi lity for the
contents of the online media services. @ USB adapter for devices with an Apple Light-
- Always read the chapter c::>
page 194, Audi ning connection
connect (Infotainment) general informa- @ USB adapter for devices with USBtype C con-
tion . nection
- Depending on the mobile device used, there
may be interruptions during media playback Depending on the vehicle equipment, you may be
and when using the Audi MMI connect app. able to connect your mobile devices through the
Audi music interface to the MMI using the USB
To avoid interruptions when using a mobile
device, do not lock the screen on your mo- adapters and charge the battery at th e same
time .
bile device and keep the Audi MMI connect
app in the foreground . Applies to : vehicles wit h Aud i music interface
- Contact an authorized Audi dealer or au- - Audi music interface : see c::>page 232 .
thorized Audi Service Facility for additional Applies to: vehicles with USB charging ports in the rear
information about online media . - USB charging ports in the rear: see
c::>
page233.
CDNote
Handle the USBadapter carefully . Do not al-
u
co
..... low it to be pinched.
N
r--
N
.....
~0
co
231
Medi a
Connecting multiple mobile devices: if a mobile

@ Tips
device (such as a smartphone) is connected at the
- The USBadapter on the Audi music inter- respective USBport on the Audi music interface,
face will support iPod touc h/iPh one from then all devices can be used as a playback source.
the 5th generation or later with the light-
ning connector. AUX Input
- Mobile devices with an Apple Dock connec- - Connect ing a mobile device to the AUX input :
tor can only be charged with a USBadapter connect the cable ® c:::>fig . 209 to t he AUXin-
for devices with an Apple Dock connector put ® on the Audi music interface and then to
and cannot transmit data. the mobile device @) (such as an MP3 player or
sma rt phone) .
- Disconnecting a mobile device from the AUX
Audi music interface
input : remove the cable ® c:::>
fig. 209 from the
Connect your mobile devices to the Audi music AUXinput @ c:::>fig. 209 .
interface in order to operate them through the - Operation : select and confirm t he External au-
MMI and charge the battery . dio player source ® c:::>
page 234, fig. 210. The
medi a are sta rt ed and operate d through the
mob ile device @ c:::>fig. 209 .
_& WARNING
Driving requires your complete and undivided
attention. As the driver, you have comp lete
responsibility fo r safety in traffic. Never oper -
ate mobile devices while driving, because this
increases the risk of an accident.
Fig. 2 0 9 Storage compartmen t under the ce nter armr est
and at th e fro nt• of th e cent e r conso le : diag ram : Audi mu- (D Note
sic inte rface - Use a USBextens ion cable to connect devi-
ces that have an integrated USBconnector
USB Input
(such as a USBstick) to prevent damage to
- Connecting a mobile device using a USS
your USBdevice and the Audi music inter-
adapte r: connect the applicable USBadapter @
face .
fig . 209 to t he port on the Audi music inter-
c:::>
- Extremely high or low temperatures that
face @ c:::>fig. 209 or in the front of the center
can occur inside vehicles can damage mobile
console* and then connect the adapter to the
devices and/o r impa ir the ir performance .
mobile device © (such as an iPhone) .
Never leave mobile devices in t he vehicle in
- Charging a mobile device using a USS adapter :
extremely high or low tempe ratur es .
when you connect a mobile device to the Audi
music inte rface @ c:::>fig. 209 or at the fro nt of (D Tips
the cent er console* using the appli cable USB
- Alwaysfollow the information found in
adapt er @ c:::>fig. 209, t he batte ry will auto-
page
c:::> 60 .
matically charge .
- Whe n you switch the ignition off, the USB
- Disconnecting a mobile device from the Audi
ports are st ill supplied with power unt il the
mu sic interface : remove t he USB adapte r @
energy managem ent intervenes.
fig .
c:::> 209 from the Audi music interface .
- Do not use an addit iona l adapter or USBex-
The media are started and ope rated through the tension cable to connect mobile devices to
mobile device or the MMI, depend ing on the de- th e Audi music inte rface tha t already have a
vice being used c:::>page 234 . cable or th at must be connect ed with a USB Ill-
232
Media
adapter( ¢ page 231). They may impair the thorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi
functionality. Service Facility.
- You can purchase the AUX connector cable
from an authorized Audi dealer or at spe- USB charging ports in the rear
cialty stores. Applies to: vehicles with USB charging ports in the rear
- Audi recommends setting the volume of a
You con charge the battery on your mobile device
mobile device connected to the AUX input to
through a USB charging port.
approximately 70% of the maximum vol-
ume .
Two USB charging ports are located at the back
- Functionality is not guaranteed for mobile
of the center console .
devices that do not conform to the USB 2.0
- USB adapter: refer to ¢ page 2 31, USB adopter
specification.
for Audi music interface or USB charging port.
- USB hubs are not supported.
- Charging a mobile device using the USB
- Some versions of the iPod such as the iPod
adapter: connect your mobile device to a USB
shuffle cannot be connected to the USB
charging port using a suitable USB adapter.
adapter for devices with Apple Dock connec-
- Disconnecting a mobile device from the charg-
tor. Connect these devices using a AUX con-
ing port: remove the USB adapter from the USB
nector cable.
charging port .
- Changed content on a mobile device l) that
- Disconnecting mobile devices with an Apple
is connected to the Audi music interface
Dock connector: remove the Apple Dock con-
may not be displayed in the media center.
nector from the Apple device with the release
In this case, reset the Media settings back
tabs pressed in.
to Factory settings ¢ page 246.
- Video playback through the Audi music in-
terface is only supported if the connected =
A WARNING -
device is recognized as a USB storage device Driving requires your complete and undivided
(for example a USB stick). Apple devices and attention. As the driver, you have complete
MTP devices (such as smartphones) are not responsibility for safety in traffic. Never oper-
recognized as USB storage devices. ate your mobile devices while driving, because
this increases t he risk of an accident.
- iPod/iPhone malfunctions also affect the
operation of the MMI. Reset your iPod/
iPhone if this happens. @ Note
- Audi recommends updating the iPod/iPhone Extremely high or low temperatures that can
software to the latest version. For impor- occur inside vehicles can damage mobile devi-
tant information on operating your iPod/ ces and/or impair their performance . Never
iPhone, refer to the user guide for the de- leave mobile devices in the vehicle in ex-
vice. tremely high or low temperatures .
- The USB adapter on the Audi music inter-
face will support iPod touch/iPhone from (D Tips
the 5th generation or later with the light- - In preparation at the time of printing.
ning connector. - Always follow the information found in
- For more information about the Audi music <=>
page 60 .
interface and supported devices, check the - When you switch the ignition off, the USB
Audi database for mobile devices at ports are still supplied with power until the
u
www .audiusa .com/mp3 or contact an au- energy management intervenes .
C0
N
....
,..._
N
....
o l) Appli es only t o MTP devices. Does not appl y to Ap pl e devi-
<C
~ ces and USB mass st orage devices.
233
Media
- Do not use any additional USB extension ca- Playing media

bles or adapters to connect mobile devices
to the USB charging port that have already Accessing media
been connected by a USB adapter. They may You can start and operate various media
impair the functionality. through the MMI control panel .
- USB hubs are not supported.
- Refer to the manufacturer's operating man-
ual for important information regarding the
operation of your mobile device.
- Correct funct ion of all mobile devices can-
not be guaranteed .
- The vehicle batte ry drains when mobile de-
vices are turned on but the engine is off .
Fig. 210 Diag ram: possible sources in the Media me nu
Rear Seat Entertainment preparation
Applies to: vehicles with Rear Seat Ente rtainment preparation
The Rear Seat Entertainment preparation in-

cludes cables and a mount for Audi Entertain-
ment mobile in the driver's and front passenger's
seat backrests.
The suitab le Audi Entertainment mobile Rear

Seat Entertainment package is available through Fig. 211 Diagra m: possible sour ces in the Media me nu
Audi Genuine Accessories.
Requireme nt : a media source must contain au-
Using Audi Genuine Accessories is recommended.
dio/video* files ¢ page 226.
Audi has established their rel iability, safety and
suitability. .,. Press the IM E DIA i button . Press the left control
button unti l the sources overv iew is displayed .
We cannot eval uat e or endo rs e other products in
.,.Select and confirm the desired source. Or:
this way, even if the product is approved by a cer -
press the !MEDIA ! button repeatedly until the
tified testing agency or government agency .
desired source is selected.
(D Note Depending on the vehicle equipmen t, the follow -
Only use devices that are approved for the ing sources may be displayed in the Media menu :
Rear Seat Entertainment preparation. Unap-
(D Jukebox* . . . . . . . . . . . . ....... .227
proved devices may cause damage to the vehi-
cle e lectronics.
@ DVD/CD drive* . . . . . . . . ..... .. . 226,227
@ SD card reader . . . . . . . .. . . ... . 226
@ Tips @ Audi music interface* ......... . 232
- Contact an authorized Audi dealer or au - such as an iPhone, USB stick
thorized Audi Service Facility for additional ® External audio player ......... . 232
information about Audi Entertainment mo- such as an MP3 player connected to
bile. the AUXinp ut
- Always read the chapter ~ page 371.
® Bluetooth audio player* 228
- The Rear Seat Entertainment preparation is (j) Wi-Fi audio player* . . . ....... . 229
not intended to charge external electron ic 230 ..,_
devices.
® Online media* and Internet radio*
234
Media
- Playing audio/video files : select a source in the

Media men u > Category (such as artists > al-
bum> track) .
- Moving one level up in the folder structure :
press the I BACKI button . Or: select and confirm
Folder up.
- Selecting the previous or next track/chapter*
1>: press the On/Off knob on the MMI cont rol
Fig. 21 3 Exampl e: USB stick categories
panel br iefly to the left l«1 or right l»t.
- Fast-forwarding and rewinding audio/video* .,. Press the IMEDIA i button. Press the left cont rol
file s: press and hold the On/Off knob on the button unti l the sources overv iew is d isplayed .
MMI control panel to the left l«1 or right l»t for Select and confirm the desired source.
a longer time.
- Pausing or resuming playback: press the On/ (D Active source
Off knob on the MMI contro l pane l br iefly. The active source is hig hlighted . The act ive
sou rce symbol (D may change depending on the
@ Tips connected dev ice, the on line media service * or
- You can scro ll t hrough long lists quickly by Internet radio*. The device name may be dis -
turning the contro l knob q uickly. The scroll- played (for example: myPhone). As an example, a
ing speed depends on the number of list e n- USB stick is shown c:::;,fig. 212 connected to the
tries. Audi music inte rface *.
- For safety reasons, the video image is only
Depend ing on the act ive source, you can select
displayed when the vehicle is stationary . On-
audio/v ideo files* from the follow ing categories
ly the sound from t he video plays while driv-
and add them to the playlist:
ing .
@ Favorites
Media center The Favorites category ap pears if at least one e n-
Various categories for selecting audio/video* try is stored in the favo rites list . See c:::;,
page 237,
files are available in the media center . Favorites.
@ Artists
All availa ble a rt ists a re displayed . Sele ct and con-
firm an a rtist, an album and then a t rack .
@ Albums
All ava ilab le albums are d isplayed. Select and

co nfirm an a lbum and then a track .
Fig. 212 Examp le: USB st ick cate gories ® Genres

All ava ilab le ge nres are disp layed. Select and
confirm a gen re (such as Pop), an artist, an al-
bum and t hen a so ng .
u
co
.....
N
r--
N
.....
~ 1l Depending on the DVD, t his may not be possible during
~ playback.
235
Medi a
@ Tracks - When synchronizing a portable device with

"Cloud" services, playlists may display incor-
All available tracks are displayed. Se lect and con-
rectly in the MMI. Use the med ia center in
f irm a track.
the device.
(J) Folders - With an iPod/iPhone (media source: Audi
The fo lder structu re or track/chapter list is dis- music interface q page 231), the Podcasts,
played. Select a folder, if necessary. Select and Aud io books and Composers categories are
confirm a track. also available.
@ Playli sts (D Tips
All available playlists from the source and the Applies to: iPod/iPhone on Audi music inte rface
smart playlists are displayed. Select and confirm - An Internet connection is required to use
a playlist and then a track . the additional Radio category, an onl ine
media se rvice . Also see the chapter
Smart pl ayli st s:
q page 193, Wi -Fi hotspot . Also read the in-
- Last played track s: the last tracks played in the formation on t he Audi music inte rface and
selected source are disp layed. the supported devices q page 231 .
- Most played: the most played songs in the se-
- Depend ing on the Int ernet connection and
lected source are disp layed. network traffic, a connection loss can occur
- S sta rs to 1 star: tracks from the se lected during playback of online media services.
source are displayed according to their rating. - The use of on line media serv ices depends on
- Unrat ed : all files from the selected source the service availability of the third party
without rat ing informa t ion (for example, in the provider.
103 tag) are displayed . - Audi AG simply makes the access to on line
@ Vid eos* media services possib le through the MMI
and does not take any responsibility for the
All available video files are displayed . Select and
contents of the online media services.
confirm a video file .
@ Note Free text search

Applies to : vehicles with free text search
Applies to: vehicles with Audi connect (Infotainment) and
use of the radio category with iPod/iPhone You con search in the active source by tracks and
Always follow the information found in q (i) in video files*, for example
@ Tips
- Only the categories supported by the medi-
um are available. For example, CD/DVD-
ROM tracks cannot be selected with catego-
ries such as Arti st s, Alb um s or Genres.
With an iPod/iPhone (source: Audi music in-
terface q page 231), the Podcast s, Audi o Fig. 214 Input field and resu lts lis t for free text search
books and Composers catego ries are also
available. You can open the fr ee te xt search depending on
- For safety reasons, the video image is only the selected source.
displayed when the vehicle is stationary. On- Requirement: the playl ist q page 23 7 or media
ly the sound from the video plays while driv- center q page 235 must be displayed . ..,.
ing.
236
Media
Opening free text search - Select: right control button > Store as favorite.
.,.Keep turning the control knob to the left until Or: press and ho ld the control knob for several
the free text search input field (D ¢ fig . 214 seconds.
appears . Or: push the contro l knob up. When you store a track as a favorite, the associ-
ated a lbu m will appear in the favorites list as an
Using the free text search: see ¢ page 157, Free
entry.
text search .
Requirement: at least one entry must be sto red
Entries that contain the entered search term are
in the favorites list.
listed in the results list @ ¢ fig. 214. You can
sea rch fo r artists @ ¢ fig. 214, albums @ or Displaying the favorites list : press the IMEDIAi
tracks @ as we ll as genres and videos . button. Press the left control button until the
sources overview ¢ page 234 is displayed. Select
(D Tips the source that contains the categories
- It will then search thro ugh the files in the ¢ page 235 (for examp le, SD card). Select the Fa-
active so urce. vorites category .
- If you open free text sea rch in the Folders Requirement: the favo rites list must be dis-
category (i) ¢ page 235, fig. 213 or the played .
Composers, Podcasts and Audio books cat- - Listening to a favorite: select and confirm a fa-
egories, it will only search through the files vorite from the list.
in that folder. - Move favorite : select a favorite from the list >
right control button > Move favorite. Select
Playlist and confirm the location of the selected favor-
ite .
- Deleting a favorite : select a favorite from the
list> right control button> Delete favorite >
Delete this favorite or Delete all favorites .
Additional settings
Options menu
Fig. 215 Example: playlist
Context -specific functions and settings are avail -
The track, artist, album and album cover, if appli- able depending on the selected source.
cab le, w ill appea r in the playlist ¢fig. 215 . .,. Press the right control button.
Options menu Sound settings
See ¢ page 23 7, Additional settings . See ¢ page 249 .
Input level
Favorites
Requirement: a mobile device must be connected
Up to 50 entries for every media source can be
to the AUXconnection cab le or to a USB adapter
stored in any order in the favorites list.
¢ page 231, Multimedia connections .
Requirement: the playlist or media center must The volume of the mobile device is adapted to
be open . the MMI. Audi recommends adju sting the volume
u
co
....
N
- Select the desired entry from the playlist or on the mobi le device to 70% of the maximum
r--- volume output .
N
..... media center .
0
<(
0
00
237
Media
Bluetooth settings Back to 'Playback'

See ¢ page 248. The op t ions menu is closed. The track cur rently
playing appears in the playlist .
Wi-Fi settings *
Play similar music*
See ¢ page 193, Wi -Fi hotspot.
The track currently playing is quick ly analyzed
Connection manager
(suc h as artists, ge nr es, mood , beat) and a smart
See ¢ page 246. playlist with similar tracks is shown .
Show "Now Playing" screen Play more ...

W ith the funct ion switched on~ and a playlist A smart playlist is shown based on the track cur-
open, various information about the cur rent track rently playing . You can select between a playl ist
(such as artist, album and album cover*) as well with more tracks by this artist , from this album
as the playing time and the remaining playing or of this genre.
time are displayed.
Copy to jukebox*
Jukebox memory capacity*
See¢ page 22 7, Adding files to the Jukebox.
Information on the Jukebox memory capacity and
Set as ringtone* 2)
the number of stored tracks in the Ju kebox is dis-
played . Requirement: a ce ll phone must be connected to
the MMI. The track currently playing must be in
Rewind/Fast forward
the Jukebox* ¢ page 227.
Turn the contro l knob to the left or to the right .
The selected track wi ll be used as the ringtone
Or: move your finger across the MMI touch con-
for incoming calls.
t rol pad* from left to right .
Gracenote online database*
Shuffle 1)
Requirement: the MMI must be connected to the
With the funct ion sw itched on~. all files in the
Internet.
playlist are played and shown in random order .
Depend ing on availab ility, var ious information
Repeat track 1l will load about the track currently playing when
When the function is switched on ~ . the current t his function is switched on~ -
track repeats.
Favorites
Repeat* See¢ page 237.
Requirement: an iPod/iPhone* must be selected
Additional options
as the media source in the Audi music interface
¢ page 234, Accessing media. Requirement: the vehicle must be stationary and
a video file* or a DVD*must be playing .
- Track: the current track will be repea t ed.
- Folder: the tracks in the current folder are re- Parental control*
peated continuously in a loop.
Playback of video DVDs can be restr icted using
- Off: the funct ion is switched off .
parental control.
l) The fun ct ion auto mat ically switches off whe n t he source
is cha nged.
2> This fun ct ion is not availab le fo r all cell phone s.
238
Media
Enter the password fo r parental control. Pass- Picture for- Description

word set at the factory: 1234 . You have the fol - mat
lowing options:
Automatic The MMI detects the picture for-
- Protection level : se lect and confirm the protec - mat of the source and displays the
tion level (for example, Leve l 5). Eight different image in the opt imum rat io. Black
protection leve ls can be set for parental con - bars may appear on the sides of
tro l. If you set the parental control leve l at Lev- the display , depending on the
el 5, all DVDs from level 1-5 can be played. Vid- so urc e fo rm at and the Infotain-
eo DVDs with a higher leve l will not play. Se lect ment system display that is ins ta l-
Unrestricted to remove all of the restrictions . led.
- Change password: edit the current password. Zoom The image is enlarged to fill the
entire Infota inment system dis-
Switch to full screen
play. Switch the function off if the
The video image is displayed. Turn the con tr ol image is disto rt ed.
knob to display the playlist. Or: press the IBACKI Cinema- Use this setting for films in cinema
button. scope format 21:9. Black bars are shown
Replay video 1> in the upper and lower edges of the
Infota inment system display.
When this fu nction is sw itched on~. the current
Original The image is disp layed in the ratio
video w ill replay.
of the source format. Select this
Show DVD menu opt ion if the image is distorted or a
section of the image is cut off
The DVD main menu opens in the Infotainment
when Auto is selected .
system display.
4:3 The image is fixed in the 4 :3 pie-
- Selecting a menu item : select and confirm a ture format . Black bars are shown
menu item . Or: move your finger on the MMI on the sides of the Infotainment
touch control pad* and press the control knob. system display.
Audio track 2) 16:9 The image is fixed in the 16 :9 pie-
ture format. Black bars are shown
You can manually set the audio track (language
in the upper and lower edges of the
and audio format). The language and aud io for-
Infotainment system display.
mat options depend on the video DVD.
Subtitles 2> (D Tips
You can set subtit les for playback manua lly. The - Not all video DVDs have parental control.
languages available depend on the DVD. - Th e protection levels for the Parental con-
trol are based on the US standards from th e
Aspect Motion Picture Association of America
Aud i recommends the Automatic setting for the (MPAA). Note that the age levels for video
picture format . You can set the picture format DVDs in European countr ies may differ.
depending on t he active fi le or source (for exam - - Password entry for Parental control will be
ple video file*, DVD*). locked for approx imately one m inute if you
enter the incorrect password three t imes in
u
co
..... 1> The fun ct ion automatica ll y swit ches off when the source
N
r--- is changed .
N
..... 2> Depending o n the DVD, th is may not be possibl e during
0
<(
0
00
playback.
239
Media
a row. The password can only be reset by an

authorized Audi dealer.
Supported media and file formats

Overview
The Jukebox*, SD card reader and the USB storage device" connection support the following audio/vid-
eo file properties :
Audio files Video files*

Supported SD/ SDHC/SDXC / MMC memory cards: w it h a capacity of up to 128 GB
media DVD drive: audio CDs (up to 80 min) with CD t ext (art ist, album, song)*, CD-ROMsw ith
a capacity of up t o 700 MB; DVD±R/RW; DVD video; DVD audio wi t h audio trac ks tha t
are compat ible with a DVD video player;
Audi music interface : mo bil e devices (such as an iPod ~ page 231, MTP player, USB
stor age device in "USB Device Subclass 1 and 6" t hat conforms to USB 2.0 : USB sticks,
USB MP3 players (Plug-and-Play-capable), externa l USB flash drives and hard drives
File system Memory cards: exFAT, FAT, FAT32, NTFS
USB storage device : FAT, FAT32, NTFS
USB storage device partitions (primary / logical *: 2 per USS-connect ion
CD/DVD file system: 1509660, Joliet, UDF
Metadata Album cover: GIF, )PG, PNC with max.
800x800 px. The album cover from the
medium or from Gracenote* is displayed,
depend ing on availability .
Format MPEG Windows MPEG FLAC MPEG 1/2 MPEG4 AVC W indows Media
1/2 Media 2/4 (H.264) Video 9
Layer 3 Audio 9
and 10
File exten- .mp3 .wma .m4 a; .fla c .mpg; .mp 4; .wmv;
sion .m4b; .mpeg .m4v; .asf
.aac .mov;
.avi
Playlists .M3 U; .PLS; .WPL; .M3U8; .ASX
Character is- up to maximum 320 kbit/s and 48 kHz up to maxim um 2,000 kbit/s and
tics 48 kHz samp li ng frequencies sampling 720x576 px. at maximum 25 fps
freq uen-
cy
Number DVD drive* : max. 1,000 files per medium
of files Jukebox* : approximately 10 GB memo ry capacity; max. 3,000 fi les can be imported
USB storage device and memory cards: max. 10,000 files per medium; max . 1,000
files per playlist/directory
- For compress ing MP3 f iles, Audi recom-

(D Tips
mends a bit rate of at least 160 kbit/s. The
- The med ia drives do not support the W in- display showing the remain ing play time
dows Media Audio 9 Voice fo rmat.
240
Media
may diffe r f or audio files with variab le bit - The manufac t ure r of the st orage device can
rate. prov ide info rmat ion about its " USB Device
- Special characte rs (such as th ose in 103 t ag Subcl ass".
informat ion) display different ly depending - Some MTP player f unct ions are not support -
on the system language and cannot always ed, such as ratin g music tracks and video
be guaranteed. playback.
CD drive
Appl ies to : vehicles wit h a CD d rive
The following audio file properties are supported by the CDdrive:
Audio files
Supported Audio CDs (up to 80 min) with CD text (artist, al bum, t rack)*, CD-ROMs with a capaci-
media ty of up to 700 MB
File system CD file system : 1509660, Joliet, UDF
Metadata Album cover : GIF, JPG, PNG w it h max. 800x800 px. The album cover from the medi -
um may be disp layed, depend ing on availabili ty.
Format MPEG 1/ 2 Windows Media Au- MPEG2/ 4 FLAC
Layer 3 dio 9 and 10
File extension .mp3 .wma .m4a ; .flac
.m4b;
.aac
Playlists .M3U; .PLS;.WPL; .M3U8; .ASX
Characteristics up to maxim um 320 kbit/s and 48 kHz samp l ing freque ncies 48 kHz sampling
frequen cy
Number Maximum 1,000 files per med ium
of files
- Special characters (such as those in 103 tag

(D Tips
information) display differently depend ing
- For compressing MP3 fi les, Audi recom- on the syst em language and cannot always
mends a bit rat e of at least 160 kbit/s. The be guaran t eed.
display showing the rema ining play t ime
may diffe r fo r audio files wit h variab le bit
rat e.
Troubleshooting
Problem Solution
Audi music interface / Bluetooth Read the inst ruc t ions in the chapter~ page 231, Multimedia con-
audio player *: mob ile device is nec tions/~ page 228, Bluetoo th audio player . You can lear n
not supporte d. about support ed mobi le devices in the Audi database fo r mobile
devices at www.audiusa.com/bluetooth.
u
co
Audi music interface : t he volume Adju st the volume of t he mobile device to approximate ly 70% of
.....
N
,..._ is too high/too low w hen sta rt ing t he maxim um output ~ page 23 7, Input level.
N
..... playb ack t hrough t he AUX input.
0
<(
0
00
241
Media
Problem Solution
Audi music interface : the porta - For many ce ll phones or mobile devices, playback is not possible
ble device is not recogni zed as a when the battery level is too low (less than 5% of its capacity).
source. The mobile device will only be recogn ized as a source in the MMI
after connecting if the battery charge is sufficient .
Audi music interface: ma lfu nc - The Bluetooth audio player function is switched on. Switch this
tions during audio playback function off ¢ page 248 when you are not using the Bluetooth
through an iPod/ iPhone. audio player.
Audi music interface: contents Reset the Media settings to the factory default settings
that are changed on a mob ile de - ¢ page 246.
vice connected t o the Audi music
interface al are not disp layed in
the media center .
AUX input : there is stat ic when When connecting a nd disconnecting, the External audio player
connecting and disco nn ect ing the source is already selected. Before connecting or disconnecting the
AUXconnection cable. mob ile device, eithe r mute the dev ice (see ¢ page 249) or sw itch
to a different audio source (fo r example ¢ page 220, Opening the
radio).
Bluetooth audio player* /W i-Fi Only one interface should be act ively used at a time to ensure
audio player*: aud io playback in- problem-free playback .
terference.
Jukebox*: tracks on the imported When importing p laylists, a ll of the files themselves must be im-
playlist are grayed out. ported.
Jukebox*: im ported tracks cannot If you cannot find impor ted tracks in the media center, they may
be played or found. not be supported. Only copy supported fi les"* page 240 to t he
Jukebox.
Online media *: connect ion fa iled To establish a connection to the MMI, the MMI connection switch
between the MMI and the Audi must be switched on in the Audi MMI connect app status sc ree n.
MMI connect app .
Bluetooth audio player*: interfer- Playback interference can occur when using the Bluetooth audio
ence with track d isp lay and aud io player if a music player app from a third party provider is open.
playback . Aud i recommends using the integrated media player on your Blue-
tooth device (such as a smartphone) .
Wi-Fi hotspot* : your Wi-Fi device Make sure the network optimization functions are switched off in
is disconnected from the Wi-Fi the Wi-Fi settings or in the network settings for your Wi-Fi device .
hotspot . For addit ional information refer to the user guide for your Wi-Fi
dev ice.
Audi music interface: audio play - Make sure the USB mode MTP is selected in the settings on your
back through the connected mo- mobi le device.
bile device is not possible.
al Applie s o nly t o MTP devices. Does not apply to App le devices and USB mass sto rage devices.
242
Aud i s martph o n e interfac e
Audi smartphone (D Tips

interface - The functions that can be used depend on
the fo ll ow ing factors, among others:
Setup
Applies to: vehicles with Audi smartphone interface - the brand of your smartphone
- the version of the operating system in
You con connect your smortphone to the MMI us-
your smartphone
ing the Audi smortphon e interface. Certain con-
- the software version of the app used
tent on you r sm ortphone is adopted to the Info-
- the USB adapter cable and correct connec-
tainme nt system display while driving and con
tion
be operated through the MMI control panel .
- your cell phone service provide r
Requirement - the customized settings on your smart -
The vehicle must be stat ionary and the ignition phone
must be switched on . - One of the factors above or a com binat ion
of any of them could cause your smartphone
iPhone generation 5 or higher w ith Lightning to be incompatib le wit h the Audi smart-
connector and iOS 7 .1.2 operating system or phone inter f ace. Compatibility cannot be
higher. Or: guaranteed for all types of smartp hones.
Smartphone with Android Auto app and Android For more informat ion and assistance, refer
5.0 Loll ipop operating system or higher. t o t he user guide and t he man ufactu rer of
your smart phone .
.,.Connect your smart phone t o t he Audi music in-
- If the connected smartphone has voice con-
terface ¢ page 23 2 using a USB adapte r
tr ol, you can operate your smartp hone using
¢ page 231, fig. 208 . the ext ernal voice recognition system
.. Select and confirm Activate Apple CarPlay or ¢ page 172.
Activate And roid Auto now .
- The menu language show n in t he MMI is
.. Follow the system instruct ions.
based on t he sett ings in you r smartp hone .
.. Pay attention to any additiona l system prompts
- The time displayed in the MMI is based on
on your smartphone if applicable .
the settings in your smartphone .
If you chose not to use Apple CarPlay or Android - Several MMI functions are not available
Auto when connecting your smartphone for the when Apple CarPlay or Andro id Auto is ac-
first time, you can start the Audi smartphone in- t ive.
terface later on using the Connection manager. - You cannot connect any mob ile devices via
.,.Select : IMENU Ibutton > Audi smartphone in- Blu etooth whe n an Apple CarPlay connec-
terfa ce > Change to connection manager . tion is acti ve .
.. Connect your smart phone t o t he Audi music in-
terface using a USB adapter ¢ page 231, Operating
fig. 208. Applies to: vehicles with Audi smartphone interface
.. Select and confirm Audi smartphone in t he
Connection manager ¢ page 246. You can se- Opening a menu
lect your smartphone in the list of devices that Apple CarPlay : you can go back to t he Apple Car-
are already paired¢ page 247. Play main me nu regardless of the selected me nu
.,.Follow the system instruct ions . item by pressing and holdi ng the IBACKI button .
Android Auto : to go back to the Andro id Auto

u
@ Note
me nu bar, push the control knob down .
co
..... Always follow the informat ion found in¢ @)in
N
r---
N
..... Wi-Fi hotspot on page 194 .
0
<(
0
00
243
Audi smartphone interface
Opening a menu item
Select and confirm a menu item using the MM I

control panel.
Troubleshooting
Applies to: vehicles with Audi smartphone interface
Problem Solution
Audi smartphone Check the battery charge level on your smartphone .
interface cannot be Check the USB cable and use a different one if necessary.
opened. Check if Android Auto or Apple CarPlay is available in your country.
Android Auto : check if the Android Auto app is installed on you r smartphone.
Connecting the Make sure that you are using the correct USB adapter and check if the USB
smartphone to the adapter is connected correctly to your smartphone and the Audi music interface
MMI failed . ¢page 231 .
Apple CarPlay: check if App le CarPlay is activated on your smartphone.
Android Auto : check in the And raid Auto app if Andro id Auto permits new
veh icles.
The smartphone is Make sure that you are using the correct USB adapter and check if the USB
not automatically adapter is connected correctly to your smartphone and the Audi music interface
detected. ¢page 231 .
Check if the requirements needed to connect a smartphone have been met.
244
System settings
System settings Date format
If you select DD. MM .YYYY, the date display will

Setting the date and show, for example , 31.08.2018. If you sele ct
time MM / DD/YYYY, the date display will show, for ex-
You can set the clock time manually or using the amp le, 08/31/2018. If you select YYYY-MM-
CPS*. DD, the date display will show, for example,
2018 -08 -31 .
.. Select : I MENU I button> Settings > left contro l
button > MMI settings > Date & time.
MMI settings
.. Or: select : I MENU I button> Vehicle > left con-
t rol button > Vehicle settings > Date & time . .. Select: ! ME N U I button> Settings > left control
button > MMI settings .
Automatic setting
When t his function is switched on g, the time Language
and date are automat ically set. You can change t he display language as well as
the lang uage for the voice guidance * and voice
Time
recognition system *.
Req uirement: the Automatic setting must be
The number of languages availab le depends on
switched off .
t he market.
Press the cont rol knob. You can set t he Time
manually by turn ing and press ing the contr ol Measurement units
knob. The following meas urement units can be set de-
pend ing on availab ility: Speed, Distance, Tem-
Date
perature, Fuel consumption, Volume , Pressure.
Req uirement: the Automati c setting must be
switched off. Tool tips
When this funct ion is switched on g, your MMI
Press the cont rol knob. You can set the Date
shows you tips for input . The freq uency of how
manually by turn ing and press ing the cont rol
often it displays dec reases with time .
knob.
Speech dialog system
Time zone
App li es to : vehicles wit h voice recog nit ion system
When se lecting the approp riate t ime zone, a
Depend ing on vehicle equipment, the following
sampling of countr ies in this zone will be listed .
funct ions may be available:
Automatic time zone * Command display: when this function is switch -
When t his function is switched on g , the time ed on g , t he MMI will show you the poss ible
will automatically adjust to the corresponding commands for voice input in the respective
time zone. menu.
Automatic daylight saving time* Short dialog : when this function is switche d on
g, a shorter form of the prompts is used .
When t his function is switche d on g, the time
will automatically switc h to daylight saving time . Command during voice output* : t his function is
swit ched on at the factory . When this funct ion is
Time format switched on g , you can say new commands dur-
u
co If you select 24h , the clock will disp lay, for ex- ing announcements. You do not need to wait for
.....
N
r--- ample, 13 :00 . If you se lect AM/ PM, the clock the signal tone (beep) dur ing an announcement.
N
..... will disp lay, for examp le, 1:00 PM . When the funct ion is swit ched off 0, you need to Iii>
0
<(
0
00
245
System settings
wait for the sig nal t one (bee p) to say a new Connection manager
command.
Introduction
Volume : yo u can adj ust th e volum e of th e
promp t s by t urning th e con t ro l kno b . The connection manager gives you an overview
of your connected devices and their network sta -
Individual speech training (on ly when th e vehi-
tus .
cle is st ati onary): yo u ca n ada pt th e vo ice recog-
nition syste m to your voice or pro nunciati on in
or d er t o improve th e sys t em's a bilit y t o recognize -====-
• Prima
Settings
hone:
Conne-ction manager
MyPhone .,.
I
,.·
your speec h. Indivi d ua l speech train ing is com - c MyPhone Ii'!
prised of 20 s peech ent ries t hat consist of com - • Second ary phone : Not connected
• Data connection : Not conn.,ct.,d
mands and sequences of nu mbers . You can d e-
• MM I connect App : Not connected
lete the programmed voice t rain ing with the Re- • Audi smartpho ne : Not conn..cted
set individual speech training function.
Display brightness Fig. 216 Connect ion manager
You can adju st t he brightness of the Info t ain -

"' Select : ! ME N UI bu tton> Settings > left con tr ol
ment system disp lay by t ur ning the cont rol knob.
bu tt on > MMI settings > Connection manager .
Factory settings "' Sele ct a nd confirm a m enu item.
Depe ndi ng on t he ve hicle eq uipme nt, th e fo llow- If a mobile device was already connected and you
ing functio ns can be rese t to fa ct ory se tti ngs : select and co nfirm the co rresponding menu item,
t he dev ice name and co nnect ion mode a re dis-
- Sound settings
played under the m e nu ite m r:!;>fig. 21 6.
- Radio
- Media settings You can indiv id ually connect (~) or disconnect
- Jukebox* (0) a pa ired device .
- Directory
Requirement:
-Telephone
- Bluetooth and Wi-Fi* - The ve hicle m ust be statio na ry and the ignit ion
- Navigation settings* m ust be switc hed on .
- Navigation and online memory * - The Bluetooth sett ings will open on yo ur mo -
- Speech dialog system* bile device dur ing the connection setup .
- Shortcut keys - The Blue t ooth func t ion and visibilit y of th e MMI
- Message settings * c:!;>page 24 8 and mobile device must be switc h-
-Apps * ed on.
- Tool tips - The mo bile d evice to be con nected m ust not be
- Audi connect* connected to any othe r Bluetoot h dev ice .
- Audi smartphone interface *
Primary phone
You can se lect the desi red functio ns ind ividua lly
Appli es to: vehicles wit h telepho ne
or all at once with the option Select all entries .
Select an d confirm Restore factory settings . - Connect new device: search for and connect a
cell phone.
(D Tips - List of devices already paired : se lect yo ur ce ll
Ma ke sure that not only the sett ings were de - phone from the list of all the dev ices that a re
leted but a lso the sto red data, if a pplicable. already paired.
246
System settings
Secondary phone Wi-Fi audio player*

Requiremen t : th e W i-Fi hotspo t* on the MMI
i=>page 193 an d on yo ur Wi-Fi audio playe r must
- Connect new device: search for and connec t a
cell phone. be switched on.
- List of devices already paired : se lec t your cell - Connect new device: press t he cont rol knob.
phone fro m the list of all t he devices t hat are Se a rch for and con nect a W i-Fi ca pabl e dev ice.
al read y pair ed. - Disconnect Wi-Fi audio player: de ac tivate t he
W i-Fi on you r W i-Fi capa ble d evice. The devi ce
Data connection w ill be au t om at ically removed from the list.
- The data conne ct ion is made using t he em bed -

@ Note
ded SIM car d ll i=>page 187. You do not need to Alway s follo w t he inf ormat ion foun d in i=>@ in
adjust a ny addit ional sett ings. Wi-Fi hots po t on p age 19 4.
{Ll) Note Directory

Applies to: vehicles with telep hone
Always follow t he informat ion foun d in i=>@ in
Wi -Fi hotspot on page 194. Display contacts from a cell phone (or an addi-
tiona l cell phone).
MMI connect app
Requirement: no ce ll phones can be connec t ed to
the MMI using t he Handsfree pro fil e.
Req uirement: the Audi MMI connect app m ust
- Connect new device: search for and connect a
be installed and open on your mobile device.
newcell phone.
- Connect new device: search for an d connect a - List of devices already paired : se lect yo ur ce ll
mobile device (s uch as a smartp hone) . phone from t he list of all the cell phones that
- List of devices already paired : se lec t your mo - are a lready paired .
bile device from the list of a ll the d evices that
are already paire d. Audi smartphone
Audio player
- Connect yo ur ce ll phone t o t he Audi music in-
Applies to vehicles with Bluetooth or Wi-Fi audio player
t erface i=>page 2 32 using a USB adap t er
Bluetooth player* i=>page 231, fig. 2 08 .
Requirement : the Bluetooth funct ion and visibili- - Sel ect your cell pho ne from t he list of cell
ty must be sw itched on in the MMI i=>page 248 pho nes t hat have alr ea dy bee n con nec t ed.
and on the Bluetoot h aud io player.
Additional options
- Connect new device: press the contro l knob.
Se lect Bluetooth audio player . Sea rch for and Depen di ng on t he sele ct ed fun ct ion, yo u ca n use
connect a mobile device . t he righ t contro l bu tton t o access the ava ila ble
- List of devices already paired : se lect a Blue- additional options in t he connection mana ger . .,.
tooth device from the list of a ll the devices that
are already paire d .
u
co
.....
N
r---
N
.....
0
<(
0
00
ll SIM card installe d in t he vehicle at t he factory.
247
System settings
Delete Bluetooth device* ne cte d dir ec t ly t o the MMI. The connec t ed ce ll

phone is d isplayed first in t he dev ice list .
The se lecte d cell pho ne/mo bile dev ice is dis con -
nected from t he MMI and is removed fr om t he Network settings*
list of all devices that are alrea dy paire d.
- Login: you can chose an automatic log in to
Show Bluetooth profiles* your cell pho ne servi ce pro vider 's ne twor k, or
You ca n Connect or Disconnect the Handsfree, you can choose a manual log in from t he list of
Messages *, Directory/ contacts an d Bluetooth avai la ble netwo rks .
audio player pro files sep arat ely. - Network selection : availabl e netwo rks in t he
presen t loca t ion can be sele cte d unde r network
Bluetooth settings* select ion. This function is on ly avai la ble for the
- Bluetooth : select and confirm a set ti ng for t he Manual log in setting.
Bluetoot h connec t ion visibility . Select Visible Apple CarPlay sound settings/ Android Auto
fo r t he MMI t o be vis ible t o ot her dev ices. Se- sound settings
lect Invisible fo r t he MMI t o not be visible t o Applies to: vehicles with Audi smartphone interface
othe r devi ces . Howeve r, it is still possib le t o es -
See q page 249.
tab lish a Bluetoo t h con nection with pai red de -
vices when the visibility is switched off. Se lect About Apple CarPlay/ About Android Auto
Off to t urn visibi lity off . Then a Bluetooth con - Applies to: vehicles with Audi smartphone interface
nect ion is not possible . Here you w ill find lega l informa t ion regarding
- Bluetooth audio player: whe n this function is t he use of Apple Car Play or And roid Aut o and in-
switc hed on ~ ' the Bluetooth audio player is fo rmat ion a bou t d evice-specific d at a exch ange.
available as a so urce in t he Media menu .
- Bluetooth name : the MMI Blu etooth name (for Delete Apple CarPlay device/Delete Android
example "AUDI MMI") is d isp layed and ca n be Auto device
changed.
Require m e nt: yo ur cell phone mu st not be con -
Online settings* nect e d to the Audi mu sic int erf ac e with a USB
- Data usage counter : the amount of data pack - adap t er.
ets that a re sent a nd received throug h the MMI
Se lec t : Audi smartphone > a dev ice from t he list
is d isp layed. You can reset the data usage infor-
> righ t con t rol butto n.
mation to zero using the Reset data counter
option. To remove your cell pho ne from the list, se lect
- Network status : the mob ile netwo rk provider and co nfirm Delete Apple CarPlaydevice or De-
fo r data se rvice as well as the netwo rk status lete Android Auto device .
are disp layed .
System update
Wi-Fi settings*
See ¢ page 193, Wi -Fi hotspot. "' Select : ! ME N UI bu tton> Settings > left con tr ol
bu tt on > System maintenance.
Storing as a default telephone
Applies to: vehicles with telephone - System update : slide the storage device with
t he update da t a into t he a pprop riat e drive
Requir emen t : a cell ph one must be connected to
¢ page 2 26 . Se lec t and conf irm t he dr ive>
t he MMI ¢p age 174.
Start update . The length of the process de -
As soon as t he cell phone is in range and t he pe nds on th e s ize of t he upd at e .
Blue t ooth func t ion on t he ce ll phone and in t he - Reset driver installation: t he selected media
MMI is switch ed on, t his ce ll phone is g iven pr io r- dr iver package is rese t t o t he se tt ings at t he
ity ove r t he ot her Blue t ooth devices and is con- t im e of delivery .
248
System settings
- Version information : information on t he MMI - Front: on ly t he s pea ke rs in the fron t of the ve-
software version and the nav igat ion database * hicle are active.
software vers ion is disp laye d. The Software in· - Rear*: on ly t he speakers in the rear of the vehi -
formation function a lso provides information cle a re act ive.
on the software con t ained in the MMI and t he
Select and co nfir m a 30 effect * sett ing (su rr ound
licens ing agreeme nt .
so un d):
- Off : the 30 effect is switched off .
Sound settings
- Low: the 30 effect is optimized , fo r exam ple
The sound distribution and volume of the MMI for au di o books .
can be adjust ed individually . The settings depend - Medium: the 3 0 effect is optimized for all sour -
on vehicle equipme nt. ces .
- High: the 3 0 eff ect is at t he ma ximum .
----- 1 Subwoofer*
J -~
+~- Turn the con tr ol knob t o adj ust t he subwoofer .
Speed dependent volume control

Turn the cont rol knob to adj ust t he playback vol-
ume to the noise ins ide the ve hicle.
Fig. 217 Adjustin g the balance/ fade r
Volume settings
"' Select : IMENU Ibu tt on > Sound > left contro l
butt on > Entertainment . Adjusting the volume
Treble / Bass The volum e of an audio source or a syst em mes -

sage (for example, from the voice recognition
You can adjust the Treble and Basssettings by syst em *) can be adjus t ed directly while the
turn ing t he control kno b. The changed set tings sound is playing using the On/Off knob.
only apply fo r t he a ud io source t ha t is acti ve at
t he ti me . This allows you to adju st t he soun d set - - Increasing or decreasing the volume : tur n the
t ings for each audio sou rce se para tely . On/ Off knob (D ~ page 148, fig. 149 t o t he
righ t or left.
Balance/fader (Sound focus)
- Muting or pausing: press t he On/ Off knob
- Adjusting the sound distribution to the left or b riefly . Or: t urn t he On/ Off knob t o t he left un-
right : press the control kno b. Tur n the control t il the sym bo l @ ~ page 158 appe ar s. An ac-
knob to the left or right to t he des ire d posi t ion . tive audio/v ideo source is stoppe d.
- Adjusting the sound distribution to the front - Unmuting or resuming: press t he On/O ff knob
or rear: press the cont rol knob again . Turn the briefly . Or: turn the On/ Off knob t o t he right .
contro l knob t o t he left or right to t he desired
pos it io n.
~
A WARNING
-
- Adjusting the sound distribution using the To reduce t he risk of an accid ent, adju st t he
MMI touch* : move your finger on t he MMI volume of t he a udio syst e m so that audib le
touch co nt rol pan el in th e desire d dir ect ion . signals from outside the vehicle, such as po-
lice and fire s irens, can be hea rd easily at all
Sound effects
times.
u Selec t a nd confi rm a Focusse tt ing:
co
~
... - All : all speakers in t he vehi cle ar e active (sym -
~ me t rical so und dist ribu t ion) .
0
<(
0
00
249
System settings
Volume: see r=>

page 245.
(D Tips
Volumes that are too high or too low are au- Individual speech training : see r:=.>
page 245.
tomatically adju sted to a set level when the Parking aid*
MMI is switched on .
You can adjust the volume of the signa l tone by
turning the contro l knob .
Adjusting the system volume
- Adjusting the Front volume : select and con-
"' Select : I MENUI button> Sound > left contro l firm High, Medium or Low.
button . - Adjusting the Rear volume : select and confirm
Telephone High , Medium or Low.
Applies to: vehicles with telep hone
MMI touch*
Mute telephone: messages and ringtones are set
Turn the cont rol knob t o adjust th e volume of t he
to mute.
spo ken prompts from t he MMI touch *.
Ringtone : see r:=.>
page 185, Ringtone and volume
settings . Restarting the MMI
Ringtone volume : you can adjus t t he volume of
t he sele cte d ringt one by turning th e cont rol
knob.
Message volume : you can adjust t he volume of
t he not ificat ion for an incoming tex t message by
t urning t he cont rol knob.
Microphone input level : you can adjust t he call
volume du ring a phone call by tu rning t he cont rol
knob.
Fig. 2 18 Sutto n combinat ion to rest art t he system
Navigation
Applies to: vehicles with navigation system "' Brief ly press the contr ol knob and bot h buttons
at th e same time to immediate ly open t he
Voice guidance: see r=>
page 212 .
menu upward <=.> fig. 218.
Voice guidance during phone call: see
r=>
page 212.
Software license
Voice guidance volume : you can adjust t he voice information
gu idance volume by tur ning t he control knob. Or:
you can adjust the voice guidance volume dur ing Information on MMI software and licensing
active route guidance by turning the On/Off agreements
knob. ~ -~
- Select: ! ME N UI button> Settings > left contr ol

Entertainment fader : the volume of audio play- butt on > System maintenance > Version infor-
back can be tem porarily lowered when the park- mation.
ing system or voice guidance is active . - Or: online at www.audiusa.com/softwa reinfo.
Voice recognition system Information on head-up display software and li-

Applies t o: vehicles with voice recognit ion syst em censing agreements
Command display : see r=>

page 245 .
- Requiremen t: the vehicle mus t be st at ionary.
Short dialog : see r=>

page 245 .
250
System settings
- Press and hold the hea d-u p d isp lay but t on~
fo r more than five seconds after switching on
t he ignit ion .
- Press t he control knob to close the information.
Or : start d riving .
Information on instrument cluster software and

licensing agreements
Press the reset bu t ton 10.0 1l ) twice within five

seconds of sw it chi ng t he igniti on on .
u
co
....
N
r---
....
N
0
<(
0
00
ll Not avai lable in all ve hicles.
251
Dr iv i n g saf e t y
Driving safety Important things to do before driving
Basics Safety is everybody's job! Vehicle and occupant

safety always depends on the informed and care-
Safe driving habits ful driver.
Please remember - safety first! For your safety and the safety of your passen-
The individual safety features of your vehicle can gers, before driving always:
work together as a system to help protect you .. Make sure that all lights and signals are operat-
and your passengers in a wide range of accidents. ing correctly .
These features cannot work as a system if they .. Make sure that the tire pressure is correct.
are not always correctly adjusted and correctly .. Make sure that all windows are clean and afford
used . good visibility to the outs ide .
This chapter contains important informat ion, .. Secure all luggage and othe r items carefully
tips, instruct ions and warn ings that you need to ¢ page 257 .
read and observe for your own safety, the safety .. Make sure tha t noth ing can interfere wit h the
of your passengers and others . We have summar- peda ls.
ized here what you need to know about safety .. Adjust front seat, head restraint and mirrors
belts, airbags, child restra ints as well as child correctly for your height.
safety. Your safety is for us priority number 1. Al- .. Instruct passengers to adjust the head re-
ways observe the information and warnings in straints according to their height.
this section - for your own safety as well as that .. Make sure to use the right child restraint cor-
of your passengers. rectly to protect children ¢ page 291, Child
safety .
The information in this section applies to all • Sit proper ly in your seat and make sure t hat
model versions of your vehicle. Some of the fea- your passenge rs do the same ¢ page 56, Front
tures described in this sections may be standard seats .
equipment on some models, or may be optional .. Fasten your safety belt and wear it properly. Al-
equ ipment on others. If you are not sure, ask so instruct your passengers to fasten their safe-
your author ized Audi dealer. ty belts properly ¢ page 261 .
A WARNING
- What impairs driving safety?
- Always make sure that you follow the in-
structions and heed the WARNINGSin th is Safe driving is directly related to the condition of
manual. It is in your inte rest and in the in- the vehicle, the driver as well as the driver's abili-
te rest of your passengers . ty to concentrate on the rood without being dis-
- Always keep all of the Owner's Literature tracted.
manuals in your Audi when you lend or sell The driver is responsib le for the safety of the ve-
your vehicle so that t his import ant informa- hicle and all of its occupants. If your ability to
t ion will always be availab le t o t he driver drive is impa ired, safety risks for everybody in the
and passengers. vehicle increase and you also become a hazard to
- Always keep the Owner's Lite rat ure handy everyone else on the road ¢ _&.. Therefore:
so that you can find it easi ly if you have
questions . .. Do not let yourse lf be distracted by passenge rs
or by using a cellular telephone .
.. NEVERdrive when your driving ability is im-
paired (by med ications, alcohol, drugs, etc .) .
.. Observe all traffic laws, rules of the road and
speed limits and plain common sense . .,.
252
Dri vi ng sa fe ty
~ ALWAYSadjust your speed to road, traffic and ~ Adjust the steering wheel so that the steering
weather conditions. wheel and airbag cover points at your chest and
~ Take frequent breaks on long trips. Do not drive not at your face.
for more than two hours at a stretch. ~ Grasp the top of the steering wheel with your
~ Do NOTdrive when you are tired, under pres- elbow(s) slightly bent.
sure or when you are stressed . ~ Adjust the head restra int so the upper edge is
as even as possible with the top of your head . If
A WARNING that is not possib le, t ry to adjust the head re-
straint so that it is as close to this posit ion as
Impaired dr iving safety increases the risk of
possible .
ser ious personal inju ry and death whenever a
~ Fasten and wear safety belts correctly
vehicle is being used.
c::>page264 .
~ Always keep both feet in the footwell so that
Correct passenger you are in contro l of the ve hicle at a ll t imes.
seating positions
For detailed information on how t o adj ust the
Proper seating position for the driver drive r's seat, see c::>
page 56 .
The proper driver seating position is important

for safe, relaxed driving .
A
- WARNING
Drivers who are unbelted, out of position or
too close to the airbag can be seriously in-
jured by an airbag as it unfolds. To help re-
d uce the risk of serious personal injury:
- Always adju st the driver's seat and the
steer ing whee l so that there are at least
10 inches (25 cm) between you r breastbone
and the steering wheel.
- Always hold the steering wheel on the out-
side of the steering wheel rim with your
Fig. 219 Correct seating pos ition hands at the 9 o'clock and 3 o'clock posi-
tions to help reduce the risk of personal in-
For your own safety and to reduce the risk of inju ry if the driver's air bag inflates.
jury in the event of an accident, we recommend
- Never hold t he stee ring wheel at the
that you adjust the driver 's seat to the following
12 o' clock position o r with you r hands at
position:
ot her posi t ions ins ide the st eer ing whee l
~ Adjust the dr iver's seat so tha t you can easily rim or on the steering wheel hub. Holding
push the pedals all the way to the f loor wh ile the steering wheel the wrong way can cause
keeping your knee(s) slight ly bent c::> _&. serio us injuries to the hands, arms and head
~ Adjust the ang le of the seatback so that it is in if the dr iver's airbag dep loys.
an upright position so that your back comes in - Pointing the steering wheel toward your
full contact with it when you drive. face decreases the ability of the supplemen-
~ Adjust the steering wheel so that there is a dis- tal driver's airbag to protect you in a coll i-
tance of at least 10 inches (25 cm) between the sion.
stee ring wheel and you r breast bone c::> fig. 219. - Always sit in an upright position and never
If no t possib le, see you r autho rized Audi dea le r lean aga inst or place any part of your body
u too close to the area where the airbags are
co
..... abo ut adapt ive eq uipment.
N
r-- located .
N
.....
~0
co
253
Driving safety
- Before driving, always adjust the front seats - Passengers must always sit in an upright po-
and head restraints properly and make sure sition and never lean against or place any
that all passengers are properly restrained. part of their body too close to the area
- Never adjust the seats while the vehicle is where the airbags are located.
moving. Your seat may move unexpectedly - Passengers who are unbelted, out of posi-
and you could lose control of the vehicle. tion or too close to the airbag can be seri-
- Never drive with the backrest reclined or ously injured by an airbag as it unfolds with
tilted far back! The farther the backrests are great force in the blink of an eye.
tilted back, the greater the risk of injury due - Always make sure that there are at least
to incorrect positioning of the safety belt 10 inches (25 cm) between the front pas-
and improper seating position . senger's breastbone and the instrument
- Children must always ride in child safety panel.
seats¢ page 291 . Special precautions ap- - Each passenger must always sit on a seat of
ply when installing a child safety seat on the their own and properly fasten and wear the
front passenger seat c:>page 269. safety belt belonging to that seat.
- Before driving, always adjust the front pas-
Proper seating position for the front senger seat and head restraint properly.
passenger - Always keep your feet on the floor in front
of the seat. Never rest them on the seat, in-
The proper front passenger seating position is strument panel, out of the window, etc. The
important for safe, relaxed driving. airbag system and safety belt will not be
For your own safety and to reduce the risk of in- able to protect you properly and can even in-
jury in the event of an accident, we recommend crease the risk of injury in a crash.
that you adjust the seat for the front passenger - Never drive with the backrest reclined or
to the following position: tilted far back! The farther the backrests are
tilted back, the greater the risk of injury due
.,.Adjust the angle of the seatback so that it is in to incorrect positioning of the safety belt
an upright position and your back comes in full and improper seating position.
contact with it whenever the vehicle is moving . - Children must always ride in child safety
...Adjust the head restraint so the upper edge is
seats ¢ page 291. Special precautions ap-
as even as possible with the top of your head. If
ply when installing a child safety seat on the
that is not possible, try to adjust the head re-
front passenger seat c::> page 269.
straint so that it is as close to this position as
possible¢ page 58.
...Keep both feet flat on the floor in front of the Proper seating positions for passengers in
rear seats
front passenger seat .
.,.Fasten and wear safety belts correct- Rear seat passengers must sit upright with both
ly¢ page 264. feet on the floor consistent with their physical
size and be properly restrained whenever the ve-
For detailed information on how to adjust the
hicle is in use.
front passenger's seat, see ¢ page 56 .
To reduce the risk of injury caused by an incorrect
A WARNING seating position in the event of a sudden braking
Front seat passengers who are unbelted, out maneuver or an accident, your passengers on the
of position or too close to the airbag can be rear bench seat must always observe the follow-
seriously injured or killed by the airbag as it ing :
unfolds. To help reduce the risk of serious ...If there are passengers on the outer rear seats,
personal injury:
adjust the head restraints so the upper edge is .,.
254
Dri vi ng sa fe ty
as even as possible with the top of your head. If Proper adjustment of head restraints
that is not possible, try to adjust the head re-
Correctly adjusted head restraints are an impor-
straint so that it is as close to this position as
tant part of your vehicle's occupant restraint sys-
possible. If there is a passenger in the center
tem and can help to reduce the risk of injuries in
rear seat, slide the head restraint upward
accident situations.
c:>page 58 .
• Make sure that the seatback is securely latched
in the upright pos ition r:::;,page 63 .
• Keep both feet flat in the footwell in front of
the rear seat .
• Fasten and wear safety be lts properly
,:;;;,page264.
• Make sure that children are always properly re-
strained in a child restraint that is appropriate
for their size and ager:::;,page 291 .
A WARNING
Fig. 220 Head restraint: viewed from t he front
Passengers who are improperly seated on the The head rest raints must be correctly adjusted to
rear seat can be seriously injured in a crash. achieve the best protection.
- Each passenger must always sit on a seat of • Adjust the head restraints so the upper edge is
their own and properly fasten and wear the as even as possib le with the top of your head. If
safety belt belonging to that seat . that is not possible, try to adjust the head re-
- Safety belts only offer max imum p rotection straint so that it is as close to this position as
when the seatback is securely latched in the possible . Position* the head restraint as close
upr ight position and the safety be lts are as possible to the back of your head.
prope rly pos itioned on the body. By not sit- • If there is a passenger in the center rear seat,
t ing upright, a rea r seat passenger increases slide the head restra int upward.
the risk of personal inj ury from improperly
posit ioned safety belts ! Adjusting head restraints page
r:::;, 58.
- Always adjust the head rest raint properly so
that it can g ive maximum protection. A WARNING
All seats are equipped with head restraints .
Driving without head restraints or with head
rest raints that are not properly adjusted in-
creases the risk of se rious or fata l neck injury
dramat ical ly. To help reduce the risk of inju ry:
- Always d rive with the head restra ints in
p lace and properly adjusted.
- Every pe rson in the veh icle must have a
properly adjusted head restraint.
- Always make sure each person in the veh icle
properly adjusts the ir head restraint. Adjust
the head restraints so the upper edge is as
even as possible wit h the top of your head.
u If that is not poss ible, try to adjust the head
co
..... rest raint so that it is as close to this position
N
r--
N
..... as poss ible. Ill>
~0
co
255
Dr iv i n g saf e t y
- Never attempt to adjust head restraint - never put your feet on the instrument panel
wh ile driving. If you have dr iven off and - neve r rest your feet on t he seat cushion or bac k
must adjust the driver headrest for any rea- of the seat
son, first stop the vehicle safely before at- - neve r ride in the footwell
tempting to adj ust the head restra int. - never ride in the cargo area
- Children must always be properly restrained
in a child restraint that is appropriate for .8, WARNING
their age and size c>page 291 . Imp roper seating positions increase the risk
of ser ious personal inju ry and dea t h whenever
Examples of improper seating positions a veh icle is being used.
- Always make sure that all veh icle occupants
The occupant restraint system can only reduce st ay in a proper sea t ing posit ion and a re
the risk of injury if vehicle occupants are properly proper ly restrained whenever the vehicle is
seated . being used .
Improper seating positions can cause serious in-
jury or deat h. Safety belts can only work when Pedal area
they are properly positioned on the body . Im-
Pedals
proper seating positions reduce the effect iveness
of safety belts and w ill even increase the risk of The pedals must always be free to move and
inju ry and death by moving the safety be lt to cr it- must never be interfered with by a floor mat or
ical a reas of t he body. Improper seat ing posit ions any other object.
a lso increase the risk of serious injury and dea t h
when an airbag deploys and strikes an occupant Make sure that all pedals move free ly without in-
who is not in the proper seating position. A driver terference and that nothing prevents them from
is responsib le for the safety of all vehicle occu- retur ning to their or ig inal pos itions .
pants and especially for children. Therefore : Only use floor mats that leave the pedal area free
~ Never allow anyone to ass ume an incorrect and can be secured with floor mat fasteners.
seating position when the vehicle is being used If a bra ke circuit fails, increased brake pedal trav -
c>& . el is req uired to bring the vehicle to a fu ll stop.
The fo llowing bulletins list only some sample po -

sitions that will increase the risk of serio us injury
.8, WARNING
and death. Our hope is that these examples will Pedals that cannot move freely can cause loss
make you more aware of seating posit ions that of vehicle contro l and increase the risk of seri-
are dangerous. ous injury.
- Never place any objects in the driver's foot-
Therefore, when ever th e vehicle is moving : wel l. An object could get into the pedal area
- never stand up in the vehicle and interfere with pedal funct ion. In case of
- never st and on the seats sudden braking or an acc ident, you would
- never knee l on the seats not be able to brake or acce le rate!
- never ride with the seatback reclined - Always make sure that nothing can fall or
- never lie down on the seats move into the driver's footwell.
- never lean up against the instrument pane l
- never sit on the edge of the seat
- never sit sideways
- never lea n out t he w indow
- never put your feet out the window
256
Dri vi ng sa fe ty
Floor mats on the driver side Storing cargo correctly

Always use floor mats that can be securely at- Loading the luggage compartment
tached to the floor mat fasteners and do not in-
terfere with the free movement of the pedals . All luggage and other objects must be properly
stowed and secured in the luggage compart -
.,.Make sure that the floor mats are properly se- ment .
cured and cannot move and interfere with the
pedals ¢ &_ .
Use only floor mats that leave the pedal area un-
obstructed and that are firmly secured so that
they cannot slip out of pos it ion . You can obtain
suitab le floor mats from your authorized Audi
deale r.
Floor mat fasteners are installed in your Audi.
Floor mats used in your vehicle must be attached Fig. 221 Safe load pos itioning: plac e heavy objects as low
to these fasteners. Proper ly securing the floor and as far forward as poss ible.
mats will prevent them from sliding into posi-
tions that could interfere with the pedals or im- Loose items in the luggage compartment can
pa ir safe operation of your vehicle in other ways. sh ift suddenly, changing vehicle hand ling charac-
te ristics. Loose items can a lso increase t he risk of
A WARNING se rious persona l injury in a sudden veh icle ma-
Peda ls that cannot move free ly can result in a neuver or in a collision .
loss of vehicle control and increase the risk of .,. Distr ibute the load evenly in the luggage com-
ser ious personal injur y. pa rtment .
- Always make sure tha t floor mats are prop- .,.Always place and properly secu re heavy items in
erly sec ured. t he luggage compartment as low and as far for-
- Never place o r install floor mats or other wa rd as possib le ¢ fig. 221.
floor coverings in the ve hicle that cannot be .,.Secure luggage usi ng the tie -downs provided
prope rly secured in place to prevent them ¢ page 65.
from slipp ing and interfering with the ped- .,. Make sure that the rear seatback is secure ly
als or the ability to control t he vehicle . latched in place.
- Never place o r inst all floo r mats or ot her
-A
floor coverings on top of already insta lled WARNING
floo r mats. Additional floor mats and other
Improperly stored luggage or other items can
cove rings will reduce the size of the peda l
f ly t hrough the vehicle ca us ing se rious per-
area and interfere with the pedals.
sona l injury in the event of ha rd bra king or an
- Always properly reinstall and secure floor
accident. To help reduce the risk of serio us
mats that have been taken out for cleaning.
personal injury:
- Always make sure that objects cannot fa ll
- Always put obje cts, for examp le, luggage or
into the dr iver footwell while the veh icle is ot her he avy item s in the luggage compa rt -
moving. Objects can become trapped under
men t.
the brake peda l and accelerator peda l caus-
- Always secure objects in the luggage com-
ing a loss of veh icle control.
u part ment us ing the tie -down eyelets and
co
..... suitable straps .
N
r--
N
.....
~0
co
257
Driving safety
A WARNING - Never leave your vehicle unattended espe-

cially with the rear lid left open. A child
Heavy loads will influence the way your vehi-
could crawl into the vehicle through the lug-
cle handles . To help reduce the risk of a loss
gage compartment and close the rear lid be-
of control leading to serious personal injury:
coming trapped and unable to get out . Be-
- Always keep in mind when transporting
ing trapped in a vehicle can lead to serious
heavy objects, that a change in the center of
personal injury.
gravity can also cause changes in vehicle
- Never let children play in or around the vehi-
handling:
cle .
- Always distribute the load as evenly as
- Never let passengers ride in the luggage
possible. compartment . Vehicle occupants must al-
- Place heavy objects as far forward in the ways be properly restrained in one of the ve-
luggage compartment as possible. hicle 's seating positions.
- Never exceed the Gross Axle Weight Rating
or the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating specified @ Note
on the safety compliance sticker on th e driv-
If you are transporting large items with the
er's side B-pillar. Exceeding permissible
backrest folded down*, you should remove
weight standards can cause the vehicle to
the Rear Seat Entertainment (RSE)* and its
slide and handle differently .
holder* to avoid damage.
- Please observe information on safe driving
<=)page 252.
© Tips
A WARNING -Air circulation helps to reduce window fog-

ging. Stale air escapes to the outside
To help prevent poisonous exhaust gas from
through vents in the trim panel. Be sure to
being drawn into the vehicle, always keep the
keep these slots free and open .
rear lid closed while driving .
- The tire pressure must correspond to the
- Never transport objects larger than those
load. The tire pressure label lists the recom-
fitting completely into the luggage area be-
mended cold tire inflation pressures for the
cause the rear lid cannot be fully closed .
vehicle at its maximum capacity weight and
- If you absolutely must drive with the rear lid
the tires that were on your vehicle at the
open, observe the following notes to reduce
time it was manufactured. For recommend-
the risk of poisoning:
ed tire pressures for normal load condi-
- Close all windows, tions, please see chapter Q page 336 .
- Close the sunroof*,
- Open all air outlets in the instrument pan-
Tie-downs
el,
- Switch off the air recirculation, The luggage compartmen t is equipped with four
- Set the fresh air fan to the highest speed . tie-downs to secure luggage and other items.
A WARNING
Use the tie-downs to secure your cargo properly
Q page 25 7, Loading the luggage compartment.
Always make sure that the doors, all win-
In a collision , the laws of physics mean that even
dows, the sunroof* and the rear lid are se-
smaller items that are loose in the vehicle will
curely closed and locked to reduce the risk of
become heavy missiles that can cause serious in-
injury when the vehicle is not being used .
jury. Items in the vehicle possess ene rgy which
- After closing the rear lid, always make sure
vary with vehicle speed and the weight of the
that it is properly closed and locked.
item . Vehicle speed is the mos t significant fact or . ..,.
258
Driving safety
For examp le, in a frontal collision at a speed of tion, and if it find s that a safety
30 mph (48 km/ h), the forces act ing on a 10-lb
(4. 5 kg) object are abo ut 20 times the no rma l defects exists in a group of
weight of the item. This means that the weight vehicles, it may order a recall and
of t he item would suddenly be abo ut
200 lbs . (90 kg) . You can imagi ne the injuries remedy campaign. However,
that a 200 lbs . (90 kg) item flying free ly t hroug h NHTSA cannot become involved in
the passenge r compart men t could cause in a col-
lision like t his .
individual problems between you,
your dealer, or Audi of America,
_& WARNING - Inc .
Weak, da maged or improper st ra ps us ed t o
secure it ems to t ie-downs can fail du ring hard To contact the NHTSA, you may
brak ing or in a collision a nd cau se seriou s per-
sonal injury .
either call:
- Always use su it a ble mounting str ap s a nd
Tel.: 1-888-327-4236 (TTY:
prope rly secure item s to the tie-downs in
t he lugg age compartment t o help prevent 1-800-424-9153) or
items fr om s hifting or flying fo rwa rd as dan-
1-800-424-9393
gerous missiles.
- When t he rea r seat backrest is folde d down, or you may write to:
always use su itab le mounting stra ps an d
prope rly secure items t o th e tie -downs in NHTSA
t he lugg age compartmen t t o he lp pre ven t
it ems from flying fo rwar d as dang e rou s
U.S. Department of Transporta-
miss iles into t he pass eng er com part ment . tion
- Never at tac h a child saf et y se at t et her st rap
1200 New Jersey Ave., S.E.
t o a t ie-do wn .
West Building
Reporting Safety Defects Washington, DC 20590
Applicable to U.S.A. You can al so obtain other infor-
If you believe that your vehicle mation about motor vehicle safe -
has a defect which could cause a ty from :
crash or could cause injury or http: / /www.safercar.gov
death, you should immediately in-
Applicable to Canada
form the National Highway Traffic
Safety Administration (NHTSA) in If you live in Canada and you be-
addition to notifying Audi of lieve that your vehicle has a de-
America, Inc. fect that could cause a crash, in-
u jury or death, you should immedi-
co
..... If NHTSA receives similar com-
N
,..._ ately inform Transport Canada,
N
..... plaints, it may open an investiga-
0
<( Defect Investigations and Recalls . ..,.
0
00
259
Driving safety
You should also notify Audi Cana-

da.
Canadian customers who wish to
report a safety-related defect to
Transport Canada, Defect Investi-
gations and Recalls, may either
call Transport Canada toll-free at :
Tel. : 1-800-333-0510 or
Tel. : 1-819-994-3328 (Ottawa re-
gion and from other countries)
TTYfor hearing impaired :
1-888-6 7 5-6863
or contact Transport Canada by
mail at:
Transport Canada
Motor Vehicle Safety Investiga-
tions Laboratory
80 Noel Street
Gatineau, QC
J8Z 0Al
For additional road safety infor-
mation, please visit the Road
Safety website at:
http://www.tc.gc.ca/eng/
roadsafety/menu.htm
260
Safety belts
Safety belts - Be sure everyone riding in the vehicle is

properly restrained with a separate safety
General information belt or child restraint.
Always wear safety belts!
Safety belt warning light
Wearing safety belts correctly saves lives!
Your vehicle has a warning system for the driver
This chapter exp lains why safety be lts are neces-
and front seat passenger to remind you about
sary, how they work and how to adjust and wear
the importance of buckling-up.
them correctly.
<D
N
• Read all the information that follows and heed "'
0
,:.
all of the instructions and WARNINGS. ;;i;
A WARNING
Not wearing safety belts or wearing them im-
properly increases the risk of serious personal
injury and death.
- Safety belts are the s ingle most effective
means ava ilable to reduce the risk of serious Fig. 222 Safety belt warn ing ligh t in the instrument clus ·
injury and death in automobile accidents. te r - en larged
For your protection and that of your passen-
gers, always correctly wea r safety be lts Before driving off, always:
when the veh icle is moving. • Fasten your safety belt and make sure you are
- Pregnant wome n, injured, or physically im- wearing it properly.
paired persons must also use safety be lt s. • Make sure that your passengers also buckle up
Like all vehicle occupants, they are more and properly wear their safety belts.
like ly to be serio usly injured if they do not • Protect ch ildren with a child restraint system
wear safety belts. The best way to protect a appropr iate for the size and age .
fetus is to protect the mother - throughout
the entire pregnancy. The warning light . in the instrument cluster
lights up when the ignit ion is switched on as a re-
minder to fasten the safety belts . In add ition,
Number of seats
you w ill hear a warn ing tone for a certain period
Your Audi has a total of five seating positions: of time.
two in the front and three in the rear. Each seat-
Fasten your safety belt and make sure that your
ing position has a safety belt.
passengers also properly put on their safety
A WARNING
belts.
Not wearing safety belts or wear ing them im- A WARNING

-
properly increases the risk of ser iou s personal
- Safety belts are the sing le most effect ive
inju ry and death.
means available to red uce the risk of serious
- Never st rap more than one person, includ- injury and death in automobile accidents.
ing small children, into any belt. It is espe- For your protection and that of your passen-
cially dangerous to place a safety belt over a gers, a lways correct ly wear safety belts
u child s itt ing on you r lap. when the vehicle is moving .
co
.....
N - Never let more people ride in the vehicle - Failure to pay attention to the warning light
r---
N
..... than there are safety belts available. that comes on cou ld lead to personal injury.
0
<(
0
00
261
Safety belts
Why use safety belts? (2,000 lbs. or 1,000 kg) o r more . At greater
speeds, these forces are even higher.
Frontal collisions and the law of physics
People who do not use safety belts are also not
Frontal crashes create very strong forces for peo- attached to their vehicle. In a frontal coll ision
ple riding in vehicles. they will also keep moving forward at the speed
their vehicle was travelling just before the crash.
Of course, the laws of physics don't just apply to
frontal collisions, they determine what happens
in all kinds of accidents and collisions .
What happens to occupants not wearing

safety belts?
In crashes unbelted occupants cannot stop
themselves from flying forward and being in-
Fig. 223 Unbelted occupants in a veh icle headi ng fo r a wall jured or killed . Always wear your safety belts!
Fig. 224 The vehicle crashes into the wall Fig. 225 A driver not wea ring a safety belt is violentl y
t hrow n fo rward
The physical principles are simple. Both the vehi-
cle and the passengers possess energy which var-
ies with vehicle speed and body weight. Engi-
neers call this energy "kinetic energy."
The higher the speed of the vehicle and the
greater the vehicle's weight, the more energy
that has to be "absorbed" in the crash.
Vehicle speed is the most significant factor . If

the speed doubles from 15 to 30 mph (25 to 50
km/h), the energy increases 4 t imes! Fig. 226 A rea r passe nge r not wear ing a sa fety belt will fly
forward and str ike the driver
Because the passengers of this vehicle are not us-
ing safety belts q fig. 223, they will keep moving Unbelted occupants are not able to res ist the tre -
at the same speed the vehicle was moving just mendous forces of impact by holding tight or
before the crash, unti l something stops them - bracing themselves. Without the benefit of safe-
here, the wall q fig . 224. ty restraint systems, the unr estra ined occupant
will slam violently into t he stee ring wheel, in-
The same principles apply to peop le sit tin g in a
strument panel, windshield, or whatever e lse is
vehicle that is involved in a frontal collision . Even
in the way q fig . 225. This impact with the vehi -
at city speeds of 20 to 30 mph (30 to 50 km/h),
cle interior has a ll the energy they had just be-
the forces acting on the body can reach one ton
fore the crash. liJJ,-
262
Safet y bel t s
Never rely o n a irbags alone fo r protection . Even Safety be lts attach passengers to the car and g ive
when t hey deploy, airbags provide on ly additiona l t hem the benefit of being slowed down more
protection. Airbags are not supposed to dep loy in gently or "soft ly" th rough the "give" in the safety
all kinds of accidents. Although your Audi is belts, crush zones and other safety features engi-
equ ipped w ith airbags, all vehicle occupants, in- neered into today 's vehicles. By "absorbing" the
cluding the dr iver, must wear safety belts cor - kinetic ene rgy over a longer period of t ime, the
rectly in order to minimize the risk of severe in- sa fety belts make the fo rces on t he body more
jury or death in a crash . "tolerab le" and less likely to ca use injur y.
Remember too, that airbags will deploy only Although these examples are based on a frontal
once and that your safety belts are always there collision, safety be lts ca n also substa ntia lly re-
to offer protection in those acc idents in w hich duce the ris k of injury in ot her kinds of crashes.
airbags are not supposed to deploy or when they So, whethe r you're on a long tr ip or just go ing to
have a lready deployed. Unbel t ed occupants can t he cor ner store, a lways buckle up and make sure
a lso be thrown out of the vehi cle where even othe rs do, too. Acciden t st atis tic s show tha t vehi-
more severe or fatal injur ies can occur . cle occupan t s properly wea ring safety bel t s have
a lower risk of be ing injured and a muc h better
It is also important for the rear passenge rs to
chance of surviving an accid ent . Properly using
wear safety belts corre ctly . Unbel t ed passengers
sa fety belts also great ly increases the ability of
in the rear seats endanger not o nly t hemse lves
the supp lemental airbags to do their job in a col-
but also t he driver and ot he r passengers
lision. For this reason, wearing a safety belt is le-
¢ fig. 226. In a fronta l collision they will be
gally required in most count ries includ ing much
thrown forward violently, where they can hit and
of the United States and Canada .
injure the driver and/or front seat passenger .
Although your Audi is equipped with airbags, you
Safety belts protect still have to wear the safety belts provided. Front
airbags, for example, are activated only in some
People think it's possible to use the hands to frontal collisions. The front airbags a re not acti-
brace the body in a minor collision. It 's simply vated in a ll frontal collisions, in side and rear col-
not true! lisio ns, in rollove rs o r in cases whe re there is not
eno ugh deceleration t hroug h impact to t he front
of the veh icle. The same goes for t he othe r a irbag
systems in your Audi . So, always wear your safety
belt and make sure everybody in your vehicle is
properly restrained !
Important safety instructions about safety

belts
Safety belts must always be correctly positioned
Fig. 22 7 Driver is correct ly restra ined i n a sudden braki ng across the strongest bones of your body.
maneuver
.. Always wear safety belts as illustrated and de-
Safety belts used properly can make a big d iffer- scribed in this chapter.
e nce. Safety belts he lp to keep passenge rs in .. Make sure that your safety be lts are always
thei r seats, gradually reduce energy levels ap - ready for use and are not damaged.
plied to the body in an accid ent , and he lp preven t
u the uncon t rolled movement t hat can cause seri -
co
.....
N
r-- ous injuries . In addition, safety belts reduce t he
N
..... danger of being thrown out of the vehicle .
~0
co
263
Safety belts
& WARNING aged, have belts replaced by an authorized

Audi dealer or qualified workshop.
Not wearing safety belts or wearing them im-
- Safety belts that have been worn and loaded
properly increases the risk of serious personal
in an accident must be replaced with the
injury and death . Safety belts can work only
correct replacement safety belt by an au-
when used correctly .
thorized Audi dealer. Replacement may be
-Always fasten your safety belts correctly be-
necessary even if damage cannot be clearly
fore driving off and make sure all passen-
seen . Anchorages that were loaded must al-
gers are correctly restrained.
so be inspected.
- For maximum protection, safety belts must
- Never remove, modify , d isassemble, or try
always be positioned properly on the body.
to repair the safety belts yourself .
- Never strap more than one person, includ-
-Always keep the belts clean. Dirty belts may
ing small children, into any belt .
not work properly and can impair the func-
- Never place a safety belt over a child sitting
tion of the inertia reel¢ table Interior
on your lap.
cleaning on page 346.
- Always keep feet in the footwell in front of
the seat while the vehicle is being driven .
- Never let any person ride with their feet on
Safety belts
the instrument panel or st icking out the Fastening safety belts
window or on the seat.
- Never remove a safety belt while the vehicle Safety first - everybody buckle up!
is moving . Doing so will increase your risk of
being injured or killed .
- Never wear belts twisted.
- Never wear belts over rigid or breakable ob-
jects in or on your clothing, such as eye
glasses, pens, keys, etc ., as these may cause
injury.
- Never allow safety belts to become dam-
aged by being caught in door or seat hard-
ware . Fig. 228 Belt buckle and tongue on the driver's seat
- Do not wear the shoulder part of the belt
under your arm or otherwise out of position. To provide maximum protection, safety belts
- Several layers of heavy clothing may inter- must always be positioned correctly on the wear -
fere with correct positioning of belts and re- er's body .
duce the overall effectiveness of the system.
.. Adjust the front seat and head restraint proper-
- Always keep belt buckles free of anything
ly ¢ page 56, Front seats.
that may prevent the buckle from latching
.. Make sure the seatback of the rear seat bench
securely .
is in an upright position and securely latched in
- Never use comfort clips or devices that cre-
place before using the belt ¢ ,& .
ate slack in the shoulder belt. However, spe-
.. Pull the safety belt evenly across the chest and
cial clips may be required for the proper use
pelvis ¢ fig . 228, ¢ ,& .
of some child restraint systems .
.. Insert the tongue into the corr ect buckle of
- Torn or frayed safety belts can tear, and
your seat until you he ar it latch securely.
damaged belt hardware can break in an acci-
.. Pull on the belt to make sure that it is securely
dent . Inspect belts regularly . If webbing,
latched in the buckle. ..,.
bindings, buckles , or retractors are dam-
264
Safet y bel t s
Automati c saf ety belt retractors of the body into critical areas like the abdo-
Every safety be lt is equ ipped with an automatic men .
be lt retractor on the shoulder belt. Th is feature - Always lock the convertible locking retractor
locks the belt when the belt is pulled out fast, when you are securing a child safety seat in
during hard braking and in an accident. The be lt the vehicle c:>page 304.
may a lso lock when you drive up or down a steep
hill or through a sharp curve. During normal driv- Safety belt position
ing the belt lets you move freely .
Correct belt position is the key to getting maxi-
Safet y be lt pretensioners mum protection from safety belts.
Safety belts with pretensioners he lp to tighten
the safety belt and remove slack when the pre-
tensioners are activated c:>page 267 . The func-
tion of the pretensioner is monitored by a warn-
ing light <=>
page 26 .
Convertible locking retractor

Every safety belt except the one on the driver
seat is equipped with a convertible locking retrac-
tor that must be used when the safety belt is
Fig. 229 Safety be lt posit ion
used to attach a child safety seat. Be sure to read
the important information about this feature
Standard features on your vehicle help you adjust
<=>page302 .
the position of the safety belt t o ma t ch your body
A WARNING
size.
- belt height adjustment for the front seats,

Improperly posit ioned safety be lts ca n cause
ser ious injury in an accident c:>page 265, - he ight-adjustable front seats.
Safety belt position.
- Safety belts offer optimum protection only
A WARNING
when the seatback is upright and belts are Improperly positioned safety belts can cause
prope rly pos itioned on the body. se rious personal injury in an accident.
- Always ma ke sure tha t the rear seat bac k- - The shou lder belt should lie as close to the
rest to wh ich t he center rear safety be lt is center of the collar bone as possib le and
attached is secure ly latched whenever the should fit well on the body. Hold the belt
rear center safety belt is being used. If the above the latch tongue and pull it evenly
backrest is not securely latched, the passen- across the chest so t hat it sits as low as pos-
ger will move forward with the backrest dur- sible on the pe lvis and t here is no pressure
ing sudden braking, in a sudden maneuver on the abdomen . The belt should a lways fit
and especially in a cras h . snug ly c:>fig. 229. Pull on the belt to tighten
- Never attach the safety belt to the buckle if necessary .
for another seat. Attaching the belt to the - The lap be lt portion of the safety belt must
wrong buckle will reduce safety belt effec- be positioned as low as possible across pel-
t iveness and can cause serious personal in- vis and never over the abdomen. Make sure
jury. the belt lies flat and snug c:>fig. 229. Pull on
u - A passenger who is not properly restrained the belt to tighten if necessary.
co
..... can be seriously inj ured by the safety be lt it- - A loose-fitting safety belt can cause serious
N
r--
N
..... self when it moves from the stronger parts inj uries by shifting its position on your body ll>
~0
co
265
Sa f e t y belts
from the strong bones to more vulnerable, - Always read and heed all WARNINGS and
soft tissue and cause ser ious injury. other important informat ion¢ A in Fasten-
- Always read and heed all WARNINGS and ing safety belts on page 265.
other important information r=> page 263.
Unfastening safety belts
Pregnant women must also be correctly
Unbuckle the safety belt with the red release
restrained
button only after the vehicle has stopped .
The best way to protect the fetus is to make sure
that expectant mothers always wear safety belts
correctly - throughout the pregnancy.
Fig. 2 31 Releasing the to ngue from t he buckle
.,.Push t he red re lease button on the buck le

Fig. 230 Safety belt position duri ng pregnancy ¢ fig. 231. The belt tongue will spr ing out of
&-
t he buck le r=>
To prov ide max imum protection, safety belts .. Let the bel t wind up o n the retra ctor as you
must always be positioned correctly on the wear - guide the bel t tongue t o its stowed position.
page 265 .
er's body r=>
.,.Adjust the fro nt sea t and head restra int cor- A WARNING
rect ly ¢ page 56, Front sea ts. Never unfasten safety be lt wh ile the vehicle is
.,. Make s ure the seatback of the rear seat bench moving. Doing so will increase your risk of be-
is in an upright position and secure ly latched in ing injured or killed.
place before using the belt .
.. Pull the safety be lt evenly across the chest so
Adjusting safety belt height
that it sits as low as possible on the pelv is and
there is no pressure on the abdomen With the aid of the safety belt height adjust-
¢ fig . 230, r=>.&,. ment , the three point safety belt strap routing
.. Inse rt the tongue into t he cor rect buckle of can be fitted to the shoulder area, according to
you r seat until you hea r it latch secure ly . body size .
.,.Pull on t he be lt to make sure tha t it is securely <f
0
0
latched in t he buck le. 0
CJ
<f
m
A WARNING
Improperly positioned safety be lts can cause
serious persona l inju ry in an accident.
- Expectan t mothe rs must a lways wear the
lap portion of the safety belt as low as pos-
sible across the pelvis and below the round-
ing of the abdomen . Fig. 23 2 Safety belt heigh t adjus tment - loop -arou nd fit-
tings
266
Safet y b e lts
The shou lder belt should lie as close to the center - Always make sure that all veh icle occupants
of the collar bone as possib le and should fit well are cor rectly restrained and stay in a correct
on the body c> Ain Safety belt position on seating position whenever the vehicle is be-
page 265. ing used.
~ Push the loop-around fittings up c>fig . 232 @ , - Always read and heed all WARNINGS and
or other important informat ion c>page 263.
~ squeeze together the @ button, and push the
loop-around fittings down @ . Belt tensioners
~ Pull the belt to make sure that the upper at-
tachment is properly engaged . How safety belt pretensioners work
Reversible safety belt pretensioners

A WARNING
The following fu nctions a re availab le w hen safety
Always read and heed all WARNINGS and oth- belts w it h reversib le safety bel t t ensione rs ar e
er important informat ion c>page 263. fas t ened:
(D Tips - In certa in driv ing s ituations, the safety belts

may tig hten w it h a reve rsib le tensioning func -
With the front seats, the height adjustment
t ion c>page 112.
of the seat can also be used to adjust the po-
- The safety be lts may also t ighten with this re-
sition of the safety belts .
ve rsible tens io ning funct io n in m ino r collisions.
Improperly worn safety belts Pyrotechnic safety belt pretensioners
Incorrectly positioned safety belts can cause se- Seat belts with pyrotechnic safety be lt preten -
vere injuries. sioners are tensioned automaticallyin severe col·
lisions, depending on the circumstances . This
Wearing safety belts improperly can cause seri- helps to reduce t he fo rwa rd motion of the occu-
ous injury or death . Safety belts can only work pants.
when they are correctly pos itioned on the body .
Imp roper seating positions reduce the effect ive- A
r---
WARNING
-
ness of safety be lts and will even increase the - It is poss ible for the pretensioners to dep loy
risk of injury and death by mov ing the safety belt incorrectly .
to cr it ical areas of the body. Imp roper sea t ing - Any wo rk on t he tens ioner system or remov-
positions also increase the risk of serious injury al and installation of system components
and death when an airbag deploys and strikes an for other repairs must be performed by a
occupant who is not in the correct seating posi - qualified wor kshop.
tion . A driver is respons ible for the safety of all
- The pyrotechnic system can only provide
vehicle occupants and espec ia lly for children.
protection for one collision. If the pyrotech-
Therefore:
nic pretens ioners deploy, the pretensioning
~ Never permit anyone to assume an incorrect system must be replaced.
s itting position in the veh icle wh ile traveling
c>&_. (D Tips
- A fine dust is re leased when the pyrotechnic
A WARNING safety belt pretensioners dep loy. This is nor-
Improperly worn safety belts increase the risk ma l and is not caused by a f ire in the veh i-
u
co
..... of serious personal injury and death wheneve r cle. ..,
N
r--- a vehicle is be ing used.
N
.....
0
<(
0
00
267
S a f e t y b e lt s
- The re levant safety req uirements must be rate. When the vehicle or parts of the re -
observed when the vehicle or components straint system including airbag modu les safe-
of the system are scrapped . A qualified ty belts with pretensioners are scrapped, all
dealersh ip is familiar with these regulations applicable laws and regulations must be ob-
and will be pleased to pass on the informa- served. Your authorized Audi dealer is familiar
tion to you . with these requirements and we recommend
that you have your dealer perform this service
Service and disposal of safety belt preten- for you.
sioner
The safety be lt prete nsione rs are parts of t he

safety belts on your Audi. Installing, removing,
servicing or repairing of belt pretensioners can
damage the safety belt system and prevent it
from wo rking co rrect ly in a collision.
There are some important t hings you have to

know to make sure that the effectiveness of the
system will not be impaired and that discarded
components do not cause injury or poll ute the
env ironment.
A WARNING
-
Improper care, serv icing and repair proce-

dures can increase the risk of personal injury
and death by preventing a safety belt preten-
sioner from activating when needed or acti-
vat ing it unexpectedly :
- The pyrotechnic safety belt pretensioners
can on ly be act ivated once. If pyrotechnic
safety belt pretensioners have been act ivat-
ed, the system must be rep laced .
- Never repair, adjust, or change any parts of
the safety be lt system.
- Safety belt systems includ ing safety be lt
pretens ioners cannot be repaired. Special
procedures are req uired for removal, insta l-
lation and disposal of this system.
- For any wor k on the safety belt system, we
strongly recommend that you see your au-
thorized Audi dea ler or q ualified technician
who has an Audi approved repair manual,
training and spec ial equ ipment necessary.

Undep loyed airbag modu les and pretension -
ers might be classified as Perch lorate Materi-
al -specia l handling may apply, see
www.dtsc .ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlo-
2 68
Airbag system
Airbag system reaching the pedals, or if you have concerns with

regard to the function or operation of the Ad-
Important information vanced Airbag System, please contact your au-
thorized Audi dealer or qualified workshop, or
Importance of wearing safety belts and
call Audi Customer Relations at 1-800-822-2834
sitting properly
for possible modifications to your vehicle.
Airbags are only supplemental restraints. For
When the airbag system deploys, a gas generator
airbags to do their job, occupants must always
will fill the airbags, break open the padded cov-
properly wear their safety belts and be in a prop-
ers, and inflate between the steering wheel and
er seating position.
the driver and between the instrument panel and
For your safety and the safety of your passen- the front passenger. The airbags will deflate im-
gers, before driving off, always: mediately after deployment so that the front oc-
cupants can see through the windshield again
.,.Adjust the driver's seat and steering wheel
without interruption.
properly ~ page 253,
.,.Adjust the front passenger's seat properly All of this takes place in the blink of an eye, so
~page 254, fast that many people don't even realize that the
.,.Wear safety belts properly ~page 263, airbags have deployed. The airbags also inflate
.. Always properly use the proper child restraint with a great deal of force and nothing should be
to protect children¢ page 291. in their way when they deploy. Front airbags in
combination with properly worn safety belts slow
In a collision, airbags must inflate within the down and limit the occupant's forward move-
blink of an eye and with considerable force. The ment. Together they help to prevent the driver
supplemental airbags can cause injuries if the and front seat passenger from hitting parts of
driveror the front seat passenger is not seated the inside of the vehicle while reducing the forces
properly. Therefore in order to help the airbag to acting on the occupant during the crash. In this
do its job, it is important, both as a driver and as way they help to reduce the risk of injury to the
a passenger to sit properly at all times. head and upper body in the crash. Airbags do not
By keeping room between your body and the protect the arms or the lower parts of the body.
steering wheel and the front of the passenger Both front airbags will not inflate in all frontal
compartment, the airbag can inflate fully and collisions . The triggering of the airbag system de-
completely and provide supplemental protection pends on the vehicle deceleration rate caused by
in certain frontal collisions¢ page 253, Correct the collision and registered by the electronic con-
passenger seating positions . For details on the trol unit . If this rate is below the reference value
operation of the seat adjustment controls programmed into the control unit, the airbags
¢page 56. will not be triggered, even though the car may be
It's especially important that children are proper- badly damaged as a result of the collision. Vehi-
ly restrained ¢ page 291. cle damage, repair costs or even the lack of vehi-
cle damage is not necessarily an indication of
There is a lot that the driver and the passengers
whether an airbag should inflate or not.
can and must do to help the individual safety fea-
tures installed in your Audi work together as a Since the circumstances will vary considerably
system. between one collision and another, it is not possi-
ble to define a range of vehicle speeds that will
Proper seating position is important so that the
cover every possible kind and angle of impact
front airbag on the driver side can do its job. If
u
co
that will always trigger the airbags. Important
..... you have a physical impairment or condition that
N
r---
factors include, for example, the nature (hard or
N prevents you from sitting properly on the driver
..... soft) of the object which the car hits, the angle of
0
<( seat with the safety belt properly fastened and
0 impact, vehicle speed , etc. The front airbags will .,.
00
269
Airb a g syste m
a lso not inflate in side or rear co llisions, or in - To reduce the risk of injury when an a irbag
ro llovers . inflates, always wear safety belts prope rly
¢ page 264, Safety belts.
Always remember: Airbags will deploy only once,
and on ly in ce rtain kinds of coll isions. Your safety - Always make certa in that children age 12 or
be lts are always there to offer protection in those younge r always ride in the rear seat. If chil-
situations in which airbags are not supposed to dren are not properly restrained, they may
deploy, or when they have already deployed; for be severely injured or killed when an airbag
examp le, when your vehicle str ikes or is struck by inflates.
another vehicle after the first col lision. - Never let ch ildren ride unrestra ined or im-
properly restrained in the vehicle . Adj ust the
This is just one of the reasons why an airbag is a
front seats properly .
supp lementary restraint and is not a substitute
- Never ride with the back rest recl ined .
for a safety belt. The a irbag system works most
- Always sit as far as possible from the steer-
effect ively when used with the safety belts.
ing wheel or the instrument panel
Therefore, always properly wear your safety belts
¢page 253 .
¢ page 261 .
- Always sit upright w ith your back against
A WARNING
-
the backrest of your seat.
- Never place your feet on the instrument
Sitting too close to the steering wheel or in- panel or on the seat. Always keep both feet
st rument panel will decrease the effective- on the floor in front of the seat to help pre-
ness of the airbags and will inc rease the risk vent serious injur ies to the legs and hips if
of personal injury in a co llision.
the airbag inflates.
- Never sit closer than 10 inches (25 cm) to - Never recl ine the front passenger's seat to
the steering wheel or instrument panel.
transpo rt objects . Items can also mo ve into
- If you cannot sit mo re than 10 inches the area of the s ide air bag or the front air-
(2 5 cm) from the steering wheel, invest i- bag du ring brak ing or in a sudden maneu-
gate whether adaptive equipment may be ver . Obje cts nea r the airbags can become
available to help yo u reach the pedals and projecti les and cause injury when an airbag
increase your seating distance from the inflates.
steering wheel.
- All vehicle occupants and especially children
must be restrained properly whenever riding
A WARNING
Airbags that have deployed in a crash m ust be
in a vehicle. An unrestrained or improperly
replaced.
restra ined child could be injured by striking
- Use on ly original equipment airbags ap-
the interior or by being ejected from the ve-
proved by Audi and installed by a trained
hicle during a sudden maneuver or impact.
technician who has the necessary tools and
An unrestrained or imp roperly restrained
diagnostic equipment to properly replace
child is also at greate r risk of inju ry or death
any airbag in yo ur vehicle and assure system
through contact with an infla t ing airbag.
effectiveness in a crash.
- If you are unrestrained, leaning fo rwa rd, sit-
- Never perm it salvaged or recycled airbags to
t ing s ideways or out of pos ition in any way,
be installed in your vehicle .
yo ur risk of inj ury is much higher.
- You will also receive serious injuries and
could even be killed if you are up aga inst the Child restraints on the front seat - some
air bag or t oo close to it when it inflates - important things to know
even with an Advanced Airbag.
.,. Be sur e to re ad the impo rt an t info rmat ion an d
hee d the WARNINGS for impo rta nt deta ils ..,.
270
Airbag sys t e m
about children and Advanced Airbags - PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF~; will come on if

¢ page 291 . there is a small chi ld or child restraint on the
front passenger seat
Even though your vehicle is equ ipped with an Ad-
- PASSENGERAIR BAGON @ will come on if the
vanced Airbag System, make certain that a ll chil-
front passenger seat is occupied by an adu lt as
dren, especially those 12 years and younger, al -
registered by the capacitive passenger detec-
ways ride in the back seat proper ly restrained for
tion system ¢ page 281, Monitoring the Ad-
their age and size. The airbag on the passenger
vanced Airbag System.
side makes the front seat a potentially dangerous
place for a child to ride. The front seat is not the The PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF~; light comes on
safest place for a child in a forward-facing child when e lectrica l capacitance registered on the
safety seat. It can be a very dange rous place for front passenger seat is equal to or less than the
a n infant or a child in a rearward-fac ing seat. combined capacitance of a typical 1 year-old in-
fant and one of the rearward-facing or forward-
The Advanced Airbag System in your veh icle has
facing child restra ints listed in Federal Motor Ve-
been certified to comply with the requirements
hicle Safety Standard (FMVSS) 208 with wh ich
of United States Federal Motor Vehicle Safety
t he Advanced Airbag System in you r vehicle was
Standa rd (FMVSS) 208, as well as Canada Motor
cert ified.
Vehicle Safety Standa rd (CMVSS) 208 as applica -
ble at the time your veh icle was man ufactu red. If the total electr ical capacitance reg istered on
According to requirements, the front Advanced t he front passenger seat is mo re than that of a
Airbag System on the passenger side has been typ ical 1 yea r-old ch ild but less than the weight
certified for "suppression" for infants of about of a sm all adul t , the front airbag on the passen -
12 month old and younger and for "low risk de- ger side can deploy (the PASSENGERAIR BAG
ployment" for children aged 3 to 6 years old (as OFF<J,; ; light does not come on) .
defined in the standard). If the PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF~; light does
The PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF ~ ; light in the not come on, the fro nt airbag on the passenge r
headliner tells you when the front Advanced Air- side has not been t urned off by the electronic
bag on the passenger side has been turned off by contro l unit and can deploy if the contro l unit
the electronic control unit. senses an impact that meets the conditions stor -
ed in its memory.
Each time you turn on the ignition, the PASSEN-
GERAIR BAGOFF<j,;;ON @ light will come on For example , th e airbag may deplo y if:
for a few seconds and: - a small child that is heav ier than a typ ica l 1
- PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF~ ; will come on if year -old child is on the front passenger seat
the front passenger seat is not occupied (regard less of whethe r the child is in one of t he
- PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF<J,; ; will come on if child safety seats listed ¢ page 293), or
the e lectrica l capacitance measured by the ca- - a child who has outgrown child rest raints is on
pacitive passenger detection system for the the front passenger seat .
front passenger seat equals the comb ined ca- If the front passenge r a irbag is tu rned off, the
pacitance of an infant up to about one year of PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF~; light comes on in
age and one of the rearward-facing or forward - t he headliner a nd stays o n.
facing child restra ints listed in Federal Motor
Vehicle Safety Standard (FMVSS) 208 with If the front passenger a irbag deploys, the Feder-
wh ich the Advanced Airbag System in your ve hi- al Standard requ ires t he a irbag to meet the "low
cle was certified. For a listing of the child re - risk" deployment cr ite ria to redu ce the risk of in-
u
co jury throug h interact ion w it h t he airbag. "Low
..... straints that were used to ce rtify you r vehicle 's
N
r---
N compliance with the Safety Standard risk" deployment occurs in t hose crashes that
.....
0
<( ¢ page 293 . take place at lower decelerations as defined in ..,.
0
00
271
Airb a g syste m
the electronic control unit c>page 281, PASSEN- ufacturer for use on a front seat with a pas-
GERAIR BAG OFF-,,;, ON@ light . senger front and side airbag.
Always remember, a child safety seat or infa nt - Never put the forward-facing child restraint
carrier insta lled on the front seat may be st ruck up against or very near the instrument pan-
and knocked out of position by the rapid ly inflat- el.
ing passenger's airbag in a fronta l collision . The - Always move the front passenger seat to
airbag cou ld greatly reduce the effect iveness of the highest posit ion in the up and down ad-
the child restraint and even seriously injure the justment range and move it back to the
child dur ing inflation. rearmost posit ion in the seat's fore and aft
adj ustment range, as far away from the a ir-
For this reason, and because the back seat is the
bag as poss ible, before ins t all ing the for-
safest place for ch ildren - when properly restra in-
ward-facing chi ld restraint.
ed according to the ir age and size - we strong ly
- Always make sure that the safety belt upper
recommend that children always sit in the back
anchorage is behind the ch ild rest raint and
seat c>page 291, Child safety .
not next to or in fron t of the child rest raint
A WARNING
so th at the safety be lt will be properly posi-
tioned.
A child in a rearward-facing child safety seat - Make sure th at the PASSENGERAIR BAG
installed on the front passenger seat w ill be OFF-,,;,light comes on and stays on all the
ser iously injured and can be killed if the front time wheneve r the ign it ion is swit ched on .
airbag infla t es - even w ith an Advanced Airbag
System.
- The inflating a irbag w ill hit the child safety
A WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious injury, ma ke sure
seat or infant carrier wit h great force and
that the PASSENGER
AIRBAGOFF-,,;;light
will smash the chi ld safety seat and child
will be disp layed whenever a ch ild restraint is
against the backrest, center armrest, door
installed on the front passenger seat and the
or roof.
ignit ion is switched on.
- Always install rear -facing child safety seats
- If the PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF-,,;,light
on the rear seat .
does not stay on, perform the checks descri-
- If you must install a rearward fac ing ch ild
bed c>page 281, Monitoring the Advanced
safety seat on the front passenger seat be-
Airbag System .
cause of exceptiona l circumstances and the
- Take the child restra int off the front passen-
PASS ENGERAIR BAGOFF,;; light does not
ger seat and install it properly at one of the
come on and stay on, immed iate ly install
rear seat positions if the PASSENGERAIR
the rear-fac ing ch ild safety seat in a rear
BAGOFF,;; light does not stay on .
seat ing pos ition and have the airbag system
- Have the airbag system inspected by your
inspected by your authorized Audi dea ler .
author ized Audi dealer immed iate ly.
- Forward-facing ch ild safety seats installed
- Always carefully follow instructions from
on the front passenger's seat may interfere
child restraint manufacturers when instal-
with the deployment of the airbag and
ling child restra ints.
cause serio us pe rsonal injury to the child.
A WARNING
A WARNING
If, in exceptional circumstances, you must in-
If, in except ional circumst a nces, you must in-
stall a forward or rearward-fac ing child re-
stall a forward-f acing chi ld res t rain t on t he
stra int on the fron t passenger's seat: Ill>
front passenger's seat:
- Always make sure t he forward-f acing se at
has been designed a nd ce rt ified by its man-
272
Airbag system
- Improper installation of child restraints can

reduce their effectiveness or even prevent
them from providing any protection .
- An improperly installed child restraint can
interfere with the airbag as it deploys and
seriously injure or even kill the child - even
with an Advanced Airbag System .
- Always carefully follow the manufacturer's
instructions provided with the child safety
seat or carrier. Fig. 234 Location of fro nt passen ger's airbag : in the in·
str um ent pan el
- Always make sure that there is nothing on
the front passenger seat that will cause the
Your vehicle is equipped with an "Advanced Air-
capacitive passenger detection system in
bag System" in compliance with United States
the seat to signal to the Airbag System that
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard
the seat is occupied by a person when it is
(FMVSS) 208, as well as Canada Motor Vehicle
not, or to signal that it is occupied by some-
Safety Standard (CMVSS)208 as applicable at
one who is heavier than the person actually
the time your veh icle was manufactured .
sitting on the seat. The presence of addi -
tional objects could cause the passenger The airbag for the driver is in the steering wheel
front airbag to be turned on when it should hub ¢ fig. 233 and t he airbag for t he front pas-
be off, or could cause the airbag to work in a senger is in the instrument panel ¢ fig. 234 . The
way that is different from the way it would general location of the airbags is marked "AIR-
have worked without the object on the seat . BAG".
There is a lot you need to know abou t t he airbags

Front airbags in your vehicle . We urge you to read the detailed
information about airbags, safety belts and child
Description of front airbags
safety in this and the other chapters that make
The airbag system can provide supplemental up the owner's literature . Please be sure to heed
protection to properly restrained front seat occu- the WARNINGS - they are extremely important
pants. for your safety and the safety of your passengers,
especially infants and small children.
_& WARNING
Never rely on airbags alone for protection .
-
- Even when they deploy, airbags provide only
supplemental protection.
- Airbag work most effectively when used
with properly worn safety belts.
- Therefore, always wear your safety belts and
make sure that everybody in your vehicle is
Fig. 233 Location of driver a irba g: in stee ring wheel
properly restrained.
- Always hold the steering wheel with both
hands on the outside of the steering wheel
rim at the 9:00 o'clock and 3:00 o'clock po-
u sitions to help reduce the risk of personal in-
co
....
N
r-- jury if the driver's airbag inflates. ..,..
....
N
~0
co
273
Airb a g syste m
- Never hold the steering whee l at the 12

o'clock pos it ion or w ith your han ds any-
A WARNING
-
A person on the front passenger seat, espe-

where inside the steering wheel or on the
cially infants and small ch ildren, wi ll receive
steering wheel hub. Holding t he steering
serious injuries and can even be killed by be-
wheel the wrong way increases the risk of
ing too close to the airbag when it inflates .
severe injury to the arms, hands, and head if
- Although the Advanced Airbag System in
the d river a irbag deploys.
your veh icle is designed to turn off the front
A WARNING
-
passenger airbag if an infant o r a small child
is on the fron t passenger sea t , nobody can
Objects between you and the a irbag w ill in- absolu t ely guarantee t ha t deployment un-
crease the risk of injury in a crash by interfer- de r these specia l condi t ions is impossible in
ing w ith the way the airbag unfo lds and/or by all conceivable situations that may happen
being pushed into you as the airbag inflates . during the useful life of yo ur vehicle.
- Always make sure nothing is in the front air- - The Advanced Airbag System can dep loy in
bag deployment zone that could be str uck accordance with the ,.low risk" option for 3-
by the airbag when it inflates. and 6-year-old children under the U.S. Fed-
- Objects in the zone of a deploying ai rbag eral Standard if a child w ith electrical capac-
can become projectiles when the airbag de - itance greater than the combined capac i-
ploys and cause serious persona l injury . tance of a typical one-year o ld infant re-
- Never hold th ings in your hands or on your strained in one of the forward facing or rea r-
lap when the vehicle is in use. ward-facing chi ld seats with which yo ur ve-
- Never place accessor ies or other objec t s hicle was certified is on the front passenger
(s uch as cup ho lders, telephone brackets, seat and the ot her conditions for airbag d e-
note pads, navigation systems, or things ployment are me t.
that are large, heavy, or bulky) on the doors; - Accident sta tisti cs have shown th at children
never attach then to the doors or the wind- are generally safer in the rear seat a re a than
shield; never place them over or near or at- in t he front seat ing pos ition.
tach them to the area marked ,,AIRBAG"on - For their own safety, a ll ch ildr en, especi a lly
the steering wheel, instrument panel or the 12 years and younger, should alw ays ride in
seat backrests; never place them between the back proper ly restrained for their age
these a reas and yo u or any other person in and size .
the vehicle.
- Never attach objects to the w indshield
Advanced front airbag system
above the passenger front airbag, suc h as
accessory GPS navigation unit s or mus ic Your vehicle is equipped with a front Advanced
players . Such objects could ca use serio us in- Airbag System in compliance with United States
jury in a collision, especially when the air- Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard (FMVSS)
bags inflate. 208, as well as Canada Motor Vehicle Safety
- Never recline the front passenger seat to Standard (CMVSS) 208 as applicable at the t ime
transport objects . Items can also move into you r vehicle was manufactured .
the deployment area of the side a irbags or
The front Advanced Airbag System supplements
the front a irbag during breaking or in a sud-
the safety belts to provide add itiona l protect ion
den maneuver. Objects near the airbags can
for the driver 's and front passenger's heads and
fly dangerous ly through the passenger com-
upper bod ies in fronta l crashes. The a irbags in-
partment and cause injury, particularly
flate only in frontal impacts when the vehicle de-
when the seat is reclined and the airbags in-
ce le rat ion is high e nough. II>-
flate.
274
Airbag sys t e m
The front Advanced Airbag System for the front airbag on the passenger side may or may not
seat occupants is not a substitute for your safety dep loy.
belts. Rather, it is part of the overall occupant re-
The PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF~; light comes on
stra int system in your vehicle. Always remember
whe n t he elect ronic cont rol unit detec t s a t otal
that the airbag system can on ly help to protect
electrica l capacitance on the front passenger seat
you, if you are sitting upr ight, wear ing your safe-
that requires the front airbag to be turned off. If
ty belt and wear ing it properly . This is why you
the PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF~; light does not
and your passengers must always be prope rly re-
come on, the front airbag on the passenger side
stra ined, not just because t he law req uires you to
has not been turned off by the contro l unit and
be.
can deploy if the contro l unit senses an impact
The Advanced Airbag System in your vehicle has t hat meets t he cond it ions stored in its memory .
been cert ified to meet the "low risk" requ ire-
If the total electr ical capacitance reg istered on
ments for 3 and 6 yea r-old children on the pas-
the front passenger seat is more t han that of a
senger side and very sma ll adul t s on the driver
typ ical 1 year-old , but less than the weight of a
side . The low risk dep loymen t criteria are intend -
small ad ult, t he front airbag on t he passenger
ed to help reduce t he risk of injury through inter-
side may dep loy (the PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF
action with the front airbag that can occur, for
~; light does not come on).
examp le, by being too close to the steering whee l
and instrument pane l when the airbag inflates . For example, the airbag may deploy if:
In addition, the system has been certified to - a small child that is heavier than a typica l 1
comp ly with the "suppression" requirements of year-o ld child is on the front passenger seat
the Safety Standard, to t urn off the front airbag (regardless of whether the child is in one of t he
for infants 12 months old and younger who are child safety seats listed<=:>page 293),
restrained on the front passenger seat in child re- - a child who has outgrown child restraints is on
stra ints that are listed in the Standard the front passenger seat.
<=:>
page 293, Child restraints and Advanced Air-
If the front passenge r airbag is t urned off, the
bags.
PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF~ ; light in the head -
"Suppress ion" requ ires the front airbag on the liner will come on and stay on.
passenger side to be turned off if:
If the front passenge r airbag deploys, the Feder -
- a child up to about one year of age is restra ined al Standard requi res t he airbag to meet the "low
on the front passenger seat in one of the rear- risk" deployment criteria to help reduce the risk
facing or forward-fac ing infant restra ints listed of injury through interaction with the airbag.
in Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 208 "Low risk" deployment occurs in those crashes
with which the Advanced Airbag System in your that take place at lower decelerations as defined
vehicle was cert ified. For a listing of the child in the electronic contro l unit . <=:>
page 281
restra int s tha t were used to certify your vehi-
Always remember : Even though your vehicle is
cle's comp liance wit h t he USSafety Standard
equipped with Advanced Airbags, the safest place
<=:>
page 293,
for childre n is properly restra ined on the back
- When a person is det ecte d on t he fron t passen - seat . Please be sure to read the import ant infor-
ger sea t t hat has an electr ical capacit ance t hat mation in the sect ions that follow and be sure to
is more t han t he tota l electrical capac itance of
heed all of t he WARNINGS.
a child that is about 1 year old restrained in one
of the rea r-facing or forward-facing infant re- _&.WARNING
u
co
straints (listed in Federal Motor Vehicle Safety
..... To reduce th e risk of injury when an airbag in-
N
r---
Standard 208 with which the Advanced Airbag
N flates, always wea r safety belts properly . ...,
.....
0
System in your vehicle was certified), the front
<(
0
00
275
Airb a g syste m
- If you are unrestrained, leaning forward, sit- - Never put the forward-facing child restraint
t ing s ideways or out of pos ition in any way, up against or very near the instrument pan-
your risk of injury is much higher. el.
- You will also receive serious injuries and - Always move the front passenger seat to
could even be killed if you are up aga inst the the highest posit ion in the up and down ad-
airbag or too close to it when it inflates - justment range and move it back to the
even with an Advanced Airbag ¢ page 269 . rearmost posit ion in the seat's fo re and aft
adj ustment range, as far away from the a ir-
A WARNING bag as poss ible, before installing the for-
A child in a rearward -facing child safety seat ward-f acing chi ld restrain t .
installed on the front passenger seat w ill be - Always make sure that the safety be lt upper
ser iously injured and can be killed if the front anchorage is behind the ch ild rest raint and
airbag inflates - even w ith an Advanced Airbag not next to or in fron t of t he child rest raint
System. so that the safety be lt will be properly posi-
- Although the Advanced Airbag System in tioned.
your vehicle is designed to tu rn off the front - Always make sure that there is noth ing on
airbag when a rearward-facing child re- the front passenger seat tha t will cause the
straint has been insta lled on the front pas - capacitive passenger detection system in
senger seat, nobody can absolutely guaran- the seat to signal to the Airbag System that
tee that deployment is impossible in all con- the seat is occup ied by a person when it is
ceivable s ituations that may happen during not, or to signal that it is occupied by some-
the useful life of your vehicle. one who is heavier than the person actually
- The inflating a irbag w ill hit the child safety sitt ing on the seat. The presence of addi-
seat or infant carrier with great force and tional objects could cause the passenger
will smash the chi ld safety seat and child front airbag to be turned on when it should
against the backrest, center armrest, door, be off, or could cause the airbag to work in a
or roof . way that is differen t fr om the way it wou ld
have worked without the object on the seat .
- Always install rearward -facing ch ild re -
straints on the rear seat . - Make sure that the PASSENGER AIR BAG
OFF "I,;;light comes on and stays on all the
time wheneve r the ignition is switched on .
safety seat on the front passenger seat be -
cause of exceptional circumstances and the
PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF ~; light does not Advanced Airbag System components
come on and st ay on, immed iate ly install
The front passenger seat in your vehicle has a lot
the rear-fac ing ch ild safety sea t in a rear
of very important parts of the Advanced Airbag
System in it. These pa rts include the capacitive
inspected by your authorized Audi dea ler.
passenger detection system, wir ing, brackets,
A WARNING
and more . The control unit monitors the system
on the front passenger seat when the ignit ion is
If, in exceptional circumstances, you must in- switched on and turns the airbag indicato r light
stall a forward-facing chi ld restraint on the o n when a malfunction in the one of the system
front passenger's seat : components is detected ¢ page 281. Because
- Always make sure the forward-facing seat t he fron t passenger sea t contains impo rtant
has been designed and cert ified by its man- parts of the Advanced Airbag System , you must
ufacturer for use on a front seat with a pas- take care to prevent it from being damaged .
senger front and side a irbag. Damage to the seat may prevent the Advanced .,.
276
Airbag sys t e m
Airbag System for the front passenger seat from

doing its job in a crash. ~
A WARNING
-
Damage to the front passenger seat can pre-
The front Advanced Airbag System con sists vent the front airbag from working properly.
of the follo wing : - Improper repair or disassembly of the front
- Cras h sensors in the front of the vehicle that passenger and driver seat will prevent the
measure vehicle acceleration/deceleration to Advanced Airbag System from funct ion ing
provide information to the Advanced Airbag properly.
System a bout the severity of the crash. - Repa irs to the front passenger seat must be
- An electronic control unit, with integrated pe rformed by qualified a nd properly tra ined
crash sensors for front and side impacts. The wo rkshop personne l.
contro l unit "decides" whether to fire the front - Never remove the front passenger or driver
airbags based on the information received from seat from the vehicle .
the crash sensors . The control unit also "de- - Never remove the upholstery from the front
cides" whether the safety belt pretens ione rs passenger sea t .
shou ld be activated . - Never d isassemble or remove parts from the
- An Advanced Airbag with gas generator and seat or disconnect wires from it .
contro l valve for the d river ins ide the steer ing - Never carry sharp objects in your pockets or
whee l hub. put them on the seat . The capacit ive pas-
- An Advanced Airbag with gas generator and senger de t ecti o n mat in the front passenger
contro l valve inside the instrument pane l for seat will not funct ion properly if it is punc-
the fron t passenger. tured.
- A capac itive passenger detect ion system under- - Never carry things on your lap or carry ob-
neath the front passenger seat cover. This sys- jects on the front passenge r seat. Such ob-
tem measures the elect rica l capac ita nce of the jects ca n infl uence the capaci t ance reg is-
person in the seat. The informat ion registe red t ered by the cap acitive passenge r d etection
is sent contin uous ly to the electron ic control sys t em, so t hat incorrect informa t ion is pro-
unit to regulate deployment of the front Ad- vided to the ai rbag control unit.
vanced Airbag on the passenger side. - Neve r st ore it ems unde r the front pa ssenger
- An airbag monitoring system and indicator seat . Parts of the Advanced Airbag System
lightmin the instrument cluster. under the passenger seat cou ld be dam -
- A sensor in eac h front seat registers t he dis - aged, preventing them and the airbag sys -
tance between the respective seat and the tem from wor king proper ly.
stee ring wheel or instrument pane l. The infor - - Never place seat covers or replacement up -
mation reg istered is sent continuously to the holstery that have not been specifically ap-
electronic control unit to regulate deployment proved by Audi on the front seats.
of the front Adva need Airbags . - Seat covers can prevent the Advanced Air-
- The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF ~; ON @ light bag System from recognizing chi ld re-
comes on in the headliner c:>page 281, stra ints or occupants on the front passenger
fig . 236 and tells you the status of the Ad- seat and preven t the side airbag in the seat
vanced Airbag o n the passenge r s ide . backrest from deploy ing properly.
- A sensor in the safety belt latch for the driver - If a seat heater has bee n retrofitted or oth-
and for the front seat passenger that senses erwise added to the front passe nger seat,
whethe r that safety belt is latched or not and neve r ins t all any child restra int system on
t ransm its this info rmat io n to the elect ronic t his seat.
u
co
..... contro l unit. - Never use cushions, pillows , blankets, or
N
r---
N
sim ila r it ems o n t he front passenge r seat .
.....
0
<(
0
00
277
Airb a g syste m
The ad d itiona l layers prevent the capacitive installed child restraint system on the seat .
passenger detection system from accurately Wet towels or other wet things on the seat
measuring the capac itance of the ch ild safe- cushion can have the same effect. If the
ty seat and/or the person on the seat and front passenger fronta l airbag is turned on,
thus keep the Advanced Airbag System from the PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF~; light will
working properly . turn off.
- Never place or use any electrical device
(such as a laptop, CD player, elect ronic How the Advanced Airbag System
games dev ice, power inverte r or seat heater components work together
for child seats) on the front passenger seat
if the device is connected to the 12-vol t The front Advanced Airbag System and the side
socket or the cigarette lighter socket . Such airbags supp lement the protection offered by the
devices can infl uence the capacitance regis- front t hree-point safety belts and the adjustable
tered by the capacitive passenger detection head restraints to he lp reduce the risk of injury in
system, so that incorrect information is pro- a wide range of accident and crash situat ions. Be
vided to the airbag control unit. sure to read the important informat ion about
- If you must use a child restraint on the front safety and heed the WARNINGS in t his chapter .
passenger seat and the child restraint man- Deployment of the Advanced Airbag System and
ufacturer's instructions require the use of a the activation of the safety belt pretensioners de-
towel, foam cushion or something else to pend on the dece leration measured by the crash
properly position the ch ild restraint, make sensors and registered by the electronic contro l
certain that the PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF unit . Crash seve rity depe nds on speed and decel-
~; light comes on and stays on whenever eration as well as the mass and stiffness of the
the chi ld restraint is installed on the front vehicle or object involved in the cras h.
passenger seat .
On the passenger side, regard less of safety be lt
- If t he PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF~; light
use, the front passenge r frontal a irbag will be
does not come on and st ay on, immedi ate ly
install child restra int in a rear seating posi - turned off if t he e lectr ica l capacitance measured
tion and have the airbag system inspected by the capacitive passenge r detection system o n
by your Audi dealer . t he fron t pa ssenger sea t is less th an t he amou nt
prog rammed in t he e lect ronic contro l unit. The
,&_WARNING front passenger frontal airbag will also be turned
off if the capacitance measured by the system for
If the front passenger seat gets wet, dry it im- the front passenger seat equals that of an infant
mediately. of about one year of age in one of the chi ld seats
- If liquid soaks into the front passenger seat, that was used to certify the Advanced Airbag Sys-
this can keep the a irbag system from work- tem under Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard
ing prope rly and may, for instance, deact i- 208 . The PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF~; light
vate the passenger frontal airbag. If this comes on and stays on to tell you when the front
happens, the PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF~; Advanced Airbag System on the passenge r side
light will come on and stay on togethe r wit h has been tu rned off<=?page 281.
the a irbag ind icator lightmin t he inst ru-
ment cluster. ,&_WARNING
- If liquid is poo led on the seat, bu t has not
To reduce the risk of injury when an airbag in-
soa ked in, this may also keep the airbag sys-
flates, always wear safety belts prope rly.
tem from wo rking properly and ca use the
- If you are unres t rained, leaning forward, sit -
passenge r frontal a irbag to be enabled
ting sideways or out of position in any way,
(tu rned on), even though there is a properly
your risk of injury is much highe r. ~
278
Airbag system
- You will also receive serious injuries and sions, can also happen when airbags inflate . Air-
cou ld even be killed if you are up aga inst the bags do not protect the arms or the lower parts
airbag or too close to it when it inflates - of the body. Front airbags supp lement the three -
even with an Advanced Airbag 9 page 269 . po int safety belts only in some frontal collisions
in which the vehicle dece leration is high enough
to dep loy the airbags .
More important things to know about front
airbags Front airbags will not depl oy:
0 - if the ignition is switche d off when a crash oc-
-
0
M
.:, curs
~
- in side collisions
- in rear -end collisions
- in rollovers
- when the crash decele ration measured by the
airbag system is less than the m inimum thresh-
old needed for airbag dep loyment as registe red
by t he electronic contr ol un it
Fig. 2 35 Inflated front airbags
The front passenger airbag also will not
Safety belts are important to help keep front deploy:
seat occupants in the proper seated position so - when the fron t passenger seat is not occupied,
that airbags can unfold prope rly and provide sup· - when the e lectr ica l capacitance measured by
plemental pro t ection in a frontal collision. the capacit ive passenger detection system for
t he front passenge r seat ind icates that the pas-
The front airbags are designed to provide add i-
senger side frontal airbag must be switched off
tional protect ion for the chest and face of the
by the electronic control unit (the PASSENGER
d river and the front seat passenger when:
AIR BAGOFF~; light 9 page 281 comes on
- safety belts are worn properly and stays on).
- the seats have been positioned so that the oc-
cupant is properly seated as far as possible A WARNING
from the airbag Sitting in the wrong position can increase the
- and the head restraints have been proper ly ad- risk of ser ious injury in crashes.
justed - To reduce the risk of injury when the a irbags
Because airbags inflate in the blink of an eye with inflate, the driver and passengers must al·
g reat fo rce, things you have on your lap or have ways sit in an upright posit ion, must not
placed on the seat cou ld become dangerous pro- lean aga inst or place any part of their body
jectiles, and be pushed into you if the airbag in· too close to the area where the airbags are
flates . located.
- Occupants who are unbelted, out of posit ion
When an airbag deploys, fine dust is released.
or too close t o the airbag can be serio us ly
This is normal and is not caused by a fire in the
injured by an airbag as it unfolds with g reat
veh icle. This dust is made up mostly of a powder
for ce in t he blink of an eye r=>page 2 70.
used to lubricate the airbags as they deploy . It
could irritate skin .
A WARNING
It is important to remember that while the sup - A child in a rearward-fa cing child safety seat
u
co
..... plemental a irbag system is designed to reduce insta lled on the front passenger seat will be
N
r-- the likelihood of ser ious injuries, other injuries,
N
..... seriously inj ured and can be killed if the front .,,.
~0 for example swelling, bruising and minor abra -
co
279
Airb a g syste m
airbag inflates - even with an Advanced Airbag projecti les and cause injury, part icularly
System. when the seat is reclined.
- The inflating airbag will hit the child safety - Never place or transport objects on the
seat or infant carrier with great force and front passenger seat. Objects on the front
will smash the child safety seat and child passenger seat could cause the capacitive
against the backrest, center armrest, door sensor in the seat to signal to airbag system
or roof . that the seat is occupied by a person when it
- Always install rear-facing child safety seats in fact is not, or that the pe rson on the seat
on the rear seat . is heavie r than he or she act ually is . The
- If you must install a rearward-fac ing child change in elec t ric capa citan ce beca use of
safety seat on the front passenger seat be- such obje cts can ca use t he passenge r front
cause of exceptional circumstances and the airbag to be t urned on when it should be
PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF ~; light does not off, or can cause the airbag to work in a way
come on and stay on, immed iate ly install that is different from the way it would have
the rear-fac ing ch ild safety seat in a rear wo rked without objects on the seat.
seat ing pos ition and have the airbag system - Always make sure that there is nothing on
inspected by your a uthorized Audi dea ler. the front passenge r seat that will cause the
capacitive passenge r detection system in
A WARNING
-
the seat to signal to the Airbag System that
Objects between you and the a irbag w ill in- the seat is occup ied by a person when it is
crease the risk of injury in a crash by interfer- not , or to signal that it is occupied by some-
ing with the way the airbag unfo lds or by be- one who is heavier than the person act ually
ing pushed into you as the a irbag inflates. sitt ing on the seat. The presence of an ob-
ject could ca use the passenger front air bag
- Never hold things in your hands or on your
to be turned on when it should be off, or
lap when the vehicle is in use.
could cause the airbag to work in a way that
- Never transport items on or in the area of
is different from the way it would have
the front passenger seat . Objects could
worked without the object on the seat.
move into the area of the front airbags dur-
ing brak ing or other sudden maneuvers and
become dangerous projectiles that can
A WARNING
cause serious personal injury if the a irbags The fine dust created when airbags deploy can
inflate . cause breathing prob lems for people with a
- Never place or attach accessor ies or other history of asthma or other breath ing cond i-
objects (such as cupholders, telephone tions .
brackets, large, heavy or bulky objects) on - To reduce the risk of breathing problems,
the doors, over or nea r the area marked those with asthma or other respiratory con-
"AIRBAG"on the steering wheel, instru- ditions should get fresh a ir right away by
ment pane l, sea t backrests or between getting out of the vehicle or opening win-
those areas and yoursel f . These objects dows or doors .
could cause injury in a crash, especially - If you are in a collision in which airbags de-
when the airbags inflate. ploy, wash your hands and face with m ild
- Never recline the front passenger's seat to soap and water before eating.
transport objects . Items can also move into - Be carefu l not to get the dust into your eyes,
the area of the side airbag or the front a ir- or into any cuts or scratches.
bag dur ing braking or in a sudden maneu- - If the residue should get into your eyes,
ver. Objects near the airbags can become flush them w ith wate r.
280
Airbag system
Monitoring the PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF '1;ON @ light

Advanced Airbag System
-
"'
N
Airbag monitoring indicator light i

Two separate indicators monitor the function of
the Advanced Airbag System : the El
light and
the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF ~; ON @ light.
The Advanced Airbag System as we ll as the side

a irbags and side curtain airbags with eject ion
m it igation feat ures (including the e lectron ic con -
trol unit, sensors and system wiring) are a ll Fig. 236 Sectio n from the headliner : PASSENGER
AIR BAG
OFF~ ; ON @ light
monitored continuously to make sure that they
a re funct ioning properly whenever the ignition is
The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF ~; ON @ light is
on. Every time you turn on the ignition, the air -
located in the headliner ¢ fig . 236.
bag system ind icator lightE,l will come on for a
few seconds (function check). The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF ~; light will come
on and stay on to tell you when the fron t Ad-
The system mu st be inspected wh en the vanced Airbag o n the passenger s ide has been
indicato r light E,I: turned off by the e lectronic control unit . If the
- does not come on when the ignit ion is switched bulb for the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF ~; ON @
on light burns out, the airbag ind icator light El will
- does not go out a few seconds after you have come on to signal a malfunction in the Advanced
switched on the ign ition, or Airbag System. Although the burned-out bu lb
- comes on while driving will not change the way the front passenger's
frontal a irbag works , it will no longer be possible
If an airbag system malfunction is detected, the
to use the PASSENGER AI R BAG OFF ~; ON @
indicator light will come on to serve as a constant
ligh t to make sure that the airbag on/off status is
reminder to have the system inspected immedi-
correct fo r the occ upan t on the front passenge r
ately .
seat. Have the airbag system inspected immedi-
If a malfunction occurs that turns the front air - ately by your authorized Audi dealer.
bag on the passenger side off, the PASSENGER
The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF ~; ON @ light
AIR BAG OFF ~ . light will come on and stay on
will blink for about 5 seconds wh en:
whenever the ignition is on.
- the capacit ive passenger detection system,
A WARNING which switches the front seat passenger's fron-
An airbag system that is not funct ioning prop- tal Advanced Airbag o n and off, detects a
erly cannot provide supplemental protection change in the status of the front passenger
in a frontal crash . seat.
- If the airbag indicator light¢ page 26 As soon as the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF ~; ON
comes when the vehicle is be ing used, have @ light stops blinking, a lways make sure that the
the system inspected immed iate ly by your airbag status (on or off) as shown by the ligh t is
au t horized Audi dealer. It is possible that proper fo r the age, size and e lectrical capacitance
the a irbag will inflate when it is not s up- of the person occ upying the front passenger
posed to, or will not inflate when it shou ld. seat . Always make sure that the safety belt for
u
co the front passenger seat is properly fastened .
.....
N
r--
N
..... The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF ~/ PASSENGER
~0 AIR BAG ON @ ligh t will show th e st atu s of the .,..
co
28 1
Airb a g syste m
front seat passenger's frontal Advanced Airbag. If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF ~ ; light
The PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF ~; light: comes on . ..
- will come on if the front passenger seat is not If the PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF ~ ; light comes
occupied; on when one of the condit ions listed above is
- will come on if t he e lectr ical capacitance meas - met, be sure to check the light regularly to make
ured by the ca pac it ive passenger detect ion sys - certain that the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF ~;
tem for the front passenger seat equals the light stays on cont inuously whenever the ign ition
combined capacitance of an infant up to about is on . If the PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF ~; light
one year of age and one of the rearward -facing does not appear on and does not stay on all the
or forward-facing chi ld rest raints listed in Fed- t ime, stop as soon as it is safe to do so and
eral Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 208 with - reactivate the system by turn ing the ignit ion
which the Advanced Airbag System in your veh i- off for more than 4 seconds and then tur ning it
cle was certif ied; For a list ing of the child re- on again;
straints that were used to cert ify your vehicle 's - remove and re install the ch ild restraint . Make
compliance with t he U.S. Safety Standard sure that the child restra int is prope rly insta l-
¢ page 293. led and that the safety belt for the front pas-
- will go out if the front passenger seat is occu- senge r sea t has bee n correct ly rou t ed th rough
pied by an adult as reg istered by the capacitive t he child restraint as desc ribed in t he child re-
passenger detection system . straint man ufacturer's instructions;
- The PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF ~; light must - ma ke sure that t he convert ible locking ret rac-
come on and stay on if the ignition is on and ... tor on the safety belt for the front passenger
- a car bed has been insta lled on the front pas- seat has been activated and that the safety belt
senger seat, o r has been pu lled tight .
- a rearward-facing child restraint has been in- - make sure that no e lectrica l device (s uch as a
stalled on the front passenger seat , or laptop , CD player , e lectronic games d evice,
- a forward-facing child restra int has been instal- power inverte r or seat heater for chi ld seats) is
led on the front passenger seat, placed or used on the front passenger seat if
- and if the electrical capacitance registered on the device is connected to the 12-volt socket or
the front passenger seat is equal to or less than the cigarette lighter socket;
the comb ined capac itance of a typical 1 year- - make sure that no seat heater has been retro-
o ld infant a nd one of t he rearward-fac ing or fitted or otherw ise added to the front passen-
fo rwa rd-facing ch ild restrain t s list ed in Federal ger seat;
Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 208 with which - make sure that noth ing can interfere with the
the Advanced Airbag System in your vehicle was safety belt buckles and that they are not ob-
certified . structed;
If t he fron t passenger sea t is not occ upied, t he - make sure that there are no wet objects (such
fron t airbag w ill not dep loy, and t he PASSENGER as a wet towel) and no water or other liquids on
AIR BAG OFF "1 ; light will stay on. the front passenger seat cushion .
Never install a rearward-fac ing child rest raint on If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF ~; light still
t he fro nt passenge r sea t , the safest place for a does not come on ...
chi ld in any kind of chi ld restraint is at one of t he If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF ~; light still
seating positions on the rear seat ¢ page 2 70, does not come on and does not stay on cont inu-
Child restraints on the front seat - some impor- ous ly (when the ign ition is switched on),
tant things to know and ¢ page 291, Child safe -
- take the child restra int off the front passenger
ty .
seat and install it properly at one of the rear ..,.
282
Airbag sys t e m
seat positions . Have the airbag system inspect- seat after tak ing the steps described above,
ed by your Audi dealer immediately . make sure the adu lt is properly seated and
- move the chi ld to a rear seat position and make restrained at one of the rear seating posi-
sure that the child is properly restrained in a tions. Have the a irbag system inspected by
child restraint that is appropriate for its size your author ized Audi dealer before trans-
and age. port ing anyone on the front passenge r seat.
The PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF~; light

should NOT come on ... A WARNING
-
An a irbag system that is not functioning prop-
The PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF~ ; light should
e rly cannot prov ide supplemental prote ct ion
NOT come on when the ignition is on and an
in a front al crash.
adu lt is sitting in a proper seating position on the
- If the ai rbag ind icator light ~page 26
front passenger seat. If the PASSENGERAIR
comes when the veh icle is being used, have
BAGOFF~; light comes on and stays on while
the system inspe cted immedia t ely by your
driving, under these circumstances, make sure
author ized Audi dealer . It is possib le that
that:
the airbag will inflate when it is not sup-
- the adult on the front passenger seat is proper- posed to, or will not inflate when it should.
ly seated on the center of the seat cushion with
his or her back up aga inst the backrest and the
backrest is not reclined,
A
,=
WARNING
-
If the front airbag inflates, a child witho ut a
- the adult is not tak ing weight off the seat by
chi ld restraint, or in a rea rward-facing child
ho ld ing on to the passenger assist handle
safety seat, or in a forward-fac ing child re-
above t he front passenger door or supporting
stra int that has not been properly insta lled
the ir we ight on the a rm rest,
will be serious ly injured and can be killed.
- the safety be lt is be ing properly wo rn and that
- Even though your vehicle is equipped with
the re is not a lot of slack in t he safe ty belt web-
an Advanced Airbag System, make certain
bing,
that all children, espec ially 12 years and
- the re are no aftermar ket seat covers or cush-
younge r, always ride on the back sea t prop-
ions or ot her things (s uch as blankets) on the
erly rest rained for the ir age and size.
front passenge r seat t ha t migh t cau se t he ca-
- Always install fo rwa rd or rea r-facing child
pacit ive passenger detection system to miscal -
safety seats on the rear seat - even with an
culate electrical capacitance .
Advan ced Airbag Syst em.
- If you must install a rea rwa rd-facing child
Important safety instructions on safety seat on the front passenger seat be-
monitoring the Advanced Airbag System cause of excep t ional circums t an ces a nd the
PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF"1; light does not
A WARNING appear and stay on, immediately install the
- If the status of the Adva need Airbag System rear-facing chi ld safety seat in a rear seat ing
has changed while the vehicle is moving, the position and have the a irbag system in-
PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF~; ON @ light spected by your authorized Audi dea ler.
blinks for about 5 seconds to catch the driv- - If, in exceptional circumstances, you must
er's attention. If this happens, always stop install a forward- facing child restraint on
as soon as it is safe to do so and check the the front passenge r seat, always move the
steps described above. seat into its rearmost position in the seat 's
u - If the PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF,;; light fore and aft adju stmen t range, as far away
co
....
N
,..._ does not go off when an adult who is not from the a irbag as poss ible. The back res t
....
N
0
very sma ll is sitting on the front passenger m ust be adjusted to an upr ight position.
<(
0
00
283
Airb a g syste m
Make sure that the PASSENGER AIR BAG - Never attach any objects such as cupholders
OFF ,;; light comes on and stays on all the or telephone mountings to the surfaces cov-
t ime whenever the ignition is switched on. ering the a irbag un its.
- For cleaning the horn pad or instrument
A WARNING
-
panel, use only a soft, dry cloth or one mois-
- If the PASS ENGER AIR BAG OFF 1'i; light tened w ith plain water. Solvents or cleaners
does not go out when an adult is sitting on could damage the airbag cover or change
the front passenger seat after tak ing the the st iffness or strength of the material so
steps described above, make sure the adult that the airbag cannot deploy and protect
is properly seated and restrained at one of properly.
the rear seating positions. - Never repair, adjust, or change any parts of
- Have the airbag system inspected by your the airbag system.
authorized Aud i dealer before transporting - All work on the steering wheel, instrument
anyone on the front passenger seat. panel, front seats or e lectr ica l system (in-
cluding the installation of a udio eq uipment,
(D Tips cellular telephones and CB radios, etc.)
m ust be performed by a qualified techn ician
If the capacitive passenger detection system
who has the training and specia l equipment
determines that the front passenger seat is
necessary.
empty, the frontal airbag on the passenge r
- For any work on the airbag system, we
side w ill be tu rned off, and the PASSENGER
strong ly recommend that you see your au-
AIR BAG OFF 1'i ; light will stay on.
thorized Audi dealer or qualified workshop.
- Never modify the front bumper or parts of
Repair, care and disposal of the airbags the vehicle body.
Parts of the airbag system are installed at many - Always make sure that the side a irbag can
different places on your Audi. Installing, remov - inflate without interference:
ing, servic ing or repa iring a part in an area of the - Never install seat covers or replacement
veh icle can damage a part of an airbag system upholstery over the front seatbacks that
and prevent that system from working properly have not been specifically approved by
in a collision . Audi.
- Never use additional seat cushions that
There are some important things you have to
cover the areas where the side airbags in-
know to make sure that the effectiveness of the
flate.
system w ill not be impaired and that discarded
- Damage to the orig inal seat cove rs or to
components do not cause injury or pollute the
the seam in the area of the side airbag
env ironment.
module mus t a lways be repaired immedi-
A WARNING
-
ate ly by an autho rized Aud i dealer .
- The a irbag sys t em can deploy on ly once. Af-
Improper care, serv icing and repai r proce-
ter an airbag has been deployed, it m ust be
dures can increase the risk of personal injury replaced with new replacement parts de-
and death by preventing an airbag from de-
signed and approved especia lly for your
ploying when needed or dep loying an airbag
Audi model version . Replacement of com-
unexpectedly:
plete airbag systems or airbag components
- Never cover, obstruct, or change the steer - must be performed by qua lified workshops
ing wheel horn pad or airbag cover or the in- only . Make sure that any airbag service ac-
strument pane l or modify them in any way. tion is entered in your Audi Warranty &
Maintenance booklet under AIRBAG RE-
PLACEMENT RECORD. Ii)-
284
Airbag system
- For safety reasons in severe accidents, the

alternator and starter are separated from
A WARNING
Changing the vehicle's suspension including
the vehicle battery with a pyrotechnic circuit
use of unapproved tire-rim combinations can
interrupter.
change Advanced Airbag performance and in-
- Work on the pyrotechnic circuit interrupt-
crease the risk of serious personal injury in a
er must only be performed by a qualified
crash.
technicians who have the experience, in-
- Never install suspension components that
formation and special tools necessary to
do not have the same performance charac-
perform the work safely.
teristics as the components originally instal-
- If the vehicle or the circuit interrupter is
led on your vehicle.
scrapped, all applicable safety precautions
- Never use tire-rim combinations that have
must be followed .
not been approved by Audi.

Side airbags
Undeployed airbag modules and pretension-
ers might be classified as Perchlorate Materi- · Description of side airbags
al - special handling may apply, see
The airbag system can provide supplemental
www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlo-
protection to properly restrained occupants.
rate. When the vehicle or parts of the re-
straint system including airbag modules and
safety belts with pretensioners are scrapped,
all applicable laws and regulations must be
observed. Your authorized Audi dealer is fa-
miliar with these requirements and we recom-
mend that you have your dealer perform this
service for you.
Other things that can affect Advanced

Airbag performance Fig. 237 Side airbag locatio n in the driver's seat
Changing the vehicle's suspension system can

The side airbags are located in the s ides of the
change the way that the Advanced Airbag System
front seat backrests ¢ fig . 23 7 and the rear back-
performs in a crash . For example, using tire-rim
rest* facing the doors.
combinations not approved by Audi, lowering the
veh icle, chang ing the stiffness of the suspens ion, The side airbags installed for the front seating
including the springs, suspension struts, shock pos itions have been des igned and certified to
absorbers etc. can change the forces that are help reduce the risk of injury that can be caused
measured by the airbag sensors and sent to the by airbags when they inflate, particularly when
electronic contro l unit. Some suspension changes the occupant s itt ing next to it is not seated prop-
can, for example, increase the force levels meas- erly. The side airbag for the front passenger seat
ured by the sensors and make the airbag system can be used with proper ly installed chi ld re-
deploy in crashes in which it would not deploy if straints . Please be sure to read the important in-
the changes had not been made. Other kinds of formation and warnings whenever using a child
changes may reduce the force levels measured by restraint in a vehicle: Safety belts¢ page 261,
the sensors and prevent the airbag from deploy- Airbag system ¢ page 269, Child safety
u
co r:=>
page 291.
..... ing when it should .
N
r--
N
..... The side airbag system basically consistsof: .,..
~0
co
285
Airbag system
- the e lectronic control modu le and externa l side duce the likelihood of serious injuries, other inju-
impact sensors ries, for example, swelling, bruising, friction
- t he two side airbags located in the sides of the burns and m inor abras ions can also be assoc iated
front backrests with deployed side airbags. Remember too, side
- two rear side airbags* airbags will dep loy only once and only in certa in
- the a irbag wa rning light in the instrument clus- kinds of accidents - your safety belts are always
te r. there to offer protection .
The a irbag system is monitored electronically to Vehicle damage, repair costs or even the lack of
make certa in that it is functioning properly at all vehicle damage are not necessar ily an ind ication
times. Each time you turn on the ign ition, the air- of over-sens itive or fa iled airbag activat ion . In
bag system ind icator light will come on for a few some collis ions, both front and side airbags may
seconds (self diagnostics). inflate. Remember too, that a irbags w ill dep loy
only once and only in certain kinds of collisions -
The side a irbag system supplements the safety
yo ur safety belts a re always there to offer protec-
be lts and can help to reduce the risk of injury to
tion in those accidents in which airbags are not
the dr iver's, front and rear* passenger's upper
supposed to deploy or when they have already
torso on the side of the vehicle that is struck in a
deployed.
side co llision . The airbag dep loys on ly in side im-
pacts and on ly when the vehicle acceleration reg - The side airbag system will not deploy:
istered by the control unit is high enough. If this
- when the ignition is turned off
rate is below the reference value programmed in-
- in side co llisions whe n the accele ration meas-
to the control un it, the side airbags w ill not be
ured by the sensor is too low
tr iggered, even though the car may be badly
- in fro nt-end coll is ions
damaged as a result of the collision. It is not pos-
- in rear-end collisions
sib le to define an ai rbag tr igger ing range that
- in rollovers.
will cover every possible ang le of im pact, s ince
t he circumstances w ill vary considerably between In some types of accidents t he front airbags, side
one collision and another. Important factors in- curtain airbags and side airbags may be triggered
clude, for example, the nature (hard or soft) of together.
the impacting object, the angle of impact, vehicle
speed, etc. c>page 287, Important safety in- A WARNING
structions on the side airbag system. - Safety belts and the airbag system will only
Aside from their normal safety function, safety provide protection when occupants are in
be lts work to help keep the driver or front pas - the proper seat ing position c>page 287.
senger in position in the event of a side collision - If the airbag ind icator light c>page 26
so that the side a irbags can provide protection. comes when the vehicle is being used, have
the system inspected immed iately by your
The airbag system is not a substitute for your
author ized Audi dealer . It is possible that
safety belt . Rather, it is part of the overa ll occu -
the airbag will inflate when it is not sup-
pant restraint system in your vehicle. Always re-
posed to , or will not infl at e when it should.
member that the s ide airbag system can only
help to protect you if you are wearing your safety
belt and wearing it properly. This is another rea-
son why you should always wear you r safety
be lts, not just because the law requ ires you to do
soc> page 261, General information.
It is important to remember that while the sup-

plemental s ide a irbag system is designed to re-
286
Airbag system
How supplemental side airbags work Important safety instructions on the side
airbag system
Side airbags deploy instantly and can help re-
duce the risk of upper torso injuries for occu- Airbags are only supplemental restraints. Always
pants who are properly restrained. properly wear safety belts and ride in a proper
seating position .
There is a lot that you and your passengers must

know and act accordingly to help the safety belts
and airbags do the ir job to provide supplemental
protection.
_&. WARNING
An inflating side airbag can cause serious or
-
fatal injury. Improperly wearing safety belts
Fig. 238 Inflated side airbags on left side of vehicle , rea r and improper seating positions increase the
side airbag optiona l equipment risk of ser ious personal injury and death
whenever a vehicle is being used.
When the system is triggered, the airbag is filled - In order to reduce the risk of injury when
with propellant gas and breaks through a seam in the supplemental side airbag inflates:
the seat surface area. It expands between the
- Always sit in an upright position and never
side trim panel and the passenger. In order to
lean against the area where the supple-
help provide this additional protection, the side
mental side airbag is located.
airbag must inflate within a fraction of a second
- Never let a child or anyone else rest their
at very high speed and with great force. The sup-
head against the side trim panel in the
pleme ntal side airbag could injure you if your
area where the supplemental side airbag
seating position is not proper or upright or if
inflates.
items are located in the area where the supp le-
- Always make sure that safety belts are
mental side airbag expands. This applies espe-
worn correctly,
cially to children <=:>page291, Child safety . Sup-
- Do not let anyone sitting in the front seat
plemental side airbags inflate between the occu-
put their hand or any other parts of their
pant and the door panel on the side of the vehicle
body out of the window.
that is struck in certain side collision<=:>
fig. 238.
- Always make sure that the side airbag can
Although they are not a soft pillow, they can inflate without interference.
"cushion" the impact and in this way they can - Never install seat covers or replacement
help to reduce the risk of injury to the upper part upholstery over the front seatbacks that
of the body. have not been specifically approved by
A fine dust may develop when the airbag deploys. Audi.
This is normal and does not mean there is a fire - Never use additional seat cushions that
in the vehicle. cover the areas where the side airbags de-
ploy.
- Damage to the original seat covers or to
the seam in the area of the side airbag
module must always be repaired immedi-
ately by an authorized Audi dealer.
u - Objects between you and the airbag can in-
co
.....
N
r-- crease the risk of injury in an accident by in-
N
..... terfering with the way the airbag unfolds or .,.
~0
co
287
A i rb ag syste m
by being pushed into you as the airbag in- - Never drive when loudspeakers in the
flates. doors have been removed unless the
- Never place or attach accessories or other speaker holes have been properly closed.
objects (such as cupho lders, telephone - Always make certain that openings are
brackets, or even large, bulky objects) on covered or filled if additional speakers or
the doors, over or near the area marked other equipment is installed in the inside
"AIRBAG"on the seat backrests. door panels.
- Such objects and accessories can become - Always have work on the doors done by an
dangerous projectiles and cause injury authorized Audi dea ler or qualified work-
when the supplemental side airbag de- shop.
ploys.
- Never carry any objects or pets in the de- Side curtain airbags
ployment space between them and the
airbags or allow children or other passen- Description of side curtain airbags
gers to travel in this position. The side curtain airbags can provide supplemen-
- Always use the built-in coat hooks* only for tal protection to properly restrained occupants.
lightweight clothing . Never leave any heavy
or sharp-edged objects in the pockets that
may interfere w ith side airbag deployment
and can cause personal injury in an accident.
- Always prevent the side airbags from being
damaged by heavy objects knocking against
or hitting the sides of the seatbacks.
- The airbag system can only be triggered
once . If the airbag has been triggered, the
system must be replaced by an author ized
Audi dealership . Fig. 239 Side curt ain airbags, driver's side : locatio n
- Damage (cracks, deep scratches etc .) to the

original seat covers or to the seam in the The side curtain airbags are located on both sides
area of the side a irbag mod ule m ust always of the inter ior above the front and rear side win-
be repa ired immed iate ly by an authorized dows ¢ fig. 239 .
Audi dealer . The side curtain airbags contain features that
- If children are seated imp roperly, their risk provide ejection mitigation to help prevent vehi-
of injury increases in the case of an acc ident cle occupants or parts of the ir bodies from being
¢ page 291, Child safety. completely or part ially ejected from the vehicle
- Never attempt to modify any components of interior in certa in side impacts and veh icle roll-
the a irbag system in any way. overs .
- In a side collision, side a irbags will not func-
The side curtain airbag system supplements the
t ion properly if sensors cannot correct ly
safety belts and can help to reduce the risk of in-
measure increasing air pressure ins ide the
jury for occupants' heads and upper torso in a
doors when air escapes through larger, un-
s ide collision . The side curtain airbag inflates in
closed openings in the door panel.
s ide impacts and on ly when the veh icle accelera-
- Never drive with inter ior door tr im panels
tion registered by the control unit is high
removed .
enough. If this rate is be low the reference va lue
- Never drive when parts have been re- programmed into the contro l unit, the side cur -
moved from the inside door panel and the tain airbag will not be triggered, even though the
open ings they leave have not been proper- car may be badly damaged as a result of the ..,.
ly closed.
288
Airbag system
collision . It is not possible to define an airbag The side curtain airbag is not activated :
triggering range that will cover every possible an-
- if the ignition is turned off
g le of impact, s ince the circumstances will vary
- in side collisions whe n the acceleration meas-
considerably between one collision and another.
ured by the sensor is too low
Important factors include, for example, the na-
- in rear-end col lisions .
ture (hard or soft) of the impacting object, the
angle of impact, vehicle speed, etc. Q page 289, _&.WARNING
How side curtain airbags work.
- Safety bel t s and the airbag system will only
Aside from their normal safety function, safety provide protect ion when occupants are in
be lts work to he lp keep the driver or front pas- the proper seating position ¢ page 56,
senger in pos it ion in t he event of a collision so Front seats.
that the side curtain airbags can provide protec- - If the airbag ind icator light¢ page 26
tion . comes when the veh icle is being used, have
The airbag system is not a substitute for your the system inspected immediately by your
safety belt . Rat he r, it is part of the overa ll occu- authorized Audi dealer. It is possib le that
pant restraint system in your veh icle . Always re- the airbag will inflate when it is not sup-
member that t he airbag system can only help to posed to, or will not inf late when it should.
protect you if you are wea ring your safety bel t
and wearing it properly . This is another reason How side curtain airbags work
why you should always wear your safety belts,
Side curtain airbags con work together with side
not j ust because the law requires you to do so
airbags to help reduce the risk of head and upper
¢ page 261, General information.
torso injuries for occupants who are properly re-
It is important to remember that whi le the s ide strained.
curtain ai rbag system is designed to he lp reduce
the likelihood of serious injuries, other injuries,
for example, swelling, bruising, friction burns
and minor abrasions can also be associated with
these airbags upon deployment . Remember too,
these airbags will deploy only once and only in
certa in kinds of acc idents - you r safety belts are
always there to offer protection .
The side curtain airbag system basically

consists of:
Fig. 24 0 Illustration of principle: Inflated side curta in air-
- The electronic contro l modu le and external s ide bags on the left side
impact senso rs
The side curtain airbags inflate between the oc-
- The side curtain airbags above the w indows of
cupant and the windows in a side collis ion
the outer seating positions with ejection miti-
¢ fig . 240.
gation feat ures
- The airbag ind icator light in the instrument When the system is triggered, the side curtain
panel airbag is filled with propellant gas and breaks
through a seam above the front and rear side
The airbag system is monitored electronically to
windows identified by the AIRBAGlabel. In order
make certain it is funct ion ing properly at all
to help provide this additional protect io n, the
u
co
times. Each time you turn on the ignit ion, the air-
side curtain a irbag must inf late w ithi n the blink
~ bag system ind icator light will come on for a few
r-- of a n eye at very high speed a nd with g reat fo rce .
~ seconds (self d iagnost ics) .
~0 The side curtain airbag cou ld injure you if your ..,.
co
289
Airb a g syste m
seating position is not proper or upright or if loose and cause serious injury if the side cur-
items are located in the area where the supp le- tain airbag inflates.
mental side curtain airbag inf lates . This applies - A deploying airbag inflates in a fraction of a
especia lly to children c::>page 291. second and with great force.
Although they are not a soft pillow, side curtain - Never attach objects to the cover or in the
airbags can "cushion" the impact and in this way deployment zone of a side curtain airbag .
they can help to reduce the risk of injury to the - The airbag deployment zones must be kept
head and the upper part of the body. clear at all times. Make sure there are no
objects, pets, or othe r persons in the space
A fine dust may deve lop when the airbag deploys .
between any vehicle occupant and any air-
This is quite normal and does not mean there is a
bag at any time.
f ire in the veh icle .
- Do not attach any accessories to the doors.
Important safety instructions on the side

curtain airbag system
A WARNING
- The a irbag system can deploy on ly once. If
Airbags are only supplemental restraints. Always the airbag has been triggered, the system
properly wear safety belts and ride in a proper m ust be replaced by an authorized Audi
seating position . deale r or qualified workshop .
- Always have work invo lving the side curtain
There is a lot that you and your passengers must
airbag system, removal and installat ion of
know and do to help the safety be lts and airbags
the airbag components, or other repairs
do their job to provide supplemental protect ion.
pe rformed by a q ualified dealership. Other-
A WARNING w ise the airbag system may not work cor-
rectly.
Improperly wearing safety belts and improper
- Never attempt to mod ify a ny components of
seating posit ions increase the risk of serious
the airbag system in any way.
personal inju ry and death whenever a vehicle
is being used.
- Never let occupants place any parts of the ir
bodies in the area from which the side cur-
ta in a irbag inflate.
- Always make sure that the side curtain air-
bags can inflate witho ut interference.
- Use the built- in coat hooks on ly for light-
weight cloth ing. Neve r leave any heavy or
sharp-edged objects in the pockets th at may
interfere w ith airbag deployment and can
cause personal injury in a collision.
- Never use hangers to hang clothes on the
hoo ks.
- Only use factory-installed sun shades or, if
shades installed after the veh icle leaves the
factory, use only genuine Audi sun shades.
- Never swing the sun viso rs ove r to the side
windows if things such as pens, garage door
openers, hands-free speakers, etc. are at-
tached to the sun visors. They could come
290
Ch ild s af e t y
Child safety - National Highway Traffic Safety Administration

(NHTSA), currently at: http ://www .safe-
Important information rcar.gov (for the USA)
- Transport Canada Information Centre, current-
Introduction
ly at: http://www .tc .gc .ca (for Canada)
The rear seat is generally the safest place in a
Cons ult the ch ild safety seat manuf act ure r's in-
collision.
structions in order to be sure t he seat is right for
The physical principles of what happens when yo ur child's size c>page 295 , Important safety
your vehicle is in a crash apply also to children instructions for using child safety seats . Please
c>page 262, What happens to occupants not be sure to read and heed all of the important in-
wearing safety belts? . But unlike adults and format ion and WARNINGS about ch ild safety,
teenagers, their muscles and bones are not fully Advanced Airbags, and the installation of child
developed. In many respects children a re at restra ints in this chapter .
greater risk of se rious injury in crashes than There is a lot you need to know about the Ad-
ad ults . vanced Airbags in your veh icle and how they work
Because ch ildren's bodies are not fully devel- whe n infants and children in child restraints are
oped, they requ ire restra int systems especially on the fro nt passenger seat . Because of the large
des igned for their size, we ight, and body struc - amount of important informat ion, we cannot re-
ture. Many coun t ries and a ll states of the United peat it all he re . We urge you to read the detailed
States and provinces of Canada have laws requi r- informat ion in this owner 's ma nu al about airbags
ing the use of approved child restraint systems and the Advanced Airbag Syst em in yo ur veh icle
for infants and small children . and the very important information about trans -
porting children on the front passenger seat.
In a frontal crash at a speed of 20 - 35 mph (30 -
Please be sure to heed the WARNINGS - they are
56 km/h) the forces acting on a 13-pound (6 kg)
extremely important for your safety and the safe-
infant will be more than 20 times the weight of
ty of your passengers, especially infants and
the child . This means the weight of the chi ld
small ch ildren .
wou ld suddenly be more than 260 pounds
(120 kg) . Under these condit ions, only an appro-
priate ch ild restraint properly used can reduce
A WARNING
-
- Accide nt statistics have shown that children
the risk of serious injury . Child restra ints, like
are generally safer in the rear seat area than
adu lt safety belts, must be used properly to be
in the front seat ing pos it ion. Always restrain
effect ive. Used imp roperly, they can increase the
a ny child age 12 and unde r in t he rear.
risk of ser ious injury in an acc ident .
- All vehicle occupants and especially children
All ch ildren, especially those 12 years and you ng- m ust be restra ined prope rly whe never rid ing
er must a lways ride in the back seat properly rein a vehicle. An unr es t ra ined o r improperly
stra ined fo r their age and size. If you must insta ll rest rained chi ld cou ld be inju red by st riking
a child restra int on t he front passenger seat in the interio r or by being ejected from the ve -
exceptional circumstances, be sure to read and hicle during a sudden maneuver or impact.
heed the important information and warnings An unrestrained or improperly restrained
c>page 270. Infants and other chi ldren who are child is a lso at greater risk of injury or death
properly restrained in an appropriate child re - through contact w it h an inflating a irbag.
stra int that is for their size and age can benefit - A suitable ch ild restraint properly installed
from the protection that supplemental s ide air- and used at one of the rear seating positions
u bags provide in some kinds of crashes .
co
..... prov ides the highest degree of protect ion
N
r---
N For more information please see information for infants and small children in most acc i-
.....
0
<( provided by the: dent situat ions .
0
00
291
Ch ild s a fety
A WARNING - Never put the forward-facing child re-

straint up aga inst or very near the instru-
Children on the front seat of any car even with
ment panel.
Advanced Airbags can be seriously injured or
- Always set the safety belt upper anchor-
even killed when an airbag inflates. A child in
age to the adjustment position that per-
a rearward-facing child safety seat installed
mits proper installation in accordance
on the front passenger seat will be seriously
with the child restraint manufacturer's in-
injured and can be killed if the front airbag in-
str uctions .
flates.
- Always move the front passenger seat to
- The inflating airbag will hit the child safety
the highest position in the up and down
seat or infant carrier with great force and
adjustment range and move it back to the
will smash the child safety seat and child
rearmost position in the seat's fore and
against the backrest, center armrest, or
aft adju stmen t range, as far away from
doo r.
the airbag as possible, before installing
- Always install rear-facing child safety seats
the forward- facing child restra int .
on the rear seat.
- Always make sure tha t the safety belt up-
per anchorage is behind the chi ld restraint
safety seat on the front passenger seat in
and not next to or in front of the child re-
exceptional circumstances and the PASSEN-
straint so that the safety belt will be prop-
GERAIR BAGOFF~; light does not come
erly pos itioned.
on and stay on, immediately install the rear -
- Always make sure that nothing prevents
facing child safety seat in a rear seating po-
the f ront passenger's seat from being
sition and have the airbag system inspected
moved to the rearmost position in its fore
immediately by your Audi dealer.
and aft adjustment range.
A WARNING
- Never place objects on the seat (such as a
laptop, CD player, elect ronic games de-
- Forward-facing chi ld seats installed on the vice, power inverter or seat heater for
front passenger seat may interfere with the ch ild seats) . These may influence the elec-
deployment of the a irbag and cause serious trical capacitance measu red by the capaci-
personal injury to the child. tive passenger detection system and can
- If except ional circumstances require the use also fly a round in an acciden t and cause
of a forward-facing child restraint on the se rious personal injury.
front passenger's seat, the child's safety - Never place or use any elect rical device
and well-being require the following special (such as a laptop, CD player, electronic
precautions to be taken: games device, powe r inverter or sea t heat-
- Always make sure that the forward-facing er for child seats) on the front passenger
seat has been designed and cert ified by its seat if the device is connected to the 12-
manufacturer for use on a front passenger volt socket or the cigarette lighter socket.
seat with a front and s ide a irbag. - If a seat heater has been retrofitted or
- Always carefully follow the manufacturer's otherwise added to the front passenger
instructions provided with the child seat seat, never install any child restraint sys-
or infant carrier. tem on this seat.
- Never install a child restraint without a - Make su re that there a re no wet objects
properly attached top tether strap if the (such as a wet towe l) and no water or oth-
child restraint manufacturer's instructions er liquids on the front passenger seat
require the top tether strap to be used. cush ion .
- Always make sure that the PASSENGER
AIR BAGOFF~; light comes on and stays
292
Ch ild s af e t y
on all the time whenever the ignition is Even thoug h your veh icle is equipped with an Ad-
sw itched on. vanced Airbag system, all chi ldren, especially
- If the PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF~. light those 12 years and younger, should a lways ride
does not come on and stay on, immediate- in the back seat properly restrained for their age
ly insta ll the forward-facing child seat in a and size . The airbag on the passenger side makes
rear seating position and have the airbag the front seat a potentia lly dangerous place for a
system inspected by your authorized Aud i ch ild to ride . The front seat is not the safest place
deale r. fo r a ch ild in a forward-fac ing ch ild safety seat. It
- Always buckle the chi ld seat firmly in can be a very dangerous place fo r an infant or a
place even if a ch ild is not sitt ing in it. A la rge r ch ild in a rea rwa rd-facing seat.
loose ch ild seat ca n fly around during a The veh icle 's Advanced Airbag System has a ca-
sudden stop o r in a coll is ion. pacit ive passenger detection system in the front
- Always read and heed all WARNINGS passenge r seat cushion that can detect the pres -
wheneve r us ing a ch ild restraint in a veh i- ence of a baby or a child in a child res t ra int sys -
cle ~ page 261, Safety belts, ~ page 269, tem on this seat .
Airbag system and ~page 291, Impor-
The capacitive passenger detection system reg is-
tant information .
te rs the changes that result in an elect rical field
whe n a child, a ch ild restraint, and a baby bla nket
(j) Tips
are on t he fron t passenger seat. The change in
Always replace ch ild restraints that were in- the measured capacitance due to the presence of
stalled in a veh icle dur ing a crash. Damage t o a chi ld, a child restraint, and a baby blanket on
a child restra int tha t is not visib le co uld cause the front passenger seat is related to the child
it to fail in another collision situation . restra int system resting on the seat. The meas-
ured capacitance of a child restra int system var-
Advanced front airbag system and children ies depend ing on the type of system and specific
make and model.
Your ve hicle is equipped with an "Advanced Air-
bag System" in comp liance with United States The electrical capac itance of the various types,
Federa l Motor Vehicle Safety Standard (FMVSS) makes, and models of child restraints specif ied
208, as well as Canada Motor Veh icle Safety by the U.S. National Highway Traffic Safety Ad-
Standard (CMVSS) 208 as applicable at the t ime min istrat ion (NHTSA) in the relevant safety
your ve hicle was manufactured . standard are stored in the Advanced Airbag Sys-
tem contro l unit together with the capacitances
The Advanced Airbag system in your vehicle has
typ ica l of infants and a 1-year old child. When a
been certified to meet the "low-risk" requ ire-
child restraint is used on the front passenger
ments for 3- and 6-year old children on the pas-
seat with a typical 1 year -old infant, t he Ad-
senger side and small adults on the driver side.
vanced Airbag System compares the capacitance
The low risk deployment crite ria are intended to
measured by the capacitive passenger detection
reduce t he risk of injury thro ugh inte ract ion with
system with the data stored in the electronic con-
the airbag t hat can occur, for examp le, by being
trol un it .
too close to the steering whee l and instrument
panel when the airbag inflates . In addition, the
system has been certified to comply with the Child restraints and Advanced Airbags
"suppression" req uirements of the Safety Stand - Regardless of the ch ild restraint that you use,
ard, to turn off the front airbag for infants up to make sure that it has been certified to meet Safe-
~ 12 months who are restra ined on the front pas-
..., ty Standards and has been cert ified by its manu-
~ senger seat in child restraints that are listed in fact ur er for use w ith an airbag . Always be sur e
~0 the Standard . t hat the child restraint is properly installed at IJJ,,
<(
0
00
293
Ch ild s a fety
one of t he rear seating positions . If in exception - Subpart B - Rear-facing child rest raints
a l circumstances you must use it on the front
Model Manufactured on or
passenger seat, carefully read all of the informa-
after
tion on child safety and Advanced Airbags and
heed a ll of the app licab le WARNINGS. Make cer- Century SmartFit 4543 December 1, 1999
tain that the child and child restraint are correct- Cosco Arriva September 25, 2007
ly recogn ized by the capacitive passenger detec- 22-013PAW and base
tion system in the front passenge r seat, that the 22 -999WHO
front passenger airbag is turned off, and t hat the Evenflo Discovery Ad- December 1, 1999
a irbag stat us is a lways cor rectly sig naled by the just Right 212
PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF~; light. Evenflo First Choice December 1, 1999
Many types and models of child rest raints have 204
been ava ilable ove r t he yea rs, new mode ls are in- Graco Infant 8457 December 1, 1999
troduced regularly inco rporat ing new and im- Graco Snugride September 25, 2007
proved designs and older mode ls are taken out of
Peg Perego Primo Viag- September 25, 2007
production . Child restraints are not standardized .
g io SI P IMUNOOUS
Child restraints of the same type typica lly have
d ifferent weights and sizes and d ifferent "foot- Subpart C - Forward-facing and convertible
prints", the s ize and shape of the bottom of the child restraints
chi ld restraint that s its on the seat, when they
are installed on a vehicle seat . These differences
after
make it virtually impossible to ce rtify compliance
with the requ irements fo r advanced airbags with Britax Roundabout September 25, 2007
each and eve ry child rest raint th at has ever been E9L02xx
sold in the pas t or will be sold ove r the co urse of Cosco Tou riva 025 19 December 1, 1999
the useful life of your vehicle. Cosco Summit Deluxe September 25, 2007
For this reason, the United States Nat ional High- High Back Booster
way Traffic Safety Adm inist ration has published a 22-262
list of specific type, makes a nd models of child Cosco High Back Boos- September 25, 2007
rest raints that must be used to cert ify comp liter 22 -209
ance of the Advanced Airbag System in your vehi- Evenflo Tribute V September 25, 2007
cle with t he suppression requirements of Federal 379xxxx
Motor Vehicle Safety Standard 208. These child
Evenflo Meda llion 254 December 1, 1999
restraints are:
Evenflo Generat ions September 25, 200 7
Subpart A - Car bed child restraint s 35 2xxxx
Graco ComfortSport September 25, 2007
after Graco Todd le r Safety September 25, 200 7
Ange l Guard Ange l September 25, 2007 Seat Step 2
Ride AA2403FOF Graco Plat inum Cargo September 25, 2007
A WARNING
To reduce the risk of se rious injury, ma ke sure
that t he PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF~; light
comes on and stays on whenever a child re -
straint is insta lled on the front passenger seat
and the ignition is switched on .
294
Ch ild s af e t y
- Take the chi ld restraint off the front passen- chi ld restraint increases the risk of serious
ger seat and install it properly at one of the personal injury and death.
rear seat positions if the PASSENGERAIR - All vehicle occupants and especially children
BAG OFF~; light does not stay on. must be restra ined properly whenever riding
- Have the airbag system inspected by your in a vehicle. An unrestra ined or improperly
authorized Audi dealer immediately. restrained child cou ld be injured by striking
the inter ior or by be ing ejected from the ve-
(D Tips hicle dur ing a sudden maneuve r or impact.
The chi ld seats listed in categories A to C have An unrest rained or imprope rly restrained
been statically tested by Audi only for the Ad- child is a lso at greater risk of injury or death
vanced Airbag function. through contact w ith an inflating air bag.
- Commerc ially availab le child safety seats
are requi red to comply with U.S. Federal
Important safety instructions for using
Motor Vehicle Safety St andard (FMVSS) 213
child safety seats
(in Canada CMVSS 213).
Correct use of child safety seats substantially re- - When buying a child restra int, select one
duces the risk of injury in an accident! that fits your ch ild and the vehicle .
As the driver, you are responsible for the safety - Only use child restraint systems that fully
of everybody in the veh icle, especially chi ldren: contact the flat portion of the seat cush-
ion. The ch ild restraint must not t ip or
~ Always use the right chi ld safety seat for each lean to either side. Audi does not recom-
child and a lways use it properly ~ page 297. mend using child safety seats that rest on
~ Always carefully follow the child safety seat legs or tube-like frames. They do not pro-
manufacturer's instructions on how to route vide adequ ate cont act with the se at.
the safety belt properly through the child safe- - Always heed all lega l requirements per-
ty seat . t ai ning to the insta llation and use of child
~ When using the vehicle safety be lt to install a safety seats and carefu lly follow the in-
ch ild safety seat, you must first activate the structions provided by the manufact urer
convertible locking retractor on the safety be lt of the seat you are using .
to prevent the child safety seat from moving - Never a llow children under S7 inches
~page 302 . (1.45 meters) to wear a normal safety be lt.
~ Push the child safety seat down with your fu ll They must a lways be restrained by a proper
weight to get the safety be lt really tight so that child restraint system. Otherwise, they
the seat cannot move forward or sideways could sustain injuries to the abdomen and
more than one inch (2.5 cm). neck areas during sudden braking maneu-
~ Secure unused safety belts on the rear seat vers or accidents .
~ page 297. - Never let more than one child occupy a chi ld
Always remember: Even though your vehicle is safety seat.
equ ipped w ith an Advanced Airbag system, all - Never let babies or older children ride in a
children, especially those 12 years and younger, veh icle while sitting on the lap of another
should always ride in the back seat properly re- passenger.
stra ined fo r their age and size. - Holding a child in your arms is never a sub-
stitute fo r a chi ld restraint system .
_& WARNING - The st rongest person cou ld no t ho ld t he
u
co Not using a ch ild safety seat, using the w rong ch ild with the forces t ha t exist in an acci-
.....
N
,..._ child safety seat or improper ly installing a dent. The child will strike the interior of
N
..... the vehicle and can also be struck by the
0
<(
0 passenger.
00
295
Ch ild s a fety
- The chi ld and the passenger can a lso in- - Always make sure that the safety belt up-
jure each other in an accident . per anchorage is behind the chi ld restraint
- Never install rear-facing child safety seats and not next to or in front of the child re-
or infant carriers on the front passenger straint so that the safety belt will be prop-
seat. A child will be serious ly injured and erly pos itioned.
can be killed when the passenger airbag in- - Always make sure that nothing prevents
flates - even with an Advanced Airbag Sys- the front passenger's seat from being
tem . moved to the rearmost position in its fore
- The inflating a irbag w ill hit the child safety and aft adjustment range.
seat or infant carrier with great force and - Always make sure that the backrest is in
will smash the chi ld safety seat and child the up right pos ition.
against the bac krest, center armrest, doo r - Never place or use any electrical device
or roof. (such as a laptop, CD player, electronic
- Always install rear-facing child safety seats games device, powe r inverter or seat heat-
or infant carr iers on the rear seat. er for child seats) on the fro nt passenger
- Before you carry a ch ild in a rea r-facing child seat if t he devi ce is connec t ed to the 12-
safety seat on the rear seat, remove the volt socke t or the cigarette ligh t er soc ket.
Rear Seat Entertainment (RSE)* and its - If a seat heate r has been retrofitted or
holder* from the ba ckres t of the front seat. othe rwise added to the fron t passenger
- Make sure there is enough space in fron t of seat, neve r install any child restraint sys -
the ch ild in t he child se at . If necessary, ad- tem on this seat .
just the angle and posit ion of the seat in - Make sure that t here a re no wet objects
front of the child seat . (such as a wet towe l) and no water or oth -
- Forward-facing ch ild safety seats installed er liquids on the front passenger seat
on the front passenger's seat can interfere cush ion.
with the airbag when it inflates and cause - Never place objects on the seat (such as a
serious injury to the child. Always insta ll for- laptop, CD player, elect ronic games de-
ward-facing child safety seats on the rear vice, power inverte r or seat heater for
seat. ch ild seats) . These may influence the elec-
- If except ional circumstances require the use trical capacitance measured by the capaci-
of a forward-facing child restraint on the tive passenger detection sys t em and can
front passenger's seat, the child 's safety also fly a round in an accident and cause
and we ll-being require that the following se rious personal injury.
special precautions be taken: - Always buckle the child safety seat firmly in
- Make sure the forward -fac ing seat has place even if a ch ild is not sitt ing in it . A
been designed and certified by its manu- loose child safety seat can fly a round dur ing
facturer for use on a front seat with a pas- a sudden st op or in a collision .
senger front and side airbag . - Always read and heed all WARNINGS when-
- Always carefully follow the manufacturer's eve r us ing a child restrained in a vehicle is
instructions provided with the child safety be ing used~ page 2 61, Safe ty belts,
seat or ca rrie r. ~ page 269, Airbag system and
- Always move the front passenger seat to ~ page 291, Child safety.
the highest posit ion in the up and down
adj ustment range and move it back to the _&.WARNING
rearmost posit ion in the seat's fore and To reduce the risk of serious injury, make sure
aft adjustment range, as far away from that the PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF'I,;;light ~
the airbag as possible, before installing
the forward-fac ing ch ild rest raint .
296
Ch ild s a fe ty
comes on and stays on whenever a child re- - Always secure unused rear seat safety belts
straint is installed on the front passenger seat out of reach of children in child seats such
and the ignition is switched on. as by properly routing them around the
- Take the child restraint off the front passen- head restraint of the seat where the child
ger seat and install it properly at one of the restraint is installed .
rear seat positions if the PASSENGER AIR - Never activate the convert ible locking re-
BAG OFF ~; light does not stay on . tractor when rout ing the safety belts around
- Have the airbag system inspected by your the head restraints.
authorized Audi dealer immediately . - Never let anyone s it at the center rear seat-
ing position if the center rear safety belt has
Secure unused safety belts on the rear seat been routed around a rear head restraint.
Child safety seats

Infant seats
Babies and infants up to about one year old and
20 lbs. or 9 kg need special rearward-facing
child restraints that support the back, neck and
head in a crash .
Fig. 241 Schematic overview: keep unused safety belts

away from children in child safety seats. @ · oute r rear
safety belt, ® · center rear safety belt
If a chi ld safety seat is used on the rear bench,

especia lly with LATCHuniversal lower anchorag-
es, the unused safety be lts must be secured so
that the child in the child restraint cannot reach
them <=> .&..
Fig. 242 Schematic overview: rearwa rd-facing infant seat,
- Guide the safety belt webbings @ and @ be- properly installe d on the rear seat
hind the head restra int of the seat where the
child restraint is installed <=>
fig. 241. When do- .,.When using the vehicle safety belt to install a
ing so, do not engage the convertible locking child safety seat, you must first activate the
retractor! You shou ld not hear a "clicking" convertib le locking retractor on the safety belt
sound when winding up the safety be lt . to prevent the child safety seat from moving
- Let the belt retractor wind up the safety belt <=>page 302 or install the seat using the LATCH
webbing . attachme nts .
.,. Push the ch ild safety seat down with you r full
A WARNING weight to get the safety belt really tight so that
the seat cannot move forward or sideways
A child in a child safety seat installed with the
more than one inch (2.5 cm).
LATCH lower anchorages or with the standard
.,.Secure unused safety belts on the rear seat
safety belt or a child in a booster seat on the
<=>page 297 .
rear seat could play with unused rear seat
u
safety belts and become entangled. This Infants up t o about one yea r (20 lbs. or 9 kg) are
co
..... could cause the chi ld serious personal injury best protected in special infant ca rriers and child
N
r--
N
..... and even death. safety seats designed for the ir age group. Many
~0 experts believe that infants and small ch ildren Iii>-
co
297
Ch ild s a fety
should ride only in special restraints in which the if the device is connected to the 12-volt
chi ld faces the back of the vehicle. These infant socket or the ciga rette lighte r socket.
seats support the baby's back, neck and head in a - If a seat heater has been ret rofitted or oth-
crash c::>fig. 242. erwise added to the front passenger seat,
The airbag on the passenger side makes the front never install any child restra int system on
seat a potentially dangerous place for a child to this seat.
ride . The front seat is not the safest place for a - Make sure that there are no wet objects
child in a forward -facing child seat. It is a very (such as a wet towel) and no water or other
dangerous place for an infant or a larger child in liquids on the front passenger seat cush ion .
a rearward -facing seat . - Never place objects on the seat (such as a
laptop, CD player, electron ic games device,
A WARNING power inverte r or seat heater for ch ild
Not using a ch ild safety seat, using the wrong seats). These may influence the elect rical
child safety seat or improperly install ing a capacitance measu red by the capacitive pas-
child restra int increases the risk of se rious senger detect ion system and can also fly
personal inju ry and death in a crash. a round in a n accident and cause se rious per-
sonal injury .
- Never install rear-facing chi ld safety seats
or infant carr iers on the front passenger - Always read and heed a ll WARNINGS when-
seat - even with an Advanced Airbag Sys- eve r us ing a child restrained in a vehicle is
tem . A child w ill be seriously injured and can be ing used c::>page 2 61, Safety belts,
be killed when the inflating airbag hits the page 269, Airbag system and
c::>
child safety seat or infant carrier with great ¢ page 291 , Important information .
force and smashes the child safety seat and
child against the backrest, center armrest,
door or roof c::>page 2 70, Child restraints on
the front seat - some important things to
know .
- Always install rear-facing child safety seats
or infant carr iers on the rear seat.
- Never install a rear-facing child restra int in
the forward-facing direct ion . Such restraints
are designed for the spec ial needs of infants
and very sma ll children and cannot protect
them properly if the seat is forward-fa cing.
safety seat on the front passenger seat be-
cause of exception al circumst a nces and t he
PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF,;; light does not
come on and stay on, immediate ly install
the rear-facing chi ld safety seat in a rear
inspected by your Audi dealer.
(s uch as a laptop, CD player, elect ronic
games dev ice, powe r inverter or seat heater
298
Ch ild s a fe ty
Convertible child safety seats Todd lers and children who are older than one
year up to about 4 years old and weigh more than
Properly used convertible child safety seats can 20 lbs. (9 kg) up to 40 lbs . (18 kg) must always
help protect toddlers and children over age one be properly restrained in a child safety seat certi-
who weigh between 20 and 40 lbs. (9 and 18 kg) fied for their size and weight ¢ fig. 243 and
in a crash. ¢ fig. 244.
The airbag on the passenger side makes the front
seat a potent ially dangerous place for a child to
ride. The front seat is not the safest place for a
child in a forward -fac ing child safety seat . It is a
very dangerous place for a n infant or a larger
child in a rearward-facing seat .
_&.WARNING
Not using a child safety seat, using t he wrong
f ig. 243 Schematic overview: installatio n of the attach-
child safety seat or imprope rly insta lling a
ments app licable to a LATCH seat
child restraint increases the risk of ser ious
personal injury and death in a collision or oth-
er emergency situation.
- Children on the front seat of any car, eve n
wit h Advanced Airbags, can be seriously in-
jured or even killed when an airbag inflates .
A child in a rearward-fac ing child safety seat
installed on the front passenger seat will be
serious ly injured and can be killed if the
front airbag inflates - even with an Ad-
Fig. 24 4 Schematic overview: installat ion of t he seat using va nced Airbag System .
the vehicle's safety belt system - The inflat ing airbag will hit the ch ild safety
seat or infant carr ier with great force and
~ When using the vehicle safety belt to install a
will smash the child safety seat and child
child safety seat, you must first activate the
aga inst the backrest, ce nter a rmrest, door
convertible locking retractor on the safety belt
or roof.
to prevent the child safety seat from moving
- Always inst all rear-fa cing child safety seats
¢ page 302 or install the seat us ing the LATCH
on the rear seat .
attachments .
- If you m ust instal l a rea rwa rd facing child
~ Push the child safety seat down with your fu ll
safety seat on t he front passenger seat be-
weight to get the safety be lt rea lly t ight so that
cause of exceptional circums t an ces a nd the
the seat cannot move forward o r s ideways
PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF "1; light does not
more than one inch (2.5 cm) ¢ page 302 .
come on and stay on, immediately insta ll
~ If the child safety seat is equipped with a tether
the rea r-facing child safety seat in a rear
strap, attach it to the tether anchors
seating position and have the a irbag system
¢ page 308.
inspected by your Audi dealer.
~ Secure unused safety belts on the rear seat
- The rear side of the ch ild safety seat shou ld
¢ page 297.
be positioned as close as possible to the
~ A toddler or child is usually too large for an in- backrest on the veh icle seat. Adjust or re-
~r-- fant restraint if it is more than one year old and move the rear seat head restraint if it is dif-
~ weighs more than 20 lbs. (9 kg). f icult to instal l the ch ild seat with the head ._.
~0
co
299
Ch ild s a fety
restraint in place ~ page 58. Install the if the device is connected to the 12-volt
head restraint again immediately once the socket or the cigarette lighte r socket.
child seat is removed. Driving without head - If a seat heater has been ret rofitted or oth-
restra ints or w ith head restraints that are erwise added to the front passenger seat,
not properly adjusted increases the risk of never install any child restra int system on
serious or fatal neck injury dramatically . this seat.
- Always read and heed all WARNINGS when - - Make sure that there are no wet objects
ever using a child restrained in a veh icle is (such as a wet towel) and no water or other
being used ~ page 261, Safety belts, liquids on the front passenger seat cush ion .
~ page 269, Airbag system and - Never place objects on the seat (such as a
~ page 291, Important information. laptop, CO player, electron ic games device,
power inverte r or seat heater for ch ild
A WARNING seats) . These may influence the elect rical
If exceptional circumstances require the use capacitance measu red by the capacitive pas-
of a forward- facing child restra int on the senger detect ion system and can also fly
front passenger's seat, the child's safety and around in a n accident and cause se rious per-
well-being require that the following special sonal injury .
precaut ions be taken: - Make sure th at the PASSENGER AIR BAG
- Make sure the forward-facing seat has been OFF 1-f;light comes on and stays on all the
designed and cert ified by its manufact urer time wheneve r the ign it ion is switched on .
for use on a front seat with a passenger - If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF 1-f;light
front and side airbag. does not come on and stay on, immediately
- Always follow the manufacturer's instruc- install the forward -facing child seat at a
t ions prov ided with the ch ild safety seat or seating position on the rear seat and have
infant carrier. the airbag system inspected by your author-
- Always move the front passenger seat to ized Audi dealer.
the highest position in the up and down ad- - Take the child restra int off the front passen-
justment range and move it back to the ge r seat and install it prope rly at one of the
rearmost position in the seat's fore and aft rear seat positions if the PASSENGER AIR
adjustment range, as fa r away from the air- BAG OFF 1-f;light does not stay on whenever
bag as possib le, before insta lling the for- the ignition is switched on.
ward-facing child res t ra int.
anchorage is beh ind the child restrain t a nd
not next t o or in front of the child restrain t
so that the safety belt will be properly pos i-
tioned.
- Always make sure that nothing prevents the
front passenger's seat from being moved to
the rearmost position in its fore and aft ad-
justment range.
- Always make sure the backrest is in an up-
right position .
(such as a laptop, CO player, elect ronic
games dev ice, power inverte r or seat heater
300
Child safety
Booster seats and safety belts must not use the vehicle safety belts without a
suitable child restraint .
Properly used booster seats can help protect
children weighing between about 40 lbs. and It is usually best to put these children in appro-
80 lbs . (18 kg and 36 kg) who are less than 4 ft. priate booster seats. Be sure the booster seat
9 in . (57 inches/1.45 meters) tall. meets all applicab le safety standards .
Booster seats raise the seating position of the

child an d reposition both th e lap and shoulder
parts of the safety belt so that they pass across
the child's body in the right places. The routing of
the be lt over the child's body is very important
for the ch ild's protection, whether or not a boos-
ter seat is used. Children age 12 and under must
always ride in the rear seat.
Children who are at least 4 ft. 9 in. (57 inches/
Fig. 245 Rear seat: child proper ly restrained in a booster 1.45 meters) tall can generally use the vehicle 's
sea t three point lap and shoulder belts. Never use the
lap belt portion of the vehicle 's safety belt alone
The vehicle's safety belts alone will not fit most to restrain any ch ild, regard less of how big the
children until they are at least 4 ft. 9 in. (57 in- child is. Always remember that child ren do not
ches/1.45 meters) tall and weigh about 80 lbs. have the pronounced pelvic structure required for
(36 kg). Booster seats raise these ch ildren up so
the proper function of lap be lt portion of the ve-
that the safety belt will pass properly over the
hicle's three point lap and shoulde r belts. The
stronger parts of their bodies and the safety belt child's safety absolutely requires that a lap belt
can help protect them in a crash. portion of the safety belt be fastened snugly and
.,.Do no t use the convertible locking retractor as low as possible aro und the pe lvis. Never let
when using the vehicle's safety belt to restrain the lap belt portion of the safety belt pass over
a child on a booster seat . the child 's stomach or abdomen .
.. The shoulder belt must lie as close to the cen- In a crash, airbags must inflate within a blink of
ter of t he child's collar bone as possib le and an eye and with considerab le force. In order to do
must lie fla t and snug on the upper body. It its job, the airbag needs room to inflate so that it
must never lie across the throat or neck . The will be there to protect the occupant as the occu-
lap belt must lie across the pelvis and never pan t moves forward into the airbag .
across the stomach or abdomen . Make sure the
belt lies flat and snug. Pull on th e belt to tight- A vehicle occup ant who is out of position and too
en if necessary . close to the a irbag gets in the way of an inf lating
.,.If you must transport an older child in a boos- airbag. When an occupant is too close , he or she
ter seat on the front passenger seat, you can will be struck violent ly and will rece ive serious or
use the safety belt height adjustment to help poss ibly even fata l injury.
adjust the shoulder portion properly . In order for the airbag to offer protection, it is
.. Secure unused safety belts on the rear seat important that all vehicle occupants, especially
¢ page 297. any ch ildren, who must be in the front seat be-
cause of exceptiona l circumstances, be properly
Children up to at least 8 years old (over 40 lbs. or
restrained and as far away from the airbag as
18 kg) are best protected in child safety seats de-
poss ible. By keeping room between the child's ..,_
~ ..... signed for their age and we ight. Experts say t hat
~ the skeletal structure, particularly the pelvis , of
N
~ these children is not fu lly developed, and they
0
co
301
Ch ild s a fety
body and the front of the passenger compart- any way du ring an accident can be struck by
ment, the air bag can inflate comp lete ly and pro- a deploying airbag. This w ill result in serious
vide supp lemental protect ion in certain fronta l personal injury or death.
coll is ions. - If you must install a booster seat on the
front passenger seat because of exceptiona l
A WARNING
-
circumstances the PASSENGER AIR BAG
Not using a booster seat, us ing the booster OFF '1;light must come on and stay on,
seat improperly, incorrectly installing a boos- wheneve r the ign it ion is swit ched on.
ter seat or using the vehicle safety belt im- - If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF '1;light
properly increases the risk of ser ious personal does not come on and stay on, perform the
injury and death in a collision or other eme r- checks desc ribed ¢ page 281, Monitoring
gency sit uat ion. To help red uce the risk of se- the Advanced Airbag System.
rious persona l injury and/or death: - Take the child res t ra int off the front passen-
- The shoulder be lt mus t lie as close to the ge r seat and install it prope rly at one of the
center of the child's collar bone as possib le rear sea t positions if the PASSENGER AIR
and must lie flat and snug on the upper BAG OFF '1;light does not st ay on whenever
body. It must never lie across the throat or the ignition is switched on .
neck . The lap be lt must lie across the pelvis - Always read and heed a ll WARNINGS when-
and never across the stomach or abdomen. eve r us ing a child restrained in a vehicle is
Make sure the belt lies flat and snug. Pull on be ing used ¢ page 2 61, Safety belts,
the belt to tighten if necessary. ¢ page 269, Airbag system and
- Failure to proper ly route safety belts over a ¢ page 291 , Important information .
child's body will cause severe injuries in an
acc ident or other emergency situation
Securing child safety
¢ page 261.
- The rear side of the child safety seat should
seats
be pos itioned as close as possible to the Securing a child safety seat using a safety
backrest on the vehicle seat. Adjust or re- belt
move the rear seat head restraint if it is d if-
Safety belts for the rear seats and the front pas -
ficult t o install the child seat with the he ad
senger can be locked with the convertible locking
restra int in place¢ page 58. Ins t all the
retractor to properly secure child safety seats .
head restraint again immediately once the
child seat is removed . Driving without head The safety belts for t he rea r seats and for the
restra ints or w ith head rest raints that are front passenge r's seat have a conve rtible locking
not properly adjusted increases the risk of retractor for child safety seats. The safety belt
serious or fatal neck injury dramatically. must be locked so that be lt webb ing cannot un -
- Never let a child put the sho ulder belt under reel. The retractor can be act ivated to lock the
the arm or beh ind the back, because it cou ld safety belt and prevent the safety belt webbing
cause severe injur ies in a crash. from loosening up dur ing norma l dr iving . A ch ild
- Children on the front seat of any car, even safety seat can o nly be prope rly installed when
with Advanced Airbags, can be seriously in- t he safety be lt is locked so that the child and
jured or even killed when an airbag inflates . child safety seat will stay in place.
- Never let a child stand or knee l on any seat,
Always remember : Even though your veh icle is
for example the front seat.
equipped with an Advanced Airbag system, all
- Never let a child ride in the cargo area of
child re n, especially those 12 yea rs and you nger,
you r vehicle.
sho uld always ride in t he back seat properly re-
- Always remember that a child leaning for-
strained for t heir age an d s ize. II>-
ward, s itting sideways or out of position in
302
Ch ild s af e t y
A WARNING
-
restraints on the front seat - some impor-
tant things to know.
Imp roperly installed chi ld safety seats in-
crease the risk of serious personal injury and
A
death in a collision.
- Always make sure that the safety belt re-
- WARNING
Always take special precautions if you must
install a forward or rearward-facing child re-
-
tractor is locked when installing a child
safety seat. An unlocked safety belt retrac- stra int on the front passenger's seat in excep-
tor cannot hold the child safety seat in place tional situations:
dur ing normal driving or in a crash. - Whenever a forward or rearward-fac ing
- Always buckle the child safety seat firmly in child restraint is installed on the front pas-
place even if a child is not sitting in it. A senger sea t , the PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF
loose child safety seat can fly around during ~; light must come on and stay on whenev-
a sudden stop or in a collision. er the ign ition is switch ed on.
- Always make sure that the rear seat back- - If the PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF~; light
rest to wh ich the center rear safety belt* is does not come on and stay on, perform the
attached is secure ly latched whenever the checks d esc ribe d ~ page 281, Mo nito ring
rea r cente r safety belt is being used to se- t he Advanced Airbag System.
cur e a ch ild rest raint. - Take the child res t ra int off the front passen-
- If the backrest is not securely latched, the ge r seat a nd inst a ll it prope rly at one of the
child and the child restraint will be thrown rear sea t positions if the PASSENGERAIR
forwar d toge t her w it h the backrest and will BAGOFF~ ; light does not stay on whenever
st rike parts of the vehicle interior. The ch ild the ignition is switched on .
can be se riously inj ured or killed . - Imp roper installat ion of child restra ints can
- Never ins t all rear-f acing chi ld safety sea t s reducetheir effectivenessor even prevent
or infant carriers on the front passen g er them from providing any protect ion .
seat . A child will be serious ly inju red and - An imprope rly installed child restra int can
can be killed when the passenger airbag in- interfere with the airbag as it deploys and
flates. serio us ly injure or even kill the chi ld.
- The inflating airbag will hit the child safety - Always carefully follow the manufacturer's
seat or infant carrier with great force and instr uctions provided with the child safety
will smash the ch ild safety seat and chi ld seat or ca rrier.
against the backrest, center armrest, door - After checking to make su re that the child
or roof . rest raint is proper ly installed, make ce rtain
- Always install rear-facing child safety seats that the child restraint is correctly recog-
or infant carriers on the rear seat. nized by the capacitive passenger detection
- Forward-fac ing ch ild safety seats or infant system in the front passenger seat and that
carriers installed on the front passenger's the PASSENGERAIR BAGOFF~; light sig-
seat may interfere with the deployment of na ls the correct fr ont passenger fronta l air-
the a irbag and cause serious injury to the bag sta t us.
child.
- It is safe r to install a forward-fac ing ch ild A WARNING
safety seat on the rear seat. Forw ar d-facing child restra int s:
- Always read and heed all WARNINGS when- - Always make sure the forward-facing sea t
ever using a child res t rained in a veh icle is has been des igned and certified by its man-
u
co
..... being used~ page 291 . Spec ia l precaut ions ufa cturer for use on a fron t sea t with a pa s-
N
r--- apply when installing a child safety seat on senger front and side air bag.
N
..... t he fron t passenger sea t ~ page 2 70, Child
0
<(
0
00
303
Ch ild s a fety
- Never put the forward -facing child restraint Activating the convertible locking retractor
up, against or very near the instrument pan-
Use the convertible locking retractor to secure a
el.
child restraint.
- Always move the front passenger seat to
the highest position in the up and down ad- Always heed the ch ild safety seat manufacturer's
justment range and move it back to the instruct ions when installing a child restra int in
rearmost position in the seat's fore and aft your vehicle. To activate the convertible locking
adjustment range, as far away from the air- retractor:
bag as possib le, before insta lling the for-
.,. Place the child restraint on a seat, preferably
wa rd-facing child restra int.
on the rear seat .
.,.Slowly pull the belt all th e way out .
anchorage is beh ind the child restra int and
.,. Route it around or through the child restra int
not next to or in front of t he ch ild restraint
be lt path~ .,&..
so tha t the safety belt will be properly pos i-
.,. Push the ch ild safety sea t down with your full
tioned.
weigh t to ge t t he safety belt rea lly t igh t .
- Make sure tha t the PASSENGER AIR BAG
.,.Insert t he be lt tong ue into the buckle for t hat
OFF ~; light comes on and stays on a ll the
seating position .
time whenever the ignition is switched on.
.,.Guide the safety be lt back into the retractor un -
til the belt lies flat and snug on the child safety
A WARNING seat.
Rearward-facing child restraints: .,.You shou ld hear a "cl icking" noise as the belt
- A ch ild in a rea rwar d-facing child safety seat w inds back into the inertia reel. Test the con -
insta lled on the front passenger seat will be vert ible locking retractor by pull ing on the belt.
seriously injured and can be killed if the You s hou ld no lo nge r be able to pull the belt
front airbag inflates - even with an Ad- out of the retracto r. The convertib le locking re-
vanced Airbag System. tracto r is now activa t ed .
- The inflating airbag will hit the child safety .,. Make sure that the red release button is facing
seat or infant carrier with great force and away from the child restraint so that it can be
will smash the chi ld safety seat and child unb uckled quickly .
against the backrest , center armrest, door .,. Pull on the belt to make sure the safety belt is
or roof. properly t ight and fastened so that the seat
- Always be especially careful if you must in- cannot move forward or sideways more than
sta ll a rearward facing child safety seat on one inch (2 .5 cm) .
the front passenger seat in exceptional cir-
cumstances. A WARNING
- Make sure that the PASSENGER AIR BAG Using the wrong ch ild rest raint or an improp-
OFF ~; light comes on and stays on all the e rly insta lled child restra int can cause se rious
t ime whenever the ignition is switched on. pe rsonal injury or death in a crash.
- If the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF ~; light - Always make sure that the safety be lt re-
does not come o n and stay o n, immed iate ly tr actor is locked whe n installing a child
install the rea r-fa cing child safety seat in a safety seat . An un locked safety be lt retr a c-
re ar seat ing pos ition and have t he airbag tor cannot hold the chi ld safety seat in place
system inspe cte d by your Audi de al e r. during normal driving or in a crash.
- Always buckle t he chi ld safety seat firm ly in
place even if a chi ld is not sitting in it. A
loose chi ld safety seat can fly a round during
a sudden stop or in a crash.
304
Ch ild s af e t y
- Always make sure t he seat backrest t o w hich wou ld not be rest rained and could be seri-
t he ch ild restraint is installed is in an up- ously injured in an accident.
rig ht position and securely latched into - Always read and heed all WARNINGS when-
place a nd ca nnot fold forward. Otherwise, ever using a child restrained in a vehicle is
t he sea t back with the ch ild safe ty seat at- be ing used¢ page 291. Special precautions
tach ed t o it could fly forward in the event of apply when install ing a child safety seat on
an acc ident or ot her emergency situation. the front passenge r seat ¢ page 2 70, Child
- Always read and heed all WARNINGS when- restraints on the front seat - some impor-
ever using a child restrained in a veh icle is tant things to know.
being used¢ page 291. Spec ia l pre caut ions
apply when inst alling a child safety seat on LATCH system (lower
the front passenger seat¢ page 2 70, Child
restraints on the front seat - some impor-
anchorages and tethers
tant things to know. for children)
Child Restraint System anchors and how
Deactivating the convertible locking are they related to child safety
retractor
To provide a simp ler and more practicab le way to
The convertible locking retractor for child re- attach the ch ild rest raint on the vehicle seat,
straints will be deactivated automatically when Federal regulations require spec ia l lower ancho-
the belt is wound all the way back into the re- rages in vehicles and devices on new child re-
tractor . straints to attach to the vehicle anc horages .
~ Press the red button on the safety be lt buckle. In the United States, the combination of the
The belt tongue w ill pop out of the buckle. tethe r anchorages and the lower anchorages is
~ Guide the safety be lt all the way back into its now generally called t he LATCHsystem for
stowed pos ition . "Lower Anchorages and Tethers for Childre n" . In
Canada, the terms "top tether" with "lower uni-
Always let the safety belt retract complete ly into versa l anchorages" (or "lowe r universa l anchor-
its stowed position. The safety belt can now be age bars") a re used to descr ibe the system .
used as an ordinary safety belt without the con-
vert ible lock ing retractor for child restra ints . In other countries the term "ISOFIX" is used to
desc ribe the lower anchorages .
If the convert ible locking retractor should be ac-
tivated inadve rtently, the safety belt must be un- Forward-facing chi ld restraints manufactured af-
fastened and guided completely back into its ter September 1, 1999, are requ ired by U.S. fed-
stowed position to deact ivate this feature . If the era l regulations to comply with new child head
convert ible lock ing ret ractor is not deact ivated, movement pe rformance requ iremen t s. These
the safety belt w ill gradually become tighte r a nd new pe rformance req uirements make a tether
uncomfo rt able to we ar . necessary on most new ch ild seats.
Installing a child restraint t hat requires a top

_& WARNING - tethe r withou t one can se riously impa ir the per-
Improperly ins t alled chi ld safety seats info rmance of the child rest rai nt and its ab ility to
crease t he risk of serio us personal injury and pro t ect the child in a collision. Installing a child
death in a collision. restr ai nt t ha t requi res a t op tether wit ho ut t he
- Never unfasten t he safety belt to deactivate top t ether may be a violat ion of state law.
u the conve rt ible locking retractor for child re-
co
..... Child restra int manufactu rers offe r LATCHlowe r
N
,..._ straints while the vehicle is moving . You
N an chorages on t heir child sea t s w it h hook-on or ..,
.....
0
<(
0
00
305
Child safety
push-on connectors attached to adjustable Description

straps.
The lower anchorage positions are marked for
In addition to the LATCHlower anchorages , these quick locating .
child restraint systems usually require the use of
tether straps to help keep the child restraint
firmly in place.
A WARNING
Improper installation of child restraints will
increase the risk of injury and death in a
crash.
- Always follow the instructions provided by
the manufacturer of the child restraint you
Fig. 247 Rear seats: lower anchorag e cove rs
intend to install in your vehicle.
- Never install a child restraint without a
properly attached top tether strap if the
child restraint manufacturer's instructions
require the top tether strap to be used.
- Improper use of child restraint LATCHlower
anchorage points can lead to injury in a colli -
sion . The LATCHlower anchorage points are
designed to withstand only those loads im-
posed by correctly fitted child restraints .
- Never mount two child restraint systems on Fig. 248 Rear seat s: lowe r anchorage bra cket loca tions
one LATCHlower anchorage point.
- Never secure or attach any luggage or other Lower anchorages
item to the LATCHlower anchorages. The lower anchorage attachment points are lo-
cated between the rear seatback and rear seat
Location cushion ~ fig. 247, ~ fig. 248.
Lower anchorages secure the child restraint in

the seat without using the vehicle's safety belts.
Anchorages provide a secure and easy-to-use at-
tachment and minimize the possibility of improp-
er child restraint installation.
All child restraints manufactured after Septem-

ber 1, 2002, must have lower anchorage attach-
ments for the LATCHsystem.
Remember that the lower anchorage points are

Fig. 246 Schem atic overview: LATCHan chorag e point loca-
tio ns only intended for installation and attachment of
child restraints specifically certified for use with
The illustration shows the seating locations in LATCHlower anchorages. Child restraints that
your vehicle which are equipped with the lower are not equipped with the lower anchorage at-
anchorages system. tachments can still be installed in compliance
wit h the child restraint manufacturer 's instruc-
tions on using vehicle safety belts. IJ.
306
Ch ild s a fe ty
A WARNING
Releasing
.,. Loosen the tension on the straps fo llow ing the
Improper use of LATCHlower anchorages can
child restraint manufacturer's instructions.
cause serious personal injury in an accident.
.,. Depress the spring catches to release the an-
- Always carefu lly follow the child restra ints
chorage hooks from the lower anchorages.
manufacturer's instructions for proper in-
sta llation of the child restraint and proper Remember: Use tethe r straps to help keep the
use of the lower anchorages or safety belts child restraint firmly in place .
in your vehicle.
- Never secure or attach any luggage or other A WARNING
-
items to the LATCHlower anchorages .
Improper use of the LATCHsystem can in-
- Always read and heed the important infor- crease the risk of serious personal injury and
mation about child restraints in this chapter death in an accident.
and WARNINGS ¢ page 291, Child safety.
- These anchors were developed only for child
safety seats using the "LATCH"system.
Installing a child restraint with LATCH - Never attach other child safety seats, be lts
lower anchorages or other objects to these anchors.
Whenever you install a child restraint always fol- - Always make sure that you hear a click when
low the child restraint manufacturer's instruc- latching the seat in place. If you do not hear
tions . a click the seat is not secure and could f ly
forward and hit the interior of the vehicle,
or be ejected from the vehicle .
A WARNING
increase the risk of injury in an accident.
- Always follow the child restraint system
manufacturer's instructions for proper in-
stallat ion of the chi ld restraint system and
proper use of tether straps as well as the
Fig. 24 9 Lower anchorages: proper mount ing
lowe r ancho rages or safety belts in your ve-
hicle.
Mounting
- Always read and heed the important info r-
.,.Make sure the seatback of the rear seat bench mat ion a nd WARNINGS abou t ch ild safety
is in the upr igh t position and securely latched a nd the inst allat ion of child restraint sys-
in place . tems ~ page 291 , Child safety.
.,.Remove the covers to access the lower anchor -
age brackets .
.,.Attach both hook -on connectors with the spring
catch release on the ch ild safety seat onto the
LATCHlower anchorage so that the connectors
lock into place ¢ fig. 249 .
.,.Pull on the connector attachments to make
sure they a re prope rly attached to the LATCH
u lower anchorage.
co
..... .,.Pull straps tight fo llowing the child restra int
N
r--
N
..... manufacturer's instructions.
~0
co
307
Child s a fet y
Tether anchors and tether straps - Never attach a tether strap to a tie -down
hook in the luggage compartment .
- Never use child restraint tether anchorages
to secure safety be lts or other kinds of occu-
pant restraints.
- Never secure or attach any luggage or other
items to the LATCHlower ancho rages or to
the tether anchors.
Installing the upper tether strap on the

Fig. 250 Tether ancho rs for second row of seats: a ttach·
anchorage
me nt hook locat ions
The tether an chors fo r the rear seating posi t ions

are located on the backside of the rear sea t backs .
A tether is a straight or V-shaped st rap that at·

t aches the top part of a child restra int to spec ia l
ancho rage point s in the vehicle .
The purpose of the tether is to red uce the for-
ward movement of the child rest raint in a crash,
in order to help red uce the risk of head injury Fig. 251 Tet her st ra p: prope r rout ing and moun ting
tha t could be cau sed by str iking the vehicle inte-

rior .
Forward fac ing child rest raints manufactured af-
ter September 1, 1999, are required by U.S. fed-
eral regula t ions to comply with new ch ild head
movement performance requirements. These
new perfo rmance requirements make a tethe r
necessary on most new child safety seats.
A WARNING
-
Fig. 2 52 Tet her st rap: prope r rou ting and moun ting

Installing the tether st rap
increase the risk of injury and death in a
crash . .,.Release or deploy the tethe r strap on the child
- Always follow the instructions provided by restraint accord ing to t he ch ild restraint manu-
the manufacturer of the child restra int you fac t urer's inst ructions.
intend to install in your Audi. .,.Guide t he upper tether strap under the rear
- Improper use of child restra int anchors (in- head restraint and into the rear cargo area
clud ing tether anchors) can lead to injury in (ra ise the head restraint if necessa ry). For child
a collision . The anchors are designed to restrain t s with V-t et her st ra ps, always ma ke
withs tand only those loads imposed by cor- sure that the hea d rest ra int guide rods do not
rectly fitted child restra ints. interfere with any part of the top t ether strap.
- Never mount two child restraint systems on .,.Slide the tether strap hook ove r the anchor
one LATCH lower anc ho r point. bracket.
- Never attach two child restraint systems to .,.Pull on the tether strap hook so that the spring
one tether strap or tether anchorage. catc h of the hook engages. ..,_
308
Ch ild s af e t y
~ Tighten the tether strap firmly fo llowing t he Additional information

child restraint manufacturer's instructions .
Sources of information about child
Releasing the tether strap restraints and their use
~ Loosen the tens ion following the child rest raint There are a number of sources of additional in-
man ufacturer's instructions. formation about child restraint selection, instal -
~ Depress the spring catch on the hook and re-
lation and use :
lease it from the anchorage.
NHTSA advises that the best ch ild safety seat is
(LlJ)Note the one that fits your child and fits in your vehi -
cle, and that you will use correct ly and consis -
If you leave the ch ild rest rain t with t he tether
tent ly.
st rap firm ly installed for severa l days, this
cou ld leave a mark on the upholstery on the Try befo re you buy!
seat cushion and backrest in the area where U.S. National Highway Traffic Safet y Admini s-
the tether strap was installed. The upholstery tration
wou ld also be permanently stretched around Tel. : 1-888-3 2 7-42 36 (TTY: 1-800 -424-91S3)
the tether strap . This applies especially to http:/ /www.nhtsa.gov
leather seats . http:/ /www.sa ferca r.gov
Nati onal SAFE KIDS Campaign

Using tether straps on rearward-facing
Tel. : (202) 662-0600
child restraints
http:/ /www.safekids .org
Current ly, few rear-facing chi ld restraint systems
Safety BeltSafe U.S.A.
come wit h a tether. Please read and heed the
Tel. : (800) 745-SAF E (English)
chi ld restraint system manufacturer's instruc-
Tel. : (800) 747-SANO (Spanish)
tions carefully to determine how to properly in-
http://www.ca rsea t .org
stall the tether.
Transport Canada Information Centre
A WARNING Tel. : 1-800-333-0371 or call 1-6 13-998-86 16 if
A child in a rearward-facing chi ld safety seat you are in the Ottawa area
installed on the front passenger seat w ill be http://www.tc.gc.ca/ eng/ roadsafety/men u. htm
ser iously injured and can be killed if the front Audi Customer Relations
airbag inflates - even with an Advanced Air- Tel.: (800) 822-2834
bag System .
- The inflat ing a irbag will hit the child safety
seat or infant car rie r with g reat fo rce and
will smash the ch ild safety seat a nd ch ild
agai nst t he bac krest , cen t er armrest, or
door .
- If you mus t install a rearw ard fac ing child
safety seat on t he front passenger seat be -
cause of exceptiona l circumstances and the
PASSENGERAIR BAG OFF~; light does not
come on and stay on, immed iate ly install
the rear-fac ing child safety seat in a rear
u
co
..... seating pos it ion and have the airbag system
N
,..._
N inspected by your Audi dealer .
.....
0
<(
0
00
309
Checking and Filling
Checking and Filling (D Tips

Fuel The vehicle may be filled with fuel that has a
higher octane rating than what is required by
Gasoline grade the eng ine.
Applies to: vehicles with gasoline engines
The correct gasoline grade is stated on the inside Blended gasoline

of the fuel filler door . Appli es to : vehicles wi th gasolin e engi ne
The vehicle is equipped with a catalytic converter Use of gasoline containing alcohol or MTBE
and must only be driven with unleaded gasoline. (methyl tertiary butyl ether)
Audi recommends using TOPTIER Detergent Gas- You may use unleaded gasoline blended with al-
oline. Additional information on TOP TIER Deter- cohol or MTBE(commonly referred to as oxygen-
gent Gasoline can be found on the official web- ates) if the blended mixture meets the following
site (www.toptiergas.com). criteria:
The individual gasoline grades are differentiated Blend of gasoline methanol (wood alcohol or
by octane ratings. This value is given with (R+M)/ methyl alcohol)
2 equating to AKI or in RON. - Anti-knock index must be 87 AKIor higher.
The following headings match the corresponding - Blend must contain no more than 3% metha-
sticker in the fuel filler door . nol.
- Blend must contain more than 2% co-solvents.
UNLEADED FUEL ONLY MIN. (R+M)/2 87
Regular/ MIN. RON 91 Regular Blend of gasoline and ethanol (grain alcohol or
ethyl alcohol)
Use regular gasoline with minimum 87 AKI/
91 RONi::>@. - Anti-knock index must be 87 AKI or higher.
- Blend must not conta in more than 15% etha-
The maximum eng ine power is only reached if
nol.
prem ium gasol ine 91 AKI/ 95 RONis used.
Blend of gasoline and MTBE
UNLEADED FUEL ONLY PREMIUM MIN. (R
+M)/2 91 / SUPER MIN. RON 95 - Anti-knock index must be 87 AKIor higher.
- Blend must not contain more than 15% MTBE.
Using premium gaso line with minimum 91 AKI/
95 RON is recommended. Seasonally adjusted gasoline
If premium gasoline is not available, you can also Many gasoline grades are blended to perform es-
use regular gasoline 87 AKI/ 91 RON. However pecially well for winter or summer driving . Dur-
this does reduce t he engine powe r slight ly. ing seasonal change-over, we suggest that you
fill up at busy gas stat ions where the seasonal
0 Note adjustment is more likely to be made in t ime.
- Filling the tank just one t ime with leaded
fuel or other metallic additives will cause @ Note
permanent det er iorat ion to the catalytic - Methanol fuels which do not meet these re-
converter function. quirements may cause corrosion and dam-
- When gasol ine with an octane rat ing that is age to plastic and rubber components in the
too low is used, high speeds or heavy engi ne fuel system.
load can lead to engine damage. - Do not use fue ls that fa il to meet the speci-
fied criteria in this chapter. ...
310
Checking a nd Filling
- If you are unable to determine whether or Refueling

not a particular fuel blend meets the speci-
fications, ask your service station or its fuel Fueling procedure
supplier.
- Do not use fuel for which the contents can-
not be identified.
- Fuel system damage and performance prob-
lems resulting from the use of fuels differ-
ent from those specified are not the respon-
sibility of Audi and are not covered under
the New Vehicle or the Emission Control
System Warranties .
- If you experience a loss of fuel economy or
Fig. 253 Right rear side of the vehicle : ope ning the fuel
driveability and performance problems due filler door
to the use of one of these fuel blends, we
recommend that you switch to unblended
fuel.
Gasoline additives
A major concern among many auto manufactur-

ers is carbon deposit build-up caused by the type
of gasoline you use.
Although gasoline grades differ from one manu -

Fig. 254 Fuel filler door with attached fue l cap
facturer to another, they have certain things in
common. All gasoline grades contain substances The fuel filler door is unlocked or locked by the
that can cause deposits to collect on vital engine central locking system.
parts, such as fuel injectors and intake valves. Al-
though most gasoline brands include additives to "' Press on the left side of the fuel filler door to
keep engine and fuel systems clean, they are not open r::::>fig.
253.
equally effective . "' Unscrew the tank cap counterclockwise.
"'Place the cap from above on the open fuel filler
Audi recommends using TOP TIER Detergent Gas- door r::::>
fig. 254.
oline. For more information on TOP TIER Deter- "' Insert the fuel pump nozzle all the way into the
gent Gasoline, please go to the official website fuel filler neck.
(www.toptiergas .com) . .,.Begin fueling. Once the fuel pump nozzle turns
After an extended period of using inadequate off the first time, the fuel tank is full. Do not
fuels, carbon deposit build-ups can rob your en- continue fueling, or else the expansion space in
gine of peak performance. the tank will be filled with fuel.
"'After the fuel pump has switched off, wait five
(D Note seconds before removing it to allow the rest of
the fuel to finish dripping into the fuel tank.
Damage or malfunction due to poor fuel qual-
"'Turn the fuel cap clockwise until you hear it
ity is not covered by the Audi New Vehicle
lock.
Limited Warranty.
"' Close the fuel filler door and then press on the
u
co
..... left side until it latches .
N
r--
N
..... The correct fuel type for your vehicle can be
~0 found on a label located on the inside of the fuel Iii>
co
311
Ch e c k ing and Filling
filler door . For additional information on fuel, - Always place a fue l container on the
see r=>poge 310. ground before filling . Never fill the fuel
For the tank capac ity in your vehicle , refer to the container with fuel while it is in or on the
Technical Data r:!>
pog e 369. vehicle . Electrostatic charge can occur
while refueling and the fuel vapors could
To reduce the risk of fuel leak ing out or vapors ignite .
escap ing, make sure that the fuel tank is closed - For fuel containers made of metal, the
correct ly. Otherwise thP ¢'4indicato r light will fuel pump nozzle must always maintai n
t ur n on. contact with the conta iner to reduce the
If the central locking system malfunct ions, the risk of st at ic charge.
fue l filler door may emergency release - Insert the fuel pump nozz le as far as pos-
r=>poge 313. sible into the filler opening while refuel-
ing .
_& WARNING - Follow lega l requ irements when using,
An improper fueling procedure and improper stor ing and t ransporti ng fuel cont ainers.
hand ling of fue l can lead to explosions, fires, - Make sure that the fuel containe r meets
severe burns and other injuries . t he indust ry standa rds, fo r example ANSI
- Do not smoke and keep away from open or ASTMF852 -86.
flames .
- The ign it ion m ust be switched off when re- @ Note
fueling . - Remove fuel that has overflowed onto any
- Cell phones, radio devices and other radio vehicle components immediately to reduce
equipment shou ld always be switched off the risk of damage to the vehicle.
when refueling . Electromagnetic rays could - Neverdrive until the fuel tank is completely
cause sparks and start a fire . empty . The irregula r supply of fue l that re-
- If you do not insert the fue l pump nozzle all sults from that can cause eng ine misfi res.
the way into the filler tube, then fue l can Uncombus t ed fuel will ente r t he exhaus t
leak out . Spilled fue l can ignite and start a system and increase the risk of damage to
fire. the cata lytic converter .
- Never get into the vehicle when refueling. If
there is an exceptional situation where the @ For the sake of the environment
vehicle must be entered, close the door and Do not overfill the fuel t an k, ot herwise fuel
touch a metal surface before touching the can leak out when the veh icle is warming up.
fuel pump nozzle again . This will reduce the
risk of electrostat ic discharge that can cause (D Tips
flying sparks . Sparks can start a fire when The fuel fille r doo r on your veh icle does not
refuel ing . lock if you lock t he vehicle from t he inside us-
ing the centra l locking switc h.
_& WARNING
We recommend t hat you do not t ransport any
fue l conta iners in t he vehicle. Fuel could leak
out of the container and ignite, espec ially dur -
ing an accident. This can cause explosions,
fires and injuries .
- If you must transport fuel in a fuel contain -
er, please note the following:
312
Chec k ing a nd Filling
Fuel filler door emergency release Emissions control

If the central locking system is faulty, the fuel system
filler door can be unlocked manually.
Catalytic converter
The vehicle may only be driven with unleaded
gasoline, otherwise the catalytic converter will be
destroyed.
Never drive until the tank is completely empty .

The irregu lar supply of fuel that results from that
can cause eng ine misfires. Uncombusted fuel will
enter the exhaust system, which can cause over-
heating and damage to the catalytic converter .
Fig. 255 Right side trim j)ane l in the luggage compart-

ment: opening the trim pane l
A WARNING
-
The temperature of the exhaust system is
high, both when driv ing and after stopping
the eng ine.
- Never touch the exhaust tail pipes once they
have become hot. This cou ld resu lt in burns.
- Do not park your veh icle over flammable
mate rials such as grass or leaves because
the high temperature of the emissions con-
trol system could start a fire.
- Do not app ly unde rbody protectant in t he
Fig. 256 Luggage compartment: fuel filler door emergency
release
exhaust sys t em area, beca use this increases
the risk of fire.
The emergency opening mechanism is located
behind the right side trim pane l in the luggage On Board Diagnostic
compartme nt. System (OBD)
.,.Open the cover in the side pane l ¢ fig. 255.
The On-Board Diagnostic System monitors the
.,.Loosen the loop from the retainer and then pull
engine and transmission components that influ-
on the loop carefully¢ fig. 256 ¢ Q) . The filler
ence emissions .
door is released .
.,.Press on the left side of the fuel filler door to
open it ¢page 311, fig. 253.
(D Note
Only pull on the loop until you feel resistance.
You will not hear it release. Otherwise you
could damage the emergency release mecha-
nism.
Fig. 257 Footwell on left s ide of t he veh icle: conn ect ion
u port fo r the On-Board Diagnost ic System (08D)
co
.....
N
r--
N
.....
~0
co
313
Ch e c k ing and Filling
On- Board Diagnostic System - Never open the hood when there is steam or
Eng ine data can be read out at the On-Board Di- coo lant escaping from the engine compart-
agnostic System connection po rt using a special ment, because there is a risk that you could
testing device ¢ fig. 257 . be burned . Wait unt il no steam or coolant is
escaping.
Indicator light - Keep children away from the eng ine com-
Ift hP ¢..ifi
indicato r light blinks or tu rns o n, there partment .
is a malfunction that is caus ing poor emiss ions - Never sp ill fluids on a hot engine . These flu-
qua lity and that could damage the catalytic con - ids (such as the anti-freezing agent con-
verter. tained in the coolant) can ignite .
- Avoid short circuits in the electrical system.
Drive slow ly to an author ized Audi dealer or au-
- When working in the engine compartment,
thor ized Audi Se rvice Facility to have the ma l-
remember that the radiator fan can switch
function co rrected.
on even if the ignition is switched off, wh ich
The indicator light can also turn on if the fuel fill- increases the risk of injury .
er cap is not closed correct ly 9 page 311. - Never open the cap on the coolant expan-
sion tank when the engine is warm . The
_& WARNING -
cool ing system is under pressure .
Incorrect use of the connection po rt fo r t he - To protect your face, hands, and arms from
On-Board Diagnostic Syst em can ca use mal - hot steam or coolant, cover the cap w ith a
functions, which can then result in accidents large cloth when open ing.
and serious injuries. - Do not remove the engine cover under any
- Only allow an authorized Audi dealer or au - circumstances . This increases the risk of
thorized Audi Service Facility to read out the burns .
engine data . - If tests need to be performed with the en-
g ine runni ng, there is add itiona l danger due
Engine compartment to mov ing components (such as the ribbed
be lt, alte rnato r and rad iato r fan) and from
Working in the engine compartment the hig h-voltage ignition system.
Special care is required if you are working in the - Do not unde r any circumstances activate the
engine compartment throttle inadvertent ly (for example, by hand
from the engine compartment) if the veh i-
For work in th e engi ne comp artm ent such as cle is stationary but the engine is running
checking and filli ng flu ids, the re is a risk of in- and a gear is engaged. Otherwise, the vehi -
jur y, scalding , accident s, and burns. For t his cle will start to move immediate ly and this
reason, follow all th e warning s and general could result in an acc ident.
saf et y precaution s provided in t he foll owin g in- - Pay attention to the following warnings
f ormat ion. The engine compartmen t is a dan- when work on the fue l system is required:
gerous area . 9 &, . - Do not smoke.
- Never work near open flames .
_& WARNING - Always have a working fire extinguisher
- Turn the eng ine off. nearby.
- Switch the ig nit ion off. - All work on the battery or electrical system
- Set the parking brake . in your vehicle can result in injuries, chemi-
- Select the "P" selector lever pos it io n. cal burns, acc idents or burns . Because of
- let the engine coo l down. this, all work must be performed only by an
author ized Audi dealer or author ized Audi
Serv ice Faci lity.
314
Checking a nd Filling
- To reduce the risk of electric shock and in- @) For the sake of the environment
jury, never touch the following components
You should regularly check the ground under
when the engine is running or is being start-
your vehicle in order to detect leaks quickly. If
ed:
there are visible spots from oil or other fluids,
- I gnition cable
bring your vehicle to an authorized Audi deal-
- Other components in the electronic high-
er or authorized Audi Service Facility to be
voltage ignition system
checked.
- If you must check or perform work on the
engine while it is running:
Opening/closing the hood
- Set the parking brake first and then select
the "P" selector lever position . The hood is released from inside the vehicle .
- Always proceed with extreme caution so
that clothing, jewelry or long hair do not
become caught in the radiator fan, fan
belt or other moving components or do
not come into contact with hot compo-
nents. Tie back long hair before beginning
work and do not wear cloth ing that can
hang down into the engine.
- Limit your exposure to exhaust and chemi-
&.
cals to as short a time as possible c::>
Fig. 258 Driver footwell : relea se lever
..&,WARNING
California Proposition 65 Warning:
- Engine exhaust, some of its constituents,
and certain vehicle components contain or
emit chemicals known to the State of Cali-
fornia to cause cancer and birth defects and
reproductive harm. In addition, certain flu-
ids contained in vehicles and certain prod-
ucts of component wear contain or emit
chemicals known to the State of California Fig. 259 Unlocked hood : lever
to cause cancer and birth defects or other

Make sure the wiper arms are not raised up from
reproductive harm.
the windshield . Otherwise the paint could be
- Battery posts, terminals and related acces-
damaged.
sories contain lead and lead compounds,
chemicals known to the State of California Opening the hood
to cause cancer and reproductive harms .
.,.With the driver 's door open, pull the lever be-
Wash hands after handling.
low the instrument panel in the direction of the
arrow c::,fig. 258.
(D Note
.,.Raise the hood slightly c::> &.-
When filling fluids, be sure not to mix the flu- .. Press the lever c::,fig. 259 in the direction of the
ids up . Otherwise severe malfunctions and en- arrow. This releases the hooks.
gine damage will occur. .,.Open the hood . ..,.
u
co
.....
N
r--
N
.....
~0
co
315
Che c king and Filling
Closing the hood - For safety reasons, the hood must always be
~ Push the hood down until you overr ide the latched securely while dr iving. Because of
force of t he struts . this, always check the hood after closing it
~ Let the hood fall light ly into the latch. Do not to make sure it is latched correctly . The
press it in. c::>&_. hood is latched if the front corners cannot
be lifted .
A WARNING - If you notice that the hood is not latched
while you are driving, stop immed iate ly and
- Never open the hood when there is steam or
close it, because d riving when the hood is
coolant escaping from the engine compart-
not latched increases the ris k of an accident.
ment, because there is a risk that you could
- If the hood is not latched comp letely, it
be burned. Wait until no steam or coolant is
could f ly up wh ile you are driving and ob-
escaping.
st ruct your vision.
Engine compartment overview
The most important check points .
Fig. 2 6 0 Typical location of the rese rvoir and the engine oil filler open ing
@ Washer fluid rese rvoir (W) c::>page 323 @ Brake fl uid reservo ir (Oi) c::>
pag e 321
@ Jump start po int(+) under a cover,(-) with The location of the eng ine oil filling open ing ®
hex head screw c::>
page 323 c::>
page 363 and the coolant expansion tank ® c::>fig . 260
® Engine oil filler openi ng (9:=r.) c::>
page 317 may differ depending on the eng ine version . Iii>
@ Eng ine oil label * wit h VW st a ndard
c;, page 317
® Coolant expans ion tank (-L) c::>
page 320
316
A WARNING @ Note
Read and follow all WARNINGS before check- The engine oi l level must not be under the
ing anything in the eng ine compartment "m in" marking, as th is w ill increase the risk of
9poge 314. engine damage.
Engine oil (D Tips

The oil leve l indicator in the display is only an
If the engine oil level is too low informational display. If the oil leve l is too
low, a min imum oil warning appears in the in-
If you need to add engine oil, use an oil that is
listed on the sticker. The sticker is located at the strument cluster. Add oil and close the hood.
front of the engine compartment 9 poge 316, The current oil level is displayed in the Info-
fig. 260. tainment system the next time the ign ition is
switched on .
If the recommended engine oi l is not available,
in an emergency you may add a maximum of 1 (D Tips
quart Cl liter) of ACEAC3 or API SN engine oil
The engine oil consumption may be up to
one time until the next oil change.
0.5 quart/600 miles (0.5 liter/1,000 km), de-
For more information on the correct engine oil pending on dr iving sty le and operat ing cond i-
for your ve hicle, contact an authorized Audi dea l- tions. Consumption may be hig her dur ing the
er or authorized Audi Service Facility. Have the oil first 3,000 miles (5,000 km). Because of this,
changed by an authorized Audi dealer or author- the engine oil level must be checked regular-
ized Service Facility. ly. It is best to check each time you refuel
your vehicle and before long drives.
Audi recommends - In order to provide effective lubr ication and
~ casjjjjfl/EtEt@.Z Fr,w.::«:J.o,-JAl. cooling of internal engine components, a ll
Audi recommends using the Long Life high- internal combustion engines consume acer -
performance engine oil from Audi Genuine tain amount of oil. Oil consumption varies
Parts. from engine to engine and may change sig-
nifica ntly over the life of the engine. Typi-
Checking the engine oil level cally, eng ines with a specified break-in peri-
od consume more oil during the break-in pe-
The engine oil level con be checked in the Info- riod than they consume after oil cons um p-
tainment system t ion has stabilized.
Observe the safety precautions c::> & in Working - Under nor ma l conditions, the rate of oil
in the engine comportment on page 314. consumption depends on the quality and
viscos ity of the oil, the RPM (revo lut ions per
~ Park your vehicle on a level surface. min ute) at which the engine is operated, the
~ Shu t the engine off when it is warm.
ambient temperature and road conditions.
~ Switch only the ignition back on.
Further factors are the amount of oil dilu-
~ Wait approx imately two minutes.
tion from water condensation or fue l resi-
~ Se lect in the Infotainment system: the IMENU I due and the oxidation level of the oil. As any
button > Vehicle > left control button > Service eng ine is subject to wear as m ileage builds
& checks > Oil level. up, the oil consumption may increase over
~ Read the oi l level in the display. Add engine oil
time until replacement of worn components
u if the bar in the oil leve l indicator is just before
co
.... may become ne cessary. .,..
N
r---
"min" c::>page 318.
....
N
0
<(
0
00
317
- With all these variables coming into play, ,.. Restart the ignition after two minutes and read
no standard rate of oil consumption can be the current oil level in the Infota inment system
established or specified. There is no alterna- c::,page 317, Checking the engine oil level.
tive to checking the oil level regularly and "Add more oil if necessary.
frequently.
- If you have the impression your engine con- A WARNING
sumes excessive amounts of oil, we recom- - When adding oil, do not let oil drip onto hot
mend that you consult an authorized Audi engine components . This increases the risk
dealer to have the cause of your concern of afire.
properly diagnosed . Keep in mind that the - You must seal the cap on the oil filler open-
accurate measurement of oil consumption ing correctly so that oil does not leak out
requires great care and may take some onto the hot engine and exhaust system
time. An authorized Audi dealer has instruc- when the engine is running, because this is
tions about how to measure oil consump-
a fire hazard.
tion accurately.
-Always clean skin thoroughly if it comes into
- You can find information on engine oil and
contact with engine oil.
engine oil capacities for the USAat
- Engine oil is poisonous and must be kept
www.audiusa.com/help/maintenance, or
out of reach of children.
for Canada at www.audi.ca/ca/web/en/
- Store the engine oil securely in the original
customer-area/ care-a nd-maintena nee/ aud i-
container.
service-schedules. html , or call
800 -822-2834.
(D Note
Adding engine oil

- If the message II Please reduce oil level
appears, there is too much oil in the engine
and there is a risk of catalytic converter and
-,.:
0
N
N
engine damage. Do not start the engine.
gi
Contact an authorized Audi dealer or au-
thorized Audi Service Facility to have excess
engine oil extracted if necessary.
- Your Limited New Vehicle Warranty does
not cover damage or malfunctions due to
failure to follow recommended mainte-
nance and use requirements as set forth in
Fig. 261 Engine compartment : engine oil filler opening the Audi Owner's Manual and Warranty &
cover Maintenance booklet.
- Use only a high quality engine oil that ex-
Observe the safety precautions c::,&. in Working pressly complies with the Audi oil quality
in the engine compartment on page 314. standard specified for your vehicle's engine.
"Turn the engine off . Using any other oil can cause serious engine
" Open the hood c::,page 315 . damage .
" Unscrew the cap 't=?1 for the engine oil filler - Do not mix any additional lubricants into
opening c::,fig. 261. the engine oil. Damage caused by such addi-
,.. Carefully add O.S quart (0 .5 liter) of the correct tives is not covered by the warranty .
oil c::,page 317.
,..Close the engine oil filler opening cap. @ For the sake of the environment
,.. Close the hood. - Oil should never enter the sewer system or
come into contact with the ground .
318
Ch e c k ing and F illing
- Pay attention to legal requirements when keep your forearm parallel to the ground to
disposing of empty oi l containers . help prevent hot oil from running down your
arm.
Changing the engine oil - Drain the oil into a container designed for
this purpose, one large enough to hold at
We recommend that have your oil changed by an
least the tota l amount of oil in your engine.
authorized Audi dealer or a qualified service sta-
- Engine oil is poisonous. Keep it well out of
tion.
the reach of children.
Before you check anyt hing in the eng ine compart - - Continuous contact with used engine oil is
ment, alwa ys read and heed all WARNINGS¢ .&. harmful to your skin. Always protect your
in Working in the engine comportment on skin by washing oil off thoroughly with soap
page 314. and water.
The engine oil must be changed accord ing to the

intervals specified in your Warranty & Mainte-
@ Note
nance booklet . This is very important because the Never mix oil additives with your engine oil.
lubricat ing propert ies of oil diminish gradually These additives can damage your engine and
during normal vehicle use. adversely affect your Audi limited New Vehi-
cle Warranty.
Under some circumstances the engine oil should
be changed more frequently. Change oil more of- @) For the sake of the environment
ten if you drive most ly short distances, operate
- Before chang ing your oi l, first ma ke sure
the vehicle in dusty areas or under predominant ly
you know where you can properly dispose of
stop-and-go traffic condit ions, or have your vehi-
the used oil.
cle where temperatures remain below freezing
-Always dispose of used engine oil properly.
for extended periods.
Do not dump it on garden soil, wooded
Detergent additives in the oil will make fresh oil areas, into open streams or down sewage
look dark after the engine has been running for a dra ins.
short time. This is normal and is not a reason to - Recycle used eng ine oil by tak ing it to a used
change the oil more often than recommended. engine oi l collec t ion fac ili ty in your area, or
Because of the problem of proper disposal, along contact a service station.
with the special tools and necessary expertise re-
qu ired, we strongly recommend that you have Cooling system
your oil changed by an authorized Audi de aler or
Coolant
a qualified service station .
If you choos e to change your o il yourself , please The eng ine cooling system is fi ll ed w ith a mixture
note the following important information: of purified water and coolant additive at the fac-
tory. This coolant must not be not changed.
A WARNING
- The coolant level is monitored through the . in-
To red uce the risk of personal injury if you dicator light ¢page 23. However, we do recom-
must change the engine oil in your vehicle mend occasionally checking the coolant level
yourse lf: manual ly.
- Wear eye protection.
If you must add coolant, use a mixture of water
- To reduce the risk of burns from hot engine and coolant additive. Mix ing the coolant additive
u oil, let the engine cool down to the touch.
co
..... with dist illed water is recommended. IIJ>-
N
r--- - Whe n removing the oil drain plug with your
N
..... fingers, stay as far away as possible. Always
0
<(
0
00
319
Che c king and Filling
Coolant addit ive Adding coolant

The coolan t additive is made of anti-freezi ng and
corrosion protection agents. Only use the fo llow -
ing coo lant add itives . These additives may be
mixed w ith each other.
Coolant additive Specification

G12e vo TL 774 L (l!J ..,
G12 ++ TL 774 G
G13 TL 774)
The amount of coo lant additive that needs to be Fig. 262 Engine compartment: release butto n on coola nt
expansio n tank
mixed with water depends on the climate where
the vehicle will be operated. If the coolant addi-
Observe the safety precautions ¢ page 314,
tive percentage is too low, the coolant can freeze
Working in the engine compartment.
and damage the engine.
Checking the engine coolant level
Coolant Freeze protec-
tion " Park the vehicle on a level surface .
11>Switch the igni ti o n off.
additive
" Read the coolant level on the coolan t expansion
Warm min . 40% m in. -13 °F
t ank ¢ fig. 262.
reg ions (-25 °C)
"T he coolant level must be between the MIN and
max . 45%
MAXmarki ngs when the engine in cold . When
Cold min. 50% max. -40 °F
the engine is warm it can be slightly above the
reg ions (-40 °C)
MAXmarking.
max. 55%
Adding coolant
(D Note
Requireme nt: there m ust be a residual amount of
- Before the start of winter, have an author- coolant in the expansion tank ¢ (D.
ized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service
" Let t he engi ne cool down.
Facility check if the coolant additive in your
" Place a clot h over the coo lant exp a nsion tank
vehicle matches the percentage appropriate
cap.
fo r the climate. This is especially important
" Push the release button ¢ fig. 262 and carefu l-
when driving in colde r climates.
ly unscrew the cap to the left unti l you feel re-
- If the appropriate coolant additive is not
sistance ¢ _A.
available in an emergency, do not add a ny
" Push the release button aga in and remove the
othe r addi t ive. You cou ld da mage t he en-
cap completely.
gine. If this happens, only use water and re-
" Add coo la nt m ixed in the correct rat io
store t he correct mixture rat io with the
page 319 up to the MAXmark ing .
r:=;,
specified coolant additive as soon as possi-
" Make sure that the f luid level remains stab le .
ble.
Add mo re coolan t if ne cessa ry.
- Only refill with new coo lant.
" Turn the cap t o the right t o secure it unt il you
- Radia t or sealan t must not be m ixed w it h
fee l resista nce a second time .
the coo lant .
Coola nt loss us ually ind icates there is a lea k. Im-
med iate ly dr ive you r veh icle to a n author ized
Audi dealer or aut hor ized Audi Servi ce Fac ility
and have the cooling system ins pected . If the
320
cooling system is not leaking, a loss can come The brake fluid level is monit ored automatically .
from the coolant boiling through overheating
Changing the brake fluid
and being pushed out of the cooling system .
Have the brake fluid changed regularly by an au-
.&_WARNING -
t horized Audi dea ler or author ized Audi Service
- The cooling system is under pressure. Do Facility.
not open the coolant expans ion tank cap
when the eng ine is hot. This increases the A WARNING
-
risk of burns. - If t he brake fl uid level is below t he MIN
- The coolant add itive and the coolant can be marking, it can impair the brak ing effect
dangerous to you r healt h. For this reason, and driving safety, which increase the risk of
keep t he coolant in the original container an accident. Do not continue dr iving. See an
and away from children. There is a risk of author ized Audi dealer or author ized Audi
poiso ning. Service Facility for assistance.
- When working in the engine compartment, - If the brake fluid is old, bubbles may form
remember t hat the radiator fan can switch in the brake system dur ing heavy bra king.
on even if the ign ition is switc hed off, which This wo uld impair braking performance and
increases t he risk of injury. driving safety, which increases the risk of an
accident.
@ Note - To ensure the brake system functions cor-
Do not add coolant if the expansion tank is rectly, only use brake f luids t hat comply
empty. There may be air in the cooling sys- wit h VW standard S0 l 14 or
t em, wh ich increases t he risk of engi ne dam- FMVSS-1 16 DOT 4 .
age . If this is the case, do not continue driv-
ing . See an authorized Audi dea ler or author - (D Note
ized Audi Service Facility for assistance . - If the brake flu id level is above the MAX
ma rking, bra ke f luid may leak out over t he
Brake fluid edge of the reservo ir and resul t in damage
t o t he vehicle.
N
N
~
N
- Do not ge t any brake fluid on t he vehicle
pai nt, because it will corrode t he paint.
""
CX)
IXl
Battery
General warnings about batteries
Because of the complex power supp ly, all work

on batter ies such as disconnecting, replacing,
etc., sho uld only be performed by an authorized
Fig. 2 6 3 Engine compartme nt: cap on brake flu id reservoir
Audi dealer or author ized Audi Service Facility
&_.
Observe the safety precautions 9 &. in Working
¢
in the engine comportment on page 31 4 . The term "vehicle battery" refers to the 12 Volt
batte ry in your vehicle. ..,.
Checking the brake fluid level
u
"' Read the brake fluid level on the brake fluid
co
..... reservoir ¢ page 316, fig. 260. The brake fluid
N
r--
N level must be between the MIN and MAXmark-
.....
~0 ings ¢ ,&. .
co
321
Detailed warnings for the vehicle battery:

Always wea r eye protection.
i
~
Batteries contain polluting substances such
as sulfur ic acid and lead. Contact an author-
Battery acid is highly corrosive. Always
~
ized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service
. wea r protect ive g loves and eye pro t ect ion . Facility for more informat ion.
Fire, sparks, open flame and smok ing are
® forb idden . Vehicle battery
A highly explosive mixture of gases can
~ form when charging batteries.
The term "vehicle battery" refers to the 12 Volt
battery in your vehicle.
Always keep childre n far away from bat-
® tery ele ctr olyte and the batte ry. Not running the vehicle for long periods of
time
Always follow the instructions in the oper-
~ ating manual. If you do not drive your vehicle for severa l days or
weeks, electrical equ ipment is gradually sca led
A WARNING back or sw itched off. This reduces energy use and
All wo rk on the batte ry or electrical system in ensures the vehicle will be able to start after long
yo ur vehicle can result in inju ries, chemical periods of time <=>page 145 . Some convenience
burns, accidents or burns. Because of this, all funct ions, such as interior lighting or power seat
wor k must be performed only by an author- adjustment, may not be available unde r certain
ized Audi dealer or a uthorized Audi Service circumstances . These convenience functions will
Facility. be available again once you switch t he ignition on
and start the engine .
A WARNING Even when electrical equipment is switched off,
California Proposition 65 Warning: the eq uipm e nt can still drain the veh icle battery
- Battery posts, termina ls and re lated acces- if the ve hicle is not driven for long periods of
sories contain lead and lead compounds, time. Deep draining results in a chemical reaction
chemica ls known to the State of California that destroys the inside of the vehicle battery.
to cause cancer and reproductive problems. The vehicle battery must be charged every month
Wash hands after handling . to reduce the risk of this happening <=> page 323.
Contact an authorized Aud i dealer or authorized
@ Note Audi Service Facility for more information.
- If the vehicle will be parked for long periods Winter operation

of time, protect it against the cold so that it
Cold weather places higher demands on the vehi -
will not be destroyed by "freezing"
cle battery. This resu lts in reduced starting abili-
<=>page 323.
ty. Have the vehicle battery checked by an au-
- There are electrical components under the
thorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service
cargo floor behind a trim pane l that warm
Facility before the cold time of year .
up during operation. To reduce the risk of
the components overheat ing, do not store
objects such as blankets under the ca rgo
floor . If they overheat, the components wi ll
switc h off temporarily. This w ill be ind icat ed
by a message in the instrument cluster, un-
til the temperature returns to normal.
322
Charging the vehicle battery Contact an author ized Audi dealer or au -

thorized Audi Service Facility for more infor-
mat ion.
- Do not connect or disconnect the charging
cable wh ile charging because this increases
the risk of an explos ion.
(D Tips
- Only charge the veh icle battery through the
connect ions in the engine compartment .
Fig. 264 Engine compar tment : connec tors for a charg er
- Read all of the manufacturer's instructions
and jump s tart cables for the charger before charging the vehicle
battery.
Requirement: on ly use charge rs with a maximum
charging voltage of 30 amp s/ 14 .8 Volts . The Windshield washer
vehicle battery cables remain connected .
system
.,.Read the warn ings ¢ & in General warnings
about batteries on page 322 and ¢ ,& .
.,.Switch off the ignition and all e lectrical equip-
ment .
.,.Open the hood ¢ page 315 .
.,.Open the red cover on the positive term inal
¢ fig . 264 .
.,.Clamp the charger term inal clamps to the jump
start pins according to the instruct ions . (pin
under the red cover = "positive", pin with hex-
agonal head= "negative ") . Fig. 265 Engine compar t men t : was her fluid res ervoir cap
.,.Inse rt the powe r cable for the charging device

into t he socket and swit ch the device on . The windshield washer fluid reservoir O contains
.,.At the end of the charging process, switch the the clean ing solut ion for the w indshield and the
charger off and pull the power cab le out of the headlight washer system* ¢page 316, fig. 260 .
The reservoir capacity can be found in
socket.
.,.Remove the charger terminal clamps . ¢ page 369 .
.,.Close the red cover on the positive term inal. To reduce the risk of lime scale deposits on the
.,.Close the hood ¢ page 315 . spray no zzles, use clean water with low amounts
of calcium . Always add w indow cleaner to the wa-
A WARNING ter . When the outside t empe ratures are cold, an
- A highly explosive mixtu re of gases can form anti-freez ing agent sho uld be added to t he water
whe n cha rging batter ies. Only charge the so that it does not free ze.
vehicle bat te ry in well-ven ti lated are as .
- A d ra ined vehicle battery can freeze at tem-
@ Note
peratu res a round 3 2 QF(0 QC).A frozen or - The concentration of ant i-freez ing agent
t hawed veh icle bat t ery m ust not be charged must be adjusted to the ve hicle operat ing
and must not be used anymore. If ice forms, conditio ns in the respective climate . A con-
u
co cen t ration that is too high can lead to vehi-
..... the battery housing can crack and battery
N
r-- electrolyte can leak out, which increases the cle da mage .
N
.....
~0 risk of an explosion and chemical burns .
co
323
- Never add radiator anti-freeze or other addi - your vehicle, especially the engine . Even if
tives to the washer fluid. the mileage on the vehicle is low, do not ex-
- Do not use a glass cleaner that contains ceed t he time for the next service .
paint solvents, because this could damage
the paint .
Service interval display

The service interval display detects when your ve-
hicle is due for service.
Checking service intervals
You can check the remaining distance or time un-

til the next oil change or next inspection in the
Infotainment system .
.,.Select in the Infot ainment system: the IMENUI
button > Vehicle > left contro l button > Service
& checks > Service intervals.
Resetting the indicator
An author ized Audi dealer or authorized Audi

Service Facility will reset the service interval dis-
play after performing serv ice.
If you have changed the oil yourself,you must re-
set t he oil chan ge interva l.
.,.Select in the Infotainment system: the lMENUI
button > Vehicle > left control button > Service
& checks > Service intervals > Reset oil change
interval.
If an oil change or inspection is due, you can ac-

cess it in the Infotainment system . The display
works in two stages:
- Service reminder: after a certain distance is
driven, a message appears in the instrument
cluster display every time the ignition is switch-
ed on. The remaining distance and t ime is dis-
played br iefly.
- Service due : if your veh icle has reached a serv-
ice interval, a message appears briefly after
switching the ignition on.
0 Note
- Only reset the oil change indicator if the oil
was chan ged.
- Following the service inter vals is critical to
maintain ing the service life and value of
324
Wheels
Wheels tions. Drive carefully and re-

Wheels a nd Ti r e s duce your speed on icy or slip-
General information pery roads . Even winter tires
can lose traction on black ice.
.,,.Checkyour tires regularly for
damage (punctures, cuts , cracks @ Note
and bulges). Remove foreign ob- - Please note that summer and
jects from the tire tread . winter tires are designed for
.,,.If driving over curbs or similar the condit ions that are typical
obstacles, drive slowly and ap- in those seasons. Audi recom-
proach the curb at an angle. mends using winter ti res dur -
.,,.Have faulty tires or rims re- ing the winter months. Low
placed immediately . temperatures significantly de-
.,,.Protect your tires from oil, crease the e lasticity of summ-
grease and fuel. er tires , which affects traction
.,,.Mark tires before removing and braking ab ility. If summer
them so that the same running tires are used in very cold
direction can be maintained if temperatures, cracks can form
they are reinstalled . on the tread bars, resulting in
.,,.Lay tires flat when storing and permanent tire damage that
store them in a cool, dry locat ion can cause loud driving noise
with as litt le exposure to light as and unbalanced tires.
possible . -Burnished, polished or
chromed rims must not be
&_ WARN IN G - used in winter driving condi-
-Never drive faster than the tions . The surface of the rims
maximum permitted speed does not have sufficient corro-
for your tires. This could cause sion protect ion for this and
the tires to heat up too much . could be permanently dam-
This increases the risk of an aged by road salt or similar
accident because it can cause substances.
ua,
the tire to burst.
....
N
r--
-Always adapt your driving to
....
N
the road and traffic condi-

~a,
325
Wheels
Tire designations @ Tire construction

"R" indicates a radial tire.
® Rim diameter
Size of the rim diameter in inches.
® Load index and speed rating

The load index indicates the tire's
load-carrying capacity.
The speed rating indicates the

maximum permitted speed. Also
see ¢in General information
A
on page 325.
"EXTRA LOAD", "xl" or "RF" indi-
cates that the tire is reinforced or
Fig. 266 Tire designations on the side-
wall is an Extra Load tire.
Speed rat- Maximum permitted speed
(D Tires for passenger vehicles ing
(if applicable) p up to 93 mph (150 km/h )
Q up t o 99 m ph (160 km/h)
"P" indicates a tire for a passenger
R up to 106 mph (170 km/ h)
vehicle. "T" indicates a tire desig-
5 up to 110 mph (180 km/h)
nated for temporary use. T up t o 118 mph (190 km/h)
u up to 124 mph (200 km / h)
@ Nominal width
up t o 130 mph (210 km/h)
H
Nominal width of the tire be- V up to 149 mph (240 km / h)al
tween the sidewalls in millime- z above 149 mph (240 km/h) al
ters. In general: the larger the w up to 168 mph (270 km / h)al

y up to 186 mph (300 km / h)al
number, the wider the tire.
a) For tires above 149 mph (240 km/h),
@ Aspect ratio tire manufacturers sometimes use the
code "ZR" .
Height/width ratio expressed as a
percentage.
326
Wh e el s
(J) US DOT number (TIN) and must also specify the materials
manufacture date used in the tire . These include
The manufacture date is listed on steel, nylon, polyester and other
the tire sidewall (it may only ap- materials.
pear on the inner side of the tire): @ Ma x imum permitted load
DOT ... 2217 ... This number indicates the maxi-
means , for example, that the tire mum load in kilograms and
was produced in the 22nd week of pounds that the tire can carry .
the year 2017 . @ Uniform t ire qual ity grade
@ Audi Original Tires standards for treadwear,
traction and temperature
Audi Original equipment tires resistance
with the designation "AO" have
Treadwear , tract ion and tempera-
been specially matched to your
ture ranges r=:>page341 .
Audi . When used correct ly, these
tires meet the highest standards @ Running direction
for safety and handling . An au- The arrows indicate the runn ing
thorized Audi dealer or author- direction of unidirectional tires .
ized Audi Service Facility will be You must always follow the speci-
able to provide you with more in- fied running direction
formation . Q page 355.
® Mud and snow capability @ Ma x imum permitted
" M/5 " or " M+S" indicates the tire inflation pressure
is suitable for driving on mud and This number indicates the maxi-
snow . & indicates a winter tire . mum pressure to which a tire can
@ Composition of the tire cord be inflated under normal operat-
and materials ing cond itions .
The number of plies indicates the

number of rubberized fabric lay-
ua, ers in the tire. I n general : the
....
N
r-- more layers, the more weight a
....
N
~ tire can carry . Tire manufacturers

a,
327
Wh e el s
Glossary of tire and loading Cord

terminology means the strands forming the
Accessory weight plies in the tire.
means the combined weight (in Cold tire inflation pressure
excess of those standard items means the t ire pressure recom-
which may be replaced) of auto- mended by the vehicle manufac-
matic transmission, power steer- turer for a tire of a designated
ing , power brakes , power win- size that has not been driven for
dows , power seats, radio, and more than a couple of miles (kilo -
heater, to the extent that these meters) at low speeds in the
items are available as factory-in- three hour period before the tire
stalled equipment (whether in- pressure is measured or adjusted.
stalled or not).
Curb weight
Aspect ratio
means the weight of a motor ve-
means the ratio of the height to hicle w ith standard equipment in-
the width of the tire in percent. cluding the maximum capacity of
Numbers of 55 or lower indicate a fuel, oil, and coolant, ai r condi-
low sidewall for improved steer- tioning and additional weight of
ing response and better overall optional equipment.
handling on dry pavement .
Extra load ti re
Bead
means a tire designed to operate
means the part of the tire that is at higher loads and at higher in-
made of steel wires, wrapped or flation pressures than the corre-
reinforced by ply cords and that is sponding standard tire. Extra load
shaped to fit the rim. tires may be identified as "XL",
Bead separation " X l" "EXTRALOAD" or "RF" on
I I
the sidewall. .,.

means a breakdown of the bond
between components in the bead.
328
Wh e el s
Gross Axle Weight Rating Maximum (permissible )

( "GAWR") inflation pressure
means the load-carrying capacity means the maximum cold infla-
of a single axle system, measured tion pressure to which a tire may
at the tire-ground interfaces. be inflated . Also called "maxi -
mum inflation pressure ."
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
("GVWR") Normal occupant weight
means the maximum total loaded means 150 lbs . (68 kilograms)
weight of the vehic le. times the number of occupants
Groove seated in the vehicle up to the to-
ta l seating capacity of your vehi-
means the space between two ad-
cle .
jacent tread ribs.
Occupant distribut ion
Load rating (code)
means distribution of occupants
means the maximum load that a
in a vehicle .
tire is rated to carry for a given in-
flat ion pressure . You may not find Outer diameter
this information on all tires be - means the overall diameter of an
cause it is not required by law . inflated new tire .
Maximum load rating Overall w idth
means the load rating for a tire at means the linear distance be-
the maximum permissible infla- tween the exteriors of the side-
tion pressure for that tire . walls of an inflated tire, including
Maximum loaded vehicle elevations due to labeling, deco-
weight rations , or protective bands or
ribs.
means the sum of:
(a) Curb weight Ply
(b) Accessory weight means a layer of rubber-coated
(c) Vehicle capacity weight, and parallel cords.
ua,
....
N
r--
(d) Production options weight
....
N
~a,
329
Wheels
Production option s we ight Rim

means the combined weight of means a metal support for a tire
those installed regular production or a tire and tube assembly upon
options weighing over 5 lbs. which the tire beads are seated.
(2.3 kg) in excess of those stand-
Rim diam eter
ard items which they replace, not
means nominal diameter of the
previously considered in curb
bead seat . If you change your
weight or accessory weight, in-
wheel size, you will have to pur -
cluding heavy duty brakes, ride
levelers, roof rack, heavy duty chase new tires to match the new
rim diameter .
battery, and special trim.
Rim size designation
Radial ply tir e
means rim diameter and width.
means a pneumatic tire in which
the ply cords that extend to the Rim width
beads are laid at substantially means nomina l distance between
90 degrees to the centerline of rim flanges.
the tread.
Sidewall
Recommended inf lation
means that portion of a tire be-
pressure
tween the tread and bead .
see¢ page 328 , Cold tire infla-
tion pressure. Speed rating (letter code)
means the speed at which a tire is
Reinforced tire
designed to be driven for extend-
means a tire designed to operate
ed periods of time. The ratings
at higher loads and at higher in-
range from 93 mph (150 km/h)
flation pressures than the corre-
to 186 mph (298 km/h) ¢ table
sponding standard tire . Rein -
on page 326 . You may not find
forced tires may be identified as
this information on all tires be-
"XL" , "xl" , "EXTRA LOAD" , or "RF"
cause it is not required by law .
on the sidewall.
The speed rating letter code,
where applicable, is molded on
the tire sidewall and indicates the ...
330
Wheels
maximum permissible road parisons among tires . The UTQG

speeds. See also ¢ .&in General is not a safety rating and not a
information on page 325. guarantee that a tire will last for
a prescribed number of miles
Tire pressure mon itoring
system (kilometers) or perform in acer-
tain way . It simply gives tire buy -
means a system that detects
ers additional information to
when one or more of a vehicle's
combine with other considera-
tires are underinflated and illumi-
tions, such as price, brand loyalty
nates a low tire pressure warning
and dealer recommendatio ns . Un-
telltale.
der UTQG, tires are graded by the
Tread tire manufacturers in three areas :
means that portion of a tire that treadwear, tract ion, and tempera-
comes into contact with the road . ture resistance. The UTQG infor-
mation on the tires, molded into
Tread separation
the sidewalls.
means pulling away of the tread
U.S. DOT Tire Identification
from the tire carcass.
Number (TIN)
Treadwea r indicators (TWI ) This is the tire's "se rial number" .
means the projections within the It begins with the letters "DOT"
principal grooves designed to give and indicates that the tire meets
a visual indication of the degrees all federal standards. The next
of wear of the tread. See two numbers or letters indicate
¢ page 334, Treadwear indicator the plant whe re it was manufac-
for more information on measur- tured, and the last four numbers
ing tire wear . represent the week and year of
manufactu re . For example,
Uniform Tire Quality Grading
is a tire information system devel- DOT ... 2217 ...
oped by the United States Nation- means that the tire was produced
al Highway Traffic Safety Admin- in the 22nd week of 2017 . The
ua,
N
.... istration (NHTSA) that is designed other numbers are marketing co-
r--
N
.... to help buyers make relat ive com- des that may or may not be used .,.
~a,
33 1
Wheels
by the tire manufacturer . This infor the numbe r of seating posi-
formation is used to contact con- tions. Refer to the table ¢ table
sumers if a tire defect requires a on page 337 for the number of
recall. people tha t correspond to t he ve-
hicle normal load .
Vehicle capacity weight
means the rated cargo and lug- New tires or wheels
gage load plus 150 lbs. (68 kilo-
Audi recommends having all work
grams) times the vehicle's desig-
on t ires or wheels performed by
nated seating capacity .
an authorized Audi dealer or au-
Vehicle maximum load on the thorized Audi Service Facility.
tire These facilities have the proper
means that load on an individual know ledge and are eq uipped with
tire that is determined by distrib- the required too ls and rep lace-
uting to each axle its share of the ment parts.
maximum loaded veh icle weight
...New t ires do not yet have the
and dividing by two.
optim um gripping properties.
Vehicle normal load on the tire Drive carefully and at moderate
means that load on an individual speeds for the first 35 0 m iles
tire that is determined by distrib- (500 km) with new tires .
uting to each axle its share of the ...Only use tires with t he same de-
curb weight, accessory weight, sign, size (rolling circumfer -
and normal occupant weight (dis - ence) , and as close to t he same
tr ibuted in accordance with¢ ta - tread pattern as possible on a ll
ble on page 33 7) and d ividing by four wheels .
two . ...Do not replace tires individually.
At least replace bo t h tires on the
Occupant loading and distri- same axle at the same time .
bution for vehicle normal load
...Audi recommends that you use
for various designated seating
capacities Audi Original Tires. If you would
like to use different tires, please
Refer to the tire inflation pres -
note that the tires may perform ...
sure label¢ page 335, fig. 269
332
Wheels
differently even if they are the wise, damage to the vehicle

same size ¢ ,&.. and an accident could result .
.,,.If you would like to equip your -Only use tire/rim combina-
vehic le with a tire/rim combinations and suitable wheel bolts
tion that is different from what that have been approved by
was installed at the factory, con- Audi. Otherwise, damage to
sult with an authorized Audi the vehicle and an accident
dealer or authorized Audi Service could result.
Facility before making a pur- -For technical reasons, it is not
chase¢ ,&.. possible to use tires from oth-
Because the spare tire* is differ- er vehicles - in some cases,
ent from the regular tires instal- you cannot even use tires from
led on the vehicle (such as winter the same vehicle model.
tires or wide tires), only use the -Make sure that the tires you
spare tire* temporari ly in case of select have enough clearance
emergency and drive carefully to the vehicle. Replacement
while it is in use. It should be re- tires should not be chosen
placed with a regular tire as soon simply based on the nominal
as possible. size, because tires with a dif-
ferent construction can differ
All four wheels must be equipped
greatly even if they are the
with tires that are the same brand
same size. If there is not
and have the same construction
enough clearance, the tires or
and tread pattern so that the
the vehicle can be damaged
drive system is not damaged by
and this can reduce driving
different tire speeds. For this rea-
safety and increase the risk of
son, in case of emergency, only
an accident.
use a spare tire* that is the same
-Only use tires that are more
circumference as the regular
than six years old when abso-
tires.
lutely necessary and drive
ua,
A WARNING
- carefully when doing so.
....
N
-Do not use steel rims that are -Do not use run-flat tires on
r--
....
N
17 inches or larger. Other- your vehicle. Using them when ,..
~a,
333
Wheels
not permitted can lead to ve- ty check the wheel alignment if

hicle damage or accidents. there is unusual wear.
-If you install wheel covers on -Have the wheels rebalanced if an
the vehicle, make sure they al- imbalance is causing noticeable
low enough air circulation to vibration in the steering wheel.
cool the brake system. If they If you do not , the tires and other
do not, this could increase the vehicle components could wear
risk of an accident. more quickly.
Treadwear indicator
Tire wear/damage
Original equipment tires contain
treadwear indicators in the tread
pattern, which are bars that are
1/16 in (1.6 mm) high and are
spaced evenly around the tire per-
pendicular to the running direc-
tion ¢ fig. 267. The letters "TWI"
Fig. 267 Tire profile: treadwear indica- or tr iangles on the tire sidewall
tor indicate the location of the tread-
wear indicators.
Tire wear
Check the tires regularly for wear. The t ires have reached the mini-
mum tread depth l ) when they
-Inflation pressure that is too low have worn down to the treadwear
or high can increase tire wear indicators. Replace the tires with
considerably. new ones ¢ .&.-
-Driving quickly through curves,
rapid acceleration and heavy Tire rotation
braking increase tire wear. Rotating the tires regularly is rec-
-Have an authorized Audi dealer ommended to ensure the tires
or authorized Audi Service Facili- wear evenly. To rotate the tires,
install the tires from the rear axle .,.
l) Obey any applicable regulations in your

country.
334
Wheels
on the front axle and vice versa. risk of hydroplaning when driv-
This will allow the tires to have ing through deep puddles.
approximately the same length of
service life. Tire pressure
For unidirectional tires, make Ii..
sure the tires are installed accord- a,
ing to the running direction indi-

cated on the tire sidewall
¢ page 355.
Hidden damage
Damage to tires and rims can of- Fig. 268 Driver's side 8-pillar : tire pres-
sure label
ten occur in locations that are
hidden. Unusual vibrations in the
-"'-
r~.--c=--TINQ
-~-- ~--.-::""' ---.-=---•>- ~-=~l:-~
vehicle or pulling to one side may
indicate that there is tire damage. .............
......
-- ...___.._
__..___.
__.
.... ......
....
... .....
_.,.. ...
__,. .... ...
~
_.._. _
....
Reduce your speed immediately.

-
P'ICU CIII I I >NI
AVAHT - KPA. • PSI

Check the tires for damage. If no
damage is visible from the out-
side, drive slowly and carefully to Fig. 269 Tire pressure label
the nearest authorized Audi deal-
er or authorized Audi Service Fa- The correct tire pressure for tires
cility to have the vehicle inspect - installed at the factory is listed on
ed. a label. The label is located on the
B-pillar ¢ fig. 268, ¢ fig. 269. The
A WARNING location may vary depending on
Tread that has worn too low or the model.
different tread depths on the
Use the tire pressure specified for
tires can reduce driving safety.
a normal vehicle load when the
This can increase the risk of an
vehicle is partially loaded ¢ table
accident because it has a nega-
on page 337. If driving the vehi-
tive effect on handling, driving
u
...
"' cle when fully loaded, you must ""
N through curves, and braking,
"....
N
~ and because it increases the

0
(X)
335
Wheels
increase the tire pressure to the the risk of an accident. Read

maximum specified pressure ¢ .&.- and follow the important safe-
Checking/correcting tire ty precautions in ¢ page 337,
pressure Tires and vehicle load limits.
-The tire must flex more if the
~check the tire pressure at least
tire pressure is too low or if
once per month and also check it
before every long drive . the vehicle speed or load are
~Always check the tire pressure too high. This heats the tire up
when the tires are cold. Do not too much. This increases the
risk of an accident because it
reduce the pressure if it increas-
can cause the tire to burst and
es when the tires are warm.
result in loss of vehicle con-
~check the label¢ fig . 269 for
the correct tire pressure based trol.
on vehicle load. - Incorrect tire pressure in-
~correct the tire pressure if nec- creases tire wear and has a
essary . negative effect on driving and
braking behavior, which in-
~store the new tire pressure in
the Infotainment system creases the risk of an accident.
¢ page 343. @ Note
_&.WARNING Replace lost valve caps to re-

duce the risk of damage to the
Always adapt the tire pressure
tire valves.
to your driving style and vehicle
load . @ For the sake of the environment
-Overloading can lead to loss of Tire pressure that is too low in-
vehicle control and increase creases fuel consumption.
Tire pressure table

Please note that the information ences between this information
contained in the following table and the tire pressures specified
was correct at the time of print-
ing, and the information is sub-
ject to change . If there are differ-
336
Wheels
on the label on the driver's side B- ignation on the tire pressure label
pillar, always follow the specifica- and the tire pressure table.
tion on the B-pillar label The following table lists recom-
page 335, fig. 268.
c:::>
mended tire pressures in cold
Make sure that the tire designa- tires according to the load and
tion on your tire matches the des- the size of the tires installed.
Model/ Tire designation Tire pressure
Engine Normal load Maximum load
(up to 3 people)a)
front rear front rear
PSI kPA PSI kPA PSI kPA PSI kPA
Q5: 235/60 R18 103H 29 200 29 200 35 240 38 260
2.0L 235/55 R19 101H 29 2 00 29 200 33 230 36 250
4-cylinder
255/45 R20 101H 29 200 29 200 33 230 36 250
gasoline en-
255/45 R20 101W 29 2 00 29 200 32 220 35 240
gine
255/40 R21102Y 32 220 32 220 32 220 35 240
SQ5: 255/45 R20 101H 33 2 30 30 210 36 250 36 250
3.0L 255/45 R20 101W 36 2 50 33 230 41 280 44 300
6-cylinder
255/40 R21102Y 33 230 33 230 36 250 39 270
gasoline en-
gine
a) 2 people in the front, 1 person in the rear
A WARNING loss of vehicle control, but can al-

Please note the important safe- so damage important parts of the
ty precautions regarding tire vehicle and can lead to sudden
pressure c:::>page 335 and load tire failure, including a blowout
limits c:::>page 337. and sudden deflation that can
cause the vehicle to crash.
Tires and vehicle load limits Your safety and that of your pas-
There are limits to the amount of sengers also depends on making
load or weight that any vehicle sure that load limits are not ex-
and any tire can carry. A vehicle ceeded. Vehicle load includes ev-
that is overloaded will not handle erybody and everything in and on
u
co
.... well and is more difficult to stop .
N
the vehicle . These load limits are
r---
.... Overloading can not only lead to
N
0
technically referred to as the ..,
<(
0
00
337
Wheels
vehicle's Gross Vehicle Weig ht gers who are heavier than the
Rati ng ("GVWR"). standard weights assumed mean
The "GVWR"includes the weight that less weight can be carried as
of the basic vehicle, all factory in- luggage .
stalled accessories, a full tank of The Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
fuel, oil, coolant and other fluids and the Gross Axle Weight Rating
plus maximum load. The maxi- are listed on the safety compli-
mum load includes the number of ance sticker labe l located on the
passengers that the vehicle is in- driver's side B-pillar.
tended to carry ("seating capaci-
ty") with an assumed weight of
1.8.WARNING
Overloading a vehicle can cause
150 lbs . (68 kg) for each passen-
loss of vehicle control, a crash
ger at a designated seating posi-
or other accident, serious per-
tion and the total weight of any
sonal injury, and even death.
luggage in the vehicle. If you tow
-Carrying more weight than
a trailer, the weight of the trailer
your vehicle was designed to
hitch and the tongue weight of
carry will prevent the vehicle
the loaded trailer must be includ-
from handling properly and
ed as part of the vehicle load .
increase the risk of the loss of
The Gross Axle W eight Rating vehicle control.
("GAWR")is the maximum load -The brakes on a vehicle that
that can be applied at each of the has been overloaded may not
vehicle's two axles . be able to stop the vehicle
The fact that there is an upper within a safe distance .
limit to your vehicle's Gross Vehi- -Tires on a vehicle that has
cle Weight Rating means that the been overloaded can fail sud -
total weight of whatever is being denly, including a blowout and
carried in the vehicle (including sudden deflation, causing loss
the weight of a trailer hitch and of contro l and a crash.
the tongue weight of the loaded -Always make sure that the to-
trailer) is limited . The more pas- tal load being transported - ..
sengers in the vehicle or passen -
338
Wheels
including the weight of a trail - pounds shown on the stick-

er hitch and the tongue er¢ page 335, fig. 269 .
weight of a loaded trailer - 4. The resulting figure equals the
does not make the vehicle available amount of cargo and
heavier than the vehicle's luggage load capacity . For ex-
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating . ample , if the "XXX"amount
equa ls 1400 lbs . and there will
Determining correct load be five 150 lbs . passengers in
limit your vehicle, the amount of
Use the example below to calcu- available cargo and luggage
late the total weight of the pas - load capacity is 650 lbs .
(1400- 750 (5 X 150) = 650
sengers and luggage or other
things that you plan to transport lbs .)
so that you can make sure that 5. Determine the comb ined
your vehicle will not be overload- weight of luggage and cargo
ed . being loaded on the vehicle .
That weight may not safely ex-
Steps for Determining Correct ceed the availab le cargo and
Load Limit
luggage load capacity calculat-
1. Locate the statement "THE ed in Step 4 .
COMBINEDWEIGHT OF OCCU- 6. If your vehicle will be towing a
PANTSANDCARGOSHOULD tra iler, load from your tra iler
NEVEREXCEEDXXXKGOR XXX will be transferred to your ve-
LBS" on your vehicle's placard hicle. Consult t his manual to
(tire inflation pressure label) determine how this reduces
¢ page 335, fig. 269 . the availab le cargo and lug-
2. Determine the combined gage load capacity of your veh i-
weight of the driver and pas - cle.
sengers that will be riding in .,.Check the tire sidewall
your vehicle. (¢ page 326, fig. 266) to deter -
3. Subt ract the combined weight mine the designated load rat ing
ua,
.... of the driver and passengers for a specific t ire .
N
N
r--
.... from "XXX"kilograms or "XXX"
~a,
339
Wheels
Wheel bolts and rims The effectiveness of winter tires is reduced great-
ly when the tread is worn down to a depth of
Wheel bolts 0.16 in (4 mm) . The characteristics of winter
Wheel bolts must be clean and loosen/tighten tires also decrease greatly as the tire ages, re-
easily. gardless of the remaining tread.
Rims @) For the sake of the environment

Rims with a bolted rim ring* or with bolted wheel Reinstall summer tires at the appropriate
covers* consist of multiple pieces. These compo- time, because they provide better handling
nents were bolted together using special bolts when roads are free of snow and ice. Summer
and a special procedure . You must not repair or tires cause less road noise, tire wear and fuel
disassemble them C>_&.. consumption .
_& WARNING (D Tips

Wheel bolts that are t ight ened or repaired in- You can also use all season tires instead of
correctly can become loose and result in loss winter tires. Please note that in some coun-
of vehicle control, which increases the risk of tries where winter tires are required, only
an accident. For the correct tightening specifi- winter tires with the & symbol may be per-
cation, see e>page 356, Finishing. mitted.
- Always keep the wheel bolts and the
threads in the wheel hub clean and free of Snow chains
grease.
- Only use wheel bolts that fit the rim. Snow chains not only improve the driving in win-
- Always have damaged rims repaired by an ter road conditions, but also the braking.
authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi "'Only install snow chains on the rear wheels.
Service Facility . Never repair or disassemble "' Check and correct the seating of the snow
rims yourse lf, because this increases the risk chains after driving a few feet, if necessary. Fol-
of an accident. low the instructions from the manufacturer.
"' Note the maximum speed of 30 mph (SO km/
Winter tires h). Note the local regulations.
Winter tires significantly improve the vehicle's Use of snow chains is only permitted with certain
handling when driving in winter conditions . Be- rim/tire combinations due to technical reasons.
cause of their construction (width, compound, Check with an authorized Audi dealer or author-
tread pattern), summer tires provide less trac- ized Audi Service Facility to see if you may use
tion on ice and snow. snow chains.
"'Use winter tires on all four wheels . Use fine-mesh snow chains. They must not add
"'Only use winter tires that are approved for your more than 0.53 in (13.S mm) in height, including
vehicle . the chain lock.
"'Please note that the maximum permitted
You must remove the snow chains on roads with-
speed may be lower with winter tires e> & in
out snow . Otherwise, you could impair driving
General information on page 325. An author-
ability and damage the tires .
ized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Fa-
cility can inform you about the maximum per-
mitted speed for your tires .
_& WARNING
Using incorrect snow chains or installing snow
"'Check the tire pressure after installing wheels
chains incorrectly can result in loss of vehicle 9"'
¢ page 335.
340
Wheels
control, which increases the risk of an Uniform tire quality grading

accident.
- Tread wear
@ Note
- Traction AA ABC
- Temperature ABC
- Snow chains can damage the rims/wheel
covers* if the chains come into direct con - Quality grades can be found where applicable on
tact with them . Remove the wheel covers* the tire side wall between tread shoulder and
first. Use coated snow chains. maximum section width <=> page 326, fig. 266.
- Do not install and use snow chains if there is For example: Tread wear 200 , Traction AA, Tem-
a malfunction in the air suspension*, be- perature A.
cause the vehicle height will be very low. If
you drive with snow chains anyway, the All passenger car tires must conform to Federal
wheel housings and other vehicle compo- Safety Requirements in addition to these grades.
nents can be severely damaged. Tread wear
(D Tips The tread wear grade is a comparative rating

based on the wear rate of the tire when tested
When using snow chains, it may be useful to
under controlled cond it ions on a specified gov -
page 141.
switch the offroad mode on <=>
ernment test course.
Low-profile tires For example, a tire graded 150 would wear one
App lies to: vehicles with low-profile tires and one half (1 1/2) times as we ll on the govern-
ment course as a tire graded 100 .
Compared to other tire/rim combinat ions, low-
The relative performance of tires depends upon
profile tires offer a wider tread surface and a
larger rim diameter with shorter tire sidewalls. the actual cond it ions of the ir use, however, and
This results in an agile dr iving style. However, it may depa rt significantly from the norm due to
may reduce the leve l of comfort and increase variations in driv ing habits, service practices and
road noise when driving on roads in poor condi- differences in road characteristics and climate.
tion . Traction
Low-profile tires can become damaged more The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are
quickly than standard tires when driving over AA, A, Band C. Those grades represent the tire's
large bumps, potho les, manhole covers, and ability to stop o n wet pavement as measured un-
curbs . Therefore, it is particular ly important to der controlled conditions on specified govern -
maintain the correct tire pressure<=> page 335 . ment test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire
To reduce the risk of damage to the tires and marked C may have poor traction performance
rims, drive very carefu lly on poor roads. c:>,& .
Check your wheels regularly every 2,000 mi Temperature

(3,000 km) for damage. Fo r example, check for The temperature g rades are A (the highest), B,
bulges/cracks on the tires or deformations/ and C, representing the tire 's resistance to the
cracks on the rims. generation of heat and its ability to dissipate
After a heavy impact or damage, have the ti res heat when tested under controlled conditions on
and rims inspected or replaced immed iate ly by a specified indoor laboratory test wheel.
an authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi Sustained high temperature can cause the mate -
u
co Service Facility .
..... rial of the tire to degenerate and reduce ti re life,
N
r---
N
..... Low-profile tires can wear out faster than stand- and excessive temperature can lead to sudden
0
<(
ard tires. tire failure c:>,& . ..,.
0
00
341
Wheels
The grade C corresponds to a level of perform - check your tires as soon as possible, and inflate
ance which all passenger car tires must meet un- them to the proper pressure . Driving on a signifi-
der the Federa l Motor Vehicle Safety Standard cant ly under-inflated t ire causes the t ire to over-
No. 109. Grades Band A represent higher levels heat and can lead to tire fa ilure . Under-inflation
of performance on the laboratory test wheel than also reduces fue l eff iciency and tire tread life,
the minimum required by law. and may affect the vehicle's handling and stop -
ping ability .
A WARNING
- Please note that the TPMSis not a substitute for
The traction grade ass igned to this tire is proper tire maintenance, and it is the driver's re-
based on straight-ahead braking traction spons ibility to maintain correct t ire pressure,
tests, and does not include accelerat ion, cor- even if under-inflation has not reached the level
ne ring, hydroplaning or peak traction charac- to trigger illumination of the TPMS low t ire pres-
teristics. sure te lltale .
A WARNING
-
Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS
malfunction indicator to indicate when the sys-
The temperatu re grade for this tire is estab-
tem is not operating prope rly. The TPMS mal-
lished for a tire that is properly inflated and
function indicator is combined with the low tire
not overloaded. Excessive speed, underinfla-
pressure telltale. When the system detects a
tion, or excessive loading, either separate ly or
malfunction, the telltale will flash for approxi -
in combination, can cause heat buildup and
mately one minute and then remain continuously
possible tire failure.
illuminated. This sequence will continue upon
subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the mal-
A WARNING
- funct ion exists.
Temperature grades apply to tires that are
When the malfunction indicator is illuminated,
properly inflated and not over or underinflat-
the system may not be ab le to detect or signal
ed.
low tire pressure as intended. TPMS malfunctions
may occur for a variety of reasons, including the
Tire pressure monitoring installation of replacement or alternate tires or
system wheels on the veh icle that prevent the TPMS
from functioning properly. Always check the
(l) General notes
TPMSma lfunction telltale after replac ing one or
Each t ire, including the spare (if provided), more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ens ure
should be checked monthly when cold and inflat- that the rep lacement or alternate tires and
ed to the inflation pressure recommended by the whee ls allow the TPMSto continue to function
vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or properly.
tire inflatio n press ure label. (If your vehicle has
t ires of a different size than the size indicated on If the tire pressure monitoring indicator
the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure la- appears
bel, you should determine the proper tire infla- Appli es to : vehicles wit h Tire Pressure Monitor ing System in-
dicator
tion pressure for those t ires) .
The tire pressure indicator in the instrument
As an added safety feature, your veh icle has been
cluster informs you if the tire pressure is too low
equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system
or if there is a system malfunction .
(TPMS)that illuminates a low tire pressure te ll-
tale when one or more of your t ires is significant- Using the ABSsensors, the tire pressure monitor-
ly under-inflated. Accordingly, when the low tire ing system compares the tire tread circumfer-
pressure tellta le illuminates, you should stop and ence and vibration characteristics of the
342
Wheels
individual tires. If the pressure changes in one or

more tires, this is indicated in the instrument
cluster display with an indicator light [IJ and a
-A WARNING
- If the tire pressure indicator appears in the
-
message . If only one tire is affected, the location display, reduce your speed immediately and
of that tire will be indicated. avoid any hard steering or braking maneu-
vers. Stop as soon as possible and check the
The tire pressures must be stored in the Infotain- tires and their pressure.
ment system again each time the pressures - The driver is responsible for maintaining the
change (switching between partial and full load correct tire pressure. You must check the
pressure) or after changing or replacing a tire on tire pressure regularly .
your vehicle ¢ page 343 . The tire pressure moni-
- Under certain conditions (such as a sporty
toring system only monitors the tire pressure you
driving style, winter conditions or unpaved
have stored. Refer to the tire pressure label for
roads), the tire pressure monitoring system
the recommended tire pressure for your vehicle
indicator may be delayed.
¢ page 335, fig. 269.
Tire tread circumference and vibration character- @ Tips

istics can change and cause a tire pressure warn- - The tire pressure monitoring system can al-
ing if: so stop working when there is an ESCmal-
- the tire pressure in one or more tires is too low function.
- the tires have structural damage - Using snow chains may result in a system
- the tire was replaced or the tire pressure was malfunction.
changed and it was not stored ¢ page 343 - The tire pressure monitoring system in your
- tires that are only partially used are replaced Audi was calibrated with "Audi Original
with new tires Tires"~ page 332 . Using these tires is rec-
ommended.
Indicator lights
[IJ- loss of pressure in at least one tire ¢ ,&.. Storing tire pressures
Check the tires and replace or repair if necessary. Appli es to: vehicles wi th Tir e Pressure Monito ring Syst em in-
dicat or
Check/correct the pressures of all four tires and
store the pressure again in the Infotainment sys- If the tire pressure changes or a tire is replaced ,
tem ¢ page 343 . it must be confirmed in the Infotainment sys-
mm (Tire Pressure Monitoring System) Tire

tem .
pressure: malfunction! See owner's manual. If .. Before storing the tire pressures, make sure the
mm appears after switching the ignition on or tire pressures of all four tires meet the speci -
while driving and the [IJ indicator light in the in- fied values and are adapted to the load
strument cluster blinks for approximately one ¢ page 335 .
minute and then stays on, there is system mal- .. Switch the ignition on .
function . Try to store the correct tire pressures .. Select in the Infotainment system: IMENU ! but-
~ page 343 . In some cases, you must drive for ton > Vehicle > Service & checks > Tire pres-
several minutes after storing the pressures until sure monitoring > Store tire pressure > Yes,
the indicator light turns off. If the indicator light store now.
does turn off or turns on again after a short peri-
od of time, drive to an authorized Audi dealer or (D Tips
authorized Audi Service Facility immediately to
Do not store the tire pressures if snow chains
~ have the malfunction corrected.
N
.... are installed .
,..._
N
.....
0
<(
0
00
343
Care and cleaning
Care and cleaning seals on the side windows, doors, lids or the sun-
roof* or at tires, rubber hoses, insulating materi -
General information a l, sensors* or camera lenses* . Keep a distance of
at least 16 in (40 cm).
Regular, proper care helps to maintain your vehi-
cle's value. It can also be a requirement when Do not remove snow and ice with a pressure
submitting warranty claims for corrosion damage washer.
and paint defects on the body.
Never us e cone nozz les or high pressu re nozzles.
The required cleaning and care products can be
The water temperature must not be above 140 °F
obtained from an authorized Audi dealer or au -
(60 °() .
thorized Service Facility . Read and follow the in-
structions for use on the packaging . Automatic car washes
A WARNING
Spray off the vehicle before washing.
Make sure that the windows and roof* are closed

- Using clean ing and care products incorrectly
and the windshie ld wipers are off . Follow instruc -
can be dangerous to your health .
tions from the car wash operator, especially if
- Always store clean ing and care products out
there are accessories attached to your vehicle.
of reach of children to reduce the risk of poi-
son ing . If possible, use car washes that do not have
brushes.
Washing by hand
- Preferab ly purchase environmenta lly-friend-
ly cleaning products. Clean the ve hicle starting from the top and work-
ing down using a soft sponge or cleaning br ush.
- Do not disposeof leftover cleaning and care
products with household trash. Use solvent-free cleaning products.
Washing vehicles with matte finish paint by

Car washes hand
The longer that deposits such as insects, bird To avoid damaging the pa int when washing, first
droppings, tree sap or road salt remain on the ve- remove dust and la rge part icles from you r vehi -
hicle, the more the surface can be damaged. High cle. Insects, grease spots and fingerprints are
temperatures such as those caused by sunlight best removed with a special cleaner for matte
increase the damaging effect . finish paint .
Before washing, rinse off heavy deposits with Apply t he product using a microfiber cloth. To
plenty of water. avoid damaging t he paint surface, do not use too
much pressure.
Stubborn deposits such as bird droppings or tree
sap are best removed with plenty of water and a Rinse the ve hicle thoroughly w it h wate r. Then
microfiber cloth. clean using a neutra l shampoo and a soft micro-
fiber cloth .
Also, wash the underside of yo ur vehicle once
road sa lt stops being used for the season . Rinse the ve hicle thoroughly aga in and let it air
dry. Remove any wate r residue using a chamois .
Pressure washers
When washing your veh icle w ith a pressure wash-
A WARNING
-
er , al ways fo llow the operating instructions pro- - Only wash the vehicle when the ign ition is
vided with the press ure washer. This is especially off and follow the instructions from the car
important in regard to the pressure and spraying
distance. Do not aim the spray directly at the
344
Care and cleaning
wash operator to reduce the risk of acci- height and width of the inside of the car
dents. wash .
- To reduce the risk of cuts, protect yourself - To reduce the risk of paint damage, do not
from sharp metal components when wash- wash the vehicle in direct sunlight .
ing the underbody or the inside of the wheel - To reduce the risk of damage to the surface,
housings. do not use insect removing sponges, kitchen
- After washing the vehicle, the braking effect sponges or similar items .
may be delayed due to moisture on the - Matte finish painted vehicle components:
brake rotors or ice in the winter . This in- - To reduce the risk of damage to the sur-
creases the risk of an accident. The brakes face, do not use polishing agents or hard
must be dried first with a few careful brake wax.
applications. - Never use protective wax. It can destroy
the matte finish effect .
@ Note - Do not place any stickers or magnetic
- If you wash the vehicle in an automatic car signs on vehicle parts painted with matte
wash, you must fold the exterior mirrors in finish paint. The paint could be damaged
to reduce the risk of damage to the mirrors. when the stickers or magnets are re-
Power folding exterior mirrors* must only moved.
be folded in and out using the power folding
function. @ For the sake of the environment
- To reduce the risk of damage to the rims Only wash the vehicle in facilities specially de-
and tires, compare the width between the signed for that purpose . This will reduce the
wheels on your vehicle with the distance be- risk of dirty water contaminated with oil from
tween the guide rails in the car wash. entering the sewer system.
- To reduce the risk of damage, compare the
height and width of your vehicle with the
Cleaning and care information

When cleaning and caring for individual vehicle that are not listed, consult an authorized Audi
components, refer to the following tables . The dealer or authorized Audi Service Facility. Also
information contained there is simply recom- follow the information found in ¢ .&..
mendations. For questions or for components
Exterior cleaning
Component Situation Solution
Windshield wiper Deposits soft cloth with glass cleaner, ¢ page 52
blades
Headlights/ Deposits Soft sponge with a mild soap solution 3 >
Tail lights
Sensors/ Deposits Sensors: soft cloth with a solvent-free cleaning solution
camera lenses Camera lenses: soft cloth with an alcohol-free cleaning
solution
Snow/ice Hand brush/solvent-free de-icing spray
u
co
..... Wheels Road salt Water
N
r---
N
..... Brake dust Acid-free special cleaning solution
0
<(
0
00
345
Care and cleaning

Exhaust tail pipes Road salt Water, cleaning solution suitab le for stainless steel, if nee-
essary
Decorative parts/ Deposits Mild soap solution al, a cleaning solution suitab le for stain-
trim less stee l, if necessary
Paint Paint damage Refer to t h e paint number on the vehicle data label, repair
with touch up pa int ~ page 369
Spilled fuel Rinse with water immediately
Surface rust Rust remover, then protect w ith hard wax; for questions,
consult an author ized Audi dealer or authorized Aud i Serv-
ice Facility.
Corros ion Have it removed by an authori zed Aud i dea ler or author-
ized Audi Service Facility.
Water no longer Protect with hard wax (at least twice per year)
beads on the surface
of clean paint
No shine even though Treat wit h suitable polish; then apply paint protectant if
pa int has been pro- the polish that was used does not contain any protectant
tected/paint loo ks
poor
Deposits such as in- Dampen w ith water immediately and remove w ith a micro-
sects, bird dropp ings, fiber cloth
tree sap and road salt
Grease -b ased con- Remove immediately with a mild soap so lution al and a
taminants such as soft cloth
cosmetics or sunb lock
Carbon parts Deposi t s clean the same way as painted parts ~ page 344
Decorative decals Deposits Soft sponge with a m ild soap solutiona l
•> Mild soap solution: maxim um tw o tablespoo ns of neutra l soap in 1 quart (1 lite r) of water
Interior cleaning
Window glass Deposits Glass cleane r, then wipe dry
Decorative parts/ Deposits Mild soap so lution al
trim
Plastic parts Deposits Dam p clo1th
Heavier deposits Mild soap solution al, detergent-free plastic clean ing solu-
tion, if necessary
Display s/ instru- Deposi t s Soft cloth with LCD cleaner; dust in the lower area of the
ment cluster instrument cluster can be removed using a soft brush.
Controls Deposits Soft brush, then a soft cloth with a m ild soap solutional
Safety belts Deposits Mild soap so lution al, allow to dry before letting them re -
tract
346
Care and cleaning

Textile s, Deposits adhering to Vacuum cleaner
artificial leat her, the surface
Alcantara Water-based deposits Absorbent cloth and mild soap solutiona>
such as coffee, tea,
blood, etc.
Oil-based deposits Apply a m ild soap solution al, blot away the dissolved oil or
such as oil, make-up, dye, treat afterward with water, if necessary
etc.
Special deposits such Specia l stain remover, blot with absorbent material, treat
as ink, nail polish, la- afterward with mi ld soap solution, if necessary a)
tex paint, shoe pol-
ish, etc .
Natu ral leathe r Fresh stains Cotton cloth with a mi ld soap so lution a>
Water-based deposits Fresh sta ins : absorbent cloth
such as coffee, tea, Dried sta ins: stain remover suitable for leather
b lood , etc.
Oil-based deposits Fresh sta ins: absorbent cloth and stain remover suitable
such as oil, make-up, for leather
etc . Dried sta ins: oil clean ing spray
Special deposits such Spot remove r suitab le for leather
as ink, nai l polish, la-
tex paint, shoe po l-
ish, etc.
Care Regula rly apply cond it ion ing cream that protects from
light and penet rates into the mater ia l. Use specia l colored
conditioning cream, if necessary.
Carbon parts Deposits clean the same way as plast ic parts
a) Mild soap solution: maxim um two tablespoons of neutral soap i n 1 quar t (1 liter) of water
.8, WARNING -
- Never use any pa int polish or other abra-
sive materials .
The windsh ie ld may not be trea t ed with wa - - Damage to the protect ive layer o n the
ter-repelling windshield coating agents. Un- rims such as stone ch ips or scratches must
favorable conditions such as wetness, dark - be repaired immediately .
ness, or low sun can result in increased glare .
- Came ra lenses
Wiper blade chatter is also possible.
- Neve r use warm or hot wa t er t o remove
snow or ice from the camera lens . This
@ Note
could cause the lens to crack .
- Headlights / tail light s - Neve r use ab rasive cleaning m ate rials or
- Never clean headlights or tail lights with a a lcohol to clean t he camera lens . This
dry clot h or sponge. could cause scratches and cracks .
- Do not use any cleaning product that con- - Door window s
u
co
.... tains alcohol, because they cou ld cause - Remove snow and ice on windows and ex-
N
,..._ cracks to form . terior mirrors w ith a plast ic scraper . To
....
N
0 - Wheels
<(
0
00
347
Car e and cl e aning
avoid scratches, move the scraper on ly in have them replaced by an authorized Audi
one direction and not back and forth. dealer or authorized Audi Serv ice Facility.
- Never remove snow or ice from door win- - Textile s/artificial leather/ Alcantara
dows and mirrors using warm or hot water - Never treat art ificial leather/ Alcantara
because this could cause cracks to form . with leathe r ca re products, solvents, floor
- To avoid damage to the rear w indow de- polish, shoe polish, spot remove or s imilar
fogger, do not apply any stickers on the products.
heating wires on the inside of the window . - Have a spec ialist remove stubborn stains
- Decorati ve parts / trim to prevent damage .
- Never use chrome care or cleaning prod- - Never use steam cleaners, brushes, hard
ucts. sponges, etc. when cleaning.
- Paint - Do not turn on the seat heating* to dry the
- To red uce the risk of scratches, the vehicle seat .
must be free of dirt and dus t before pol- - Objects w ith sharp edges, such as zippers
ishing or waxing . or rivets on clothing or belts, can cause
- To prevent pa int damage, do not pol ish or damage to the surface .
wax the veh icle in dire ct sunlight. - Open hook and loop fastene rs, for exam-
- To red uce the risk of pa int damage, do not ple on clothing, can damage seat covers .
polish away rust spots. Make sure hook and loop fastene rs a re
- Remove cosmetics and sunscreen immedi- closed.
at ely - these could damage the pa int. - Natural leather
- Displays / instrument cluster - Neve r trea t leather wit h solvents, floor
- Make sure that the instrument cluster is polish, shoe polish, spot remover or sim i-
switched off and has cooled off before lar products .
cleaning it. - Obje cts w it h sharp edges, such as zippe rs
- Displays, the instrument cluster and the or rivet s on clothing or belts, can cause
trim surrounding it must not be cleaned damage to the surface .
w ith dry cleaning methods beca use they - Neve r use st eam cleaners, brushes, hard
cou ld become scratched. spon g es, etc . when cleaning .
- Make sure no fluids enter the spaces be- - Do not t urn on the seat he ating * to dry the
tween the instrument cluster and the seat.
trim, because that could cause damage. - To he lp prevent the leather from fadi ng,
- Controls do not leave t he vehicle in d irec t sunlight
- Make sure tha t no fluids enter t he con- for long periods of time . If leav ing the ve-
trols, because this could cause damage. hicle parked for long periods of time, you
- Safety belts should cove r the leathe r to protect it from
d irect sunlight.
- Do not remove the safety belts t o clean
them .
(D Tips
- Never clean safety belts or their compo-
nents chemically or wit h cor rosive fl uids - Insects are easier to remove from paint that
or so lvents and neve r allow sharp objects has been freshly waxed.
to come into contact w ith the safety belts. - Regular waxing can prevent rust spots from
This could cause damage to the belt web- forming.
bing.
- If there is damage to the webbing, the
connect ions, the retractors or the buckles,
348
Care and cleaning
Placing your vehicle out

of service
If you would like to take your vehicle out of serv-
ice for a longer time, contact an authorized Audi
dealer or authorized Aud i Serv ice Facility . They
will adv ise you of important measures, such as
corros io n protection, se rvice and storage proce -
d ur es. Also fo llow the information abo ut t he ve -
hicle ba tt ery ¢page 321.
u
co
.....
N
r---
N
.....
0
<(
0
00
349
Emergency assistance
Emergency assistance use the hex head, potentially causing an ac-

cident.
General information - The factory-supplied jack is intended only
.,.Park the vehicle as far as possible from moving for your vehicle model. Under no circum-
traffic in the event of a breakdown. In the event stances should it be used to lift heavy
of a flat tire, park the vehicle on a level surface . vehicles or other loads; you risk injuring
It you are on a steep hill, be especially careful. yourself.
.,. Set the parking brake . - Never start the engine when the vehicle is
.,.Switch the emergency flashers on . raised, which could cause an accident .
.,. Have the passengers exit the vehicle . They - Support the vehicle securely with appropri·
should move to a safe place, for example be- ate stands if work is to be performed under·
hind a guard rail. neath the vehicle; otherwise, there is a po·
tential risk for injury .
.&, WARNING - Never use the jack supplied with your Audi
on another vehicle, particularly on a heavier
Follow the steps given above . This is for your
one . The jack is only su itable for use on the
protection and the for the safety of other driv-
vehicle it came with.
ers.
(i) Tips
Equipment The vehicle jack in your vehicle is mainte·
Vehicle tool kit/tire mobility kit/vehicle nance-free .
jack
Applies to: vehicles with the vehicle tool kit, tire mobility kit Tire mobility kit
and veh icle jack
Preparation
Applies to: vehicles with tire mob ility kit
.,. Read and follow the important safety precau-

tions c::>page 350 .
.,.Set the parking brake .
.,.Select the "P" selector lever position .
.,.Check if a repair with the tire mob ility kit is pos ·
sible c::>page 350 .
Fig. 270 Luggage compar tment: vehicle too l kit, veh icle Using the tire mobility kit
jack, t ire mob ility kit and comp ressor
Applies to: vehicles with tire mob ility kit
The vehicle tool kit, vehicle jack, tire mobility kit

and compressor are stored in the luggage com·
pa rtm ent under the cargo floor cover . Lift the
cargo floor using the handle .
.&, WARNING
Improper use of the vehicle jack can cause se-
rious persona l injuries.
- Never use the screw driver hex head to
Fig. 271 Tire : tire damage that cannot be repaired
tighten wheel bolts, since the bolts cannot
attain the necessary tightening torque if you
350
Em er gen cy as s istanc e
The tire repair is only meant for temporary use . Repairing tires
Change the spare tire as soon as possib le ¢ Li:\.
. Applies to : veh icles wit h tire mo bility kit
If the tire is pierced by an object such as a nail,

do not remove the object from the t ire.
The tire mobility kit can be used at temperatures
as low as -4 °F (-20 °C).
The tire mobility kit may not be used:

- if the tire has cuts or punctures that are larger
than 0.16 in (4 mm) @ ¢ fig. 271
- if the rim is damaged @
- if you drove with very low tire pressure or with- Fig. 272 Com ponents of t he tire mob ility kit
out air in the tire @ N

l!l
0
See an authorized Audi dealer or authorized Audi ct

m
Service Facility for assistance in these situations.
A WARNING
- Please note that the tire mobility kit cannot
be used in all situations, and that it may on-
ly be used temporari ly.
- The tire sealant must not come in contact
Fig. 273 Tire mobil ity kit connect ion
with skin, eyes, or clothes.
- If tire sealant gets in your eyes or on your
Requirement: the tire mobility kit must be laid
sk in, thoroughly rinse the affected area im-
out and ready for use ¢ page 350 .
med iately with clean water.
- Do not inhale the fumes . In stalling the tire mobil ity kit
- If you swallow any of the tire sealant, thor- .,.Open the cover @ on the compressor
oughly rinse yo ur mouth immediately and ¢fig. 272 .
drink a lot of water. Do not induce vomiting. .,. Remove the connector © and pressure hose ®
Seek medical attention immediately. with pressure gauge from the housing .
- Change your clothes immediate ly if they get .,.Install the compressor pressure hose ® onto
t ire sealant on them. the flange @ on the t ire sealant bottle (J).
- If an allergic reaction occurs, seek immedi- .,.Insert the sea lant bott le with the flange at the
ate medical attention. bottom into t he opening @ on the compressor
- Keep the tire sea lant away from children . cover .
.,. Remove the valve cap from the faulty tire .
(D Tips .,.Insta ll the filler hose @) on the valve 0
- If se alant lea ks, allow it to dry in place. You ¢ fig. 273.
can then pee l it off like a sticker. .,.Connect the plug © ¢ fig. 2 72 to an outlet in
- Note the expiration date on the sealant bot - the vehicle.
tle . Replace the tire sea lant at a n author- .,.Switch the ignit ion on .
ized Audi dealer or author ized Audi Se rvice Inflating a tire
Facility .
u .,. Move the switch ® ¢ fig. 2 73 on the compres-
co - Radio reception can be interrupted when
.....
N
r-- operating the compressor. sor into position I. .,..
N
.....
~0 - Obey all laws.
co
351
Em e rg e nc y assis tanc e
~ Inflate the tire to between 29 psi (200 kPA) - If the tire is too severe ly damaged, see an
and 36 psi (250 kPA) and read the pressure on author ized Audi dealer or authorized Audi
the gauge. Serv ice Facility for ass istance.
~ If this tire pressure is not reached, remove the
filler hose. Drive s lowly approximately 33 feet @) For the sake of the environment
(10 m) forward or in reverse so that the sealant
You can give the used tire sealant bottle to an
can be d istr ibuted in the tire . Pump up the t ire
a uthorized Audi dea ler or authorized Audi
again ~ ,&. .
Service Facility for disposal.
_& WARNING (D Tips

- Read and follow the manufacture r's safety Remember to obtain a new bott le of sealant
precautions on the compresso r and in the from an authorized Audi dealer or authorized
instructions on the bottle of sealant. Audi Service Facility after repairing a tire.
- If a t ire pressu re of 29 ps i (200 kPA) cannot
reached after inflating for 6 minutes, then
the tire is too severely damaged . Do not
Replacing a wheel
continue driving . Preparation
- If the tire cannot be repaired with the tire
You must complete the preparation before
sealant, see an authorized Audi dealer or au-
changing a tire.
thorized Audi Service Facility for assistance .
~ Read and follow the important safety precau-
(D Tips tions ~ page 350 .
Do not oper ate the compressor for mo re than ~ Set the park ing brake .
six minutes continuously, or it can overheat . ~ Select the "P" selector lever position.
Once the compressor has cooled, you can con- ~ When tow ing a tra ile r: d isconnect the trailer
tinue to use it . from your vehicle.
~ Switch on wheel change mode* in the Infotain -
ment system: ! MENUI button> Vehicle > left
Completing
Applies to: vehicles with t ire m obility kit
control button > Service & checks > Air suspen·
sion : w heel change .
~ Adhere the sticker that says "max . 50 mph ~ Switch the ignit ion off.
(max. 80 km/h)" that is provided w ith the t ire
mobility kit within the driver 's field of vision . The vehicle jack mode* switches off automatica l-
~ Stop the veh icle after driving for about 10 m i- ly at speeds above 6 mph (10 km/h).
nutes and check the tire pressure.
~ If the t ire pressure is lower tha n 19 ps i (130 _& WARNING
kPA), then the t ire is too severely damaged. Do When us ing the veh icle jack* on a road with a
not continue driving . steep hill or offroad, you must take extra pre-
cautions to prevent the vehicle from rolling .
_& WARNING Use suitable objects to block the front and
bac k of the wheel that is d iagonal from the
Pay attention to the following after repairing
wheel with the flat t ire.
the tire:
- Do not drive faster than 50 mph (80 km/h) .
- Avoid hard acceleration, bra king sharply,
_& WARNING
and fast cornering . You or you r passengers could be injured while
- The veh icle m ay become mo re diff icul t to cha nging a whee l if you do not follow these
contro l. safety pre caut ions:
352
- If you have a flat tire, move a safe distance Loosening the wheel bolts
off the road. Turn off the engine, turn the
emergency flashers on and use other warn-
ing devices to alert other motorists.
- Make sure that passengers wait in a safe
place away from the vehicle and well away
from the road and traffic.
- To help prevent the vehicle from moving
suddenly and possibly slipping off the jack*,
always fully set the parking brake and block
the front and back of the wheel diagonally
Fig. 275 Wheel: loosen ing the wheel bolt
opposite the wheel being changed. When
one front wheel is lifted off the ground,
.. Slide the wheel wrench (from the vehicle tool
placing the Automatic Transmission in P
kit) all the way onto the wheel bolt .
(Park) will not prevent the vehicle from
.. Turn the wheel bolt approximately one turn to
moving .
the left -arrow- . To reach the required torque,
- Before you change a wheel, be sure the
hold the end of the wheel wrench. If the wheel
ground is level and firm. If necessary, use a
bolt will not loosen, press carefully on the
sturdy board under the jack*.
wheel wrench with your foot. Hold onto the ve-
- Always store the vehicle tool kit, the jack*
hicle securely while during this and make sure
and the replaced tire in the luggage com-
your stance is stable.
partment ¢ page 2 5 7.
A
(D Tips -- WARNING
To reduce the risk of an accident, only loosen
- Obey all laws.
the wheel bolts gently (one turn) before rais-
- Before changing the wheel, you must acti-
ing the vehicle with the vehicle jack* .
vate the jacking mode*, so that the auto-
matic controls for the air suspension* do
not make it more difficult to lift the vehicle
with the jack* c::>page 354.
Removing the caps
Fig. 274 Wheel: wheel bolts with caps
u .. Slide the plastic clip (from the vehicle tool kit)

co
..... onto the cap until it engages ¢ fig. 274.
N
r--
N
..... .. Remove the cap with the plastic clip.
~0
co
353
Raising the vehicle A

,-
WARNING
- Make sure the vehicle jack* is stable . There
is a risk of injury when the ground is slick or
soft, because the vehicle jack* could slide or
sink .
- Only raise your vehicle with the vehicle jack*
provided by the factory. If you use a vehicle
jack designed for another vehicle, your vehi-
cle can slide and cause injury.
- Position the vehicle jack* only at the desig-
Fig. 276 Sill pane ls: mar kings nated mounting points on the side sill and
align the jack. Otherwise, the vehicle jack*
could slip and cause an injury if it does not
have sufficient hold on the vehicle.
- Vehicles with air suspension*: changes in
temperature or load can affect the height of
the stopped vehicle .
- To reduce the risk of an accident, neve r start
the engine when the vehicle is raised.
- To reduce the risk of injury, support the ve-
hicle securely with suitable stands if work is
Fig. 277 Sill: pos itio ning th e vehicle jack
to be performed underneath the vehicle .
"' Place the vehicle jack* (vehicle tool kit) on a - To help prevent injury to yourself and your
firm surface . Use a flat , stable support if neces- passengers:
sary. On a slippery surface such as tile, you - Do not raise the vehicle until you are sure
should use a non-slip pad (such as a rubber the jack* is securely engaged.
mat) ¢ ,&. . - Passengers must not remain in the vehicle
"' Find the mark ing on the sill that is closest to when it is jacked up .
the tire that will be changed ¢ fig. 2 76 . Behind - Make sure that passengers wait in a safe
the marking, there is a lifting point on the side place away from the vehicle and well away
sill for the vehicle jack*. from the road and traffic .
"' Turn the handwheel to raise the vehicle jack* - Make sure jack position is correct, adjust
under the lifting point on the side sill until the as necessary and then continue to raise
bracket on the jack @ completely covers the the jack*.
notch on your vehicle . - If work has to be done under the vehicle,
"' Align the vehicle jack* so the bracket @ covers ensure that it is safely supported on suita-
the notch and the base @ is flat on the ground . ble stands - risk of injury!
The base @ must be direct ly unde r the lifting - Never start the engine when the vehicle is
point @ . on the jack* - risk of accident!
"' Mount the crank on the vehicle jack*: insert the
crank into the opening on the handwheel. Turn (D Note
the crank to the left or right to secure it.
Do not lift the vehicle by the sill. Position the
"' Continue raising the vehicle jack* with the
vehicle jack* only at the designated mounting
crank until the wheel lifts off the ground slight-
points on the side sill. Otherw ise, your vehicle
ly.
will be damaged . ..,.
354
Em er gen cy as s istanc e
.,. Remove the alignment pin and also tighten the

(D Tips
remaining whee l bolt .
The vehicle jack mode* switches off automati- .,.Carefully lower the vehicle using the vehicle
cally at speeds above 6 mph (10 km/h) . jack* .
.,.Tighten the wheel bolts in a diagonal pattern
Removing and installing a wheel using the wheel wrench .
The wheel bolts must be clean and loosen/tight -

en easily. Check t he contact surfaces for the
whee l and hub. Contam inants on the se surfaces
must be removed before install ing the whee l.
~
A WARNING
-
Never use the hex socket in the screwdriver
handle o r the hex socket wrench with the
ratc het to loosen or tighten the wheel bolts.
Fig. 278 Whee l: int ernal hex socket to turn the wheel This increases the risk of an accident, because
bolts you will not reach the tightening specif ication
required .
(D Note
When removing or instal ling the wheel, the
rim could hit t he bra ke rotor and damage t he
rotor . Work carefully and have a second per -
son help you .
(D Tips
Fig. 279 Wheel: alignment pin in the top hole
- When mount ing tires with unidirectional
tread design make sure the tread pattern is
Removing a wheel
pointed the right way c::>page 355 .
.,.Remove the top wheel bolt complete ly using - The wheel bolts sho uld be clean and easy to
the hex socket in the screwdriver handle (in the t urn. Check for dirt and corrosion on the
vehicle tool kit) c::>
fig. 2 78 and place it on a mating surfaces of both the wheel and the
clean surface . hub. Remove all dirt from these s urfaces be-
.,.The n install the alignment pin (from the vehicle fore remounting the wheel.
tool kit) by hand into the empty wheel bolt ho le
c::>fig
. 279 .
Unidirectional tires
.,.Remove the rest of the wheel bolts .
.,.Remove the whee l c::> G). The al ignm ent pi n re - A un idirectional t ire profi le is identified by arrows
mains in the hole while doing this. that point in the running direct ion on the tire
sidewa ll. You must always adhe re to the spec i-
Install a wheel
fied ru nning direction. Th is is necessary ensure
Read the direct ions on c::>page 355 when ins tal- the tire's opt imum pe rformance in reg ar d to ad -
ling unidirectional tires . hesion, runni ng no ise, friction and hydroplaning .
u
co
.,.Slide the wheel on over the alignment pin c::>
0. To benefit fully from the advantages of the uni-
..... .,.Install the wheel bo lts and tighten gen tl y using directional t ire design, you should replace fa ulty
N
r--
N
..... t he hex socket . t ires as soon as possible and restore t he correc t
~0 runn ing direction on all of the t ires.
co
355
Finishing - Replace the flat tire with a new one and have
it installed on your vehicle as soon as possi-
.,. Reinstall t he caps on the whee l bolts if neces - ble. Remount the wheel cover.
sar y.
.,. Store t he vehicle tool kit in its design ate d Until then, drive with extra care and at reduced
place . speeds.
.,. If the removed whee l does not fit in the spare
whee l we ll, store it sec ure ly in t he luggage
_&.WARNING -
compartment c::> page 257. - If you are going to equip yo ur vehicle with
.,. Check the tire press ur e on the installed whee l tires or rims which diffe r from those which
as soon as possible . were facto ry installed, then be sure to read
.,. Correct the tire pr essure a nd st ore it in the In- the information c::>page 332 .
fota inment system c::> page 343 . - Always make sure the damage d w heel or
.,.The w heel bo lt tig hte ning spe cifica t ion mus t be even a flat tire and the jack* and too l kit are
100 ft lbs (140 Nm) . Check it as soo n as poss i- properly secured in the luggage compart-
ble wit h a t orq ue wrench . Drive care fully unti l m ent and a re not loos e in t he pass eng e r
then . compa rt m e nt .
.,. Have the faulty wheel rep laced as quick ly as - In a n accide nt or sudden maneuv e r they
poss ible. could fly forward, injuring anyo ne in the ve-
hicle .
(D Tips - Always st ore damaged wh ee l, jack* an d
- If you notice t hat the w hee l bo lts are cor- t oo ls sec ur ely in th e luggage com partm e nt .
roded and diffic ult to t ur n wh ile chan g ing a Othe rwise, in an accide nt or sud d en ma neu -
tire, they sh ould be replaced before you ver t hey could fly forw ard, causi ng injur y to
chec k the tig htening torque. passengers in t he vehicle.
- Drive at reduced speed until you have t he
tig htening torques chec ked . Collapsible spare tire
Applies to: vehicles wit h collapsible spare t ire
Notes on wheel changing The co llaps ible spa re tir e is inte nded fo r sho rt -
t e rm use only. Have the dam age d t ire checked
Please read the info rmation c::> page 332 if you
a nd rep laced, if necess a ry, by an aut ho rized Audi
are go ing to use a replaceme nt tir e w hich is dif-
dealer or aut hor ized Aud i Se rvice Fac ility as soo n
fer ent fro m t he tir es on your vehicle.
as possible.
Afte r you change a t ire:
There a re so m e restr ict ions o n t he use of t he co l-
- Check the tire pressure on the replacement lap sible spar e tir e. The coll ap sible spar e tir e has
tire immediately after installation. been desig ned specifically for your type of vehi -
- Have the wheel bolt tightening torque cle . Do not rep lace it wit h the co llaps ible spa re
checked with a torque wrench as soon as pos- ti re from a nother type of vehicle .
sible by your authorized Audi dealer or quali-
The collapsibl e s par e tir e is loc at ed in t he lug-
fied workshop.
gage co m pa rtmen t under t he ca rgo fl oo r cover .
- With steel and alloy wheel rims, the wheel
bolts are correctly tightened at a torque of pag e 35 0 and
Requireme nt: t he veh icle t oo l kit c::>
100 ft lbs (140 Nm) . th e co mpr ess or m ust be laid ou t .
- If you notice that the wheel bolts are corroded
Removing
and difficult to turn while changing a tire,
they should be replaced before you check the page 350 ,
.,. Fold t he cargo floor cove r back c::>
tightening torque. fig. 270 .
356
Em er g e nc y a ss is tanc e
~ Turn the handwheel counter -clockwise and re- - After insta lling a collapsib le spare tire, the
move it . tire pressure m ust be checked as quickly as
~ Remove the collapsible spare tire. possible to reduce the risk of an accident.
You must inflate the collapsible spa re ti re be- - Do not drive faster than SO mph (80 km/h)
forehand in order to use it. with the collapsib le spare tire . Driving faster
than that increases the risk of an acc ident.
Inflating - Avoid full-throttle acceleration, heavy brak-
~ Remove the valve cap from the collaps ible ing, and fast cornering with the collapsible
spare tire. spare tire, because this increases the risk of
~ Tighten the compressor hose on the collapsible an accident .
spare tire va lve. - Never drive using more than one collapsible
~ Connect the compressor hose to a vehicle sock- spare tire, because this increases the risk of
et and switch it on. an accident .
~ Let the compressor run until the specified value - Normal tires or w inter t ires must not be
on the tire pressure sticker is reached mounted on the collapsible spare tire rim .
page 335 , fig . 269 <=>
<=> @.
~ Screw the valve cap back onto the valve . @ Note
The compressor must be switched off after 12
Returning to storage
minutes at the most to reduce the risk of
~ Remove the valve cap to drain the air. overheating. Let the compressor cool down
~ Wait several hours before placing the collapsi- for several m inutes before us ing it aga in.
ble spare t ire in the spare wheel well. Only then
will it fold down completely so that you can
store it securely.
~ Then screw the valve cap back onto the valve .
~ Secure the collaps ible spare t ire w ith the hand-
wheel.
~ Fold the cargo floor cove r bac k into place.
Snow chains
Using snow chains on the collaps ible spare t ire is
not permitted for techn ica l reasons .
If you have to drive with snow chains and a rear

tire fa ils, mount the collapsible spare tire in
place of a front tire . Install the snow chains on
the fro nt t ire that you removed, and insta ll that
in place of the rear t ire that fa iled .
.8, WARNING -
- Only use the collaps ible sp ar e t ire in eme r-
gencies and dr ive very caref ully, especially if
it is more than six years old.
- The comp ressor and the hose can become
very hot d uring operat ion which increases
u
co
.... the risk of burn injuries .
N
,..._
N
.....
0
<(
0
00
357
Fuses and bulbs
Fuses and bulbs

Fuses
Replacing fuses
A fuse that has blown will have metal strips that
have burned through.
@
Fig. 2 81 © Driver's side of the cockpit (left -hand drive ve-
hicle/r igh t-hand drive vehicle): cover, @ Left s ide of lug-
gage compartment: cover
The fuses are located in t he footwell under the

foot rest (left-hand d rive vehicle) @ ¢ fig. 280 or
behind the cove r (right-hand dr ive vehicle) @ .
Additional fuses are located on the front side of
Fig. 280 @ Driver footwell (left-hand drive vehicle): foot - the cockpit (dr iver's side) © ¢ fig. 281 and under
rest, @ Front passenger footwe ll (right-hand dr ive vehicle): the left cover in the luggage compartment @ .
cover
.,.Switch the ignit ion and a ll electrical eq uipment
off .
.,.Check the follow ing tab le to see wh ich fuse be·
longs to the eq uipment .
.,. Remove the screwdr iver and the revers ible Torx
bit from the vehicle tool kit ¢ page 350 .
.,. Remove the foot res t or the correspo nding cov-
er.
.,.Remove the colored plast ic clip from the fuse
pa ne l, if necessary ¢ page 359, fig. 282. You
can dispose of the plastic clip .
.,. Remove the clip from the rear side of the cover
©-
... Remove the fuse us ing the clip .
.,. Replace the blown fuse on ly w ith an ide ntical
new one .
.,.Reat t ach the footrest o r the cover.
358
Fuses and bulbs
Fuse color identification Fuse assignment - driver's/front

passenger's footwell
Color Current rating
in amps
Black 1
Purple 3
Light brown 5
Brown 7.5
Red 10
Blue 15
Yellow 20
White or transparent 25
Green 30
Orange 40
A WARNING
Do not repair fuses and never replace a blown
fuse with one that has a higher amp rating.
This can cause damage to the electrical sys-
tem and increases the risk of fire.
Fig. 282 Driver's footwell (left -hand drive vehicle): fuse
(D Note
panel with plastic clip
If a new fuse burns out again shortly after you

have installed it, have the electrical system
checked as soon as possible by an authorized
Audi dealer or authorized Audi Service Facili-
ty.
(D Tips
- The following table does not list fuse loca-
tions that are not used.
- Some of the equipment listed in the follow-
ing tables applies only to certain model ver-
sions or certain optional equipment.
Fig. 283 Front passenger's footwell (right -hand drive vehi-

cle): fuse panel with plastic clip II>-
u
co
.-,
N
r--
N
.-,
~0
co
359
Fu ses and bulb s
Fuse panel @ (brown) Fuse panel © (black)

No. Equipment No. Equipment
Mass airflow sensor, camshaft adjust- 1 Front seat heating
2
ment, charge air cooler pump 2 Windshie ld wipers
3 Exhaust doors, fuel injectors, radiator inlet 3 Left head light elect ronics
Vacuum pump , hot water pump, particu- 4 Panorama glass roof
4
late sensor, biodiesel sensor
s Left front doo r contro l modu le
5 Brake light sensor
6 Sockets
6 Engine valves, camshaft adjustment
7 Right rear door cont rol mod ule
Heated oxygen sensor, mass airflow sen-
7 8 All wheel drive
sor
9 Right headlight electronics
Water pump, high pressure pump, high
8 Windshield washer system/headlight
pressure regulator va lve 10
washer system
9 Hot water pump
11 Left rear door contro l module
Oil pressure sensor, oil temperature sen-
10
sor Fuse panel @ (black)
11 Clutch pedal position sensor No. Equipment
12 Engine valves Seat ventilat ion, rearv iew mirror, climate
13 Radiator fan 1 control system, rear climate control sys-
14 Fuel injectors tern controls , windsh ield defogger
15 Ignition coils 2 Gateway, climate control system
16 Fuel pump 3 Sound act uator/exhaust sound tuning

4 Clutch pedal posit ion sensor
Fuse panel @ (red)
5 Engine start
No. Equipment
7 Rear USB charg ing port
1 Anti-theft a larm system
8 Homelink
2 Engine control module
9 Adaptive cruise control
3 Lumbar support
11 Video camera
Automatic transm ission selector mecha-
4 12 Matrix LED headlight/right LED headlight
nism
13 Matrix LED headlight/ left LEDhead light
5 Horn
14 Rear window wiper
6 Electromechan ica l park ing brake
7 Gateway control module Fuse panel © (red)
8 Interior headliner lights No. Equipment
10 Airbag control module 1 Ignition coils
11 Electronic Stabilization Control (ESC) 5 Eng ine mount
12 Diagnostic connector, light/rain sensor 6 Automat ic transmiss ion
13 Climate control system 7 Instrument panel
14 Right front door control module 8 Climate control system (blower)
lS A/C compressor 10 Dynamic stee ring
11 Eng ine start
360
Fuses and bulbs
Fuse assignment - Driver's side of the Fuse assignment - Left side of the luggage
cockpit compartment
Fig. 284 Driver side cockpit: fuse panel wit h plastic bracket
Fuse panel
No. Equipment
2 Telephone
4 Head-up display
5 Audi music interface, USB charging port
6 Front climate control system controls
7 Steering column lock
Fig. 285 Left side of the luggage compartment: fuse panel
8 Infot ainment system display with plastic clip
9 Instrument cluster
10 Info tainment unit Fuse panel @ (black)
11 Light switch No. Equipment
12 Steering column electronics 2 Windshield defroster

14 Infotainment system 3 Windshield defroster
15 Powe r steering column adjustment 5 Air s uspension/s uspen sion control
16 Steering wheel heating 6 Automatic transmission
7 Rear w indow defogge r
8 Rear seat heat ing
9 Tail ligh ts
10 Left safety belt tens ioner
11 Central locking system
12 Electr ic luggage compartment lid
Fuse panel @ (red)

No. Equipment
Not assigned
Fuse panel © (brown)

u No. Equipment
co
.....
N
r-- 2 Telephone
N
..... 3 Lumbar support
~0
co
361
Fu ses and bulb s
Fuse panel © (brown) you, since your dealer has the proper tools, the
4 Audi side assist correct bu lbs and the expertise.
8 Smart module (tank) Gas discharge lamp s (Xenon lights):

9 Climatized cup holder Due to the high electr ical voltage, have the bulbs
11 12 Volt battery rep laced by a qualified technician . Headlights
12 Homelink with Xenon light a re identified by the hig h volt-
age sticker.
13 Rea rview camera, per ipheral cameras
14 Right tail lights LED headlights*
16 Right safety belt tensioner LED headlights requ ire no maintenance. Please
contact your author ized Audi dealer if a bulb
Fuse panel ® (red) needs to be replaced .
No. Equipment
2 Sound-amplifier A WARNING
3 AdBlue heating Changing Xenon lamps without the necessary
s Trailer hitch (right light) equ ipment can cause serious personal injury.
- Bulbs are pressurized and can explode when
7 Trailer hitch
be ing changed. Potent ial risk of injury!
8 Trailer hitch (left light)
- On veh icles equipped with gas discharge
9 Trailer hitch (socket) bulbs (Xenon light) life-threaten ing injuries
10 Sport differential can resu lt from improper handling of the
11 AdBlue heating high-vo ltage portions of such lamps!
- Only your author ized Audi dealer or quali-
fied wo rkshop shou ld change the bulbs in
Bulbs gas discharge lamps. The re a re parts w ith
Replacing light bulbs sha rp edges on the open ings and on the
bu lb holders that can cause serious cuts. If
Foryour safety, we recommend that you have
you are uncertain about what to do, have
your authorized Audi dealer replace any bulbs for
the work performed by an authorized Audi
you.
dea ler or qualified workshop. Serious per-
It is becoming increasingly more and more diff i- sonal injury may result from improperly per-
cult to replace vehicle light bulbs since in many formed work.
cases, other parts of the ca r must first be re-
moved before you a re able to get to the bu lb. (D Tips
This applies espec ially to the light bu lbs in the - If you still prefer to replace the light bulbs
front of your car which you can only reach yourself, be aware that the engine compart-
through the engine compartment . ment is a hazardous area to work in c:>.&. in
Sheet metal and bulb ho lde rs can have sha rp
Working in the engine compartment on
edges that can cause ser ious cuts, parts must be
page 314.
correct ly taken apart and then properly put back - It is best to ask your authorized Audi dealer
together to he lp prevent breakage of parts and whenever you want to change a bulb .
long term damage from water that can enter
housings that have not been properly resea led.
For your safety, we recommend that you have

your authorized Audi dealer replace any bu lbs for
362
Emergency situations
Emergency situations creases the risk of an explosion and chemi-

cal burns. After jump starting the vehicle,
General drive to an authorized Audi dealer or autho r-
This chapter is intended for trained emergency
ized Audi Service Facility immediately to
crews and working personnel who have the nec-
have the vehicle battery checked.
essary tools and equipment to perform these - Do not allow battery acid to contact eyes or
operations. skin. Flush any contacted area with water
immediately.
- Improper use of a booster battery to start a
Starting by pushing or
vehicle may cause an explosion .
towing - Vehicle batteries generate explosive gases.
Keep sparks, flame and lighted cigarettes
~ Note away from batteries.
Vehicles with an automatic transmission - Do not try to jump start any vehicle with a
cannot be started by pushing or towing. low acid level in the battery .
- The voltage of the booster battery must also
Starting with jumper have a 12-Volt rating. The capacity (Ah) of
cables the booster battery should not be lower
than that of the discharged battery. Use of
If necessary, the engine can be started by con- batteries of different voltage or substantial-
necting it to the battery of another vehicle. ly different "Ah" rating may cause an explo-
sion and personal injury.
If the engine should fail to start because of a dis-
charged or weak battery, the battery can be con- - Never charge a frozen battery. Gas trapped
nected to the battery of another vehicle, using a in the ice may cause an explosion.
pair of jumper cables to start the engine. - Never charge or use a battery that has been
frozen. The battery case may have be weak-
Jumper cables ened.
Use only jumper cables of sufficiently large cross - Use of batteries of different voltage or sub-
section to carry the starter current safely. Refer stantially different capacity (Ah) rating may
to the manufacturer's specifications. cause an explosion and injury. The capacity
(Ah) of the booster battery should not be
Use only jumper cables with insulated terminal lower than that of the discharged battery.
clamps which are distinctly marked: - Before you check anything in the engine
plus(+) cable in most cases colored red compartment, always read and heed all
WARNINGSc>page 314.
minus(-) cable in most cases colored black.
A WARNING
@ Note
-
- Applying a higher voltage booster battery
Batteries contain electricity, acid, and gas.
will cause expensive damage to sensitive
Any of these can cause very serious or fatal in-
electronic components, such as control
jury. Follow the instructions below for safe
units, relays, radio, etc.
handling of your vehicle's battery.
- There must be no electrical contact between
-Always shield your eyes and avoid leaning
the vehicles as otherwise current could al-
over the battery whenever possible.
ready start to flow as soon as the positive
u
- A dead battery can freeze at temperatures
co (+) terminals are connected.
....
N
around 32 °F (0 °C). If the vehicle battery is
r---
....
N frozen, you must thaw it before connecting
0
<( the jump start cables. If you do not, this in-
0
00
363
Connecting the positive cable (red) to the

@ Tips
positive terminal
The discharged battery must be properly con-
...Open the red cover on the positive terminal
nected to the vehicle's electrical system .
. 286.
c:::>fig
When jump starting or charging the battery,
1. Secure one end of the pos itive cable (red) to
never connect the negative ground cable to
the jump start pin c:::>fig. 287 (J) (pin under
the battery negative post because the battery
the red cover = "pos itive") on the veh icle that
manager system must be able to detect the
needs to be started @ .
battery's state of charge. Always connect the
2. Secure the other end of the positive cable
negat ive g round cable to the negative g round
(red) to t he posit ive terminal @ on the bat-
post of the battery manager control unit.
tery provid ing the cur rent @ .
Using the jump start Connecting the negative cable (black) to the
negative terminal
cable
3. Secure one end of the negative cable (black)
Both jump start cables must be connected in the
to the negative terminal @ on the battery
correct order!
that is providing the current @ .
4. Secure the other end of the negative cable
(black) to the jump start pin @ (hex head pin
= "negative") on the vehicle that needs to be
started @ .
Starting the engine

...St a rt the eng ine on the vehicle providing the
jump start @ and let it run at idle .
... Now start the engine on the vehicle with the
Fig. 286 Engine compartme nt : conn ectors for jump start
drained battery @ .
cables and a charger ...If the engine does not start, stop the starting
procedure after 10 seconds and then repeat it
after approx imately 30 seconds.
"' Once the engine wit h the drained vehicle bat-
tery has been started, remove the cables in the
reverse order from the way t hey were inst all ed.
"' Close the red cover on the positive terminal.
The battery is vented to the outside to prevent

gases from enter ing the vehicle inter ior . Make
sure t hat t he jumper clamps are we ll connected
Fig. 287 Jump starting with a ba ttery in another vehicle: with their metal ports in full contact with the
@ - providing current, @ - dra ined battery terminals .
The procedure described below for connecting

jumper cables is intended to provide a jump start
A WARNING
-
To avoid serious personal injury and damage
for your vehicle.
to the vehicle, heed all warnings and instruc-
Vehicle with discharged battery tions of the jumper cable manufacturer. If in
doubt, call for road service .
...Turn off lights and accessories, move automatic
transm ission lever to "N" (Neutral) or "P" (Park) - Jumper cables must be long enough so that
the vehicles do not touch. ..,.
and set parking bra ke.
364
- When connecting jumper cables, make sure - Never wrap the safety chains or winch cables
that they cannot get caught in any mov ing around the brake lines .
parts in the engine compartment. - To prevent unnecessa ry damage , your Audi
- Do not bend over the batteries - danger of must be transported with a flatbed truck.
chem ica l burns! - To load the vehicle on to the flatbed, use the
- The battery cell lock ing screws must be towing loop found in the vehicle tools and at-
t ightened sec ure ly. tach to the front or rear anchorage
¢ page 365 and ¢ page 366 .
- Before you check anything in the eng ine
compartment, a lways read and hee d a ll
A
WARNINGS q page 314 .
- WARNING
A veh icle being towed is not safe for passen-
(D Note ge rs . Neve r allow anyone to ride in a vehicle
Impro per hook -up of jum pe r cables can ruin being towed, fo r any reason.
the gene rato r.
- Always connect POSITIVE (+) to POSITIVE Front towing loop
(+), and NEGATIVE(- ) to NEGATIVE( - )
Only install the front towing loop when it is
g roun d post of t he battery mana ge r contro l
needed.
unit.
- Check that a ll screw plugs on t he battery
cells are screwed in firmly. If not, t ighten
plugs prior to connecting clamp on negative
batte ry terminal.
- Please note that the procedure fo r con nect-
ing a j umper cab le as desc ribed above ap-
plies specifica lly to the case of yo ur vehicle
being jump starte d . When you are giving a
ju mp st a rt to anothe r vehicle , d o not con-
nect the neg ative (-) cab le to the neg ative Fig. 288 Front bu mpe r: insta lling the towing loop
(-) t ermin al o n the discharged batt e ry @
q fig. 287 . Inst ead , securely connec t t he The t hreaded opening for t he t owing loo p is lo-
nega t ive (-) cab le to either a solid me t al cate d on t he righ t side of the front bum per.
com ponent that is f irm ly bolted to the e n-
.. Remove the t owing loop from the vehicle too l
gine block or to the engine bloc k itself. If
kit ¢ pag e 350 .
the battery that is be ing cha rge d does not
.. Pull s harp ly o n the tr im in the dire ct ion of the
vent to the outs ide, escap ing battery gas
arrow t o remove ¢ fig. 288.
could ignite and exp lode!
.,.Tight en t he towi ng loop in the t hreade d open -
ing until it stops and then tighten it with a
Towing with a tow truck wheel wrenc h .
.,.After usi ng, place the tow ing loop back in the
General hints
veh icle tool kit.
Your Audi requires special handling for towing.
A
The fo llow ing information is to be used by com -
mercia l tow tr uck operators who know how t o op-
- WARNING
If the tow ing loop is not tightened until it
u e rate the ir equip m ent safe ly. stops whe n installing, t he threads may be
co
..... pull ed ou t wh en towing t he vehicle and th at
~ - Never tow your Audi, towing will cause dam-
N could ca use a n accident.
~ age to the engine and transmission .
0
co
365
(D Note A
,-
WARNING
The trim is attached to the bumper with sev- Applies to: vehicles with trailer hitch
eral hooks . To reduce the risk of damage, do - Only use a special towing bar to prevent
not use any force when removing and instal- damaging the ball hitch. These towing bars
ling. have been spec ially designed for trailer tow-
ing hitches.
Rear towing loop - Only use special towing cab les.
Loading the vehicle onto a flatbed truck
Fig. 289 Rear bumper: install ing the towing loop
Vehicles with a towing loop Fig. 290 Vehicle on flatbed t ruck

On vehicles without a factory-installed trailer
h itch*, the towing loop threads are located on Front hook up
the right rear side of the bumper. .,.Align the vehicle with the centerline of the car
... Remove the towing loop from the vehicle tool carrier ramp .
kit ¢ page 350. .,.Attach the winch hook to the front towline eye
...Press the cap inward with brief, forcefu l pres - previously installed .
sure ¢ fig. 289. The cap will loosen from the Rear hook up
bumper.
...Tighten the towing loop in the threaded open- ...Align the vehicle with the centerline of the car
ing unt il it stops and then t ighten it with a carrier ramp.
wheel wrench. .,.Attach the winch hook to the rear towline eye
...After using, place the towing loop back in the previously installed .
vehicle tool kit.
(D Tips
Vehicles with a trailer hitch*
Check carefully to make sure the hook-up is
...Attach the towing bar or the towing cable to secure before moving the car up the flatbed
the tra iler hitch. truck ramp .
Vehicles with a factory-installed trailer hitch* are

not equipped with towi ng loop threads at the
rear.
A WARNING
If the towing loop is not tightened until it
stops when insta llin g, the threads may be
pulled out when towing the veh icle and that
could cause an accident.
366
Raising the vehicle Lifting with vehicle jack

Refer t o c::>page 354.
Lifting with workshop hoist and with floor
jack
__&.WARNING
The vehicle may only be lift ed at the lifting - To red uce t he ris k of se riou s injury and veh i-
points illus trat ed. cle dama ge .
......_.__
-+ ,c___------= ------ i - Always lift the vehicle on ly at the special
workshop hois t a nd f loor jack lift poin t s il-
cli
lustra t ed c::>fig. 291 and c::>fig . 292.
- Failure to lift t he ve hicle at these poi nts
could cause the veh icle t o t ilt or fall from
a lift if t he re is a change in ve hicle we ight
d istr ibu t ion and balance . This migh t ha p-
pen , for exam ple, when heavy compo -
nen t s such as the engi ne block or trans -
Fig. 291 Front lif t ing point mission a re removed.
- Wh en remov ing heavy com ponen t s like
t hese, an chor veh icle to hoist or add corre -
spond ing weig hts to ma inta in the center of
g ravity . Otherw ise, the vehicle mig ht tilt or
slip off the hoist, causing serious pe rsonal
inj ury.
(D Note
- Be aware of the fo llow ing points before lift -
ing t he vehicle :
Fig. 292 Rear lift ing point
- The vehicle should never be lifted or
.,.Read and heed WARNING c::>&, . jacked up from underneath the engine oil
.. Locate lift ing po int s c::>
fig . 291 and c::>
fig. 292. pan, the transmission housing, the front
.. Adjust lifting arms of wo rkshop ho ist or floo r or rear axle or the body side members .
jac k to match veh icle lifting points . This could lead to serious damage .
.. Inse rt a rubb er pad between t he floor jack/ - To avoid damage to the underbody or
workshop hois t a nd the lifting points. chassis frame, a rubber pad must be in-
serted between the floor jack and the lift
If you must lift your vehicle with a floor jack to points.
work underneath , be sure the vehicle is safely - Before driving over a workshop hoist ,
supported on stands intended for this purpose. check that the vehicle weight does not
Front lifting point exceed the permissible lifting capacity of
the hoist.
The lift ing po int is located on the floor pan re in-
- Before driving over a workshop hoist , en-
forcement about at t he same leve l as the jack
sure that there is sufficient clearance be-
mo unt ing po int c::>fig . 291 . Do not lift the vehi-
tween the hoist and low parts of the ve-
cle at the vertical sill reinforcement.
hicle.
u Rear lifting point
co
.....
N
r--
The lift ing po int is located on the vert ica l re in-
N
..... forcement of the lower sill fo r t he on board jack
~0 fig. 292 .
c::>
co
367
Em e rg e nc y s it uati o n s
Vehicle transport
The following contains information you should

know about transporting your vehicle.
@ Note
When transporting the vehicle on a car carr i-
er, tra in, ship or by other means, only tie the
veh icle down at the running surface of the
tires, wh ich is the outer circumference. Secur-
ing the vehicle at the axle components, sus-
pensio n struts or tow ing eyes is not perm itted
because the pressure in the air suspension
struts can change d uring transport . The vehi -
cle may not be secured sufficient ly if this hap-
pens.
3 68
Technical data
Technical data - At the front behind the windshield *

- in t he engine comp art me nt on the righ t side
Vehicle specifications
Vehicle identification label
0
0
~ The vehicle identification label ¢ fig . 293 is locat -

XXXXX
XX- X- XXXXXXX XX :x:
<I'
ed in the luggage compartment under the cargo
®-+: ::::::.
al
XXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXX floor cover.

IYP/lffl XXXXXX The vehicle identif ication label informat ion can
XX XXXXXXX
XX X X XX also be found in the Warranty a nd Maintenance
®i~=
-~~
:
XXX KW XXX booklet .
XXXX XXXXXX The sticker contains the fo llow ing vehicle data:
©+ ~rur:i~ xxxxI xxxxXXXI xx
II.· AIJSlit
I OPTIONS © Vehicle Identif ication Number (VIN)
EOA
2EH
7 D5 4U B 6 XM
J OZ 1L B
SSG
1AS
SRW
1BA
@ Vehicle type, eng ine output, transm ission
3FC
FOA
SMU
9G3 OG7
7Xl
OYH OJF
@ Engine and transmiss ion codes
TL6
l XW
3 KA 8EH Ul A
803 908
X9B
8Z4
OZ7
020
© Paint and interior codes
7T6 CV7 71<0 4X3 21<2 ® Optional equipment numbers
3 L4 4 KC 3YO 413 50 2
1SA 7GB 0 1A 4GQ
Notes about technical

XX. X XX X XX X XXXX
data
The values may vary base d on special eq uipment
Fig. 2 9 3 Vehicl e ident ifica t ion l abel
as well as m a rket -specific equipment and meas-
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN ) uring methods .
The VIN number is located in t he following pla- Please note that the specifications listed in the
ces : vehicle documen t at ion a lways take prece d ence.
- Select : the IMENU ! button > Vehicle > left con- (D Tips
t rol button > Service & checks > Vehicle infor·
Missing technical data was not ava ilable at
mati on.
the time of pr int ing.
- On t he vehicle ident ificat io n labe l
Dimensions
Length (in (mm )) Width (in (mm)) Width acrossthe Height at curb
mirrors (in (mm )) weight (in (mm))
Q5 183 .6 (4,663) 74 .5 (1,893) 84 .3 (2,140) 65 .3 (1,659)
SQ5 183 .9 (4,671) 74.5 (1,893) 84 .3 (2,140) 65.3 (1,659)
Capacities
Approximate capaci·
ties
u Fuel ta nk 18.5 gal (70 L)
co
.....
N
r-- Windsh ield and headlight washer system* 5.3qt(5L)
N
.....
~0
co
369
Technical data
Weights
Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR)
The maxim um permi tte d load on the front axle

@ or t he rea r axle @ is listed on t he safety cer -
tificate on t he side area of the doo r or on the
drive r's door pillar .
Load
= 1111I~
1IIIIIIII Illllllll 1111111111
11
1111111
11111111 The maxim um per mitte d loa d is list ed on the t ire
pressure labe l on t he d river's doo r pilla r.
Fig. 294 Safety cert ificate
Roof load
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR )
The maxim um permiss ible roof load is 165 lbs
The max imum pe rm itted t otal we ight (D of the (75 kg).
ve hicle is listed on t he safety certificate on the
side area of t he doo r or o n t he dr iver's door pillar.
Trailer load
Trailer with brakes up to 12% Tongue weight on trailer ball

Trailer without brake
incline hitch
1650 lbs (750 kg) 4,400 lbs (2 ,0 0 0 kg) 44 0 lbs (20 0 kg)
370
Consumer Information
Consumer Information @ Note
Warranty coverages Audi cannot be responsib le for mechanical

damage that cou ld resu lt from inadequate
Your Audi is covered by the following warran- fuel, service or parts ava ilability.
tie s:
- New Vehicle Limited Warranty Audi Service Repair

- Limited Warranty Against Corrosion Perfora- Manuals and Literature
tion
- Emissions Control System Warranty Audi Official Factory Service Manuals and Litera -
- Emissions Performance Warranty ture are published as soon as poss ible after mod-
- California Emissions Control Warranty (USA el introduction. Se rvice Manual s and literature
vehicles only) are available to order from the Audi Tec hnical Lit -
erature Orde ring Center at :
- California Emissions Performance Warranty
(USA vehicles only) www.audi.techliterature.com
Detailed information regarding your warranties

can be found in your Warranty & Maintenance Maintenance
booklet .
General
Operating your vehicle Your vehicle has been designed to he lp keep

maintenance requirements to a minimum. How-
outside the U.S.A. or
ever, a certain amount of regular maintenance is
Canada still necessary to assure your vehicle's safety,
Government reg ulati ons in the United States and economy and reliab ility . For detailed vehicle
Canada require that automobiles meet specific maintenance consult your Warranty & Mainte-
emission regulations and safety standards. nance booklet .
Therefore, vehicles built for the U.S.A. and Cana- Under difficult operating conditions, for exam-
da differ from vehicles sold in other countries. ple at extremely low outside temperatures, in
If you plan to take you r vehicle outside the conti- very dusty regions, when tow ing a trailer very fre-
nenta l limits of the United States or Canada, quently, etc., some service wo rk shou ld be per-
there is the possibility that: formed between the interva ls specified. This ap-
plies particularly to:
- un leaded fue ls for vehicles with catalytic con-
verter may not be available; - oil changes, and
- fuel may have a conside ra bly lower octane rat- - cleaning or replac ing the a ir filter .
ing . Improper fuel may cause engine damage;
- service may be inadequate due to lack of proper
® For the sake of the environment
service facilities, tools or testing eq uipment; By regularly maintain ing your vehicle, you
- rep lacement parts may not be readily available. help make sure that emiss io n standards are
- Navigation systems for veh icles built for the maintained, thus min imiz ing adverse effects
U.S.A. and Canada will not necessarily work in on the environment .
Europe, and may not wo rk in other countries
outside of North Amer ica. Important considerations for you and your
vehicle
u
co
..... The increasing use of electronics, sophisticated
N
r---
N
..... fuel injection and emission control systems, and
0
<(
0
the genera lly increasing technica l complexity of .,.
00
371
Con s um e r Info r mation
today's automobi les, have steadi ly red uced the

scope of maintenance and repairs which can be
A WARNING
carried out by veh icle owners. Also, safet y and - Ser ious personal injury may occur as a result
environmental concerns place very strict limits of improperly performed maintenance, ad-
on the nature of repairs and adjustments to en- justments or repairs .
g ine and transmission parts w hich an owner can - Always be extreme ly careful when work ing
perform . on the vehicle . Always follow commonly ac-
cepted safety practices and general com-
Maintenance, adjustments and repairs usually re- mon sense. Never risk personal injur y.
qu ire special tools, testing devices and other
- Do not attempt any of the maintenance,
equ ipment available to specially trained work -
checks or repairs described on the following
shop personnel in order to assure proper per-
pages if you are not fu lly fam iliar with these
forma nce, re liab ility and safety of the ve hicle and
or other procedu res with respect to the ve-
its many systems . hicle, or are uncertain how to proceed.
Improper maintenance, adjustments and repairs - Do not do any work wit hout the prope r tools
can impair the operation and reliab ility of your and eq uipmen t . Have the necessary wo rk
ve hicle and eve n void your vehicle warra nty . done by your authorized Audi dealer or an -
Therefo re, proof of se rvicing in accordance w ith other properly equipped and qualified work-
the m ai ntenance schedule may be a condition fo r shop.
up hold ing a possible wa rranty claim made wit hin - The engine compartment of any motor vehi -
the warranty pe riod. cle is a potentially hazardous area . Never
reach into the area around or touch the radi-
Above all, ope rational safety can be adversely af-
ator fan. It is temperature controlled and
fected, creating unnecessa ry risks fo r you and
can switch on suddenly - even when the en-
your passengers.
gine is off and the ignition key has been re-
If in doubt about any servicing, have it done by moved. The rad iator fan switches on auto-
your author ized Audi dealer or any other prope rly mat ically when the coolant reaches a certain
eq uipped and qualified workshop . We strongly temperature and will con t inue to run until
urge yo u to g ive your author ized Audi dealer the the coolant temperat ur e drops.
opportunity to perform a ll scheduled mainte - - Always remove the igni t ion key before any-
nance and necessary repairs. Your dealer has the one gets under t he vehicle.
facilities, origina l parts and tra ined specialists to - Always support your vehicle with safety
keep your veh icle running properly. stands if it is necessary to work underneath
the vehicle. The jack* supplied w ith t he vehi-
Performing limit ed maint enanc e yourself
cle is no t ad equate for th is pu rp ose and
The fo llowing pages describe a limited number of could collapse causing se rious personal in-
procedures whic h can be performed on your ve hi- jury .
cle with ordinary tools, should the need arise and - If you must work underneath the vehicle
tra ined personnel be unava ilable. Before per - with the wheels on the ground, always make
forming any of these procedures, always thor- sure the vehicle is on level ground, that the
ough ly read all of the app licab le text and carefu l- wheels a re always sec ur ely blocked and that
ly follow the instructions g iven . Always rigorously the engine cannot be started.
observe the W ARNINGS prov ided . - Always make sure the transmission se lector
Before you check anyt hing in the engine com- lever (automatic t ransm iss ion) is in P (Park
partment , alway s read and heed all WARNINGS position) and the park brake is applied .
c>.&.and c>.&.in Working in the engine compart-
ment on page 314 .
372
Con s um e r In fo rm a tion
This safety could be compromised by non -ap -

proved changes to the vehicle. For t his reason, if
- Changing the engine settings will adversely parts have to be rep laced, please observe the fol -
affect emission levels. This is detrimental to lowing points when install ing additional accesso-
the environment and increases fuel con- ries:
sumption.
- Always observe environmenta l regu lations Approved Audi accessories and genuine Audi
when disposing of old engine oil, used brake parts are availab le from authorized Audi dea lers.
flu id, dirty engine coolant, spent batteries These dea lers also have t he necessa ry facilities,
or worn out tires. tools and trained specialists to install the parts
- Undeployed airbag modules and pretension- and accessories proper ly.
ers might be classified as Perchlorate Mate-
rial -spec ial handl ing may apply, see A WARNING
-Using the wrong spare parts or using non -ap--
www.dtsc.ca .gov/hazardouswaste/perch lo-
rate. When the vehicle or parts of t he re- proved accessories can cause damage to the
stra int system including airbag mod ules vehicle and serious personal injury.
saf ety belts with pretens ioners are scrap - - Use on ly accessories expressly approved by
ped, all applicab le laws and regulations Audi and genuine Audi spare parts
must be observed. Your authorized Audi - These parts and accessor ies have been spe-
dealer is fam iliar with these requirements cially designed to be used on your vehicle.
and we recommend that you have your dea l-
- Do not use license plate brac kets in the
er perform this service for you.
front area that are different from the one
installed at the factory, or add additional li-
Accessories and cense plate brackets.
technical changes - Never install accessor ies such as telephone
cradles or beverage holders on airbag covers
Additional accessories and parts
or with in the airbag deployment zones. Do-
replacement
ing so will increase the risk of injury if air-
Always consult on authorized Audi dealer before bags are tr iggered in an accident!
purchasing accessories. - Before you check anyth ing in the eng ine
compa rtment, always read and heed all
Audi vehicles that are constructed with advanced
WARNINGS~page 314.
materials like Steel/Aluminum (Hybrid construc-
tion), Aluminum (Audi Space Frame), and/or Alu-
minum/Carbon Fiber (Ultra Advanced Light
@ Note
Weight Materials) are as unique as the ir drivers . - If items other than genu ine Audi spare
Therefo re, the availability of certain parts needed parts, add-on equipment and accessory
for repa ir, restorat ion, or reconstruction will be items are used or if repa ir work is not per-
rest ricted , or parts will be unava ilable, if the ve- form ed according to specified methods, th is
hicle is not repa ired at an authorized Audi colli- can result in seve re damage to your vehi-
sion repair facility . This includes but is not limit- cle's eng ine and body (such as corrosion)
ed to structura l parts which require specia lized and adve rsely affec t your vehicle's warranty.
training and equipment to restore their crash - - If emergency repa irs must be pe rformed
worthiness back to the original NHTSAand IIHS elsew here, have t he vehicle examined by an
performance. authorized Audi dealer as soon as possib le.
u
co
- The manufac t ure r cannot be he ld liable for
..... Your vehicle incorporates the latest safety design
N
,..._ damage which occurs due to failure t o com-
features ensuring a high standard of active and
N
..... ply with these stipulations.
0
<(
passive safety.
0
00
373
Con s um e r Info r mation
Technical Modifications - Audi adaptive cru ise control *

- Aud i side assist*
Our guidelines must be complied with when tech-
- Remote cont rol key
nical modifications are made .
- Garage door opener (Homel ink)*
Always consult an authori zed Audi dealer before - Cell phone package*
starting work on any modificat ions.
FCC Part 15 .19
This will he lp ensure that vehicle function, per -
This device complies with part 1 S of the FCC
formance and safety are not impaired c>&. .
Rules . Operation is subject to the fo llowing two
Attempting to work on e lectronic components cond it ions: (1) This device may not cause harmful
and the software used with them can cause mal- interference, and (2) this device must accept any
functions. Because of the way electronic compo - interference rece ived, includ ing interference that
nents are interconnected with each other, such may cause undesired operat ion .
malfunct ions can also have an adverse effect on
FCC Part 15 .21
other systems that are not directly involved. This
means that you risk both a substantial reduction Changes or modifications not express ly approved
in the operational safety of your veh icle and an by the party responsible for compliance could
increased wea r of ve hicle parts c> ,&.. vo id the user's authority to operate the equ ip-
ment .
Author ized Audi dealers w ill perform this work in
a profess ional and competent manner or, in spe - RSS-Gen
cial cases, refer you to a professional company
This device complies with Ind ustry Canada's li-
that spec ializes in such modificat ions.
cence-exempt RSSs. Operation is subject to the
.&_WARNING fo llow ing two conditions:
Improper repa irs and modificat ions can (1) This device may not ca use interference; and
change the way veh icle systems work and (2) This dev ice m ust accept any interference, in-
cause damage to the veh icle and ser ious per - clud ing inte rfe rence that may cause undes ired
sonal injury. operation of the device.
(UJ)Note CNR-Gen
If emergency rep air s mus t be pe rformed else - Le present appare il est conforme aux CNR d'In-
where, have t he vehicle exa m ined by an a u- dust rie Canada app licables aux appare ils radio
thorized Audi dealer as soon as possib le . exemp t s de licence . L'explo itation est autor isee
a ux deux condi t ions su ivantes :
Declaration of 1) l'appareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage;
compliance for telecom- 2) l'appareil do it accepter tout brouillage radioe-
munications equipment lectr ique subi, meme si le brouillage est suscept i-
and electronic systems ble d'en compromettre le fonct ionnement .
The manufacturer is not liable for rad io m al func -

tions that are caused by unauthori zed changes to
the equipment.
Equipment
The fo llow ing equipment comp lies w it h FCC sec-
tion 15 and RSS-Gen:
374
Index
A Air suspension
Alarm system
....................... 125
A/C MAX (button) ...................... 71

refer to Anti-theft alarm system . . . . . . . . . 36
A/C (button) .......................... 70
Alignment pin (changing the wheel) . . . . . . 350
ABS .. . . . . . . . . . . · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 140 All-weather lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 , 373
All season tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
Active lane assist
All wheel drive
Cleaning the camera area ....... . . . . . . 345
Indicator light . . . . . . .............. . . . 28
also refer to Audi active lane assist . . . . . 117
also refer to quattro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Adaptive air suspension
AMI
refer to Air suspension ........ ....... 125
refer to Audi music interface . . . . . . . 231, 232
Adaptive cruise control ................ . 102
Andro id Auto
Cleaning the sensors ................ . 345
refer to Aud i smartphone interface ... . . 243
Messages .. . . ................ . . ... . 110
Anti-freeze
Predictive control ............. . . . . . . . 100
Windshield washer system ........... . 323
Adapt ive dampers ............ . . . . . . . . . 125
Anti-Lock Braking System
Additional accessories ........... . . . . . . 373
refer to ABS . . . . . . . . .............. .. 140
Adjusting air distribution (automatic climate
Anti-Slip Regulation
control) . . ... . . ................ . . ... . · 71
refer to ASR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Adjusting the additional display . . . . . . . . . . 14
Anti-theft alarm system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Adjusting the sound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Apple CarPlay
Adjusting the temperature (automatic climate
refer to Audi smartphone interface . . . . . 243
control) . . ... . . ................ . . ... . · 71
Arrow view . . . . . . . . . . .............. .. 164
Adjusting the volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
ASR ........ . . . . . . . ................ · 140
Advanced key
Audi active lane assist ................ . 117
refer to Convenience key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Messages . . . . . . . . . . ............. ··· 118
Airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
Audi adaptive cruise control
Airbag system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269 , 287
Distance display, distance warning ..... . 110
Advanced Airbag System components . . . 276 Traffic jam assist . . . ................ . 109
Care . . . . . . . . . .... · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · · 284 Audi connect emergency call and service . . 201
Children ... . . ................ . . ... . 293
Online roads ide assistance .......... . . 202
Child restraints .................... . 293
Audi connect vehicle control .......... .. 197
Components (front airbags) .......... . 276
Parking location . . . . ................ . 198
Danger of fitting a child safety seat on the
Remote locking and unlocking ........ . 198
front passenger seat .......... . . . . . . . 270
Vehicle status report . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 198
Disposal . . . . . ................ . . . . . . 284
Audi connect (Infotainment) ........ 187, 194
Front airbags . ................ . . . . . . 274
Data protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19S
How do the front airbags work? .. . . . . . . 279
Services overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
How many airbags does my vehicle have? 276
Starting ... . . . . . . . ................ . 188
How the Advanced Airbag System compo-
nents work together ........ . . . . . . . . . 278 Audi drive select . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12S
Indicator light ................ . . ... . 281 Audi Entertainment mobile . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281 Audi music interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
PASSENGERAIR BAG light . . . . . . . . . . . . 281 Audi music stream
u
co
..... Repairs . . . . . . . .............. . . . . . . . 284 refer to Wi-Fi . ... . . ................ . 229
N
,..._ Safety instructions ............ . . . . . . . 283 Audio files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
N
..... When must the system be inspected? . . . 281
0
<(
0
00
375
Index
Audio player Before driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252

Bluetooth audio player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228 Belt tensioners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Wi-Fi audio player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229 Blended gasoline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
Aud io track . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237 Blower (automat ic climate control system) . 71
Aud i pre sense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 Bluetooth
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 Audio player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Sett ings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 Connecting a cell phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Audi Service Repair Manuals and Literature 371 Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
Aud i side assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Boost...... . . . . . . . . . . . ............ . .. 17
Rear cross-traffic assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 Booster seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
Audi smartphone interface . . . . . . . . . 243, 247 Boost pressure indicator ................ 17
Audi virtua l cockpit Brake fluid
refer to Instrument cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Checking the brake fluid level . . . . . . . . . . 321
AUTO Brakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. 142
Automatic headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Brake assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. 140
Auto Lock (central locking system) . . . . . . . . 30 Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. 321
Automatic belt retractor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264 Electromechanical parking brake . .. .. .. . 80
Automatic climate control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Emergency braking function . . . . . .. .. .. . 81
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 New brake pads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. 142
Automatic climate control system Worn brake pads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. . 26
Audi drive select . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 Break-in security feature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Breaking in
Automatic transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 New brake pads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Emergency program . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. 89 New engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Hill descent control . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. 87 New tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
Kick-down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. 88 Browser
Launch control program . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. 89 refer to Media center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Manual shift ing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. 88 Bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362
Parking lock emergency release . .. .. .. .. 90 Buttons
Selector lever positions . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. 85 Control panel (MMI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Automatic wipe/wash system . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Multifunction steering whee l . . . . . . . . 12, 15
Auto Safety Hotline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259 Switching the Infotainment system display
AUTO (button) on/off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Automatic climate control system . . . . . . . 71
Auxiliary heater (automatic climate control) 72 C
AUX input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Cable (USB adapter/ AUX connector cable) 231
Average consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
California Proposition 65 Warning . . . . . . . 315
Average speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Battery specific . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
Call list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
B Call options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
BACKbutton 147 Capacities
Balance (sound) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249 Fuel tank. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
Bass (sound) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249 Washer fluid reservoir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
Battery Cargo area
Jump starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363 refer to Loading the luggage compart-
also refer to Vehicle battery . . . . . . . . . . . 321 ment..... . ... . . . . . . . ............ . . 257
376
Index
Cargo f loor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Saf ety instr uctions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29S

Cargo mat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 Securing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
Catalytic converter ............. . . . . . . . 313 Unused safety belts on the rear seat 297
CD dr ive (media dr ives) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227 Child seats
Cell phone Lower anchorages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
refer to Telephone ............. ...... 174 Classic view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Cente r arm rest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
Cent ral locking . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . . 30 Cleaning Alcantara . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 7
Convenience key . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . . 33 Cleaning art ific ial leather . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
Mechanically locking .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . . 35 Cleaning carbon parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346, 34 7
Power windows . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 41 Cleaning cont rols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
Remote control key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Cleaning decorative parts/trim . . . . . . . . . . 346
Sett ing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Cleaning exhaust t ail pipes . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
Cent ral locking switc h . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Cleaning plastic parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
Cert ificat ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 74 Cleaning textiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
Changing engine oil . . . .... . . . . . . . . ... . 3 19 Climate contro l system
Changing t he scale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 refer to Automatic cli mat e cont rol . . . . . . . 69
Charging Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16, 24S
refer to Power sources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 Closing
Charging the battery (mobi le devices) 232, 233 Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
Child rest raints Cockpit (overview) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Danger of using child rest raints in the front Coll apsible spare t ire
seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Inflating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
Where can I get additional inf orma ti on
Coll apsib le tire
about child restraints and their use? . . . . 309
refer to Collapsib le spare tire . . . . . . . . . . 356
Child rest raint system ancho rs . . . . . . . . . . 305
Command (voice recog nit ion system) . . . . . 16 7
Child safety . . . . . .............. . . . . . . . 291
Compartments ........................ 60
Important safety instructions for using chi ld
Compass in the mirror .................. 54
safety seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
Compliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374
Install ing a chi ld restra int using the LATCH
Connect ion manager . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
syst em . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
Mount ing and releasing the anchorage Connect ions
hook . . . . . . . . . ............ . . . . . . . . . 307 refer to Media . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 2 5, 23 4
Tether anchors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 8 Connect (vehicle cont rol) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Tether straps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308 Consumer Info rmation . ............ 259, 371
Child safety lock Consumption (fuel) .................... 16
Power w indows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 0 Contacting NHTSA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Rear doo rs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Contacts . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . . 183
Child safety seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297 Additional directory . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . . 247
Booster seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 1 Importing/export ing . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . . 184
Convertible child seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299 Memory capacity . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . . 185
Danger of using chil d rest raints in the fron t Stor ing as destination .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . . 2 11
seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270 Control buttons (operating the MMI) . . . . . 150
u How do I proper ly install a child safety seat Cont rol knob w ith joyst ick function (MMI op-
co
..... .in my veh.,cl e7. . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . ... . 295 eration) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
N
r---
N
..... Infant seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 7
0
<( LATCH system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
0
00
377
Ind ex
Convenience key Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. . . . . . 12

Switching the ignition on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. . . . . 346
Unlock ing/ locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Infotainment system display .. .. .. 148, 246
Convenience opening/closi ng . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 1 Instrument cluster . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. . . . . . 15
Convert ible child safety seats . . . . . . . . . . . 299 Mult ifunct ion steer ing whee l .. .. .. . . . . . 12
Convertible locking retractor Versions (MMI) . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. . . . . 148
Activating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304 Distance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Deactivating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305 Doors
Using to secure a child safety seat . . . . . . 304 Mechan ical ly locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Cooled glove compa rtment .............. 61 Driver informat ion system
Cooling mode (automatic climate control sys- Changing views . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. . 12
tem) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70, 7 1 Energy consumers . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. . 17
Cooling system Outs ide temperat ure display. .. .. .. .. .. . 10
Adding coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . 320 Service interva l display . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. 324
Coolant . . . . . . . . ................ . .. . 319 Trip comp ute r . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. . 16
Coolant level checking . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . 320 View 14
Coolant temperature indicato r . . . . .. .. . . 11 Driver seat
Crosshairs 205 refer to Seating posit ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
Cruise contro l system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 Drives
refer to Media . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225, 234
Cup holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Drive select
Current consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
refer to Audi drive select . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Drivi ng econom ically . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
D Driving offroad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Data connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194 Drivi ng on hills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Data protect ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 Drivi ng safely . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
Data recorder 145 Driving through water .................. 73
Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16, 245 Drivi ng time .......................... 16
Date display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245 DVD drive (med ia drives) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Daytime running lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Dynamic steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Declarat ion of compliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374 Dynam ic volume
Defrost ing (windows) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 refer to System vol ume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
DEF (inst rument cluste r) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Demo mode
refer to Presentation mode . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 11
E
E-mail 181
Destination on the map
Easy seat entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Using the MMI touch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Econom ical route . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 10
Determin ing correc t load limit . . . . . . . . . . 339
D.19 't1 a 1compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S4 eco (button) .......................... 70
EDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Digita l Rights Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Elect romechanical parking brake . . . . . . . . . 80
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
Electromechanical steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Dimming the exterior mirrors ............ SO
Electronic immobilizer .................. 31
Dimming the rearview mirror ............ SO
Electron ic Stab il izat ion Control
Directory
refer to ESC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140, 141
refer to Contacts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Emergency assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
Emergency braking fu nction . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
378
Index
Emergency call function

Audi connect emergency call and service . 201
F
Factory default set ti ngs
Emergency flashe rs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Multi Media Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Emergency operat ion
Fader (sound) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Fuel filler door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
Fastening
Emergency starting 363
Booster seats . . . . . ................ . . 301
Em issions control system ........ . . . . . . 313
Convertib le child safety seats ......... . 299
Energy management ........... . . . . . . . 145
Infant seats . . . . . . . ................ . 297
Engine Fast forwarding/rewind ing (audio/video
Coolant . ... . . . . . .......... . . . . . ... . 3 19 file) ....... . . . . . . . ................ . . 234
Start/Stop system .......... . . . . . ... . . 78
Fast forwarding (audio/v ideo file) . . . . . . . . 234
Starting/stopping .......... . . . . . ... . . 76
Fast route . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Starting w ith jumper cables .... . . . . . . . 363
Favorites
Engine compartment
Media 237
Opening/closing the hood ............ . 3 15
Navigation . . . . . . . ................ .. 205
Overview ... . . . . . .......... . . . . . ... . 3 16
Telephone . . . . . . . . ................ .. 179
Safety precautions .......... . . . . . ... . 3 14
Federal Communications Commission (FCC) 374
Engine oil
Adding . . . . . . . .............. .. .... . 317 File fo rmats (med ia drives) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Changing .. . . . . . .......... .... . ... . 3 19 Fixture set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Checking oi l level . .......... .... . ... . 3 17 Floor mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
Consumption . . . . .......... .... . ... . 3 17 Foot pedals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
Temperature disp lay .......... .. .... .. 17 For t he sake of t he environment
Engine sound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 Environmentally-friend ly driving . . . . . . . . 73
Engine Start/Stop mode Fueling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
refer to Start/Stop system . . . . . . . . . . 78, 80 Leaks..... . . . . . . . ................ .. 315
Eng ine stop Warming up the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
refer to Start/Stop system . . . . . . . . . . 78, 80 Free text search ... . . . . . .......... .... 157
Enhanced view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 Media .... . . . . . . . ................ .. 236
Enter ing characters/numbers (speller) . . . . 155 Navigation . . . . . . . ................ .. 204
Radio .... . . . . . . . ................ .. 221
Entering letters (speller) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Telephone .. . . . . . . . ................ . 183
Enterta inm ent sliding menu . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Freeze protection
Ent ry/ex it lighting ..................... 47
Coolant ... . . . . . . . ................ . . 319
Environment
Frequency band . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220, 223
Proper disposal of drained engine oil ... . 3 19
Front airbags
Unleaded gasoline ............ . . . . . . . 310
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
ESC .. . . . . . . . . . .............. . . . . . . . 140
How t hey work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Hill descent assist .......... . . . . . . . . . 142
Frontal collisions and the laws of physics . . 262
Offroad mode . . . . .......... . . . . . ... . 141
Front seats
Evasive steering support ......... ...... 113
Adjus ti ng . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
Event Data Recorder (EDR) ...... ....... 145
Child restraints in the front seat . . . . . . . . 270
Exterior light ing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 also refer to Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Exterior mirrors ....................... 49 Fuel 310
u
co
..... External voice operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 Additives.. . . . . . . . ................ . . 3 10
N
r--- Blended gasolin e . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 10
N
.....
0
<(
0
00
379
Index
Current consumption .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . . . . 16 High beams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46

Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 10 , 12 Assistant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Fuel tank capacity . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . . . 369 Hill descent assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Gasoline . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . . . 310 Hill descent control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Gasoline additives . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . . . 311 Hill hold assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Saving fuel . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 73 , 125 also refer to Hill hold assist . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Fueling Home address .. . . . . . . . ........... 205,210
Fuel filler door emergency rel ease . .. .. . 313 Homelink . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . 12
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Fuel tank capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . 369
How are child restraint system anchors relat -
Opening the fuel filler door . . . . . . . .. .. . 311
ed to child safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
Fuses
How many airbags does my vehicle have? . . 276
Assignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
Replacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358 How safety belt pretensioners work 267
G I
Imbalance (wheels) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
Garage door opener
refer to Homelink . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Immobili zer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Garment hooks . . . . ............ ........ 61 Important things to do before driving . . . . 252
Gas discharge lamps . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . . . 362 Importing and exporting (contacts) ...... 184
Gasoline 310 Improperly worn safety belts . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Octane rating ... ................ . . . . 310 Indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Recommendation . ............ . ... . . . 310 Airbag system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
GAWR PASSENGER AIR BAG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
refer to Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) 3.70 Infant seats 297
Glossary of tire and loading terminology . . 328 Input
Glove compartment .................... 61 Using the MMI touch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Using the speller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) . . . . . . . 370
Input level (media) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 7
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) . . . . . 370
Inspection interva l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
Ground clearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Installing the upper tether strap on the an-
GVWR
chorage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
refer to Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating (GVWR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370 Instrument cluster . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
H Instrument ill umination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Handsfree ....... . .. .. .. .. .... .. .. ... 174 Interior lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Head-up display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Interior monitoring .................... 36
Headlight range control system . . . . . . . . . . 45 Internet
Headlights . . . . . . . . . . . ........ .. .. .. . . 45 refer to Audi connect (Infotainment) .... 187
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . ........ .. .. .. . 345 Internet radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Headlight range control system . .. .. .. . . 45 Interval mode (wipers) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Washer system . . . . . . ........ .. .. .. . . 51
iPhone
Head restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58, 255
refer to Audi music interface ....... 231, 232
Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
Heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Heavy clothing and safety belts . . . . . . . . . . 263
380
Index
J Listening to music
refer to Media . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225, 234
Jukebox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Load....... . . . . . . . . . .............. . . 370
Jump-starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
Loading the luggage compartment . . . . . . . 257
Jump start cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
Locking/unlocking
By remote control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
K With the convenience key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Key.................................. 31 With the lock cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Key not recogni zed . . . . . ...... . . . . . . . . 78 Low beam headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Key replacement . . . . . . . ...... . . . . . . . . 31 Lowering the rear of the vehicle . . . . . . . . . 128
Mechanical key . .............. . . . . . 31, 32 Luggage compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Replacing the battery . . . ...... . . . . . . . . 32 Cover (manual) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Unlocking/locking . . . . . . ...... . . . . . 33, 35 Power sources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Vehicle code . . . . . . . . . . . ...... . . . . . . . . 31 Storing cargo correctly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
Kick-down (automatic transmission) . . . . . . . 88 Tie-downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
also refer to Loading the luggage compart-
ment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
L Luggage compartment lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Lane assist
Emergency release . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
refer to Audi active lane assist . . . . . . . . . 117
Lumbar support ....................... 56
Lap timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Evaluating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 M
LATCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305 Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306 Maintenance intervals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
Installing a chi ld restraint . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307 Making an emergency call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Locat ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306 Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) . . . . . . . 313
Mounting and releasing the anchorage
Map
hook . . . ... . . ................ . . ... . 307 Display . . . .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 218
Launch control program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 Operating . .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 213
Leather care/cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347 Settings . . .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 214
Left control button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Update . . . .. .. .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 203
Licensing agreements (MMI) . . . . . . . . . . . . 250 Map update . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Lifting points (vehicle jack) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354 Mechanical key . . . . . . . .............. 31, 32
Light/rain sensor Mechanically locking the front passenger's
Headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Interval mode (wipers) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Media . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225, 234
Light functions . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 45 Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
High beam assistant . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 46 Supported formats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Instrument illumination . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 49 Media center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Inter ior lighting . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 48 Memory buttons
Lighting refer to Shortcut keys ............ 147, 155
Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Memory capacity
Interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
u
co
..... Lights Jukebox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
N
r---
N
Headlight range control system . . . . . . . . . 45
.....
0
<(
0
00
381
Index
Memory card Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. 203

SD card reader (MMI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226 Announcements . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. 212
Supported types/formats . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240 Better route . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. 218
Memory fu nction ...................... S9 Driver informat ion system . .. .. .. .. .. .. 164
MENU button ........................ 147 also refer to Map . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. 213
Menu language Navigation (instrument cluster) ......... 162
refer to Setting the language . . . . . . . . . . 24S Net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Menu paths (Owner 's Manual) . . . . . . . . . . . 150 Network connection (Wi-Fi) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Menus/symbols ...................... 158 NHTSA
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 Contacting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Mirrors Number of seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Adjusting exte rior mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 0
Dimmi ng . . . . . . . . ................ .. . . 50
Occupant protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Vanity m irror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Occupant seating positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
MMI
Octane rating (gasol ine) . ............... 310
refer to Multi Media Interface . . . . . . . . . . 147
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
MMI search
refer to Free text search ....... . .. 157, 236 Offroad driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Offroad mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
MMI touc h. . ..... . . . .......... . . . . . .. 15 1
OFF (button) .......................... 70
MODE button ......................... 15
Monitoring the Advanced Airbag System 281 Oil
refer to Engine oil . . . . . ............ . . 317
MP3
On-Board Diagnostic System (OBD) . . . . . . . 313
refer to Jukebox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
On/Off knob (MMI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Multifunction stee ring wheel . ...... .. .. . 160
Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... .. .. . . 14 Online dest inations
Map zoom . . . . . . . ............ .. .. .. . . 13 refer to Point of int erest search . . . . . . . . 207
Operating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...... .. . 12, 15 Online map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Speech dialog system . . . . . ...... .. .. . . 14 Online map update ... . . . . . .......... . . 216
Switching tabs . . . . . . . . . . . ...... .. . 12, 15 Online media . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Multi Media I nterface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 Online roadside assistance
Music coll ection Audi connect emergency call and service 202
refer to Jukebox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227 Online services
Mute . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 refer to Audi connect (Infotainment) .... 187
olso refer to Muting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249 Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . . 30
Muting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14, 249 Fuel filler doo r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
myAudi ... . . . . . .............. . .. 187,207 Hood ..... . . . . . . . . . . . ............ . . 315
Logging in in the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187 Opening/closing
PIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187 refer to Unlocking/locking ............. 30
Operat ing
N Multifunction steer ing whee l . . . . . . . . 12, 15
Multi Media Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Natural leather care/cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . 347
Voice recog nit ion system . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
NAV/MAP button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Options menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150, 154
Navigating (instr ume nt cluster) ......... 163
Other consumers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Outs ide temperature display . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
382
Index
Overview (Cockpit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Pregnant women

Special considerations when wearing a safe-
p ty belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
pre sense
Paint damage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
refer to Audi pre sense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Paint number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
Presentation mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Panorama glass roof. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Presets (radio) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Emergency operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Pressure
Parental control
Tire pressure monitoring system . . . . . . . 342
DVD. . . . . . . . ................ . . . . . . . 237
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
Park assist
Program guide
Cleaning the sensors/camera . . . . . . . . . . 345
Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Parking aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Programming buttons (multifunction steering
Parking brake wheel) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
refer to Electromechanica l parking brake . 80
Proper occupant seating positions . . . . . . . 253
Parking lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Proper safety belt position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Parking location
Proper seating position
Audi connect vehicle control 198
Front passenger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
Parking system Occupants. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
refer to Parking systems 131,133
Rear passengers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
Parking systems Prot ecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
Peripheral cameras . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Rearview camera . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Sett ings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 Q
Trailer hitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 quattro 144
Partition net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Selective wheel torque control . . . . . . . . . 140
Parts replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373 Question
PASSENGERAIR BAGlight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281 What happens to unbelted occupants? 262
Pause (audio/video file) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Pedals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256 R
Personal route assistance 209 Radio ....... . . . . . . . ................ . 220
Phonebook Additional station information . . . . . . . . . 222
refer to Contacts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 Presets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Physical principles of a frontal collision . . . 262 Radio text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Picture format (video) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237 Station list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Pitch angle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 Radio Standards Specification (RSS) . . . . . . 374
Playback (med ia) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234 Rail carrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368
Playlist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 7 Rain/l ight sensor
Point of interest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206 Headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Point of interest search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207 Interval mode (wipers) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
also refer to Point of interest . . . . . . . . . . 206 Raising the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
Polishing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346 Random
Pollutant filter (automatic A/C system) . . . . 69 refer to Shuffle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 7
u
co Power sources . . ............... 60, 232 , 233 Range (fuel level) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
.....
N
,..._ Predictive efficiency assist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Reading lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
N
..... Rear fog lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
0
<(
0
00
383
Ind ex
Rear lid Roaming

refer to Luggage compartment lid . . . . 36, 37 refer to Data connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Rear lower ing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 Roof load ... . . . . . . . . . . . ........... 67, 370
Rear Seat Entertainment preparation Roof rack ... . . . . . . . . . . . ............ . .. 67
refer to Audi Entertainment mobile . . . . . 234 also refer to Roof rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Rearview camera Route criteria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
refer to Parking systems .... . . . . . . 131,133 Route guidance
Rear window defogge r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 1 refer to Navigation . . . . . ............ . . 203
Rear window washer system . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 Running direct ion (tires) 355
REAR (button) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 1
Recirculat ion mode (automatic climate con-
trol system) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 1
s
Safe driving habits 252
Recuperation ......................... 16
Safety
Refueling. . . ..... . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . .. 3 11
Airbag system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. ..
.. 2 69
Remote control Belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. ..
.. 261
refer to Remote contro l key . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 1 Cargo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. ..
.. 257
Remote control key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Correct seat ing pos ition . . . . . . . . .. ..
.. 253
Remote con t rol ope rat ion Pedal area . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. ..
.. 256
Garage door opener (Home link) . . . . . . . . . 43 Telephone . . ... . . . . . . . ............ .. 174
Remote locking and unlocking Safety be lt height adjustment . . . . . ...... 266
Audi connect vehicle control . . . . . . . . . . . 198 Safety be lt pos ition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Removing the caps (wheel bolts) . . . . . . . . . 353 Safety be lt heig ht adjustme nt . . . . . . . . . 266
Repair man uals ... . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . . .. 37 1 Safety be lts wor n by pregnant women . . . 2 66
Repa irs Safety be lt pretensioner
Airbag system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284 Service and disposal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Replacement key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Safety be lts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261, 264
Replac ing Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
Light bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362 Danger to passengers who do not wear a
Replac ing wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 safety belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
Reporting Safety Defects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259 Fastening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
Imprope rly wo rn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Reset
refer to Restart (MMI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250 Not wor n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
Safety be lt pos it ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 65
Reset button (trip odometer) . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Safety instr uctions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 63
Resetting the trip odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Securing child safety seats . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
Res id ual heat (automa t ic climate cont rol) . . 7 2 Specia l considerations for pregnant wom -
Restart (MMI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250 en . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Retractor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264 Unfastening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Reverse gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Warn ing/ indicator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Rewinding (a udio/video file) . . . . . . . . . . . . 234 Worn properly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Righ t cont rol butt on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . 13 Safety be lt warning light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Rims .... . . . . . . . ................ . .. . 340 Safety instr uctions
Clea ning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 345 fo r side curtain airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 290
Ringtone settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 185 fo r us ing child safety se at s . . . . . . . . . . .. 295
Road car rier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368 for using safety be lts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 263
Monitoring the Advanced Airbag System . 283
384
Index
Saving fue l Settings

Energy consumers .................... 17 Directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . .............. 185
Recuperation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Map............................... 214
Scan (rad io) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221 Media 237
Screen Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 211
refer to Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12, 15 Radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 223
Screwdriver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350 System (MMI) . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 245
Telephone . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 184
SD card reader (MMI) 226
Voice recognit ion system . .. .. .. .. .. .. 245
SDS
Setting the language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
refer to Speech dialog system . . . . . . . . . . 166
Search area (point of interest) . . . . . . . . . . . 206 Shade
Rear window/rear doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Search function
Shift paddles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
refer to Free text search 1S7, 236
Ship carrier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368
Seat adjust ment
Head restraints 255 Shortcut keys . . ... . . ............. 147, 155
Seat belts Shuffle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 7
refer to Safety belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261 Side airbags . . . ... . . ................ . 285
Seat heating/ventilation ................ 71 How they work . . . . . . .............. . . 287
Seating capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261 Side assist
Cleaning the sensors ................ . 345
Seating position
also refer to Audi side assist .......... . 120
Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. . 253
Front passenger . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. . 254 Side curtain airbags .. . . . . . . .... . . . . . . . 288
Descript1on
.. ...... .. . .............. . . 288
How to adjust the front seats . .. .. .. .. . 254
Incorrect seat position . . . . . . .. .. .. .. . 256 How they work . . . .. . .............. . . 289
Occupants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. . 253 Safety instructions .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
Rear passengers . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. . 254 SiriusXM alert notifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Seats Snow chains 340
Adjusting . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . . 56 Socket
Adjusting the rear seats . .. .. .. .. .. .. . . 57 refer to Power sources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 347 Software update
Correct seating position . .. .. .. .. .. .. . 253 refer to Map update. ................ . 191
Number of seats . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . 261 refer to System update (MMI) . . . . . . . . . . 248
Secondary phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176, 247 Software (MMI)
Selecting a source (media) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234 Licensing agreements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Selection menu . ............... 13, 150 , 154 Update . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
Selective wheel torque contro l . . . . . . . . . . 140 Version . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
Selector lever Sources of information about child restraints
Selector lever posit ion s . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 and their use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
Self-learning navigation Speech dialog system
refer to Personal route assistance . . . . . . 209 Multifunction steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Service and disposal Volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Safety belt pretensioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268 Speed dependent volume control 249
Service interval display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324 Speed limit info
u refer to Traffic sign recognition . . . . . . . . . 97
co Service position
..... Speed limits
N
,..._ refer to Replacing wiper blades . . . . . . . . . 53
N
..... refer to Traffic sign recognition . . . . . . . . . 97
0 SET REAR(button) ..................... 72
<(
0 Speedometer ......................... 10
00
385
Index
Speed warn ing system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 System settings (MMI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245

Speller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 System update (MMI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
Sport diffe rentia l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 System volume 250
Indicator light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Sport view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 T
Stabilization program
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10, 11
refer to E5C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 , 14 1
Tail li ghts
Start/Stop system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345
Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
Switchi ng off/on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Technical modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374
START ENGINE STOPbutton ............. 76
Telephone ..... . . . . . . . ............... 174
Starting to drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Connect ing ......................... 174
Starting (eng ine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76, 77, 79
Dialing a numbe r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. 17 7
St eering
Options during a phone call . . . . . .. .. .. 178
Electromecha nical steering . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Playing music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. 228
also refer to Electromechanica l steering . 144
Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. 184
Steer ing whee l
Temperatu re display
Easy seat entry . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 76
Coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Manual adjustmen t . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 75
Out side temperat ure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Power adjustment . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 76
Tether anchors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
Shift padd les . . . . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 88
Tether strap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
Steer ing whee l heating . . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. 72
also refer to Multifunction Text messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
steer ing whee l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12, 14, 15 also refer to Text messages . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Tie-downs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65, 258
Steps for determining correct load limit . . . 339
Stopove r (navigation) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208 Tig htening specification
Wheel bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
Stopping (eng ine) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Tig hte ning specifica t ion (wheel bolts) . . . . 356
St orage comp artments ................. 61
Tilt angle display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Streaming
refer to Online media . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230 Time ... . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . 245
S tronic (automatic transm ission) . . . . . . . . . 84 Tire Mobil ity System (t ire repair set) . . . . . . 350
Tires....... . . . . . . . . . . . ............ . . 325
Subti tl es (DVD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 7
Low-profile t ires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . 341
Subwoofer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
quattro . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . 144
Sunshade
Repair set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . 350
Rear window/rear doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Replacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . 352
Sun viso rs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Service life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . 33 4
Swap call .. . . . . . . . ............ . ... . . . 178 Tire pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . 33S
Switching tabs Tire pressure mo nitoring system . .. . . . . 342
refer to Multifunction Tire pressure table . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . 336
steer ing whee l . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12, 14, 15 Tire pressure (trai ler towing) . . . . .. . . . . . 92
Switchi ng the ign ition on/off. ............ 76 Treadwear indicators . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . 334
Symbo ls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 Unidirectional . . . . . . . . . .......... 327,355
Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213 Uniform tire qua lity grading . . . . . .. . . . . 341
Traff ic .. . . . . . . . ................ 217,2 18 Tires and wheels
also refer to I ndicato r lights . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Glossary of tire and loading te rminology . 328
SYNC(button) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 Tires and vehicle load li mits . . . . . . . . . . . 337
386
Index
TMC
refer to Traffic information . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
V
Vanity mirror. . . ... . . ................ .. 51
Tone (sound)
Vehicle
refer to Adjusting the sound . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Care/cleaning .. .. .. . .. .. .... .. .. .... 344
Tool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
Dimensions . . .. .. .. . .. .. .... .. .. .... 369
Torn or frayed safety belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Out of service .. .. .. . .. .. .... .. .. .... 349
Touch
Raising . . . . . .. .. .. . .. .. .... .. .. .... 354
refer to MMI touch 151
Specifications .. .. .. . .. .. .... .. .. .... 369
Towing Transport ing .. .. .. . .. .. .... .. .. .... 368
Tow trucks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
Vehicle battery . . .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . . 321
Towing loop . . . ................ . . 365,366 Charge level . . . .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . . 145
Towing protection monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 Charging . . . . . . .. .. . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . . 323
TPMS Winter operation . .. . .. .. .. .. .. .. .. . . 322
Tire pressure monitoring system . . . . . . . 342 Vehicle care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
Traffic information ............ 217,218,219 Vehicle control modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Traffic jam assist ..................... 109 Vehicle jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
Traffic messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214 Lifting points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354
Traffic sign recognit ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 Whee l change mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352
Trailer load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370 Vehicle key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Trailer mode (navigation) ......... . . ... . 211 Vehicle status report
Trailer tow ing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Audi connect vehicle contro l . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Parking systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 Vehicle tool kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
Trailer load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 Ventilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Turn signa ls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Version information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
Transport Canada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259 VIEW button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Travel guide VIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
refer to Travel (travel guide) . . . . . . . . . . . 191 Voice guidance
Travel (travel guide) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191 refer to Multifunction
Treble (sound) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249 steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12, 14, 15
Trip computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Voicemail ........................... 182
Turnassist . . ... . .............. . ... . .. 113 Voice recognition system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Turn signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
External ........................... 172
u Operating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Unfastening safety belts 266 Vol ume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Uniform tire quality grad ing 341 Vol ume ..... . . . . . . . ................ . 249
Unlocking/locking
By remote control . . . . . . . . . .
W it h the central locking switch
..
.
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
..
33
34 w
W ith the convenience key . . . . .. .. .. .. .. 33 Warning lights
W ith the lock cylinder . . . . . . . .. .. .. .. .. 35 refer to Indicator lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Updating stations (radio) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220 Warranty coverages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
u USB charging port ............. 60 , 232, 233 Washing matte finish paint . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
co
.....
N
,..._ U5B stick Web radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
N
..... refer to Audi music interface ....... 231, 232 Weights..... . . ... . . ................ . 370
0
<(
0
00
387
Index
What happens if you wear your safety belt too

loose? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
X
Xenon headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362
What happens to unbelted occupants? . . . . 262
What impairs driving safety? . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
Wheel bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340 z
Wheel replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352 Zooming on the map
Wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325 Multifunct ion steer ing whee l . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345 Zoom (map) ... . . . . . . . ........... 205,213
Glossary of tire and loading terminology . 328
Replacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352
Tire pressure monitoring system . . . . . . . 342
Tires and vehicle load limits ....... . . .. 337
Wheel wrench . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
When must a safety belt be replaced? . . . . 263
When must the airbag system be inspected? 281
Where are lower anchorages located? 306
Wi-Fi
Audi music stream . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Audio player . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Online media . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
also refer to Wi-Fi . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Windows
Child safety lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Cleaning/removing ice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
Defrosting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Windshield
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Defrosting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
also refer to Windshield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Windshield washer system ......... . 51, 323
Reservoir capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
Windshield wipers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Winter operation
Car washes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
Cooling system . . ................ . . . . 319
Defrosting the windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 1
Removing ice from windows . . . . . . . . . . . 346
Seat heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Snow chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
Steering whee l heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
Vehicle battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
Windshield washer system . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
Winter tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
388
It has always been Audi's policy to cont inuous ly These instructions may not be reproduced or
improve its products. AUDI AG reserves the right translated in whole or in part without written
to make changes in design and specifications, consent of AUDI AG. All rights reserved by AUDI
and to make additions or improvements in its AG.
products without incurring any ob ligat ion to in-
stall them on prod ucts previously ma nufactured . @) For the sake of the environment
This Owner's Manual is based on the current dat a Printed on eco-friendly paper (bleached with-
availa ble when it was printed. Text, ill ust rat ions out chlorine, recyclable) .
and specif ications in this owner's manua l are
based on the most up-to -date information availa-
ble at the time of printing, and shall not consti -
tute a basis for liability claims.
Owner's Manual
Englisch Nordamerika 05.2017
80A012721BC
80A012721BC www.audi.com

2018 Audi q5 2

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

2018 Audi q5 2

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

2018 Audi q5 2

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Owner's Manual

Audi Vorsprung durch T e chnik

Thank you for choosing an Audi - we val ue your trust in us.

About this Owner's Manual. ..... 6 Start/Stop system .. . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . 78

Driving .. . . . . . . . ............ . ... .. . 73 Infotainment system ............ 147

Supported media and fi le f orma t s 24 0 Maintenance and Care . . . . . . . .. .. 3 10

Safety first . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 2 .. .. . Care and cleaning .......... .. .. .. 344

Airbag system ................... . 269 Fuses and bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358

Consumer Information . . . . . . ... . 37 1

Ind e x . . . . . . . . ............ . . . . . . . . . 375

This Owne r's Manual applies to a ll versions of

Keep this manua l in yo ur vehicle at all times . This

This owner's manua l descr ibes the equipment

Some sections in this manua l do not apply to all

The illustrations in this manual are a guide .

All directions, suc h as "left", "right", "front" and

* Optiona l or vehicle -specific equipment

Text with this symbol contains info rmat ion

@ For the sake of the environment

Fig. 1 Cockpit : left section

Fig. 2 Cockpit: right sect ion

Fig. 3 Instrument cluster overview (analog)

Fig. 4 Instrument cluster overview (Audi virtual cockpit )

(D Engine coolant temperature gauge 11 @ Speedometer

Certain instrument cluster content can also be Normal range

Fuel level @ Tips

Odometer Fig. 6 Driver info rm at ion system d isplay

Fig. 7 Left s ide of multi fu nction stee ring wheel

Requireme nt: t he igni ti on must be switched on.

Fourth tab Telephone* c:>page 161 @ Ill and [g control buttons

Fig. 8 Select ion m enu and opt ions m enu view

Left control button wheel c:>fig . 8 . You ca n change a ny con t ext-de-

Switching views ~ Select on the multif unction steering whee l: left

Reducing the display

~ Press the IVIEWIbu tt o n t o sw itch from the

Adjusting the additional display

Depend ing on the vehicle equipment, the addi-

~ Open the first vehicle functions tab using the

Applies to : vehicles wit h Audi virt ua l cockpit

Other function buttons

Applies to: vehicles with Audi virt ua l cockpit

~ Press the IVIEWI button @ ~ page 12, fig. 7 to

Setting the default view

Depending on the vehicle equ ipment, you can

For more inform at ion abo ut t he voice recog nit io n

@ 0 1 Steering wheel heating button ~

- Steering wheel heating* : yo u can fin d ad d it io n-

The fo llow ing tabs are ava ilable, depend ing on

Fourth tab Telephone c::>

- Time and date ¢ page 245 Energy consumers

The short-term memory collects driving informa-

When eng ine oi l temperatures are low, the dis-

The eng ine has reached its operat ing tempera-

I You can adjust the display br ightness in the Info-

The head-up display projects certa in warnings or (D Note

Switching on/ off

Indicator lights Canada models:

Messages may appear with some indicator lights . Canada models:

Electronic Stabilization Cont rol Battery charge